<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION JULY 12, 1996
REGISTRATION NO. 333-05099
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
------------------------
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 0800 93-1161833
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification No.)
</TABLE>
------------------------
121 S.W. MORRISON STREET, SUITE 1500
PORTLAND, OREGON 97204
(503) 274-2300
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
------------------------
ROGER L. KRAGE
121 S.W. MORRISON STREET, SUITE 1500
PORTLAND, OREGON 97204
(503) 274-2300
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
------------------------
COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ANDREWS & KURTH L.L.P. BAKER & BOTTS, L.L.P.
4200 TEXAS COMMERCE TOWER 910 LOUISIANA
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002 HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002
(713) 220-4200 (713) 229-1234
ATTENTION: ROBERT V. JEWELL ATTENTION: JOSHUA DAVIDSON
</TABLE>
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
------------------------
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROPOSED MAXIMUM
AGGREGATE
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF OFFERING AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED PRICE REGISTRATION FEE
<S> <C> <C>
Common Units representing limited partner interests................. $219,865,625(1) $75,816(1)
Common Units representing limited partner interests................. $17,835,617(2) $6,150(2)
</TABLE>
(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in
accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933 and based upon the
average of the high and low sales prices of the Common Units as reported by
the New York Stock Exchange on May 31, 1996. This fee was previously paid.
Includes units subject to an over-allotment option.
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in
accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933 and based upon the
average of the high and low sales prices of the Common Units as reported by
the New York Stock Exchange on July 10, 1996. Includes units subject to an
over-allotment option.
------------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 12, 1996
PROSPECTUS
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
[LOGO]
10,297,800 COMMON UNITS
REPRESENTING LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
---------------------
Of the 10,297,800 Common Units representing limited partner interests in
Crown Pacific Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the
"Partnership"), offered hereby, 7,455,330 Common Units are being offered by the
Partnership and 2,842,470 Common Units are being offered by the Selling
Unitholders identified herein. The Partnership will not receive any of the
proceeds from the sale of Common Units by the Selling Unitholders. See "Selling
Unitholders and Security Ownership" and "Underwriting."
The Partnership distributes to its partners, on a quarterly basis, all of
its Available Cash. During the Subordination Period, which will generally not
end prior to January 1, 2000, each holder of Common Units will be entitled to
receive distributions of $0.51 per Common Unit per quarter (the "Minimum
Quarterly Distribution"), or $2.04 per Common Unit on an annualized basis,
before any distributions are made on the outstanding Subordinated Units. The
Partnership has paid a quarterly distribution equal to the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution on all outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units with respect
to each quarter in 1995. For the quarter ended March 31, 1996, the Partnership
distributed $0.524 per Unit (the "First Target Distribution"). On July 10, 1996,
the Partnership declared a distribution for the quarter ended June 30, 1996
equal to the First Target Distribution on all Common Units and Subordinated
Units outstanding on July 19, 1996, which will be paid on August 14, 1996. There
can be no assurance, however, that future distributions by the Partnership will
equal or exceed the Minimum Quarterly Distribution. A portion of such
distributions may constitute a return of an investor's capital. See "Tax
Considerations -- Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership -- Ratio of Taxable Income
to Distributions." The first distribution on the Common Units purchased in this
offering will be paid with respect to the quarter ending September 30, 1996 on
or about November 14, 1996 to holders of record on or about November 1, 1996.
The Common Units are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol
"CRO." The last reported sale price of the Common Units on the New York Stock
Exchange on July 10, 1996 was $19.50 per Common Unit.
PURCHASERS OF COMMON UNITS SHOULD CONSIDER EACH OF THE FACTORS DESCRIBED
UNDER "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 20 IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE
COMMON UNITS. SUCH FACTORS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
- THE PARTNERSHIP'S OPERATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO FLUCTUATIONS IN PRICES AND
DEMAND FOR FOREST PRODUCTS AND SUPPLIES OF TIMBER.
- THE PARTNERSHIP'S ABILITY TO HARVEST ITS TIMBER MAY BE AFFECTED BY VARIOUS
FACTORS, INCLUDING ENVIRONMENTAL AND ENDANGERED SPECIES CONCERNS, DAMAGE
BY FIRE, INSECT INFESTATION, DISEASE, DROUGHT AND OTHER NATURAL DISASTERS.
- THE ACTUAL AMOUNT OF CASH DISTRIBUTIONS DEPENDS ON PARTNERSHIP OPERATING
PERFORMANCE AND IS AFFECTED BY THE FUNDING OF RESERVES, EXPENDITURES AND
OTHER MATTERS WITHIN THE DISCRETION OF THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER.
- CONFLICTS OF INTEREST COULD ARISE BETWEEN THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER AND
ITS AFFILIATES, ON THE ONE HAND, AND THE PARTNERSHIP OR ANY PARTNER
THEREOF, ON THE OTHER. THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT LIMITS THE LIABILITY AND
MODIFIES THE FIDUCIARY DUTIES OF THE GENERAL PARTNERS. HOLDERS OF COMMON
UNITS ARE DEEMED TO HAVE CONSENTED TO CERTAIN ACTIONS AND CONFLICTS OF
INTEREST THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE BE DEEMED A BREACH OF FIDUCIARY OR OTHER
DUTIES UNDER STATE LAW.
- HOLDERS OF COMMON UNITS HAVE LIMITED VOTING RIGHTS, AND THE MANAGING
GENERAL PARTNER MANAGES AND CONTROLS THE PARTNERSHIP.
------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE
SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Underwriting Proceeds to
Price to Discounts and Proceeds to Selling
Public Commissions (1) Partnership (2) Unitholders
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Per Common Unit.............. $ $ $ $
Total (3).................... $ $ $ $
</TABLE>
(1) The Partnership, the Operating Partnership and the General Partners have
agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See
"Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Partnership estimated at $ .
(3) The Partnership has granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
to 1,544,670 additional Common Units on the same terms and conditions as
set forth above, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is
exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and
Commissions and Proceeds to Partnership will be $ , $ and
$ , respectively. See "Underwriting."
---------------------------
The Common Units offered by this Prospectus are being offered by the
Underwriters, subject to prior sale, to withdrawal, cancellation or modification
of the offer without notice, to delivery to and acceptance by the Underwriters
and to certain further conditions. It is expected that delivery of the Common
Units will be made at the offices of Smith Barney Inc., 333 West 34th Street,
New York, New York 10001 on or about , 1996.
------------------------
SMITH BARNEY INC. LEHMAN BROTHERS DEAN WITTER REYNOLDS INC.
A.G. EDWARDS & SONS, INC. PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED
, 1996
<PAGE>
Map of northwest United States indicating location of Crown Pacific's
existing timber holdings, lumber facilities, lumber remanufacturing and woodchip
facilities, corporate offices and Cavenham Acquisition timberlands.
2
<PAGE>
The Common Units offered by the Partnership hereby will represent an
aggregate 28.6% limited partner interest in the Partnership (32.5% if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). The General Partners
own an aggregate 2% general partner interest in the Partnership. In addition,
upon the closing of this offering, the General Partners and their affiliates
will own an aggregate 24.7% limited partner interest in the Partnership (23.3%
if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), of which 22.1%
will be represented by Subordinated Units and 2.6% will be represented by Common
Units. The Common Units and the Subordinated Units are collectively referred to
herein as the "Units." Holders of the Common Units and the Subordinated Units
are collectively referred to herein as "Unitholders."
During the Subordination Period, holders of Common Units will be entitled to
receive the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, plus arrearages thereon, before
holders of Subordinated Units receive the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and,
after the Minimum Quarterly Distribution has been paid on all Units, will be
entitled to receive, before holders of Subordinated Units receive, the
applicable target distribution level. The Subordination Period will generally
extend until the first day of any quarter beginning on or after January 1, 2000
in respect of which (a) distributions of Available Cash on all Units equaled or
exceeded $0.538 per quarter (the "Second Target Distribution") for each of the
three consecutive non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding
such date and (b) there are no arrearages on the Common Units. Prior to the end
of the Subordination Period, 50% of the outstanding Subordinated Units will
convert into Common Units on the first day of any quarter beginning on or after
January 1, 1999 in respect of which (a) distributions of Available Cash on all
Units equaled or exceeded the applicable target distribution level for each of
the three consecutive non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding
such date and (b) there are no arrearages on the Common Units. For purposes of
the foregoing sentences, in determining the amount of Available Cash distributed
in any four-quarter period, there will be excluded any positive balance in cash
from operations at the beginning of such four-quarter period and any net
increase in working capital borrowings in such four-quarter period and, with
respect to the third of three consecutive four-quarter periods only, any net
decrease in reserves. Upon the expiration of the Subordination Period, all
remaining Subordinated Units will convert into Common Units, and Available Cash
will generally be distributed 98% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the
General Partners, except that if distributions of Available Cash exceed certain
target distribution levels, the General Partners will receive a percentage of
such excess distributions that will range from 15% to 50%. See "Cash
Distribution Policy."
Concurrently with the closing of this offering, the Partnership intends to
enter into a new bank acquisition facility and will redeem the special
allocation limited partner interests (the "SAUs") for an aggregate payment of
$4.1 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Partnership Indebtedness" and "Prospectus Summary
- -- The Partnership -- SAU Redemption."
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE SECURITIES AT A
LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, IN THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
3
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION........................... 5
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS.............. 5
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY.............................. 7
The Partnership............................... 7
Recent Developments........................... 13
Summary Historical Financial and Operating
Data......................................... 14
The Offering.................................. 16
Cash Distributions............................ 16
Risk Factors.................................. 18
Summary of Tax Considerations................. 19
RISK FACTORS.................................... 20
Risks Inherent in the Partnership's
Business..................................... 20
Risks Inherent in an Investment in the
Partnership.................................. 23
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.... 25
Tax Consequences.............................. 27
USE OF PROCEEDS................................. 30
CAPITALIZATION.................................. 31
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON UNITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS... 31
CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY........................ 32
Quarterly Distributions of Available Cash..... 33
Distributions of Cash from Operations During
the Subordination Period..................... 34
Distributions of Cash from Operations After
the Subordination Period..................... 35
Incentive Distributions and Hypothetical
Annualized Yield............................. 35
Distributions of Cash from Interim Capital
Transactions................................. 36
Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution
and Target Distribution Levels............... 37
Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation........ 37
Ability to Make the First and Second Target
Distributions................................ 39
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING
DATA........................................... 41
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS..................................... 43
General....................................... 43
Supply and Demand Factors..................... 43
Results of Operations......................... 46
Effect of Inflation........................... 49
Liquidity and Capital Resources............... 49
Partnership Indebtedness...................... 50
BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES......................... 55
Overview...................................... 55
The Timberlands............................... 56
Cavenham Acquisition.......................... 59
Other Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions.... 61
Sources of Raw Material for Manufacturing
Facilities................................... 61
Competition and Products...................... 62
Manufacturing Facilities...................... 64
Timber Resource Management.................... 66
Federal and State Regulation.................. 67
Litigation.................................... 71
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
Employees..................................... 71
MANAGEMENT...................................... 73
Partnership Management........................ 73
Directors and Executive Officers of the
Managing General Partner..................... 73
Employment Agreements......................... 74
SELLING UNITHOLDERS AND SECURITY OWNERSHIP...... 75
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY
RESPONSIBILITY................................. 76
Conflicts of Interest......................... 76
Fiduciary Duties of the General Partners...... 78
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS................. 80
The Units..................................... 80
Transfer Agent and Registrar.................. 80
Transfer of Units............................. 80
THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT....................... 81
Organization and Duration..................... 82
Purpose....................................... 82
Capital Contributions......................... 82
Power of Attorney............................. 82
Restrictions on Authority of the Managing
General Partner.............................. 82
Withdrawal or Removal of the General
Partners..................................... 83
Transfer of General Partner Interests......... 84
Reimbursement for Services.................... 84
Change of Management Provisions............... 85
Transfer Restrictions......................... 85
Non-citizen Assignees; Redemption............. 85
Issuance of Additional Securities............. 86
Limited Call Right............................ 86
Amendment of Partnership Agreement............ 87
Meetings; Voting.............................. 88
Indemnification............................... 89
Limited Liability............................. 89
Books and Reports............................. 90
Right to Inspect Partnership Books and
Records...................................... 91
Termination and Dissolution................... 91
Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds...... 91
Registration Rights........................... 91
TAX CONSIDERATIONS.............................. 92
Legal Opinions and Advice..................... 92
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership............ 93
Tax Treatment of Operations................... 98
Disposition of Units.......................... 102
Uniformity of Units........................... 104
Administrative Matters........................ 105
Other Tax Considerations...................... 108
INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP BY EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLANS.................................. 109
UNDERWRITING.................................... 110
VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS.................... 111
EXPERTS......................................... 111
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS................... F-1
FORM OF SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP............................ A-1
FORM OF APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER OF COMMON
UNITS.......................................... B-1
GLOSSARY........................................ C-1
</TABLE>
4
<PAGE>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Partnership has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") in Washington, D.C., a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (the
"Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), with respect to the securities offered by this Prospectus.
Certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement is omitted
from this Prospectus, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement
and exhibits and schedules relating thereto for further information with respect
to the Partnership and the securities offered by this Prospectus. The
Partnership is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and, in accordance
therewith, files reports and other information with the SEC. Such reports and
other information are available for inspection at, and copies of such materials
may be obtained upon payment of the fees prescribed therefor by the rules and
regulations of the SEC from, the SEC at its principal offices located at
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, and
at the Regional Offices of the SEC located at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511, and at 7 World Trade Center,
New York, New York 10048 or may be obtained on the Internet at
http://www.sec.gov. In addition, the Common Units of the Partnership are traded
on the New York Stock Exchange, and such reports and other information may be
inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street,
New York, New York 10005.
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS
The Partnership's Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission file No. 0-24976)
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, as amended by the Form 10-K/A dated
July 12, 1996, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
1996 and Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 30, 1996 are hereby incorporated
herein by reference.
All documents filed by the Partnership pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14
or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the
termination of the offering of the securities offered by this Prospectus, shall
be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Prospectus and to be a part
hereof from the date of filing of such documents. Any statement contained herein
or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this
Prospectus shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this
Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in this Prospectus, or in
any other subsequently filed document that also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference, herein modifies or replaces such statement. Any such
statement so modified or replaced shall not be deemed, except as so modified or
replaced, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
The Partnership undertakes to provide without charge to each person,
including any beneficial owner, to whom a copy of this Prospectus has been
delivered, upon written or oral request of any such person, a copy of any or all
of the documents incorporated by reference herein, other than exhibits to such
documents, unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into
the information that this Prospectus incorporates. Written or oral requests for
such copies should be directed to: Crown Pacific Partners, L.P., 121 S.W.
Morrison Street, Suite 1500, Portland, Oregon 97204, Attention: Mr. Kelly Lang,
Assistant Treasurer and Director of Investor Relations, telephone (503)
274-2300.
5
<PAGE>
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
6
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND INFORMATION INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. AS USED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES, THE "PARTNERSHIP" OR "CROWN
PACIFIC" REFERS TO CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P. AND ITS PREDECESSORS, TOGETHER
WITH ITS SUBSIDIARIES. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ASSUMES THAT THE OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION GRANTED TO THE UNDERWRITERS BY
THE PARTNERSHIP IS NOT EXERCISED AND, EXCEPT FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
RELATED OPERATING DATA, INCLUDES INFORMATION RELATING TO THE ASSETS ACQUIRED
FROM CAVENHAM FOREST INDUSTRIES INC. FOR EASE OF REFERENCE, A GLOSSARY OF
CERTAIN TERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS INCLUDED AS APPENDIX C HERETO.
THE PARTNERSHIP
GENERAL
Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. (the "Partnership") is a publicly held Delaware
limited partnership that owns and operates timberland properties and wood
product manufacturing operations in the northwest United States. The
Partnership's business consists of the growing and harvesting of timber for sale
as logs in domestic and export markets and the manufacture and sale of lumber
and other wood products. Lumber and other wood products are used principally in
new residential home construction, home remodeling and repair and for general
industrial uses. The Partnership currently owns and/or controls approximately
724,000 acres of timberland in the Pacific Northwest (the "Timberlands"),
containing a total merchantable timber inventory of approximately 4,875 million
board feet ("MMBF"). In addition to its Timberlands, the Partnership has
significant manufacturing assets consisting of four lumber mills in Oregon and
Idaho and a remanufacturing facility and a chip mill in Oregon (collectively,
the "Manufacturing Facilities").
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Partnership believes that its extensive private timber inventory, the
maturity and diversity of its timber holdings, the integration of its
Timberlands and mill operations and its demonstrated success in buying and
selling forestry assets give it a competitive advantage in its markets. The
Partnership's business strategy is to pursue growth through strategic
acquisitions of timber and timberlands while continuing to improve the
efficiency of its existing operations. The Partnership intends to focus on
acquisitions that would be expected to increase per Unit distributable cash.
Historically, the Partnership has been successful in acquiring timber and
manufacturing operations from third parties and integrating them into its
operations on a financially attractive basis. The key elements of the
Partnership's strategy include (i) identifying and acquiring undervalued timber
assets on a wholesale basis, (ii) reviewing opportunities for simultaneous or
subsequent resales of smaller, non-strategic portions of acquired assets at a
profit, (iii) enhancing timber management and marketing practices and (iv)
improving operating efficiencies at its Manufacturing Facilities. Since April
1988, the Partnership has completed ten significant acquisitions with an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $920 million (after $145 million of
simultaneous sales of certain assets arranged by Crown Pacific to third
parties). There can be no assurance, however, that general economic conditions
will be conducive to this acquisition strategy, that the Partnership will be
able to identify attractive acquisition candidates in the future, that the
Partnership will be able to acquire any such assets or businesses on
economically acceptable terms, that any acquisitions will not be dilutive to
earnings and distributable cash per Unit or that any additional debt incurred to
finance an acquisition will not adversely affect the ability of the Partnership
to make distributions to Unitholders.
In order to enhance its ability to finance future acquisitions, the
Partnership intends to enter into a new bank credit facility concurrently with
the offering made hereby, initially providing for borrowings of up to $125
million (the "Acquisition Facility"). Under certain circumstances described in
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Partnership Indebtedness," the amount available to be borrowed
under the Acquisition Facility will be
7
<PAGE>
reduced. In addition to using borrowings available under the Acquisition
Facility, the Partnership may fund future acquisitions from internal cash flow
and additional sales of Common Units. Upon completion of this offering, however,
the Partnership will be unable under the terms of the Partnership Agreement to
issue more than 1,544,670 Common Units (zero Common Units if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full) during the Subordination Period
without the requisite approval of the holders of outstanding Common Units. See
"The Partnership Agreement -- Issuance of Additional Securities."
CAVENHAM ACQUISITION
On May 15, 1996, the Partnership completed the purchase of approximately
207,000 acres of timberland in Oregon and Washington, containing approximately
1,485 MMBF of predominantly second growth merchantable timber, from Cavenham
Forest Industries Inc. ("Cavenham") for $205 million (the "Cavenham
Acquisition"). The Cavenham properties are located in close proximity to the
Partnership's existing operations, requiring only minimal additional
administrative cost. The Partnership believes that the Cavenham Acquisition will
benefit the Partnership in several ways. First, the majority of the logs
harvested from the newly-acquired Oregon timberlands (the "Eastside
Timberlands") will be processed by the Partnership's existing Oregon
Manufacturing Facilities and will be used to offset higher cost external log
purchases, which is anticipated to improve the operating margin of the
Partnership's Oregon operations. Second, the Partnership believes the additional
volume available from the newly-acquired Olympic Peninsula timberlands in
Washington (the "Olympic Timberlands") will give the Partnership (i) more log
volume that can be sold in the export market (which has historically commanded a
premium over the domestic market), (ii) more flexibility in harvest planning
with the Partnership's existing northwest Washington timberlands (the "Hamilton
Timberlands"), which are approximately 60 miles away by water and (iii) the
ability to negotiate more favorable terms for sales in both the export and
domestic markets from the Washington region. Third, due to the high growth rates
in the Olympic Timberlands, the Cavenham Acquisition has increased the average
growth rate of the Partnership's Timberlands. See " -- The Timberlands."
The Eastside Timberlands consist of approximately 124,000 acres, containing
approximately 474 MMBF of merchantable timber consisting of appearance-grade
lodgepole pine (61%) and Ponderosa pine (16%), as well as true firs (13%) and
other conifers (10%). The Eastside Timberlands have estimated annual growth
rates of 2.5% to 3.25% and contain significant volumes of mature timber greater
than 80 years old. The Eastside Timberlands are located in two discrete areas,
one of which is a 91,000 acre tract in Klamath County in south central Oregon
called the Mazama Tract. The Mazama Tract's northern point is approximately 20
miles south of the southern boundary of the Partnership's existing Oregon tree
farm and in close proximity to the Partnership's Gilchrist sawmill, which is
already a producer of appearance-grade pine lumber. The remaining approximately
33,000 acres of the Eastside Timberlands are made up of several small tracts
located in Baker, Union and Umatilla counties in northeast Oregon that contain a
high percentage of fir species. The Partnership plans to sell approximately 20%
of the Eastside Timberlands' harvest to third party mills and to use the balance
in its Prineville and Gilchrist sawmills located in central Oregon.
The Olympic Timberlands consist of approximately 83,000 acres, containing
approximately 1,011 MMBF of merchantable timber consisting of hemlock (71%),
Douglas fir (10%), hardwoods (11%) and other conifers (8%) in one of the most
productive timber growth sites in the nation. Growth rates on the Olympic
Timberlands average an estimated 7% per year because of the combination of
rainfall quantity and soil types. The Olympic Timberland operations will be
combined with the Partnership's existing Hamilton Timberland operations for
minimal additional administrative cost. Logs harvested from both Washington
tracts will be sold to domestic and export log buyers or may be processed in a
sawmill the Partnership is considering purchasing or constructing in northwest
Washington. The Olympic Timberlands tract is uneven aged (resulting in stable
annual harvest levels) and well managed. Intensive silvicultural practices
typically applied at the Olympic Timberlands include reforestation, competing
vegetation control, pre-commercial thinning and commercial thinning.
8
<PAGE>
THE TIMBERLANDS
The Partnership's Timberlands include substantial holdings of mature,
premium-quality timber. The Partnership believes it is one of the largest
nongovernmental holders of mature Ponderosa pine in the United States. The
Partnership's Ponderosa pine, as well as substantial quantities of export-
quality Douglas fir and hemlock located on the Hamilton and Olympic Timberlands,
have historically commanded premium prices over other softwood species. The
Partnership also has significant holdings of other species, including white fir,
lodgepole pine, cedar and sugar pine. The Timberlands are comprised principally
of mature stands, with over 50% of the Partnership's merchantable timber in the
Oregon and Inland Regions (defined below) being at least 80 years old. In
northwest Washington, where timber is harvested at a much earlier age because of
high growth rates, over 70% of the Partnership's merchantable timber is at least
40 years old.
The Partnership's Timberlands are geographically divided into three
principal regions: the Oregon region, including the Eastside Timberlands (the
"Oregon Region"), encompassing approximately 333,000 acres and approximately
1,200 MMBF of merchantable timber; the northwest Washington region, including
the Olympic Timberlands (the "Washington Region"), encompassing approximately
185,000 acres and approximately 1,871 MMBF of merchantable timber; and the
inland region in eastern Washington, Idaho and northwest Montana (the "Inland
Region"), encompassing approximately 206,000 acres and approximately 1,804 MMBF
of merchantable timber. Timber harvested from the Oregon and Inland Regions is
used principally as raw material for the operation of the Manufacturing
Facilities, with the remainder sold to third parties. In contrast, between 24%
and 34% of the timber harvested from the Washington Region has historically been
sold as logs in the export market (principally Japan) at premium prices, with
the remainder sold to unaffiliated domestic mills. The Partnership's substantial
timber resources reduce its reliance on third-party log sources to supply its
Manufacturing Facilities, which the Partnership believes gives it a significant
competitive advantage over lumber manufacturers without a supply of fee timber.
See " -- Industry Conditions."
MANUFACTURING FACILITIES
The Partnership manufactures a wide variety of lumber and remanufactured
wood products in its Manufacturing Facilities. The Manufacturing Facilities are
operated to add value to logs harvested from the Partnership's Timberlands or
acquired from third parties. Due to the quality and quantity of the
Partnership's mature pine timber, the Partnership believes it is one of the
largest producers in the Pacific Northwest of industrial-grade pine lumber,
which is sold at premium prices to manufacturers of doors, windows and other
specialty wood products. Lumber produced in the Inland Region Manufacturing
Facilities is sold principally to distributors of dimension or structural lumber
products, which are used primarily for residential construction. The
Partnership's remanufactured wood products customers include window and door
manufacturers and retail home centers.
The Partnership employs modern technology in its Manufacturing Facilities in
order to implement its strategy of maximizing efficiency and utilization of its
timber resources, reducing labor costs and maintaining high-quality standards of
production. Since January 1, 1993, the Partnership and its predecessors have
invested more than $20 million to upgrade the Manufacturing Facilities. In
addition, approximately $9.0 million is anticipated to be spent during 1996 to
upgrade and reconfigure the Manufacturing Facilities to process more efficiently
the species that can be supplied from the Timberlands and from other reliable
sources in proximity to the mills. The most tangible benefits of these upgrades
are expected to be increased recovery rates (the ratio of the volume of lumber
produced at a facility to the volume of logs utilized at such facility), reduced
operating costs, increased flexibility to process the species that are most
readily available and increased product quality. The Partnership recently sold a
sawmill in the Inland Region that has been closed since December 1995 and has
closed another, nonstrategic, Inland Region sawmill. In addition, the
Partnership plans to close its plywood manufacturing facility during the third
quarter of 1996, which will leave the Partnership with a total of six
Manufacturing Facilities. The closure and sale of these facilities are expected
to increase the Partnership's raw material self-sufficiency. The Partnership is
considering purchasing or constructing a sawmill in northwest Washington to
process non-export quality logs from the Washington Region
9
<PAGE>
into dimension lumber. The Partnership believes that the efficiency of its
Manufacturing Facilities, in combination with a highly productive work force and
the ability to meet a substantial portion of its raw material needs from its
Timberlands, make the Partnership competitive in the production of its lumber
and other wood products.
INDUSTRY CONDITIONS
The Partnership's ability to implement its business strategy over the long
term and its results of operations will depend upon a number of factors, many of
which are beyond its control. These factors include general industry conditions,
domestic and international prices and supply and demand for logs, lumber and
other wood products, seasonality and competition from other supplying regions
and substitute products.
SUPPLY. Environmental and other similar concerns and governmental policies
have substantially reduced the volume of timber under contract to be harvested
from federal lands. Federal timber under contract in the Pacific Northwest
decreased 86% from approximately 11,000 MMBF in January 1988 to 1,500 MMBF in
January 1996. The resulting supply decrease caused prices for logs and lumber to
increase significantly, reaching peak levels during late 1993 and early 1994.
Even though prices have declined from these record levels, current prices still
exceed pre-1993 levels. The low supply of timber from federal lands, which is
expected to continue for the foreseeable future, has benefited forest products
companies with private timber holdings such as the Partnership through higher
stumpage and log prices. Additionally, many manufacturing facilities without a
sufficient supply of fee timber were forced to close, including three Crown
Pacific sawmills that were closed promptly after their acquisition and two
others in the Inland Region that have recently been closed or sold. See
"Business and Properties -- Manufacturing Facilities." Increased supplies of
logs harvested from private lands and logs imported from foreign countries have
only partially offset the lost volume from federal lands and have not replaced
the mature, high-quality timber found in greater quantities on federal lands.
The Partnership believes that, because of its sizeable holdings of fee timber
and efficient Manufacturing Facilities, it will continue to benefit from these
price levels and market conditions.
Historically, Canada has been a significant source of lumber for the U.S.
market. For example, during the four-year period ended December 31, 1993,
Canadian softwood lumber imports into the U.S. averaged 13,025 MMBF per year,
representing, on average, approximately 29% of U.S. softwood lumber consumption.
This increased to 16,100 MMBF (33%) in 1994 and to an historic high of 17,000
MMBF (36%) in 1995. The increase in Canadian softwood lumber imports has been
due in part to the reduced production levels of U.S. lumber manufacturers in the
Pacific Northwest (resulting from the reduced availability of timber from U.S.
federal lands), as well as to the large increase during 1995 in the price of
residual wood chips (a by-product of lumber production), which are used in pulp
and paper manufacturing. This price increase caused Canadian lumber producers to
increase lumber production even though Canadian housing starts and Asian lumber
demand were relatively low during 1995. The combination of these factors caused
an increase in Canadian lumber imports into the U.S. in 1995, which contributed
to a decline in U.S. lumber prices. In 1996, unusually high wood chip
inventories have slowed the production of Canadian lumber and reduced its
importation into the U.S.
In 1996, the U.S. and Canadian governments announced a five-year lumber
trade agreement effective April 1, 1996. This agreement is intended to reduce
the volume of Canadian lumber exported into the U.S. through the assessment of
an export tariff on annual lumber exports to the U.S. in excess of 14,700 MMBF
from the four major Canadian producing provinces. This 14,700 MMBF figure is
approximately 10% lower than 1995 import levels from those provinces, but still
exceeds the 1994 Canadian lumber exports to the U.S. from those provinces. The
lumber trade agreement has only recently been enacted and its effect is
therefore uncertain. However, the agreement may limit the amount of lumber
imported from Canada and could result in increased prices for logs and lumber.
DEMAND. Changes in general economic and demographic factors, including the
strength of the economy and interest rates for home mortgages and construction
loans, have historically caused
10
<PAGE>
fluctuations in housing starts and in turn in demand (and therefore prices) for
lumber and other wood products. Domestic demand for lumber and manufactured wood
products is primarily affected by the level of new residential construction
activity. In addition to housing starts, demand for wood products is also
significantly affected by repair and remodeling activities and industrial uses,
demand for which has historically been less cyclical. Domestic demand for logs,
lumber and other wood products is seasonal. In the winter, demand generally
subsides, increasing in the spring as construction activity resumes. Severe
weather conditions, storms and natural disasters can also affect demand. The
Partnership is also affected by international demand factors, which are cyclical
and seasonal as well. The strength of the economy in Japan and other Asian
countries and the relative strength of the United States dollar directly affect
the demand for exported logs from the Partnership's Washington Region. In late
1994 and throughout 1995, demand for lumber and plywood was adversely affected
by declines in housing starts, competition from substitute wood products such as
oriented strand board ("OSB") and changes in purchasing by distributors and
retailers to a just-in-time inventory system. Lumber prices have begun to
increase in 1996 due to an increase in new housing starts and increased demand
from lumber wholesalers who were unable to replenish their inventories because
of the recent severe winter. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
PARTNERSHIP STRUCTURE AND MANAGEMENT
Crown Pacific Management Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited
partnership, is the managing general partner of the Partnership (the "Managing
General Partner"), and Crown Pacific, Ltd., an Oregon corporation ("CPL"), is
the special general partner of the Partnership (in such capacity, the "Special
General Partner"). The Managing General Partner and the Special General Partner
are together referred to herein as the "General Partners." Both of the General
Partners are owned by Fremont Investors, Inc. (formerly Fremont Group, Inc.) and
its affiliates ("Fremont") and by Mr. Peter W. Stott and Mr. Roger L. Krage
(collectively, the "Sponsors"). Mr. Stott and Mr. Krage have had preliminary
discussions with Fremont regarding the purchase of all of Fremont's remaining
interest in the Partnership and the General Partners. These discussions are only
preliminary, however, and price and other significant terms have not been
established. There can be no assurance that such a purchase will occur.
The operations of the Partnership are carried out through, and the
Timberlands and operating assets are owned by, Crown Pacific Limited
Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, and other subsidiary operating
partnerships and corporations (collectively, the "Operating Partnership" unless
the context otherwise requires). The Partnership owns a 98.9899% limited partner
interest in the Operating Partnership. The Managing General Partner is the
general partner of the Operating Partnership with a 1.0101% general partner
interest. The General Partners own an aggregate 2% general partner interest in
the Partnership and the Operating Partnership. References herein to the General
Partners' 2% interest or to distributions to the General Partners of 2% of
"Available Cash," as defined in the Glossary, are references to the amount of
the General Partners' combined percentage interest in the Partnership and the
Operating Partnership. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein
to the Partnership include the Partnership, the Operating Partnership and any
other subsidiary operating partnerships and corporations.
The activities of the Managing General Partner are limited by the
Partnership Agreement to the management of the activities and operations of the
Partnership. The Managing General Partner receives no management fee in
connection with its management of the Partnership and receives no remuneration
for its services as managing general partner of the Partnership other than
reimbursement for all direct and indirect expenses incurred in connection with
the Partnership's operations and all other necessary or appropriate expenses
allocable to the Partnership or otherwise reasonably incurred by the Managing
General Partner in connection with the operation of the Partnership's business.
See "Management."
11
<PAGE>
The principal executive offices of the Partnership, the Operating
Partnership and the General Partners are located at 121 S.W. Morrison Street,
Suite 1500, Portland, Oregon 97204. The telephone number at such offices is
(503) 274-2300.
The following chart depicts the organization and ownership of the
Partnership and the Operating Partnership immediately after giving effect to the
sale of the Common Units offered hereby (assuming that the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is not exercised). The percentages reflected in the
following chart represent the ownership interest in each of the Partnership and
the Operating Partnership, individually. Except in the following chart, the
ownership percentages referred to in this Prospectus reflect the effective
ownership interest of the Unitholders in the Partnership and the Operating
Partnership on a combined basis.
DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATIONAL CHART
1. PUBLIC UNITHOLDERS (17,625,300 Common Units) have a 68.1% limited
partner interest in Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. (the "Partnership").
2. PRIOR INVESTORS (OTHER THAN SPONSORS) (2,162,393 Common Units) have a
8.4% limited partner interest in the Partnership.
3. SPONSORS (3,061,770 Subordinated Units and 28,076 Common Units) have a
12.0% limited partner interest in the Partnership, have 100% ownership of CROWN
PACIFIC, LTD. (the "Special General Partner"), and have 100% ownership of CROWN
PACIFIC MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (the "Managing General Partner").
4. The Special General Partner (2,711,318 Subordinated Units) has a 0.01%
general partner interest and a 10.5% limited partner interest in the
Partnership.
5. The Managing General Partner has a 0.99% general partner interest in the
Partnership and a 1.0101% general partner interest in CROWN PACIFIC LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP (the "Operating Partnership").
6. The Partnership has a 98.9899% limited partner interest in the Operating
Partnership.
12
<PAGE>
SAU REDEMPTION
Effective upon the closing of the offering made hereby, all of the
outstanding SAUs will be redeemed from the net proceeds of this offering for an
aggregate of $4.1 million. Under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the
SAUs were entitled to receive aggregate distributions, through the end of 1997,
of up to $80 million, subject to annual limitations, only after the Partnership
distributed to all Common Units and Subordinated Units $0.51 per Unit with
respect to each quarter during 1995 (and a proportionate amount with respect to
1994), $0.524 per Unit with respect to each quarter during 1996 and $0.538 per
Unit with respect to each quarter during 1997. The Partnership Agreement has
been amended (the "SAU Amendment"), with the approval of the SAU holders, to
redeem the SAUs in exchange for a one-time cash payment equal to $4.1 million in
the aggregate, which represents the present value of the future cash
distributions that the Managing General Partner anticipates the SAU holders
could have received from the Partnership with respect to the periods ending on
or before December 31, 1997. The terms of the SAU Amendment were proposed by the
Managing General Partner and approved by an independent committee of the Board
of Control and by the holders of the SAUs. The SAU holders received an opinion
from a financial advisor that the SAU Amendment was fair to the SAU holders from
a financial point of view. Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., as a financial advisor to
the Partnership, has delivered its opinion that, from a financial point of view,
the SAU Amendment will not adversely affect the limited partners in any material
respect, which under the Partnership Agreement is the requisite standard for
amending the Partnership Agreement without the approval of the holders of Common
Units. Upon redemption, the SAUs will cease to exist and any Partnership cash
that would have been available for distribution to the holders of SAUs will be
available for distribution to the partners as provided in the Partnership
Agreement. See "Cash Distribution Policy."
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
On July 10, 1996, the Partnership reported its results of operations for the
quarter ended June 30, 1996. Net income for the quarter was approximately $4.4
million on revenues of approximately $96.1 million, compared to approximately
$4.2 million on revenues of approximately $88.7 million for the 1995 second
quarter. The increased revenues in the second quarter of 1996 were primarily
attributable to improving lumber prices and to higher log sales volumes
resulting from the Cavenham Acquisition. In addition, second quarter 1995 sales
were lower due to a labor strike at the Thompson Falls, Montana sawmill and the
Redmond, Oregon plywood facility.
During the quarter ended June 30, 1996, the Partnership completed the sale
of the sawmill at Thompson Falls and permanently closed the sawmill at Albeni
Falls, Idaho. These two Inland Region sawmills could not be supplied with
competitively priced externally purchased logs. The Managing General Partner has
also decided to close the plywood facility during the third quarter of 1996.
This decision was based upon a sharp decline in plywood prices, which resulted
from increased competition from lower cost panel substitutes such as OSB. The
Partnership believes that the combination of the Cavenham Acquisition and the
facility closures will improve the Partnership's raw material self-sufficiency,
which should result in improved margins.
13
<PAGE>
SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL
AND OPERATING DATA
The following table sets forth for the periods and at the dates indicated,
summary historical financial and operating data for the Partnership and its
predecessors, on a combined historical basis. The summary historical financial
data for the three years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 are derived from
the audited historical consolidated financial statements of the Partnership and
should be read in conjunction with such financial statements included elsewhere
in this Prospectus. The related historical consolidated financial data for the
three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 are derived from the unaudited
historical consolidated financial statements of the Partnership included
elsewhere in this Prospectus, which in the opinion of management include all
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
statement of the results for the unaudited interim periods. The results for the
interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that can be
expected for a full year. See also "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
The comparability of results of operations among the periods presented is
affected by the acquisitions of DAW Forest Products Company, L.P. and W-I Forest
Products Limited Partnership ("DAW/ W-I") in September and October 1993, which
were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The results shown do
not include any information with respect to the assets acquired from Cavenham in
May 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED
MARCH 31,
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------
---------------------------------------- 1995 1996
1993 (A) 1994 (A) 1995 (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues (b)............................. $ 220,586 $ 397,326 $ 383,383 $ 97,834 $ 84,555
Operating costs:
Cost of products sold (c).............. 151,379 328,882 313,490 80,995 66,882
Selling, general and administrative
expenses.............................. 10,379 21,148 21,653 5,309 5,312
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Operating income......................... 58,828 47,296 48,240 11,530 12,361
Interest expense......................... 14,201 23,894 31,053 7,522 8,245
Amortization of debt issuance costs...... 997 2,184 508 116 126
Other (income) expense, net.............. 3,208 (1,034) (599) (224) (174)
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Income before provision for income
taxes................................... 40,422 22,252 17,278 4,116 4,164
Provision for income taxes............... 1,501 2,514 -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Income before extraordinary item......... 38,921 19,738 17,278 4,116 4,164
Extraordinary item -- loss on
extinguishment of debt (d).............. -- (16,178) -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Net income............................... 38,921 3,560 17,278 4,116 4,164
Accretion and income relative to
mandatorily redeemable partnership
interests............................... (3,243) (8,624) -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Net income (loss) allocated to
partnership and shareholders'
interests............................... $ 35,678 $ (5,064) $ 17,278 $ 4,116 $ 4,164
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Earnings per Unit (e):
Income before extraordinary item....... $ 1.07 $ 0.94 $ 0.22 $ 0.23
Extraordinary item (d)................. (0.88) -- -- --
------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Net income per Unit.................... $ 0.19 $ 0.94 $ 0.22 $ 0.23
------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED
MARCH 31,
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------
---------------------------------------- 1995 1996
1993 (A) 1994 (A) 1995 (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOW AND OTHER DATA:
EBITDDA (f).............................. $ 85,852 $ 87,016 $ 83,290 $ 17,899 $ 21,414
Depletion, depreciation and amortization
(c)..................................... 31,229 40,870 34,959 6,261 9,005
Additions to timber and timberlands...... 11,230 15,794 31,211 3,988 15,766
Additions to equipment................... 1,885 14,799 10,437 3,425 2,456
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
Working capital.......................... $ 2,291 $ 51,684 $ 66,737 $ 59,500 $ 66,025
Total assets (g)......................... 738,363 461,547 476,505 457,641 490,315
Long-term debt (g)....................... 480,362 300,000 326,000 303,000 340,000
Partners' and shareholders' equity....... 98,632 119,397 107,056 123,259 101,781
OPERATING DATA:
Fee timber harvested (MMBF).............. 152 215 202 46 75
External log sourcing (MMBF)............. 106 269 251 53 46
Lumber production (MMBF)................. 199 421 390 111 97
Plywood production (MMSF) (3/8" basis)... 45 142 113 37 12
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(a) Effective December 22, 1994, the Partnership completed an initial public
offering of 9,850,000 Common Units. Since fewer than 80% of the limited
partner interests were sold to the public and because the General Partners
(or their affiliates) were also the general partners of the
companies/partnerships that preceded the Partnership, the assets were not
recorded as a purchase and therefore remain at their historical cost. The
financial information for the periods prior to December 22, 1994 represents
the financial results of the Partnership's predecessors. Results of
operations for the 10-day period ended December 31, 1994 were not
significant compared to the results of the combined predecessors taken as a
whole. The operations of the Partnership for such 10-day period have been
combined with the results of the predecessors for the year ended December
31, 1994. For additional information about the Partnership's predecessors
and the results of the Partnership for the period from December 22, 1994
through December 31, 1994, see Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
(b) Total revenues from Inland Region sawmills acquired in the fourth quarter of
1993 that were closed in the first quarter of 1994 were $9.1 million in the
year ended December 31, 1993 and $13.8 million in the year ended December
31, 1994. Total revenues from Inland Region sawmills that are or will be
closed in 1996 were $9.1 million in the quarter ended March 31, 1996, $15.2
million in the quarter ended March 31, 1995 and $48.8 million in the year
ended December 31, 1995. Total revenues from the Partnership's plywood
manufacturing facility, scheduled to be closed during the third quarter of
1996, were $2.8 million in the quarter ended March 31, 1996, $9.8 million in
the quarter ended March 31, 1995 and $31 million in the year ended December
31, 1995. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Results of Operations."
(c) In the first quarter of 1995, the Partnership completed a periodic update of
its timber inventory system to reflect the timber it owned. The update
resulted in an increase in timber volumes, which reduced the estimated
depletion rates and decreased the depletion costs for the year ended
December 31, 1995 by $7.4 million or $0.41 per Unit. This change in estimate
had no impact on prior periods or on the Partnership's cash flow. See Note 5
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(d) Prior to and in conjunction with the formation of the Partnership in 1994,
borrowings of the Partnership's predecessors were refinanced and certain of
the deferred issuance costs were written off as an extraordinary, non-cash
charge.
(e) The determination of earnings per Unit for 1994 was made as if the initial
public offering had been completed on January 1, 1994.
(f) EBITDDA is defined as net income before interest, amortization of debt
issuance costs, income taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization and
extraordinary items. EBITDDA is provided because management believes EBITDDA
provides useful information for evaluating the Partnership's ability to make
the First and Second Target Distributions. EBITDDA should not be construed
as an alternative to operating income (as an indicator of the Partnership's
operating performance) or as an alternative to cash flows from operating
activities (as a measure of liquidity).
(g) Included in total assets and long-term debt for the year ended December 31,
1993 was $220 million related to the purchase of certain timberlands in
1989. The Partnership's predecessors issued twenty-two $10 million
installment notes to the seller secured by unconditional letters of credit.
The deposited funds were restricted such that they could be used only to
repay the notes. As a result, both the assets and liabilities remained on
the predecessors' balance sheets.
15
<PAGE>
THE OFFERING
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Securities offered................ 10,297,800 Common Units (11,842,470 if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full), of which
7,455,330 are being offered by the Partnership
(9,000,000 if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full) and 2,842,470 are being offered by
the Selling Unitholders. Of the Common Units being sold
by the Selling Unitholders, 2,500,000 were purchased by
the Sponsors in the initial public offering in December
1994 for a purchase price of $20.05 per Common Unit,
representing the initial public offering price less
underwriting discounts and commissions.
Units to be outstanding after this
offering......................... 19,815,769 Common Units representing an aggregate 75.9%
limited partner interest in the Partnership (21,360,439
Common Units, representing an aggregate 77.1% limited
partner interest in the Partnership, if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in
full) and 5,773,088 Subordinated Units representing an
aggregate 22.1% limited partner interest in the
Partnership (20.9% if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full).
Use of proceeds................... The net proceeds from the sale of the Common Units
offered by the Partnership hereby (estimated to be
approximately $136.1 million after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses of
the offering), together with $2.8 million contributed by
the General Partners to maintain their 2% interest in
the Partnership and borrowings of $115.2 under the
Acquisition Facility, will be used by the Partnership
(i) to repay $250.0 million of indebtedness (the
"Cavenham Debt"), plus accrued interest, incurred to
finance the Cavenham Acquisition and other recent timber
purchases and (ii) to pay $4.1 million to redeem the
SAUs. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Cash Distribution
Policy." The proceeds from any exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option will be used to
repay indebtedness of the Partnership. The Partnership
will not receive any of the net proceeds from the sale
of Common Units by the Selling Unitholders.
NYSE symbol....................... CRO
</TABLE>
CASH DISTRIBUTIONS
GENERAL
The Partnership distributes all of its Available Cash within 45 days after
the end of each calendar quarter to the Unitholders of record on the applicable
record date and to the General Partners. Available Cash for any quarter consists
generally of the sum of all of the cash received by the Partnership from all
sources plus reductions to reserves less all cash disbursements of the
Partnership and additions to reserves. The full definition of Available Cash is
set forth in the Glossary. The Managing General Partner has broad discretion in
making cash disbursements and establishing reserves, thereby affecting the
amount of Available Cash. There can be no assurance that the Partnership will
have sufficient Available Cash with respect to any quarter to distribute the
Minimum
16
<PAGE>
Quarterly Distribution or any other amount to Unitholders. A portion of the
Partnership's distributions may constitute a return of an investor's capital.
The tax consequences of an investment in the Partnership are complex. See "--
Summary of Tax Considerations -- Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions."
Distributions by the Partnership of its Available Cash are generally made
98% to the Unitholders and 2% to the General Partners, subject to the payment of
incentive distributions to the Managing General Partner after certain target
levels of cash distributions to the Unitholders in excess of the Second Target
Distribution are achieved. See "Cash Distribution Policy -- Incentive
Distributions and Hypothetical Annualized Yield."
For each quarter during the Subordination Period, the holders of Common
Units will have the right to receive the Minimum Quarterly Distribution ($0.51
per Unit) with respect to such quarter and any arrearages for prior quarters
before any distributions may be made on the Subordinated Units. Then, the
holders of the Subordinated Units will have the right to receive the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution with respect to such quarter, but no arrearages for prior
quarters. Next, first the holders of Common Units and then the holders of
Subordinated Units will have the right to receive additional cash until they
have received the First Target Distribution of $0.524 per Unit with respect to
each quarter in 1996 and the Second Target Distribution of $0.538 per Unit with
respect to each quarter in each subsequent year during the Subordination Period.
After the holders of Common Units and the holders of Subordinated Units have
each received the First Target Distribution (in 1996) and the Second Target
Distribution (in 1997), cash distributions will be shared among the holders of
Common Units, the holders of Subordinated Units and the General Partners in
proportion to the total amount of Available Cash constituting Cash from
Operations distributed to each such class of partners during such year (up to
and including the quarter with respect to which such distribution is being made)
up to the applicable Target Distribution level.
In 1998 and thereafter, cash distributions in excess of the Second Target
Distribution level ($0.538 per Unit) will be shared between the General Partners
and all Unitholders pro rata, with the General Partners' share increasing as
higher Target Distribution levels on the Units are met. Specifically, the
General Partners will be entitled to 15% of all quarterly distributions after
the Unitholders have received $0.566 per Unit, 25% after the Unitholders have
received $0.679 per Unit and 50% after the Unitholders have received $0.904 per
Unit.
The Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution levels are
subject to adjustment under certain circumstances such as unfavorable tax
legislation or upon distributions of Cash from Interim Capital Transactions, as
defined in the Glossary. At the expiration of the Subordination Period, which
will generally occur no sooner than January 1, 2000 and then only upon the
satisfaction of certain tests, all Subordinated Units will convert into an equal
number of Common Units and will participate pro rata with all other Common Units
in distributions of Available Cash. Under certain circumstances, 50% of the
Subordinated Units will convert into an equal number of Common Units after
January 1, 1999 if certain Target Distribution levels have been met for a
specified time period. See "Cash Distribution Policy." Common Units will not
accrue any arrearages for any quarter after the Subordination Period.
ABILITY TO MAKE THE FIRST AND SECOND TARGET DISTRIBUTIONS
The Partnership has paid a quarterly distribution equal to the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution on all outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units
with respect to each quarter in 1995 (and a proportionate amount thereof with
respect to the period from the inception of the Partnership on December 22, 1994
through December 31, 1994). For the quarter ended March 31, 1996, the
Partnership distributed the First Target Distribution of $0.524 per Unit. For
the quarter ended June 30, 1996, the Partnership has declared a distribution of
$0.524 per Unit. Purchasers of Common Units in this offering will not receive
this distribution.
17
<PAGE>
Based on the amount of working capital that the Partnership is expected to
have at the closing of this offering, the availability of the Working Capital
Facility and the assumptions set forth below, the Partnership believes that it
should have Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations sufficient to allow
the Partnership to distribute the First Target Distribution of $0.524 per Unit
on all Units with respect to each quarter during 1996 and the Second Target
Distribution of $0.538 per Unit on all Units with respect to each quarter during
1997, although no assurance can be given in respect of such distributions. This
belief is based on the Partnership's assumptions regarding the future business
prospects of the Partnership and other assumptions that it believes are within a
range of reasonableness. Some of these assumptions are beyond the control of the
Partnership and cannot be predicted with certainty, including assumptions
concerning market and economic conditions and other factors, such as log and
lumber prices, attainment of projected timber harvest schedules, availability of
non-fee timber, export and environmental restrictions and other factors that
affect the availability of timber and the level of lumber production. If the
Partnership's assumptions, particularly with respect to prices, prove to be
incorrect, Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations could be
insufficient to permit the Partnership to make the distributions estimated as
described above. Accordingly, no assurances can be given that distributions at
those levels will be made. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Inherent in an Investment
in the Partnership --Partnership Assumptions Concerning Future Operations May
Not Be Realized." The Partnership does not intend to update the expression of
belief set forth above.
The Partnership's estimates of Available Cash constituting Cash from
Operations are based in part on the following specific assumptions: (i) the rate
of inflation will be 3.0% for each year; (ii) prices for logs, lumber and
plywood in 1996 will approximate 1995 prices and prices for logs and lumber will
increase by the rate of inflation in 1997; (iii) the Partnership will harvest
timber in accordance with its harvest plan, which is based on projections of
demand, price, availability of timber and other factors beyond the control of
the Partnership and which contemplates the harvest of 270 MMBF in 1996 and 256
MMBF in 1997; (iv) purchases of logs from private sellers will decrease
beginning in 1996 in the Oregon and Inland Regions; (v) purchases of logs from
federal sources will be substantially reduced in the Inland Region and will be
minimal in the Oregon Region in 1996 and 1997; (vi) purchases of logs from state
sources will remain relatively constant through 1997; (vii) manufacturing
productivity will improve in 1996 and 1997 at the Prineville, Oregon
Manufacturing Facility due to, among other factors, certain anticipated capital
expenditures at such facility; and (viii) capital expenditures for maintenance
will average approximately $3.0 million per year in 1996 and 1997. The
Partnership's performance for future years is difficult to predict, and the
realization of the assumptions underlying the projected performance is
uncertain.
When used in this Prospectus the words "expect," "estimate," "project" and
similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such
statements are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Should
one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying
assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those
expected, estimated or projected.
RISK FACTORS
PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON UNITS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING
RISK FACTORS IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON UNITS.
- The Partnership's operations are subject to fluctuations in prices and
demand for forest products and supplies of timber.
- The Partnership's ability to harvest its timber may be affected by various
factors, including environmental and endangered species concerns, damage
by fire, insect infestation, disease, drought and other natural disasters.
- The actual amount of cash distributions depends on Partnership operating
performance and is affected by the funding of reserves, expenditures and
other matters within the discretion of the Managing General Partner.
18
<PAGE>
- Conflicts of interest could arise between the Managing General Partner and
its affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership or any partner
thereof, on the other. The Partnership Agreement limits the liability and
modifies the fiduciary duties of the General Partners. Holders of Common
Units are deemed to have consented to certain actions and conflicts of
interest that might otherwise be deemed a breach of fiduciary or other
duties under state law.
- Holders of Common Units have limited voting rights, and the Managing
General Partner manages and controls the Partnership.
See "Risk Factors" for a more detailed discussion of these and other risk
factors.
SUMMARY OF TAX CONSIDERATIONS
THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN COMMON UNITS TO A PARTICULAR
INVESTOR WILL DEPEND IN PART ON THE INVESTOR'S OWN TAX CIRCUMSTANCES. EACH
PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT HIS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE FEDERAL, STATE
AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN COMMON UNITS.
For a discussion of the principal federal income tax consequences associated
with the operations of the Partnership and the ownership and disposition of
Common Units, see "Tax Considerations."
RATIO OF TAXABLE INCOME TO DISTRIBUTIONS
The General Partners estimate that a purchaser of Common Units in this
offering who holds such Common Units through the record date for the last
quarter of 1997 will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal
taxable income for such period that will be approximately 20% of cash
distributed with respect to that period. Substantially all of such taxable
income will be treated as Section 1231 income, which may be treated as capital
gains, depending upon an investor's particular tax circumstances, as a result of
an election made pursuant to Section 631(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), and as a result of transactions qualifying for
treatment under Section 631(b) of the Code. The General Partners further
estimate that after 1997 the taxable income allocable to the Unitholders will
constitute an increasing percentage of cash distributed to Unitholders. These
estimates are based upon the assumption that Available Cash will approximate an
amount required to make the applicable First and Second Target Distributions
with respect to the Common and the Subordinated Units and other assumptions with
respect to capital expenditures, cash flow and anticipated cash distributions.
These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous
business, economic, regulatory, competitive and political uncertainties beyond
the control of the General Partners, especially the assumed prices for logs and
lumber. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and certain tax
reporting positions that the General Partners have adopted or intend to adopt
and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, no assurance can be given
that the estimates will prove to be correct. The actual percentages could be
higher or lower than as described above and that difference could be material.
See "Tax Considerations -- Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership -- Ratio of
Taxable Income to Distributions."
OWNERSHIP OF COMMON UNITS BY TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS AND CERTAIN OTHER
INVESTORS
An investment in Units by tax-exempt organizations (including individual
retirement accounts and other retirement plans), regulated investment companies
and foreign persons raises issues unique to such persons. See "Tax
Considerations -- Uniformity of Units -- Tax-Exempt Organizations and Certain
Other Investors."
19
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING FACTORS AS
WELL AS THE OTHER INFORMATION SET FORTH OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, BEFORE MAKING A DECISION TO INVEST IN THE COMMON UNITS.
RISKS INHERENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP'S BUSINESS
CYCLICALITY OF FOREST PRODUCTS INDUSTRY WILL AFFECT THE PARTNERSHIP'S
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS. The Partnership's results of operations are, and will
continue to be, affected by the cyclical nature of the forest products industry.
Prices and demand for logs and manufactured wood products have been, and in the
future can be expected to be, subject to cyclical fluctuations. The demand for
logs and wood products is primarily affected by the level of new residential
construction activity, which is subject to fluctuations due to changes in
economic conditions, interest rates, population growth, weather conditions and
other factors. In addition to housing starts, demand for wood products is also
significantly affected by repair and remodeling activities and industrial uses,
demand for which has historically been less cyclical. Decreases in the level of
residential construction activity will be reflected in reduced demand for logs
and wood products, resulting in lower prices for the Partnership's log and wood
products and lower revenues, profits and cash flows.
FEDERAL TIMBER SUPPLY. Various factors, including environmental and
endangered species concerns, have limited, and are likely to continue to limit,
the amount of timber offered for sale by certain United States government
agencies, which historically have been major suppliers of timber to the United
States forest products industry. Federal timber under contract in the Pacific
Northwest decreased 86% from approximately 11,000 MMBF in January 1988 to 1,500
MMBF in January 1996. Although the Partnership intends to supply its
Manufacturing Facilities primarily with logs harvested from its Timberlands,
additional timber and log purchases are contemplated. The Partnership cannot
rely on purchases of federal timber and must therefore rely more heavily on the
acquisition of timber from other sources (including domestic private timber
owners, state agencies and foreign sellers) to supplement its supply of fee
timber. There can be no assurance that sales of timber from such other sources
may not be reduced or that the Partnership will be able to procure sufficient
logs at favorable prices in order to continue operation of the Manufacturing
Facilities at current levels of production or that suspension of operations at,
or closure of, one or more Manufacturing Facilities may not be required in the
future. The decrease in federal timber sales has forced many conversion
facilities to close, including three Crown Pacific sawmills that were closed
promptly after their acquisition and two others in the Inland Region that have
been closed or sold during 1996.
Although the Partnership believes that sales of timber by United States
government agencies are likely to remain at relatively low levels for the
foreseeable future, any reversal of policy that substantially increases such
sales could significantly reduce prices for logs, lumber and other wood
products, which could have a material adverse effect on the Partnership. For
instance, in July 1995, Congress passed the Emergency Salvage Timber Sale
Program (the "Salvage Act"), which authorized an increased harvest of timber by
December 31, 1996 from certain U.S. government lands on which logging had been
restricted because of environmental limitations. Although to date only limited
sales have been consummated under the Salvage Act, substantial sales pursuant to
the Salvage Act or an extension of the time period available under the Salvage
Act could have a material adverse effect on prices of logs, lumber and other
wood products.
THE PARTNERSHIP'S ABILITY TO HARVEST TIMBER WILL BE SUBJECT TO
LIMITATIONS. Revenues, net income and cash flow from the Partnership's future
operations will be dependent to a significant extent on its ability to harvest
timber pursuant to its harvest plan from its approximately 724,000 acres of
timberlands. The ability of the Partnership to harvest significant amounts of
timber in excess of its harvest plan is limited by the terms of the
Partnership's indebtedness. There can be no assurance that the Partnership will
in the future achieve the levels contemplated by its current harvest plan. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
20
<PAGE>
Harvesting of the Timberlands may be affected by various factors, including
damage by fire, insect infestation, disease, prolonged drought and natural
disasters. Although damage from such causes usually is localized and affects
only a limited percentage of the timber, there can be no assurance that any
damage affecting the Timberlands will, in fact, be so limited. As is typical in
the forest products industry, the Partnership does not maintain insurance
coverage with respect to damage to the Timberlands. Even if such insurance were
available, the cost would be prohibitive. The Partnership also does not maintain
insurance on its log inventories. The Partnership does, however, maintain
insurance for loss of lumber and other wood products due to fire and other
occurrences. The risk of fire affecting the Timberlands is greatest in the
Oregon and Inland Regions and is less significant in the Washington Region.
Weather conditions, access limitations and regulatory requirements
associated with proximity to streams and other water courses may also restrict
harvesting of the Timberlands. The risks posed by these factors are greatest in
the Washington Region, which is characterized by heavy rainfall, rough terrain
and numerous streams; somewhat reduced in the Inland Region, where the thawing
of frozen ground in the spring generally delays the commencement of harvesting;
and least significant in the Oregon Region, which features relatively even
terrain and few waterways.
THE PARTNERSHIP'S ABILITY TO SELL LOGS FOR EXPORT MAY BE LIMITED. The
Partnership engages in the sale of logs for export, which business is
substantially dependent on market conditions in the major Asian economies,
particularly Japan, and is affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. The
Partnership derived approximately 3% of its revenues during the year ended
December 31, 1995 (prior to the Cavenham Acquisition) from the sale of logs for
export. As a result of the Cavenham Acquisition, the percentage of logs exported
by the Partnership is expected to increase. Historically, export-grade logs have
been sold at a premium over the prices that would have been received for the
logs if sold in the domestic market. The lack of supply of high-quality logs for
export to Japan, however, due primarily to decreased sales from public lands,
has caused a shift in Japanese demand away from logs to lumber.
From time to time, legislation has been unsuccessfully introduced in the
United States House of Representatives to prohibit the export of logs
originating from private lands. There can be no assurance that similar
legislation will not be introduced in subsequent sessions of Congress or that
such legislation will not become law. United States, Oregon and Washington laws
already prohibit the export of logs originating from government lands. If a
prohibition on log exports were enacted, the Managing General Partner
anticipates that the Partnership would respond by selling those logs currently
marketed for export to domestic customers at a lower price, which could have an
adverse effect on the Partnership.
Under the Forest Resources Conservation and Shortage Act of 1990 and the
regulations promulgated thereunder, no person may purchase unprocessed timber
from federal lands west of the 100th meridian in the contiguous 48 states if
such timber is to be used in substitution for unprocessed timber originating
from private lands that has been exported or such person has, during the
preceding 24-month period, exported unprocessed timber from private lands. This
prohibition does not apply to a person who acquires unprocessed timber from
federal lands within an approved sourcing area and who does not export
unprocessed timber from private lands within the sourcing area. Since the
Partnership is engaged in the export of logs from the Washington Region, it is
required to have, and has been granted, a sourcing area for its acquisition of
federal timber. Various parties, including one of Crown Pacific's competitors,
instituted litigation in July 1995 in U.S. District Court in Idaho seeking to
overturn the government's approval of Crown Pacific's sourcing areas. In
addition, a new, more restrictive federal regulation regarding sourcing areas
has been promulgated by the United States Forest Service. See "Business and
Properties -- Federal and State Regulation."
THE PARTNERSHIP EXPERIENCES SIGNIFICANT COMPETITION. The forest products
industry is highly competitive in terms of price and quality. Many of the
Partnership's competitors have substantially
21
<PAGE>
greater financial and operating resources than the Partnership. Wood products
are subject to increasing competition from a variety of non-wood and "laminated"
or engineered wood products. In addition, the Partnership is subject to
competition from lumber products and logs imported from foreign sources to the
United States as well as to the export markets served by the Partnership. To the
extent there is a significant increase in competitive pressures from substitute
products or other domestic or foreign suppliers, it could have a material
adverse effect on the Partnership. See "Business and Properties -- Competition
and Products."
THE PARTNERSHIP IS DEPENDENT ON KEY PERSONNEL. The Managing General Partner
believes the Partnership's success depends in part upon the efforts and
abilities of its senior management team, in particular Mr. Peter Stott and Mr.
Roger Krage. The failure of the Managing General Partner to retain such
personnel could adversely affect the Partnership's operations. Mr. Stott and Mr.
Krage have entered into employment agreements with the Managing General Partner.
In addition, an event of default will occur under the Partnership's bank credit
agreements if, without lender consent, Mr. Stott at any time is not either the
Chief Executive Officer (as he now serves) or the Chairman of the Board of the
Managing General Partner.
THE PARTNERSHIP IS SUBJECT TO FEDERAL AND STATE ENVIRONMENTAL
REGULATION. The Manufacturing Facilities emit air contaminants, discharge
industrial wastewater and stormwater and generate and dispose of both hazardous
and nonhazardous wastes. The Partnership is subject to regulation under federal
and state statutes, including the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), and the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA" or
"Superfund"), as well as similar state laws and regulations. There can be no
assurance that future legislation or administrative or judicial action with
respect to protection of the environment will not adversely affect the
Partnership or the operation of the Manufacturing Facilities.
The regulations applicable to the Partnership's operations include certain
regulations governing the storage and handling of materials, controlling the
discharge of materials into the environment, requiring removal and/or
remediation and imposing civil and criminal penalties for violations. Each of
the primary statutory and regulatory programs that apply to the Partnership's
operations imposes civil penalties for violation of the requirements of the
programs as well as potential remediation expenses, natural resource damages,
potential injunctions, cease and desist orders and criminal penalties. Such laws
and regulations may expose the Partnership to liability for the conduct of, or
conditions caused by, others or for acts of the Partnership that were in
compliance with all applicable laws at the time such acts were performed. Laws
and regulations protecting the environment have generally become more stringent
in recent years and could become more stringent in the future. Some
environmental statutes impose strict liability, rendering a person liable for
environmental damage without regard to negligence or fault on the part of such
person.
THE PARTNERSHIP'S OPERATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO ENDANGERED SPECIES
REGULATION. The federal Endangered Species Act and counterpart state
legislation protect species threatened with possible extinction. Protection of
endangered and threatened species may include restrictions on timber harvesting,
road building and other silvicultural activities on private, federal and state
land containing the affected species. A number of species indigenous to the
Pacific Northwest have been protected under the Endangered Species Act,
including the northern spotted owl, marbled murrelet, mountain caribou, grizzly
bear, bald eagle and various anadromous fish species.
Based on independent consulting reports and management's knowledge of the
Timberlands, the Managing General Partner does not believe that there are any
species protected under the Endangered Species Act and counterpart state
legislation that would have a material adverse effect on the Partnership's
ability to harvest the Timberlands in accordance with current harvest plans.
There can be no assurance, however, that species on or around the Timberlands
may not subsequently receive
22
<PAGE>
protected status under the Endangered Species Act or that currently protected
species may not be discovered in significant numbers on or around the
Timberlands. Any such changes could materially and adversely affect the
Partnership's operations.
RISKS INHERENT IN AN INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP
CASH DISTRIBUTIONS ARE NOT GUARANTEED AND MAY FLUCTUATE WITH PARTNERSHIP
PERFORMANCE. Although the Partnership will distribute 100% of Available Cash,
there can be no assurance regarding the amounts of Available Cash to be
distributed by the Partnership. The actual amounts of Available Cash will depend
upon numerous factors, including the Partnership's profitability, required
principal and interest payments on the Partnership's debt, restrictions
contained in the Partnership's debt agreements, the effect of acquisitions,
fluctuations in working capital, capital expenditures, reserves, prevailing
economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, some of which are
beyond the control of the Partnership and the Managing General Partner. The
Partnership Agreement gives the Managing General Partner broad discretion in
establishing reserves that affect the amount of Available Cash. Because the
business of the Partnership is seasonal, the Managing General Partner
anticipates that it may make additions to reserves during certain of the
Partnership's fiscal quarters in order to fund operating expenses, interest
payments and cash distributions with respect to other fiscal quarters. In
addition, the Partnership is required to establish reserves in respect of future
payments of principal and interest on the Partnership's indebtedness. As a
result of these and other factors, there can be no assurance regarding the
actual levels of cash distributions by the Partnership, and the Partnership's
ability to distribute cash may also be limited during the existence of any
events of default under any of the Partnership's debt agreements.
THE PARTNERSHIP HAS INCURRED SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS. Upon the closing of
the offering made hereby, the Partnership will have approximately $415.2 million
in indebtedness (excluding amounts borrowed under the Working Capital Facility)
and the amount of such indebtedness as a percentage of total capitalization
would have been 63.7% on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 1996. As a result,
the Partnership will have indebtedness that is substantial in relation to
partners' equity. The ability of the Partnership to make principal and interest
payments will depend on future performance, which is subject to many factors,
some of which will be outside the Partnership's control. In addition, the
agreements governing the Partnership's indebtedness contain restrictive
covenants that limit the ability of the Partnership to incur additional
indebtedness. Payment of principal and interest on the Partnership's
indebtedness, as well as compliance with the requirements and covenants of the
agreements governing such indebtedness, may limit the Partnership's ability to
make distributions to Unitholders. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Partnership Indebtedness."
PARTNERSHIP ASSUMPTIONS CONCERNING FUTURE OPERATIONS MAY NOT BE
REALIZED. In assessing the ability of the Partnership to distribute Available
Cash, the Partnership has relied on certain assumptions concerning its
operations through the quarter ending December 31, 1997, including assumptions
concerning market and economic conditions and other factors, such as log and
lumber prices, attainment of projected timber harvest schedules, availability of
non-fee timber, export and other environmental restrictions and other factors
that affect the availability of timber and the level of lumber production. See
"Cash Distribution Policy -- Ability to Make the First and Second Target
Distributions." Although the Partnership believes its assumptions are within a
range of reasonableness, many of the assumptions are beyond the Partnership's
control and cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty. If the
Partnership's assumptions, particularly with respect to prices or harvest
volumes, prove to be incorrect, Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations
could be insufficient to permit the Partnership to make distributions at the
levels anticipated.
HOLDERS OF COMMON UNITS HAVE LIMITED VOTING RIGHTS; THE MANAGING GENERAL
PARTNER WILL MANAGE AND CONTROL THE PARTNERSHIP. The Managing General Partner
will manage and control the activities of the Partnership. Unlike the holders of
common stock in a corporation, holders of Common Units will have only limited
voting rights on matters affecting the Partnership's business. Holders of
23
<PAGE>
Common Units will have no right to elect the General Partners on an annual or
other continuing basis. The Managing General Partner may not be removed at any
time unless the approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding
Units (excluding Units owned by the General Partners and their affiliates) is
received. As a result, holders of Common Units will have limited influence on
matters affecting the operation of the Partnership and third parties may find it
difficult to attempt to gain control from the Managing General Partner or
influence the activities of the Partnership.
ABILITY OF THE PARTNERSHIP TO ISSUE ADDITIONAL UNITS. Subject to certain
exceptions, the Partnership may issue an unlimited number of additional Units or
other equity securities of the Partnership for such consideration and on such
terms and conditions as are established by the Managing General Partner, in its
sole discretion without the approval of any limited partners. After this
offering and prior to the end of the Subordination Period, however, the
Partnership may not issue in excess of 1,544,670 Common Units (zero Common Units
if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) (excluding
Common Units issued upon conversion of Subordinated Units) or an equivalent
amount of securities ranking on a parity with the Common Units and may not issue
any equity securities of the Partnership ranking prior or senior to the Common
Units without the approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3% (a majority in the
case of a merger) of the outstanding Common Units at such time (excluding Common
Units held by the General Partners and their affiliates). After the end of the
Subordination Period, the Partnership may issue limited partner interests of any
type without the approval of the Unitholders. The Partnership Agreement does not
impose any restriction on the Partnership's ability to issue equity securities
ranking junior to the Common Units at any time. Based on the circumstances of
each case, the issuance of additional Units may dilute the value of the
interests of the then-existing Unitholders in the net assets of the Partnership.
See "The Partnership Agreement -- Issuance of Additional Securities."
Due to the Partnership's limited ability to issue additional Common Units
without the requisite approval of the holders of Common Units during the
Subordination Period, it may be difficult to finance subsequent acquisitions
through the issuance of additional equity securities prior to the end of the
Subordination Period.
ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL COMMON UNITS WILL REDUCE DISTRIBUTION SUPPORT
PROVIDED BY SUBORDINATED UNITS. During the Subordination Period, holders of
Common Units will have certain preferences as to distributions over holders of
Subordinated Units, thereby enhancing the Partnership's ability to pay the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution and First and Second Target Distributions on the
Common Units. The issuance of Common Units in this offering (including upon the
exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option) or future issuances of
Common Units effectively reduce the support provided by the subordination
feature of the Subordinated Units by increasing the aggregate Minimum Quarterly
Distribution and First and Second Target Distributions on the Common Units.
PROVISIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT MAY DISCOURAGE REMOVAL OF THE
MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER OR MANAGEMENT. The Partnership Agreement contains
certain provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from
attempting to remove the current Managing General Partner or otherwise change
the management of the Partnership. If the Managing General Partner is removed
other than for cause, the Subordination Period will end and all outstanding
Subordinated Units will convert into Common Units and any existing arrearages on
the Common Units will be extinguished. If any person or group (other than the
General Partners or their affiliates or successors or persons who acquire 20% or
more of the Common Units from Fremont, Fremont's affiliates or subsequent
transferees of the Units owned by Fremont or its affiliates) acquires beneficial
ownership of 20% or more of the Common Units, such person or group will lose its
voting rights with respect to all of its Common Units. The effect of these
provisions may be to diminish the price at which the Common Units will trade
under certain circumstances.
THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER WILL HAVE A LIMITED CALL RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO
THE COMMON UNITS. If at any time less than 10% of the then issued and
outstanding Common Units are held by persons other than the General Partners and
their affiliates, the Managing General Partner will have
24
<PAGE>
the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or the Partnership, to
acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining Common Units held by such
unaffiliated persons at specified prices. See "The Partnership Agreement --
Limited Call Right." As a consequence of the Managing General Partner's right to
purchase outstanding Common Units, a Unitholder may have his Common Units
purchased from him even though he may not desire to sell them, or the price paid
may be less than the amount the Unitholder would desire to receive upon a sale
of his Common Units.
UNITHOLDERS MAY NOT HAVE LIMITED LIABILITY IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. The
limitations on the liability of holders of Common Units for the obligations of a
limited partnership have not been clearly established in some states. If it were
determined that the Partnership had been conducting business in any state
without compliance with the applicable limited partnership statute, or that the
right or the exercise of the right by the holders of Common Units as a group to
remove or replace either of the General Partners, to make certain amendments to
the Partnership Agreement or to take other action pursuant to the Partnership
Agreement constituted participation in the "control" of the Partnership's
business, then the holders of Common Units could be held liable for the
Partnership's obligations to the same extent as a general partner. In addition,
under certain circumstances a Unitholder may be liable to the Partnership for
the amount of a distribution for a period of three years from the date of
distribution. See "The Partnership Agreement -- Limited Liability" for a
discussion of the limitations on liability and the implications thereof to a
holder of Common Units.
POSSIBLE CHANGE OF GENERAL PARTNER OWNERSHIP. Mr. Stott and Mr. Krage have
had preliminary discussions with Fremont regarding the purchase of all of
Fremont's remaining interest in the Partnership and the General Partners. These
discussions are only preliminary, however, and price and other significant terms
have not been established. There can be no assurance that such a purchase will
occur.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES
THE GENERAL PARTNERS AND THEIR AFFILIATES MAY HAVE CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
WITH THE PARTNERSHIP AND THE HOLDERS OF COMMON UNITS. Conflicts of interest
could arise as a result of the relationships between the Partnership on the one
hand and the General Partners and their affiliates on the other hand. The
partners, directors and officers of each of the General Partners have fiduciary
duties to manage such General Partners in a manner beneficial to the partners or
stockholders of such General Partners. At the same time, the General Partners
have fiduciary duties to manage the Partnership in a manner beneficial to the
Partnership and the limited partners of the Partnership. The Partnership
Agreement permits the General Partners to consider, in resolving conflicts of
interest, the interests of other parties in addition to the interests of holders
of Common Units, thereby limiting the General Partners' fiduciary duties to such
holders. The duties of the General Partners, as general partners, to the
Partnership and the limited partners of the Partnership, therefore, may come
into conflict with the duties of the directors and officers of the General
Partners to their partners or stockholders.
Such conflicts of interest might arise in the following situations, among
others:
(i) Decisions of the Managing General Partner with respect to the amount
and timing of timber harvests, property sales, cash expenditures,
borrowings, issuance of additional Units and reserves may affect whether, or
the extent to which, there is sufficient Available Cash constituting Cash
from Operations to meet the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target
Distributions on all Units in a given quarter. In addition, actions by the
Managing General Partner may have the effect of enabling the Managing
General Partner to receive incentive distributions or hastening the
expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of the Subordinated
Units into Common Units. The General Partners and their affiliates own all
of the outstanding Subordinated Units.
(ii) Under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the Managing General
Partner and its affiliates will be reimbursed by the Partnership for certain
expenses incurred on behalf of the Partnership, including costs incurred in
providing staff and support services to the Partnership.
25
<PAGE>
(iii) Whenever possible, the Managing General Partner may seek to limit
the Partnership's liability under contractual arrangements to all or
particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party thereto having no
recourse against the Managing General Partner, the Special General Partner
or their respective assets. The Partnership Agreement provides that any
action by the Managing General Partner in so limiting the liability of the
General Partners or that of the Partnership will not be deemed to be a
breach of the Managing General Partner's fiduciary duties, even if the
Partnership could have obtained more favorable terms without such limitation
on liability.
(iv) Under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the Managing General
Partner is not restricted from paying itself or its affiliates for any
services rendered (provided such services are rendered on terms fair and
reasonable to the Partnership), or entering into additional contractual
arrangements with any of them on behalf of the Partnership. Neither the
Partnership Agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and
arrangements between the Partnership, on the one hand, and the Managing
General Partner and its affiliates, on the other, are or will be the result
of arm's-length negotiations.
(v) The Partnership Agreement provides that it will not constitute a
breach of fiduciary duty if the Managing General Partner exercises its right
to call for and purchase Units as provided in the Partnership Agreement or
assigns such right to one of its affiliates or to the Partnership.
(vi) Any agreements between the Partnership and a General Partner and its
affiliates will not grant to the holders of Common Units, separate and apart
from the Partnership, the right to enforce the obligations of such General
Partner and its affiliates in favor of the Partnership. Therefore, the
Managing General Partner, in its capacity as a general partner of the
Partnership, will be primarily responsible for enforcing such obligations.
(vii) The General Partners and their affiliates are restricted from
engaging in any business activities in the timber industry that are in
competition with the Partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Fremont,
its affiliate Sequoia Ventures Inc. and their subsidiaries may compete with
the Partnership under certain circumstances described in "Conflicts of
Interest and Fiduciary Responsibility -- Conflicts of Interest -- Affiliates
of the General Partners May Compete with the Partnership." There can be no
assurance that there will not be competition between the Partnership and
Fremont, Sequoia or their subsidiaries.
THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT MODIFIES THE FIDUCIARY DUTIES OF THE GENERAL
PARTNERS. Certain provisions of the Partnership Agreement contain exculpatory
language purporting to limit the liability of the General Partners to the
Partnership and the holders of Common Units. For example, the Partnership
Agreement provides as follows: (i) borrowings by the Partnership or the approval
thereof by the Managing General Partner shall not constitute a breach of any
duty of the Managing General Partner to the Partnership or the Unitholders
whether or not the purpose or effect thereof is to permit distributions on the
Units or to enable the Managing General Partner to receive incentive
distributions; (ii) any actions taken by the Managing General Partner consistent
with the standards of reasonable discretion set forth in the definition of
Available Cash and Cash from Operations will be deemed not to constitute a
breach of any duty of the Managing General Partner to the Partnership or the
Unitholders; and (iii) in the absence of bad faith by the Managing General
Partner, the resolution of any conflict of interest by the Managing General
Partner will not constitute a breach of the Partnership Agreement or a breach of
any standard of care or duty. See "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary
Responsibility -- Conflicts of Interest." The General Partners will not be in
breach of their obligations under the Partnership Agreement or their duties to
the Partnership or the Unitholders if the resolution of such conflict is fair
and reasonable to the Partnership, and any resolution will conclusively be
deemed to be fair and reasonable to the Partnership if such resolution is (i)
approved by the Audit Committee, (ii) on terms no less favorable to the
Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated
third parties or (iii) is fair to the Partnership, taking into account the
totality of the relationship between the parties involved (including other
transactions that
26
<PAGE>
may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). In resolving
such conflict, the Managing General Partner may (unless the resolution is
specifically provided for in the Partnership Agreement) consider the relative
interests of the parties involved in such conflict or affected by such action,
any customary or accepted industry practices or historical dealings with a
particular person or entity and, if applicable, generally accepted accounting
practices or principles and such other factors as it deems relevant. Thus,
unlike the strict duty of a fiduciary who must act solely in the best interests
of his beneficiary, the Partnership Agreement permits the Managing General
Partner to consider the interests of all parties to a conflict of interest,
including the interests of the General Partners. In connection with the
resolution of any conflict that arises, unless the Managing General Partner has
acted in bad faith, the action taken by the Managing General Partner will not
constitute a breach of the Partnership Agreement, any other agreement or any
standard of care or duty imposed by the Delaware Act (as defined in the
Glossary) or other applicable law. The Partnership Agreement also provides that
in certain circumstances the Managing General Partner may act in its sole
discretion, in good faith or pursuant to other appropriate standards. See
"Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibility."
TAX CONSEQUENCES
For a general discussion of the expected federal income tax consequences of
owning and disposing of Units, see "Tax Considerations."
TAX TREATMENT IS DEPENDENT ON PARTNERSHIP STATUS. The availability to a
holder of Common Units of the federal income tax benefits of an investment in
the Partnership depends, in large part, on the classification of the Partnership
as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Based on certain
representations made by the General Partners, Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., special
counsel to the Partnership ("Counsel"), is of the opinion that, under current
law, the Partnership is classified as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes. However, except as described in "Tax Considerations," no ruling from
the IRS as to such status has been or will be requested or received, and the
opinion of Counsel is not binding on the IRS. Moreover, in order for the
Partnership to continue to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes, at least 90% of the Partnership's gross income for each taxable year
must consist of qualifying income. See "Tax Considerations -- Tax Consequences
of Unit Ownership -- Partnership Status."
If the Partnership were classified as an association taxable as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes, the Partnership would pay tax on
its income at corporate rates, distributions would generally be taxed to the
holders of Common Units as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses
or deductions would flow through to the holders of Common Units. Because a tax
would be imposed upon the Partnership as an entity, the cash available for
distribution to the holders of Common Units would be substantially reduced.
Treatment of the Partnership as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise as a taxable entity would result in a material reduction in the
anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to the holders of Common Units and
thus would likely result in a substantial reduction in the value of the Common
Units. See "Tax Considerations -- Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership --
Partnership Status."
There can be no assurance that the law will not be changed so as to cause
the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes or otherwise to be subject to entity-level taxation.
The Partnership Agreement provides that, if a law is enacted or existing law is
modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects the Partnership to taxation as
a corporation or otherwise subjects the Partnership to taxation as a corporation
for federal, state or local income tax purposes, certain provisions of the
Partnership Agreement relating to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the
Target Distributions will be subject to change, including a decrease in the
amounts thereof to reflect the impact of such law on the Partnership. See "Cash
Distribution Policy -- Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target
Distribution Levels."
NO IRS RULING WITH RESPECT TO TAX CONSEQUENCES. No ruling has been
requested or received from the IRS with respect to classification of the
Partnership as a partnership for federal income tax
27
<PAGE>
purposes or any other matter affecting the Partnership except as described in
"Tax Considerations." Accordingly, the IRS may adopt positions that differ from
Counsel's conclusions expressed herein. It may be necessary to resort to
administrative or judicial proceedings in an effort to sustain some or all of
Counsel's conclusions, and some or all of such conclusions ultimately may not be
sustained. The costs of any such proceeding will be borne directly or indirectly
by the holders of Common Units and the General Partners.
PASSIVE LOSS RULES/LIMITATIONS ON PASSIVE INCOME GENERATORS. In the case of
taxpayers subject to the passive loss rules (generally, individuals and closely
held corporations), losses generated by the Partnership, if any, will only be
available to offset future income generated by the Partnership and cannot be
used to offset income from other activities, including passive activities or
investments. Unused passive losses may be deducted when the Unitholder disposes
of all of his Units in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. Net
income from the Partnership (other than certain portfolio income) may be offset
by unused Partnership losses carried over from prior years, but not by losses
from other passive activities, including losses from other publicly traded
partnerships. See "Tax Considerations -- Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership --
Limitations on Deductibility of Partnership Losses."
TAX LIABILITY EXCEEDING CASH DISTRIBUTIONS OR PROCEEDS FROM DISPOSITIONS OF
COMMON UNITS. A holder of Common Units will be required to pay federal income
taxes and, in certain cases, state and local income taxes on his allocable share
of the Partnership's income, whether or not he receives cash distributions from
the Partnership. No assurance can be given that a Unitholder will receive cash
distributions from the Partnership equal to his allocable share of taxable
income of the Partnership or even the tax liability to him relating to that
income. Further, a holder of Common Units may incur a tax liability, in excess
of the amount of cash received, upon the sale of his Common Units. See "Tax
Considerations -- Other Tax Considerations" for a discussion of certain state
and local tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective Unitholders.
OWNERSHIP OF COMMON UNITS BY TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS AND CERTAIN OTHER
INVESTORS. An investment in Common Units by certain tax-exempt organizations
(including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans), regulated
investment companies and foreign persons raises issues unique to such persons.
For example, virtually all of the taxable income derived from the ownership of a
Unit by organizations exempt from federal income tax will be unrelated business
taxable income and thus may be taxable to such a Unitholder. See "Tax
Considerations -- Uniformity of Units -- Tax-Exempt Organizations and Certain
Other Investors."
TAX SHELTER REGISTRATION; POTENTIAL IRS AUDIT. The Partnership has been
registered with the IRS as a "tax shelter." No assurance can be given that the
Partnership will not be audited by the IRS or that tax adjustments will not be
made. The rights of a partner owning less than a 1% profits interest in the
Partnership to participate in the federal income tax audit process are very
limited. Further, any adjustments in the Partnership's returns will lead to
adjustments in the partners' returns and may lead to audits of partners' returns
and adjustments of items unrelated to the Partnership. Each partner would bear
the cost of any expenses incurred in connection with an examination of his
personal tax return.
PROPOSED CHANGES IN FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS. Legislation passed by Congress
in 1995 (the "1995 Proposed Legislation") as part of the Revenue Reconciliation
Act of 1995 would have altered the tax reporting system and the deficiency
collection system applicable to large partnerships (generally defined as
electing partnerships with more than 100 partners) such as the Partnership and
would have made certain additional changes to the treatment of large
partnerships. The 1995 Proposed Legislation was generally intended to simplify
the administration of the tax rules governing large partnerships. President
Clinton vetoed the 1995 Proposed Legislation on December 6, 1995. See "Tax
Considerations -- Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership."
The proposed Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1996 (the "1996 Proposed
Legislation") currently pending in Congress would affect the taxation of certain
financial products, including partnership
28
<PAGE>
interests. The 1996 Proposed Legislation would treat a taxpayer as having sold
an "appreciated" partnership interest (one in which gain would be recognized if
such interest were sold) if the taxpayer or related persons enters into one or
more positions with respect to the same or substantially identical property
which, for some period, substantially eliminates both the risk of loss and
opportunity for gain on the appreciated financial position (including selling
"short against the box" transactions). See "Tax Considerations -- Disposition of
Common Units."
As of the date of this Prospectus, it is not possible to predict whether any
of the changes set forth in the 1995 Proposed Legislation or the 1996 Proposed
Legislation or any other changes in the federal income tax laws that would
impact the Partnership and the Common Unitholders will ultimately be enacted or,
if enacted, what form they will take, what the effective dates will be, and
what, if any, transition rules will be provided.
UNIFORMITY OF COMMON UNITS AND NONCONFORMING DEPLETION, DEPRECIATION AND
AMORTIZATION CONVENTIONS. Because the Partnership cannot match transferors and
transferees of Units, uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the
Common Units to a purchaser of Common Units must be maintained. To maintain
uniformity and for other reasons, the Partnership has adopted and will adopt
certain depletion, depreciation and amortization conventions that may not
conform with all aspects of certain proposed and final Treasury Regulations.
Although these conventions are commonly used by publicly traded partnerships,
the IRS may challenge those conventions and, if such a challenge were sustained,
the uniformity of Common Units could be affected. Non-uniformity could adversely
affect the amount of tax depletion, depreciation and amortization available to a
purchaser of Common Units and could have a negative impact on the value of the
Common Units. See "Tax Considerations -- Uniformity of Units."
STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS. In addition to federal income
taxes, Unitholders will generally be subject to other taxes, such as state and
local taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or
intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which the
Partnership does business or owns property. A Unitholder may be required to file
state income tax returns and to pay state income taxes in some or all of such
jurisdictions and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those
requirements. It is the responsibility of each Unitholder to file all state and
local, as well as federal, tax returns that may be required of such Unitholder.
Counsel has not rendered an opinion on the state or local tax consequences of an
investment in the Partnership. See "Tax Considerations -- State, Local and Other
Tax Considerations."
PARTNERSHIP TAX INFORMATION AND AUDITS. The Partnership furnishes each
holder of Common Units with a Schedule K-1 that sets forth his allocable share
of income, gains, losses and deductions. In preparing these schedules, the
Partnership will use various accounting and reporting conventions and adopt
various depletion, depreciation and amortization methods. There is no assurance
that these schedules will yield a result that conforms to statutory or
regulatory requirements or to administrative pronouncements of the IRS. Further,
the Partnership's tax return may be audited, and any such audit could result in
an audit of a partner's individual tax return as well as increased liabilities
for taxes because of adjustments resulting from the audit.
29
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds to the Partnership from the sale of Common Units offered
hereby will be approximately $136.1 million, after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses and assuming an offering price
of $19.50 per Common Unit. The following table sets forth the sources and uses
of funds from the offering and related transactions, in thousands:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SOURCES OF FUNDS:
Gross proceeds received by the Partnership from this offering.................. $ 145,379
General partner contributions.................................................. 2,831
Borrowings under the Acquisition Facility...................................... 115,159
---------
Total.......................................................................... $ 263,369
---------
---------
USES OF FUNDS:
Repayment of Cavenham Debt, including accrued interest (1)..................... $ 250,000
Payment of fees and expenses related to this offering (including underwriting
discounts and commissions).................................................... 9,269
SAU redemption (2)............................................................. 4,100
---------
Total.......................................................................... $ 263,369
---------
---------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations -- Partnership Indebtedness" for a description of the Cavenham
Debt. The Cavenham Debt bears interest at either (i) one, two, three or six
month LIBOR plus 2.5%, or (ii) the higher of (a) Bank of America's reference
rate or (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, plus 1.5%. As of July 1, 1996,
the interest rate on the Cavenham Debt was approximately 8.0% per annum. The
final maturity date of the Cavenham Debt is June 30, 2002. In connection
with the placement and closing of the Cavenham Debt, the Partnership
incurred fees and expenses totalling approximately $5.0 million.
(2) See "Cash Distribution Policy" for a description of the terms of the SAU
redemption.
The net proceeds from any exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
option ($28.6 million if exercised in full) will be used to repay indebtedness
of the Partnership. The Partnership will not receive any portion of the net
proceeds from the sale of Common Units by the Selling Unitholders.
30
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Partnership at
March 31, 1996 and the adjusted capitalization of the Partnership after giving
effect to (i) the Cavenham Acquisition and (ii) the sale by the Partnership of
the Common Units offered hereby (assuming an offering price of $19.50 per Common
Unit), the redemption of the SAUs and the borrowings under the Acquisition
Facility. The table should be read in conjunction with the historical
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, 1996
(UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS)
----------------------------------------------------------
OFFERING AND
CAVENHAM RELATED PARTNERSHIP
HISTORICAL ACQUISITION TRANSACTIONS AS ADJUSTED
---------- ----------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Long-term debt:
Senior Notes.......................... $ 300,000 -- -- $300,000
Cavenham Debt......................... 40,000 $ 210,000 $ (250,000)(a) --
Acquisition Facility.................. -- -- 115,159 115,159
---------- ----------- ------------ -----------
Total long-term debt.................... 340,000 210,000 (134,841) 415,159
Partners' capital:
General partners...................... (204) 2,831 2,627
Limited partners...................... 101,985 132,010(b) 233,995
---------- ------------ -----------
Total partners' capital................. 101,781 134,841 236,622
---------- ----------- ------------ -----------
Total capitalization.................... $ 441,781 $ 210,000 $ -- $651,781
---------- ----------- ------------ -----------
---------- ----------- ------------ -----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(a) Reflects the payment of $205.0 million to Cavenham, $5.0 million in related
fees and expenses and $40.0 million of previously existing debt incurred to
acquire other Timberlands.
(b) Reflects the gross proceeds received by the Partnership from the sale of
Common Units in this offering ($145.4 million), reduced by fees and
expenses related to the offering ($9.3 million) and the SAU redemption
($4.1 million).
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON UNITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
The Partnership's Common Units are traded principally on the New York Stock
Exchange. As of December 31, 1995, there were approximately 10,000 beneficial
owners of 12,360,439 outstanding Common Units. The Subordinated Units are not
publicly traded. As of December 31, 1995, there were five beneficial owners of
5,773,088 outstanding Subordinated Units.
Trading price data for the Common Units, as reported by the New York Stock
Exchange, and declared distribution information for 1994, 1995 and 1996 are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CASH
DISTRIBUTION
HIGH LOW PER UNIT
--------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
December 22, 1994 through December 31, 1994..................................... $ 21.63 $ 21.50 $ 0.055
Year ended December 31, 1995
First quarter................................................................. $ 21.50 $ 18.00 $ 0.51
Second quarter................................................................ 20.00 17.00 0.51
Third quarter................................................................. 21.13 19.38 0.51
Fourth quarter................................................................ 20.25 17.38 0.51
Year ending December 31, 1996
First quarter................................................................. $ 20.88 $ 18.13 $ 0.524
Second quarter................................................................ 21.19 19.63 0.524 (a)
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(a) The Partnership has declared the distribution for the quarter ended June
30, 1996, which is payable to holders of Common Units and Subordinated
Units of record on July 19, 1996.
Cash distributions, if any, are expected to be paid quarterly from Available
Cash as defined by the Partnership Agreement. In addition, the Partnership's
debt agreements have certain restrictive covenants limiting cash distribution
amounts. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Partnership Indebtedness."
31
<PAGE>
CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY
The Partnership will distribute to its partners, on a quarterly basis, all
of its Available Cash in the manner described herein. Available Cash is defined
in the Glossary and generally means, with respect to any fiscal quarter of the
Partnership, the sum of all of the cash received by the Partnership from all
sources plus reductions to reserves less all cash disbursements of the
Partnership and additions to reserves. There can be no assurance that the
Partnership will have sufficient Available Cash with respect to any quarter to
distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution or any other amount to
Unitholders. A portion of the Partnership's distributions may constitute a
return of an investor's capital. The tax consequences of an investment in the
Partnership are complex. See "Tax Considerations -- Tax Consequences of Unit
Ownership -- Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions."
The Managing General Partner's decisions regarding amounts to be placed in
or released from reserves will have a direct impact on the amount of Available
Cash because increases and decreases in reserves are taken into account in
computing Available Cash. The Managing General Partner may establish cash
reserves in such amounts as it determines in its reasonable discretion to be
necessary or appropriate (i) to provide for the proper conduct of the
Partnership's business, (ii) to provide funds for distributions to the
Unitholders and the General Partners in respect of any one or more of the next
four quarters and (iii) to comply with applicable law or any Partnership loan
agreement or other agreement.
Cash distributions will be characterized as either distributions of Cash
from Operations or distributions of Cash from Interim Capital Transactions. This
distinction affects the amounts distributed to Common Unitholders and
Subordinated Unitholders relative to the General Partners. See "-- Distributions
of Cash From Interim Capital Transactions."
Cash from Operations is defined in the Glossary and generally refers to the
cash balance of the Partnership on the date the Partnership commenced
operations, plus all cash generated by the operations of the Partnership's
business, after deducting related cash expenditures, reserves, debt service and
certain other items.
Cash from Interim Capital Transactions is also defined in the Glossary and
will generally be generated only by borrowings (other than for working capital
purposes), sales of debt and equity securities and sales or other dispositions
of assets for cash (other than inventory, accounts receivable and other assets
disposed of in the ordinary course of business). To date the Partnership has not
generated any Cash from Interim Capital Transactions.
To avoid the difficulty of trying to determine whether Available Cash
distributed by the Partnership is Cash from Operations or Cash from Interim
Capital Transactions, all Available Cash distributed by the Partnership from any
source will be treated as Cash from Operations until the sum of all Available
Cash distributed as Cash from Operations equals the cumulative amount of Cash
from Operations actually generated from the date the Partnership commenced
operations through the end of the quarter prior to such distribution. Any excess
Available Cash (irrespective of its source) will be deemed to be Cash from
Interim Capital Transactions and distributed accordingly.
If Cash from Interim Capital Transactions is distributed in respect of each
Common Unit (including the Common Units offered hereby) and Subordinated Unit in
an aggregate amount per Unit equal to the initial public offering price of the
Common Units ($21.50, the "Initial Unit Price"), plus any arrearages with
respect to the Common Units, the distinction between Cash from Operations and
Cash from Interim Capital Transactions will cease, and both types of Available
Cash will be treated as Cash from Operations. The Managing General Partner does
not anticipate that there will be significant amounts of Cash from Interim
Capital Transactions generated.
The Subordinated Units constitute a separate class of interests in the
Partnership, and the rights of holders of such interests to participate in
distributions to limited partners differ from the rights of the holders of
Common Units. For any given quarter, any Available Cash will be distributed to
the
32
<PAGE>
General Partners and to the holders of Common Units, and it may also be
distributed to the holders of Subordinated Units depending upon the amount of
Available Cash for the quarter, whether or not the Subordination Period has
ended, and other factors discussed below.
Effective upon the closing of the offering made hereby, all of the
outstanding SAUs will be redeemed from the net proceeds of this offering for an
aggregate of $4.1 million. Under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the
SAUs were entitled to receive aggregate distributions, through the end of 1997,
of up to $80 million, subject to annual limitations, only after the Partnership
distributed to all Common Units and Subordinated Units of $0.51 per Unit with
respect to each quarter during 1995 (and the proportionate amount during 1994),
$0.524 per Unit with respect to each quarter during 1996 and $0.538 per Unit
with respect to each quarter during 1997. The SAU Amendment provides for the
redemption of the SAUs in exchange for a one-time cash payment equal to $4.1
million in the aggregate, which represents the present value of the future cash
distributions that the Managing General Partner anticipates the SAU holders
could have received from the Partnership with respect to the periods ending on
or before December 31, 1997. The terms of the SAU Amendment were proposed by the
Managing General Partner and approved by an independent committee of the Board
of Control and by the holders of the SAUs. The SAU holders received a fairness
opinion from a financial advisor that the SAU Amendment was fair to the SAU
holders from a financial point of view. Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., as a financial
advisor to the Partnership, has delivered its opinion that, from a financial
point of view, the SAU Amendment will not adversely affect the limited partners
in any material respect, which under the Partnership Agreement is the requisite
standard for amending the Partnership Agreement without the approval of the
holders of Common Units. Upon redemption, the SAUs will cease to exist and any
Partnership cash that would have been available for distribution to the holders
of SAUs will be available for distribution to the Partners as provided in the
Partnership Agreement.
The discussion below indicates the percentages of cash distributions
required to be made to the General Partners and the Common Unitholders and the
circumstances under which holders of Subordinated Units are entitled to cash
distributions and the amounts thereof. In the following general discussion of
how Available Cash is distributed, references to Available Cash, unless
otherwise stated, mean Available Cash that constitutes Cash from Operations.
QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTIONS OF AVAILABLE CASH
The Partnership will make distributions to its partners with respect to each
fiscal quarter of the Partnership prior to dissolution of the Partnership in an
amount equal to 100% of its Available Cash for such quarter. The Managing
General Partner has, and expects to, make distributions of all Available Cash
within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter ending March 31, June 30,
September 30 and December 31, to holders of record on the applicable record
date, which will generally be between 30 and 35 days after the end of such
quarter. The first distribution on the Common Units purchased in this offering
will be paid with respect to the quarter ending September 30, 1996 on or about
November 14, 1996 to holders of record on or about November 1, 1996. The Minimum
Quarterly Distribution and each of the Target Distribution levels are subject to
certain adjustments as described below under "-- Distributions of Cash from
Interim Capital Transactions" and "-- Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly
Distribution and Target Distribution Levels."
The references below to the 2% of Available Cash constituting Cash from
Operations distributed to the General Partners are references to the amount of
the General Partners' percentage interest in distributions from the Partnership
and the Operating Partnership on a combined basis. The Managing General Partner
owns a .99% general partner interest in the Partnership and a 1.0101% general
partner interest in the Operating Partnership, and the Special General Partner
owns a .01% general partner interest in the Partnership. Other references in
this Prospectus to the General Partners' 2% interest or to distributions of 2%
of Available Cash to the General Partners are also references to the General
Partners' combined percentage interest in the Partnership and the Operating
Partnership.
33
<PAGE>
DISTRIBUTIONS OF CASH FROM OPERATIONS DURING THE SUBORDINATION PERIOD
Distributions by the Partnership of Available Cash constituting Cash from
Operations with respect to any quarter during 1996 and 1997 will be made in the
following manner:
FIRST, 98% to the Common Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General
Partners, pro rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Common Unit an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such
quarter;
SECOND, 98% to the Common Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General
Partners, pro rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Common Unit an amount equal to any cumulative Common Unit Arrearages with
respect to any prior quarter;
THIRD, 98% to the Subordinated Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General
Partners, pro rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Subordinated Unit an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for
such quarter;
FOURTH, 98% to the Common Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General
Partners, pro rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Common Unit (in addition to any distribution to Common Unitholders with
respect to Common Unit Arrearages) (i) with respect to any quarter in 1996,
an amount equal to the First Target Distribution and (ii) with respect to
any quarter in 1997, an amount equal to the Second Target Distribution;
FIFTH, 98% to the Subordinated Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General
Partners, pro rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Subordinated Unit (i) with respect to any quarter in 1996, an amount equal
to the First Target Distribution and (ii) with respect to any quarter in
1997, an amount equal to the Second Target Distribution; and
SIXTH, 100% to the Common Unitholders, the Subordinated Unitholders and the
General Partners in proportion to the total amount of Available Cash
constituting Cash from Operations previously distributed to such class of
partner, as specified in clauses FIRST through FIFTH above with respect to
the current and all preceding quarters during the calendar year ending
December 31, 1996 or December 31, 1997, as the case may be.
Distributions by the Partnership of Available Cash constituting Cash from
Operations with respect to any of the four quarters in the calendar year ending
December 31, 1998 and any other subsequent quarter during the Subordination
Period, will be made in the following manner:
FIRST, 98% to the Common Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General
Partners, pro rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Common Unit an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such
quarter;
SECOND, 98% to the Common Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General
Partners, pro rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Common Unit an amount equal to any cumulative Common Unit Arrearages with
respect to any prior quarter;
THIRD, 98% to the Subordinated Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General
Partners, pro rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Subordinated Unit an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for
such quarter;
FOURTH, 98% to all Common Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General
Partners, pro rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Common Unit (in addition to any distributions to Common Unitholders with
respect to Common Unit Arrearages) an aggregate amount equal to the Second
Target Distribution for such quarter;
FIFTH, 98% to all Subordinated Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General
Partners, pro rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Subordinated Unit an aggregate amount equal to the Second Target
Distribution for such quarter; and
34
<PAGE>
THEREAFTER, in the manner described under "-- Incentive Distributions and
Hypothetical Annualized Yield" below.
DISTRIBUTIONS OF CASH FROM OPERATIONS AFTER THE SUBORDINATION PERIOD
The Subordination Period will continue until the Conversion Date, which will
be the first day of any quarter beginning on or after January 1, 2000 in respect
of which (a) distributions of Available Cash on all Units equaled or exceeded
the Second Target Distribution for each of the three consecutive non-overlapping
four-quarter periods immediately preceding such date and (b) there are no
arrearages on the Common Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, 50% of the
outstanding Subordinated Units will convert into an equal number of Common Units
on the first day of any quarter beginning on or after January 1, 1999 in respect
of which (a) distributions of Available Cash on all Units equaled or exceeded
the applicable Target Distribution (the First Target Distribution with respect
to any quarter during 1996 and the Second Target Distribution with respect to
any quarter during each subsequent year) for each of the three consecutive
non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding such date and (b)
there are no arrearages on the Common Units. For purposes of the foregoing
sentences, in determining the amount of Available Cash constituting Cash from
Operations distributed in any four-quarter period, there will be excluded any
positive balance in Cash from Operations at the beginning of such four-quarter
period and any net increase in working capital borrowings in such four-quarter
period and, with respect to the third of three consecutive four-quarter periods
only, any net decrease in reserves. Upon the expiration of the Subordination
Period, the outstanding Subordinated Units will automatically convert into an
equal number of Common Units, and the Common Units will no longer accrue
distribution arrearages. In addition, if the Managing General Partner is removed
other than for cause, the Subordination Period will end and all outstanding
Subordinated Units will convert into Common Units and any existing Common Unit
Arrearages will be extinguished.
Distributions by the Partnership of Available Cash constituting Cash from
Operations with respect to any quarter after the Subordination Period will be
made in the following manner:
FIRST, 98% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General Partners, pro
rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit an amount
equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such quarter; and
THEREAFTER, in the manner described under "-- Incentive Distributions and
Hypothetical Annualized Yield" below.
INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTIONS AND HYPOTHETICAL ANNUALIZED YIELD
For any quarter in 1998 and thereafter for which Available Cash constituting
Cash from Operations is distributed in respect of both the Common Units and the
Subordinated Units in an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and,
with respect to any such quarter during the Subordination Period, Available Cash
constituting Cash from Operations has been distributed on outstanding Common
Units in such amount as may be necessary to eliminate any Common Unit
Arrearages, then any additional Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations
will be distributed among the Unitholders and the General Partners in the
following manner:
FIRST, 98% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General Partners, pro
rata, until the Unitholders have received (in addition to any distributions
to Common Unitholders with respect to Common Unit Arrearages for any quarter
during the Subordination Period) a total of $0.566 for such quarter in
respect of each Unit (the "Third Target Distribution");
SECOND, 85% to all Unitholders, pro rata, 2% to the General Partners, pro
rata, and 13% to the Managing General Partner, until the Unitholders have
received (in addition to any distributions to Common Unitholders with
respect to Common Unit Arrearages for any quarter during the Subordination
Period) a total of $0.679 for such quarter in respect of each Unit (the
"Fourth Target Distribution");
35
<PAGE>
THIRD, 75% to all Unitholders, pro rata, 2% to the General Partners, pro
rata, and 23% to the Managing General Partner, until the Unitholders have
received (in addition to any distributions to Common Unitholders with
respect to Common Unit Arrearages for any quarter during the Subordination
Period) a total of $0.904 for such quarter in respect of each Unit (the
"Fifth Target Distribution"); and
THEREAFTER, 50% to all Unitholders, pro rata, 2% to the General Partners,
pro rata, and 48% to the Managing General Partner.
As noted, as the amount of Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations
distributed exceeds certain Target Distribution levels, the percentage interests
of the General Partners and the Unitholders in distributions in excess of such
levels will change. The following table illustrates how the allocations of
distributions between the General Partners and the Unitholders will change based
on hypothetical distribution amounts, showing per Unit distribution amounts
equal to the Third, Fourth and Fifth Target Distributions. For purposes of the
table, the annualized percentage yield is calculated on a hypothetical basis as
the annual pretax yield on an investment in a Common Unit assuming that (i) the
Common Unit was purchased at an amount equal to $19.50 per Unit in this
offering, (ii) the Partnership issued no partnership interests other than the
General Partner interests and the Units outstanding after the closing of this
offering and (iii) the Partnership distributed each quarter during the first
year following this offering the amount set forth under the column "Quarterly
Distribution Amount." The calculations are also based on the assumption that the
quarterly distribution amounts shown do not include any Common Unit Arrearages.
The amounts set forth under "Percentage Interest in Distributions" are the
percentage interests of the General Partners and the Unitholders in any
Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations distributed up to and including
the corresponding amount in the column "Quarterly Distribution Amount," until
Available Cash distributed reaches the next Target Distribution level, if any.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE INTEREST IN
DISTRIBUTIONS
--------------------------
QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION HYPOTHETICAL ANNUALIZED GENERAL
AMOUNT YIELD UNITHOLDERS PARTNERS
----------------------- --------------------------- ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Third Target Distribution (1)......... up to $0.566 up to 11.61% 98% 2%
Fourth Target Distribution............ $0.566 up to $0.679 11.61% up to 13.93% 85% 15%
Fifth Target Distribution............. $0.679 up to $0.904 13.93% up to 18.54% 75% 25%
Above Fifth Target Distribution....... $0.904 and above 18.54% and above 50% 50%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution amount is $0.51 per Unit per quarter. The
First and Second Target Distributions are $0.524 and $0.538 per Unit per
quarter, respectively. The incentive distributions to the Managing General
Partner do not commence until 1998 and then only to the extent the Third
Target Distribution is exceeded.
DISTRIBUTIONS OF CASH FROM INTERIM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS
Distributions by the Partnership of Available Cash that constitutes Cash
from Interim Capital Transactions will be made in the following manner:
FIRST, 98% to the holders of Common Units and Subordinated Units, pro rata,
and 2% to the General Partners, pro rata, until the Partnership has
distributed, in respect of each Unit, during the period from December 22,
1994 through the date of distribution, Available Cash constituting Cash from
Interim Capital Transactions in an aggregate amount equal to the Initial
Unit Price ($21.50 per Unit);
SECOND, 98% to the holders of Common Units, pro rata, and 2% to the General
Partners, pro rata, until the Partnership has distributed, in respect of
each Common Unit, Available Cash constituting Cash from Interim Capital
Transactions in an aggregate amount equal to any Common Unit Arrearages; and
36
<PAGE>
THEREAFTER, all distributions of Available Cash that constitute Cash from
Interim Capital Transactions will be distributed as Available Cash
constituting Cash from Operations.
As Cash from Interim Capital Transactions is distributed, it is treated as
if it were a repayment of the Initial Unit Price. To reflect such a repayment of
the Initial Unit Price, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and each of the
Target Distribution levels will be adjusted downward by multiplying each such
amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Unrecovered Initial Unit
Price immediately after giving effect to such repayment and the denominator of
which is the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price immediately prior to such repayment.
The Unrecovered Initial Unit Price for all Units, including the Common Units
offered hereby, is $21.50 per Unit (which was the initial public offering price
of the Common Units). Assuming Cash from Interim Capital Transactions of $10.75
per Unit is distributed to Unitholders (assuming no prior adjustments), then the
amount of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and each of the Target Distribution
levels would be reduced to 50% of its initial level.
When "payback" of the Initial Unit Price has occurred, I.E., when the
Unrecovered Initial Unit Price is zero (and accrued arrearages have been paid),
then in effect the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and each of the Target
Distribution levels will have been reduced to zero. Thereafter, all
distributions of Available Cash from all sources will be treated as if they were
Cash from Operations.
Distributions of Cash from Interim Capital Transactions will not reduce the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution or Target Distribution for the quarter with
respect to which they are distributed.
ADJUSTMENT OF MINIMUM QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION AND TARGET DISTRIBUTION LEVELS
The Minimum Quarterly Distribution and each of the Target Distribution
levels will be proportionately adjusted upward or downward, as appropriate, in
the event of any combination or subdivision of Common Units (whether effected by
a distribution payable in Common Units or otherwise), but not by reason of the
issuance of additional Common Units for cash or property. For example, in the
event of a two-for-one split of the Common Units (assuming no prior
adjustments), the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and each of the Target
Distribution levels would each be reduced to 50% of its initial level.
In addition, as noted above under " -- Distributions of Cash from Interim
Capital Transactions" if a distribution is made of Available Cash constituting
Cash from Interim Capital Transactions, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and
each of the Target Distribution levels will be adjusted in the manner described
therein.
The Minimum Quarterly Distribution and each of the Target Distribution
levels may also be adjusted if legislation is enacted or if existing law is
modified or interpreted in a manner that causes the Partnership to become
taxable as a corporation or otherwise subjects the Partnership to taxation as an
entity for federal, state or local income tax purposes. In such event, the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution and each of the Target Distribution levels would
be reduced to an amount equal to the product of (i) the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution and each of the Target Distribution levels, multiplied by (ii) one
minus the sum of (x) the maximum effective federal income tax rate to which the
Partnership is subject as an entity plus (y) any increase that results from such
legislation in the effective overall state and local income tax rate to which
the Partnership is subject as an entity for the taxable year in which such event
occurs (after taking into account the benefit of any deduction allowable for
federal income tax purposes with respect to the payment of state and local
income taxes). For example, assuming the Partnership was not previously subject
to state and local income tax, if the Partnership were to become taxable as an
entity for federal income tax purposes and the Partnership became subject to a
maximum marginal federal, and effective state and local, income tax rate of 38%,
then the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distribution levels would
each be reduced to 62% of the amount thereof immediately prior to such
adjustment.
DISTRIBUTIONS OF CASH UPON LIQUIDATION
Following the commencement of the dissolution and liquidation of the
Partnership, assets will be sold or otherwise disposed of and the partners'
capital account balances will be adjusted to reflect any
37
<PAGE>
resulting gain or loss. The proceeds of such liquidation will, first, be applied
to the payment of creditors of the Partnership in the order of priority provided
in the Partnership Agreement and by law and, thereafter, be distributed to the
Common Unitholders, the Subordinated Unitholders (if the Subordinated Units are
outstanding at the time of liquidation) and the General Partners in accordance
with their respective capital account balances, as so adjusted.
Although operating losses are allocated to all holders of Units pro rata,
the allocations of gains and losses attributable to liquidation are intended to
entitle the holders of outstanding Common Units to a preference over the holders
of outstanding Subordinated Units upon the liquidation of the Partnership, to
the extent of the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price plus any Common Unit
Arrearages. However, no assurance can be given that the gain or loss upon
liquidation of the Partnership will be sufficient to achieve this result. The
manner of such adjustment is as provided in the Partnership Agreement.
With respect to a dissolution of the Partnership, any net gain (or
unrealized gain attributable to assets distributed in kind) will generally be
allocated to the partners as follows:
FIRST, to the General Partners and the holders of Units that have negative
balances in their capital accounts to the extent of and in proportion to
such negative balances;
SECOND, 98% to the holders of Common Units, pro rata, and 2% to the General
Partners, pro rata, until the capital account for each Common Unit is equal
to the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price in respect of such Common Unit plus
any Common Unit Arrearages (including the amount of the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution for the fiscal quarter during which dissolution of the
Partnership occurs) in respect of such Common Unit;
THIRD, 98% to the holders of Subordinated Units, pro rata, and 2% to the
General Partners, pro rata, until the capital account for each Subordinated
Unit is equal to the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price in respect of such
Subordinated Unit plus the amount of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for
the fiscal quarter during which dissolution of the Partnership occurs;
FOURTH, 98% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the General Partners,
pro rata, until there has been allocated an amount per Unit equal to (a) the
sum of the excess of the Third Target Distribution per Unit over the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution per Unit for each quarter during the existence of the
Partnership, less (b) the cumulative amount per Unit of any distributions of
Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations in excess of the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution per Unit that was distributed 98% to the Unitholders,
pro rata, and 2% to the General Partners, pro rata, for each quarter during
the existence of the Partnership;
FIFTH, 85% to the Unitholders, pro rata, 2% to the General Partners, pro
rata, and 13% to the Managing General Partner, until there has been
allocated an amount per Unit equal to (a) the sum of the excess of the
Fourth Target Distribution per Unit over the Third Target Distribution per
Unit for each quarter during the existence of the Partnership, less (b) the
cumulative amount per Unit of any distributions of Available Cash
constituting Cash from Operations in excess of the Third Target Distribution
per Unit that was distributed 85% to the Unitholders, pro rata, 2% to the
General Partners, pro rata, and 13% to the Managing General Partner for each
quarter during the existence of the Partnership;
SIXTH, 75% to all Unitholders, pro rata, 2% to the General Partners, pro
rata, and 23% to the Managing General Partner, until there has been
allocated an amount per Unit equal to (a) the sum of the excess of the Fifth
Target Distribution per Unit over the Fourth Target Distribution per Unit
for each quarter during the existence of the Partnership, less (b) the
cumulative amount per Unit of any distributions of Available Cash
constituting Cash from Operations in excess of the Fourth Target
Distribution per Unit that was distributed 75% to the Unitholders, pro rata,
2% to the General Partners, pro rata, and 23% to the Managing General
Partner for each quarter during the existence of the Partnership; and
38
<PAGE>
THEREAFTER, 50% to all Unitholders, pro rata, 2% to the General Partners,
pro rata, and 48% to the Managing General Partner.
Any net loss or unrealized loss will generally be allocated to the General
Partners and the Unitholders as follows: FIRST, 98% to the Unitholders in
proportion to the positive balances in their respective capital accounts, and 2%
to the General Partners, in proportion to the positive balances in their
respective capital accounts, until the positive balances in the Common
Unitholders' respective capital accounts have been reduced to the amount of the
Unrecovered Initial Unit Price plus any arrearages; SECOND, 98% to the
Subordinated Unitholders in proportion to the positive balances in such
Subordinated Unitholders' respective capital accounts and 2% to the General
Partners, in proportion to the positive balances in their respective capital
accounts, until the positive balances in such Subordinated Unitholders'
respective capital accounts have been reduced to zero; THIRD, 98% to the Common
Unitholders in proportion to the positive balances in such Common Unitholders'
respective capital accounts and 2% to the General Partners, in proportion to the
positive balances in their respective capital accounts, until the positive
balances in such Common Unitholders' respective capital accounts have been
reduced to zero; and THEREAFTER, to the General Partners, in proportion to their
respective percentage interests.
Notwithstanding the discussion above regarding the allocation of net gains
and net losses upon dissolution of the Partnership, in certain circumstances,
items of gross income or gain will be first allocated to the Managing General
Partner in order to provide it, to the extent possible, the full amount
allocable to the Managing General Partner upon liquidation; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that no such allocations will be made to the Managing General Partner to the
extent that such allocations would cause the Common Unitholders to receive in
liquidation less than the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price plus the amount of any
Common Unit Arrearages.
ABILITY TO MAKE THE FIRST AND SECOND TARGET DISTRIBUTIONS
The Partnership has paid a quarterly distribution equal to the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution on all outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units
with respect to each quarter in 1995 (and a proportionate amount thereof with
respect to the period from the inception of the Partnership on December 22, 1994
through December 31, 1994). For the quarter ended March 31, 1996, the
Partnership distributed the First Target Distribution of $0.524 per Unit. For
the quarter ended June 30, 1996, the Partnership has declared a distribution of
$0.524 per Unit. Purchasers of Common Units in this offering will not receive
this distribution.
Based on the amount of working capital that the Partnership is expected to
have at the closing of this offering, the availability of the Working Capital
Facility and the assumptions discussed below, the Partnership believes it should
have Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations sufficient to allow the
Partnership to distribute the First Target Distribution on all Units with
respect to each quarter during 1996 and the Second Target Distribution on all
Units with respect to each quarter during 1997, although no assurance can be
given in respect of such distributions. This belief is based on the
Partnership's assumptions regarding the future business prospects of the
Partnership and other assumptions that it believes are within a range of
reasonableness. Some of these assumptions are beyond the control of the
Partnership and cannot be predicted with certainty, including assumptions
concerning market and economic conditions and other factors, such as log and
lumber prices, attainment of projected timber harvest schedules, availability of
non-fee timber, export and environmental restrictions and other factors that
affect the availability of timber and the level of lumber production. If the
Partnership's assumptions, particularly with respect to prices, prove to be
incorrect, Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations could be
insufficient to permit the Partnership to make the distributions estimated as
described above. Accordingly, no assurances can be given that distributions at
those levels will be made. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Inherent in an Investment
in the Partnership -- Partnership Assumptions Concerning Future Operations May
Not Be Realized." The Partnership does not intend to update the expression of
belief set forth above.
39
<PAGE>
The Partnership's estimates of Available Cash constituting Cash from
Operations are based in part on the following specific assumptions: (i) the rate
of inflation will be 3.0% for each year; (ii) prices for logs, lumber and
plywood in 1996 will approximate 1995 prices and prices for logs and lumber will
increase by the assumed rate of inflation in 1997; (iii) the Partnership will
harvest timber in accordance with its harvest plan, which is based on
projections of demand, price, availability of timber and other factors beyond
the control of the Partnership and which contemplates the harvest of 270 MMBF in
1996 and 256 MMBF in 1997; (iv) purchases of logs from private sellers will
decrease beginning in 1996 in the Oregon and Inland Regions; (v) purchases of
logs from federal sources will be substantially reduced in the Inland Region and
will be minimal in the Oregon Region in 1996 and 1997; (vi) purchases of logs
from state sources will remain relatively constant through 1997; (vii)
manufacturing productivity will improve in 1996 and 1997 at the Prineville
Manufacturing Facility due to, among other factors, certain anticipated capital
expenditures at such facility; and (viii) capital expenditures for maintenance
will average approximately $3.0 million per year in 1996 and 1997. The
Partnership's performance for future years is difficult to predict, and the
realization of the assumptions underlying the projected performance is
uncertain.
When used in this Prospectus the words "expect," "estimate," "project" and
similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such
statements are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Should
one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying
assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those
expected, estimated or projected.
40
<PAGE>
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following table sets forth for the periods and at the dates indicated,
selected historical financial and operating data for the Partnership and its
predecessors, on a combined historical basis. The selected historical financial
data for the three years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 are derived from
the audited historical consolidated financial statements of the Partnership and
should be read in conjunction with such financial statements included elsewhere
in this Prospectus. The related historical consolidated financial data for the
three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 are derived from the unaudited
historical consolidated financial statements of the Partnership included
elsewhere in the Prospectus, which in the opinion of management include all
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
statement of the results for the unaudited interim periods. The results for the
interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that can be
expected for a full year. See also "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
The comparability of results of operations among the periods presented is
affected by the acquisitions of DAW/W-I in September and October 1993, which
were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The results shown do
not include any information with respect to the assets acquired from Cavenham in
May 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED
MARCH 31,
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------
---------------------------------------- 1995 1996
1993 (A) 1994 (A) 1995 (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues (b)............................. $ 220,586 $ 397,326 $ 383,383 $ 97,834 $ 84,555
Operating costs:
Cost of products sold (c).............. 151,379 328,882 313,490 80,995 66,882
Selling, general and administrative
expenses.............................. 10,379 21,148 21,653 5,309 5,312
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Operating income......................... 58,828 47,296 48,240 11,530 12,361
Interest expense......................... 14,201 23,894 31,053 7,522 8,245
Amortization of debt issuance costs...... 997 2,184 508 116 126
Other (income) expense, net.............. 3,208 (1,034) (599) (224) (174)
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Income before provision for income
taxes................................... 40,422 22,252 17,278 4,116 4,164
Provision for income taxes............... 1,501 2,514 -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Income before extraordinary item......... 38,921 19,738 17,278 4,116 4,164
Extraordinary item -- loss on
extinguishment of debt (d).............. -- (16,178) -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Net income............................... 38,921 3,560 17,278 4,116 4,164
Accretion and income relative to
mandatorily redeemable partnership
interests............................... (3,243) (8,624) -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Net income (loss) allocated to
partnership and shareholders'
interests............................... $ 35,678 $ (5,064) $ 17,278 $ 4,116 $ 4,164
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Earnings per Unit (e):
Income before extraordinary item....... $ 1.07 $ 0.94 $ 0.22 $ 0.23
Extraordinary item (d)................. (0.88) -- -- --
------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
Net income per Unit.................... $ 0.19 $ 0.94 $ 0.22 $ 0.23
------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
CASH FLOW AND OTHER DATA:
EBITDDA (f).............................. $ 85,852 $ 87,016 $ 83,290 $ 17,899 $ 21,414
Depletion, depreciation and amortization
(c)..................................... 31,229 40,870 34,959 6,261 9,005
Additions to timber and timberlands...... 11,230 15,794 31,211 3,988 15,766
Additions to equipment................... 1,885 14,799 10,437 3,425 2,456
</TABLE>
41
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED
MARCH 31,
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------
---------------------------------------- 1995 1996
1993 (A) 1994 (A) 1995 (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Working capital.......................... $ 2,291 $ 51,684 $ 66,737 $ 59,500 $ 66,025
Total assets (g)......................... 738,363 461,547 476,505 457,641 490,315
Long-term debt (g)....................... 480,362 300,000 326,000 303,000 340,000
Partners' and shareholders' equity....... 98,632 119,397 107,056 123,259 101,781
OPERATING DATA:
Fee timber harvested (MMBF).............. 152 215 202 46 75
External log sourcing (MMBF)............. 106 269 251 53 46
Lumber production (MMBF)................. 199 421 390 111 97
Plywood production (MMSF) (3/8" basis)... 45 142 113 37 12
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(a) Effective December 22, 1994, the Partnership completed an initial public
offering of 9,850,000 Common Units. Since fewer than 80% of the limited
partner interests were sold to the public and because the General Partners
(or their affiliates) were also the general partners of the
companies/partnerships that preceded the Partnership, the assets were not
recorded as a purchase and therefore remain at their historical cost. The
financial information for the periods prior to December 22, 1994 represents
the financial results of the Partnership's predecessors. Results of
operations for the 10-day period ended December 31, 1994 were not
significant compared to the results of the combined predecessors taken as a
whole. The operations of the Partnership per Unit for such 10-day period
have been combined with the results of the predecessors for the year ended
December 31, 1994. For additional information about the Partnership's
predecessors and the results of the Partnership for the period from
December 22, 1994 through December 31, 1994, see Note 1 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
(b) Total revenues from Inland Region sawmills acquired in the fourth quarter
of 1993 that were closed in the first quarter of 1994 were $9.1 million in
the year ended December 31, 1993 and $13.8 million in the year ended
December 31, 1994. Total revenues from Inland Region sawmills that are or
will be closed in 1996 were $9.1 million in the quarter ended March 31,
1996, $15.2 million in the quarter ended March 31, 1995 and $48.8 million
in the year ended December 31, 1995. Total revenues from the Partnership's
plywood manufacturing facility, scheduled to be closed during the third
quarter of 1996, were $2.8 million in the quarter ended March 31, 1996,
$9.8 million in the quarter ended March 31, 1995 and $31 million in the
year ended December 31, 1995. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Results of Operations."
(c) In the first quarter of 1995, the Partnership completed a periodic update
of its timber inventory system to reflect the timber it owned. The update
resulted in an increase in timber volumes, which reduced the estimated
depletion rates and decreased the depletion costs for the year ended
December 31, 1995 by $7.4 million or $0.41 per Unit. This change in
estimate had no impact on prior periods or on the Partnership's cash flow.
See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(d) Prior to and in conjunction with the formation of the Partnership in 1994,
borrowings of the Partnership's predecessors were refinanced and certain of
the deferred issuance costs were written off as an extraordinary, non-cash
charge.
(e) The determination of earnings per Unit for 1994 was made as if the initial
public offering had been completed on January 1, 1994.
(f) EBITDDA is defined as net income before interest, amortization of debt
issuance costs, income taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization and
extraordinary items. EBITDDA is provided because management believes
EBITDDA provides useful information for evaluating the Partnership's
ability to make the First and Second Target Distributions. EBITDDA should
not be construed as an alternative to operating income (as an indicator of
the Partnership's operating performance) or as an alternative to cash flows
from operating activities (as a measure of liquidity).
(g) Included in total assets and long-term debt for the year ended December 31,
1993 was $220 million related to the purchase of certain timberlands in
1989. The Partnership's predecessors issued twenty-two $10 million
installment notes to the seller secured by unconditional letters of credit.
The deposited funds were restricted such that they could be used to only
repay the notes. As a result, both the assets and liabilities remained on
the predecessors' balance sheets.
42
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL
The Partnership was formed in 1994 to acquire, own and operate the business
and assets of its predecessors. The following discussion addresses the
consolidated results of operations of the Partnership. This discussion should be
read in conjunction with the "Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data"
and the consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The results of operations for the three-month period ended March 31,
1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire
year.
The first of the Partnership's predecessors was formed in 1988 and, either
directly or through its affiliated partnerships, has completed a number of
significant timberland and other asset acquisitions since that time. In
addition, Crown Pacific historically has engaged in the sale or disposal of
timberland and other properties not integral to its forest products operations,
although such sales have been on a significantly lesser scale than its
acquisitions. As a result, and as described in greater detail below, Crown
Pacific has seen substantial growth since inception. See "Business and
Properties -- Cavenham Acquisition" and "Business and Properties -- Other Recent
Acquisitions and Dispositions."
Each acquisition by Crown Pacific has been accounted for using the purchase
method of accounting. Accordingly, the historical financial and operating data
from one period to the next are not necessarily comparable and are not
indicative of future results of operations. The following table identifies Crown
Pacific's significant acquisitions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ACQUISITION DATE SELLER CONSIDERATION
- ---------------------------------- --------------- ---------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Central Oregon Timberlands April 1988 Diamond Group Inc./Diamond Priest $35.6 million
Lake Corporation
Prineville, Oregon sawmill November 1988 Prineville Sawmill Company, Inc. $6.3 million
Hamilton Timberlands July 1989 Scott Paper Company/Three Rivers $237.8 million
Timber Company
Central Oregon Timberlands and October 1991 Gilchrist Timber Co. $131.5 million
Gilchrist, Oregon sawmill
Central Oregon Timberlands June 1992 Pine Products Corporation $8.8 million
Eastern Washington Timberlands December 1992 Omak Wood Products, Inc. $10.1 million
Redmond, Oregon plywood and September 1993 DAW $29.4 million
remanufacturing facilities
Inland Region Timberlands and October 1993 DAW/W-I $238.0 million
sawmills
Northwest Washington, Tract 17 July 1995 Mutual of New York $18.0 million
Timberlands
Olympic Timberlands and Eastside May 1996 Cavenham Forest Industries $205.0 million
Timberlands
</TABLE>
SUPPLY AND DEMAND FACTORS
Crown Pacific's principal operations consist of the growing and harvesting
of timber, the sale of logs and the processing and sale of lumber and other wood
products. See "Business and Properties -- Overview." Results of operations are
affected by various factors, which include general industry conditions, domestic
and international prices and supply and demand for logs, lumber, and other wood
products, seasonality and competition from other supplying regions and
substitute products. Domestic demand for lumber and manufactured wood products
is primarily affected by the level of new residential construction activity. In
addition to housing starts, demand for wood products is also significantly
affected by repair and remodeling activities and industrial uses, demand for
which has historically been less cyclical. These fluctuations are reflected in
changes in prices for logs, lumber and other manufactured wood products. The
supply of logs available for purchase has been most affected
43
<PAGE>
in recent years by reductions in timber harvesting from United States federal
lands, which imposed upward pressure on prices for logs and lumber and resulted
in a number of sawmill and plywood facility closings in the Pacific Northwest.
SUPPLY. Since 1988, the supply of timber for sale to domestic wood products
manufacturing facilities has been most directly affected by the reduced
availability of federal timber. Environmental and other similar concerns and
governmental policies have substantially reduced the volume of timber under
contract to be harvested from federal lands. Federal timber under contract in
the Pacific Northwest decreased 86% from approximately 11,000 MMBF in January
1988 to 1,500 MMBF in January 1996. The resulting supply decrease caused prices
for logs and lumber to increase significantly, reaching peak levels during late
1993 and early 1994. Even though prices have declined from these record levels,
current prices still exceed pre-1993 levels. The low supply of timber from
federal lands, which is expected to continue for the foreseeable future, has
benefited forest products companies with private timber holdings such as the
Partnership through higher stumpage and log prices. Additionally, many
manufacturing facilities without a sufficient supply of fee timber were forced
to close, including three Crown Pacific sawmills that were closed promptly after
their acquisition and two others in the Inland Region that have been closed or
sold in 1996.
The following chart demonstrates the declining amount of federal timber
under contract to be harvested and the declining number of operating mills since
January 1988 in the states of Oregon and Washington.
FEDERAL TIMBER UNDER CONTRACT COMPARED WITH OPERATING MILLS
WASHINGTON AND OREGON
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VOLUME UNDER CONTRACT NUMBER
(MMBF) (USFS & BLM) OPERATING MILLS
----------------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Jan-88 11000 498
Jan-89 9200 471
Jan-90 6500 451
Jan-91 7500 412
Jan-92 5500 375
Jan-93 3700 349
Jan-94 2300 333
Jan-95 1600 319
Jan-96 1500 296
</TABLE>
Volume Under Contract data from Timber Data Company/USFS/BLM
Operating Mills data from Paul F. Ehinger & Associates
As a result of the declining availability of federal timber, the Partnership
has pursued and is pursuing the acquisition of additional timberlands to
increase its inventory of fee timber. During 1995 and 1994, Crown Pacific's
Timberlands provided the Oregon Manufacturing Facilities with 35% and 44%,
respectively, and the Inland Manufacturing Facilities with 40% and 34%,
respectively, of their log requirements. These percentages are expected to
increase significantly as a result of the acquisition of the Eastside
Timberlands, the closure of two Inland Region manufacturing facilities and the
plywood
44
<PAGE>
manufacturing facility and capital improvements to the Manufacturing Facilities
that are expected, through more efficient processing, to reduce log supply
requirements. The Partnership also purchases timber from numerous private
landowners, from the States of Idaho, Montana and Washington and from the Bureau
of Indian Affairs (the "BIA"). The Partnership believes that it has good
relationships with these third-party suppliers and expects that it will continue
to be able to purchase such supplies at current levels. For example, the
Partnership believes that the supply of timber from the State of Idaho will be
relatively constant as the State of Idaho uses revenues from timber sales for
school funding. In addition, many private landowners depend upon the cash flow
from regular sales of timber. As a result of the foregoing, the Partnership
believes that it will have adequate supplies of timber in the foreseeable future
for all of its remaining Manufacturing Facilities.
Historically, Canada has been a significant source of lumber for the U.S.
market. For example, during the four-year period ended December 31, 1993,
Canadian softwood lumber imports into the U.S. averaged 13,025 MMBF per year,
representing, on average, approximately 29% of U.S. softwood lumber consumption.
This increased to 16,100 MMBF (33%) in 1994 and to an historic high of 17,000
MMBF (36%) in 1995. The increase in Canadian softwood lumber imports has been
due in part to the reduced production levels of U.S. lumber manufacturers in the
Pacific Northwest (resulting from the reduced availability of timber from U.S.
federal lands), as well as to the large increase during 1995 in the price of
residual wood chips. This price increase caused Canadian lumber producers to
increase lumber production even though Canadian housing starts and Asian lumber
demand were relatively low during 1995. The combination of these factors caused
an increase in Canadian lumber imports into the U.S. in 1995, which contributed
to a decline in U.S. lumber prices. In 1996, unusually high wood chip
inventories have slowed the production of Canadian lumber and reduced its
importation in to the U.S.
In 1996, the U.S. and Canadian governments announced a five-year lumber
trade agreement effective April 1, 1996. This agreement is intended to reduce
the volume of Canadian lumber exported into the U.S. through the assessment of
an export tariff on annual lumber exports to the U.S. in excess of 14,700 MMBF
from the four major producing provinces. This 14,700 MMBF figure is
approximately 10% lower than 1995 import levels from those provinces, but still
exceeds the 1994 Canadian lumber exports to the U.S. from those provinces. A
tariff of $50 per MBF will be assessed on the first 650 MMBF of lumber exported
to the U.S. from the provinces above the 14,700 MMBF level. The tariff increases
to $100 per MBF for any exports in excess of 15,350 MMBF. The lumber trade
agreement has only recently been enacted and therefore its effect is uncertain.
However, the agreement may limit the amount of lumber imported from Canada and
could result in increased prices for logs and lumber.
DEMAND. The domestic demand for lumber and manufactured wood products is
directly affected by the level of residential construction activity. Changes in
general demographic and economic factors, including interest rates for home
mortgages and construction loans, have historically caused fluctuations in
housing starts and in turn in demand (and therefore prices) for lumber and
commodity wood products. The market for repair and remodeling activities and
industrial uses (as opposed to new construction) is also affected, although in a
less volatile manner, by changes in economic conditions. As a result of the
record prices in late 1993 and early 1994, distributors have shifted to reduced
inventory levels, maintaining only enough inventory to provide supplies
"just-in-time." The resulting decrease in demand contributed to lower prices in
1995, although the inability to replenish inventory during the recent, severe
winter contributed to increased prices in 1996.
Crown Pacific is also affected by international demand factors.
Specifically, a portion of the Partnership's revenues is derived from the sale
of logs for export, demand for which comes largely from Japan and other Asian
countries. In these markets, residential construction styles have historically
emphasized large, exposed beams and other wood surfaces of premium quality and
species. The Partnership's logs sold for export are sold to export dealers, who
take title to the logs at a United States port for resale to customers in Asian
countries. The strength of the Japanese and other Asian economies and the
relative strength of the United States dollar directly affect the demand for
exported logs from the Partnership's Washington Region Timberlands.
45
<PAGE>
In addition to being susceptible to cyclical demand factors, demand for
lumber and other wood products is seasonal. In the winter, demand for most
lumber products generally subsides, increasing in the spring as construction
activity resumes. Revenues from sales of exported logs are also seasonal,
determined in part by variations in inventory in the countries that import those
logs. Severe weather conditions, storms and natural disasters can also affect
demand.
The following table demonstrates the pricing trends for lumber manufactured
from Ponderosa pine, Douglas fir/larch and hemlock/fir, the three most
significant timber species in the Partnership's Timberlands.
SELECTED SPECIES PRICES (1)
DECEMBER 31, 1988 - JUNE 30, 1996
(AVERAGE PRICE BY MONTH)
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PONDEROSA PINE HEMLOCK/FIR DOUGLAS FIR/LARCH
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Jan-89 393.54 226.01 234.76
Feb-89 419.47 235.95 239.89
Mar-89 445.30 244.52 249.49
Apr-89 459.91 257.35 258.73
May-89 458.15 257.42 268.13
Jun-89 434.50 257.35 271.35
Jul-89 419.40 260.17 275.80
Aug-89 405.47 255.51 270.72
Sep-89 401.14 249.59 262.33
Oct-89 394.59 243.77 262.26
Nov-89 389.65 236.49 247.56
Dec-89 394.29 234.00 237.45
Jan-90 399.58 235.70 242.27
Feb-90 412.31 244.24 249.76
Mar-90 424.70 252.73 257.60
Apr-90 431.04 254.35 260.02
May-90 424.56 253.55 258.27
Jun-90 393.28 246.76 244.67
Jul-90 376.91 243.12 247.47
Aug-90 370.72 233.54 240.62
Sep-90 368.95 229.10 239.27
Oct-90 370.65 215.87 226.67
Nov-90 371.05 213.36 223.82
Dec-90 384.92 211.62 222.60
Jan-91 395.74 211.99 225.59
Feb-91 401.10 207.72 220.05
Mar-91 384.31 210.12 222.65
Apr-91 381.61 220.89 230.86
May-91 398.23 244.57 253.06
Jun-91 427.34 279.87 290.28
Jul-91 462.90 285.09 294.94
Aug-91 469.14 243.80 252.53
Sep-91 470.05 239.23 252.15
Oct-91 480.11 237.32 244.60
Nov-91 494.92 234.32 242.53
Dec-91 522.77 248.10 249.47
Jan-92 552.73 256.34 259.39
Feb-92 576.73 288.00 292.60
Mar-92 593.19 312.00 303.92
Apr-92 609.77 322.47 318.39
May-92 610.41 309.93 304.41
Jun-92 575.24 293.41 290.94
Jul-92 533.68 274.89 285.97
Aug-92 502.17 261.44 279.00
Sep-92 498.26 271.57 292.30
Oct-92 506.37 268.43 286.76
Nov-92 508.91 275.18 296.06
Dec-92 546.88 300.68 320.32
Jan-93 504.81 333.05 342.93
Feb-93 676.94 389.58 390.32
Mar-93 772.07 480.40 460.71
Apr-93 813.33 486.89 481.17
May-93 760.56 421.60 441.37
Jun-93 683.57 361.40 403.55
Jul-93 619.92 327.94 383.02
Aug-93 585.53 334.07 374.94
Sep-93 613.15 372.30 403.99
Oct-93 637.65 398.77 418.28
Nov-93 648.34 414.87 424.11
Dec-93 685.32 447.62 457.78
Jan-94 727.51 472.03 483.43
Feb-94 741.51 451.98 470.05
Mar-94 730.84 458.14 466.61
Apr-94 701.71 417.66 416.90
May-94 637.48 382.94 392.87
Jun-94 636.95 416.25 418.74
Jul-94 630.75 404.38 401.52
Aug-94 609.09 411.85 403.07
Sep-94 615.80 412.12 411.50
Oct-94 631.92 373.94 384.40
Nov-94 652.29 382.14 389.39
Dec-94 668.05 373.99 383.80
Jan-95 668.31 372.48 375.30
Feb-95 668.77 381.70 373.32
Mar-95 658.88 375.22 376.01
Apr-95 643.66 354.86 361.91
May-95 626.91 345.72 354.49
Jun-95 607.49 324.16 334.35
Jul-95 572.73 339.15 347.28
Aug-95 568.45 351.66 360.65
Sep-95 563.86 373.85 381.56
Oct-95 554.15 382.73 376.42
Nov-95 532.21 338.79 356.74
Dec-95 533.57 322.98 355.88
Jan-96 535.91 320.64 354.72
Feb-96 534.71 329.48 362.31
Mar-96 535.52 344.85 372.78
Apr-96 544.01 361.48 380.87
May-96 554.80 387.37 404.21
Jun-96 584.51 407.86 425.94
</TABLE>
(1) Source: Western Wood Products Association.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Partnership's predecessors were formed as a result of a series of
acquisitions, either directly or through affiliated partnerships, beginning in
1988. Accordingly, the historical financial and operating data from one period
to the next are not necessarily comparable and are not indicative of future
results of operations. The largest of these acquisitions since January 1, 1993
occurred in September and October 1993, with the acquisition of the Timberlands
and Manufacturing Facilities in the Inland Region. In addition, the
Partnership's predecessors engaged in the sale or disposal of timberlands and
other properties not integral to their forest products operations, although such
sales were on a significantly lesser scale than their acquisitions. The
acquisitions are listed and discussed under " -- General," "Business and
Properties -- Overview," "-- Cavenham Acquisition," and "-- Other Recent
Acquisitions and Dispositions."
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS. On July 10, 1996, the Partnership reported its results
of operations for the quarter ended June 30, 1996. Net income for the quarter
was approximately $4.4 million on revenues of approximately $96.1 million,
compared to approximately $4.2 million on revenues of approximately $88.7
million for the 1995 second quarter. The increased revenues in the second
quarter of 1996 were primarily attributable to improving lumber prices and to
higher log sales volumes resulting from the Cavenham Acquisition. In addition,
second quarter 1995 sales were lower due to a labor strike at the Thompson
Falls, Montana sawmill and the Redmond, Oregon plywood facility.
46
<PAGE>
During the quarter ended June 30, 1996, the Partnership completed the sale
of the sawmill at Thompson Falls and permanently closed the sawmill at Albeni
Falls, Idaho. These two Inland Region sawmills could not be supplied with
competitively priced externally purchased logs. The Managing General Partner has
also decided to close the plywood facility during the third quarter of 1996.
This decision was based upon a sharp decline in plywood prices, which resulted
from increased competition from lower cost panel substitutes such as OSB. The
Partnership believes that the combination of the Cavenham Acquisition and the
facility closures will improve the Partnership's raw material self-sufficiency,
which should result in improved margins.
FIRST QUARTER 1996 COMPARED TO FIRST QUARTER 1995. The Partnership's
Thompson Falls, Montana sawmill effectively closed in December 1995 and was sold
in June 1996. In order to enhance the comparability of the quarters' results,
the Thompson Falls 1995 operations have been excluded from the comparison of
results of operations for the quarters ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.
Revenues totaled $84.6 million and $92.4 million for the quarters ended
March 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The $7.8 million decrease in revenues was
primarily caused by generally lower prices and lower sales volumes of plywood
and lumber. The lower plywood sales volume was a result of a temporary
curtailment of plywood production due to low prices. Lumber sales volumes were
5% lower in the first quarter of 1996 as compared to the prior year quarter due
to unusually severe winter weather slowing construction activity and mill
production levels. Prices were generally lower in 1996 compared to 1995 across
all product lines due primarily to lower demand caused by the severe 1996 winter
weather conditions across much of the U.S. Prices for lumber sold from the
Partnership's Oregon and Inland Manufacturing Facilities were 15% and 10% lower,
respectively, than in the first quarter of 1995. The lower prices and volumes
were offset in part by a $4.0 million timber sale in the Partnership's Inland
Region.
Cost of products sold totaled $66.9 million and $75.0 million for the
quarters ended March 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The $8.1 million decrease
in cost of products sold was primarily due to lower sales volumes of lumber and
plywood. Also, in response to the low product prices in the first quarter 1996,
the Partnership increased its harvest volumes of low-cost fee timber and reduced
the volume of higher cost externally purchased logs. As a result, first quarter
1996 gross margins increased to 21% from 19% in the first quarter of 1995.
Interest expense totaled $8.2 million and $7.5 million for the quarters
ended March 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. First quarter 1996 interest expense
was $0.7 million higher than the 1995 quarter due primarily to additional
borrowings related to recent purchases of timberland and timber cutting rights.
YEARS 1993, 1994 AND 1995. As part of the Inland Region acquisition
strategy, in the first half of 1994 the Partnership's predecessors closed three
of the newly acquired Manufacturing Facilities that were not considered
strategic. The Partnership has recently closed two more of the Inland Region
manufacturing facilities and has decided to close the plywood manufacturing
facility by the end of 1996. See "Business and Properties -- Manufacturing
Facilities." Included in the results for the years ended December 31, 1994 and
1993 were $13.8 million and $9.1 million, respectively, of revenues and $1.0
million of operating losses and $1.1 million of operating income, respectively,
related to the facilities closed in 1994.
The Partnership completed its initial public offering on December 22, 1994.
As a result, the Partnership's 1994 financial results include only ten days of
operations. In order to enhance discussion of the 1994 results, the
Partnership's 1994 operations have been combined with the Partnership's
predecessors' herein. The Partnership's results for the ten days ended December
31, 1994 have been included in Note 1 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
1995 COMPARED TO 1994. The Partnership's revenues totaled $383.4 million
and $397.3 million for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
The $13.9 million decrease in revenues was primarily due to lower lumber prices
and lower sales volumes of external logs and stumpage,
47
<PAGE>
offset in part by higher by-product sales and by the $10.2 million sale of
non-strategic central Washington timberland property. Lumber prices in the
Oregon and Inland Regions were 9% and 13% lower, respectively, than 1994
resulting from lower demand caused by lower residential construction activity
and increased Canadian lumber exports to the United States. External log and
stumpage sales volumes were 29% lower during 1995 as compared to 1994 primarily
due to higher harvest volumes of lower quality commercially thinned logs in
1994. In addition, fee harvest levels were 6% lower in 1995 as compared to 1994
primarily due to reductions in the commercial thinning program.
Cost of products sold totaled $313.5 million and $328.9 million for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The $15.4 million decrease
in cost of products sold was primarily due to lower sales volumes of logs and
stumpage coupled with a lower fee harvest and lower depletion costs. Also
included in the 1995 cost of products sold was the $6.5 million cost basis
related to the sale of the non-strategic central Washington timberland property.
Selling, general and administrative costs remained flat, increasing only
2.3% in 1995 over 1994.
Interest expense totaled $31.1 million and $23.9 million for the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The higher 1995 interest expense was
primarily due to generally higher interest rates caused by a larger portion of
fixed rate borrowings in 1995 as compared to the prior year.
The Partnership's policy is to capitalize all direct costs incurred in
connection with new financing and to amortize those costs over the term of the
related loan. Deferred financing costs are written off as an extraordinary
non-cash loss upon early retirement of the debt to which such costs relate.
Amortization of debt issuance costs was $0.5 million and $2.2 million for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The 1995 amortization
relates to financings that have occurred since the Partnership's initial public
offering. The 1994 amortization relates to the various debt financings of the
Partnership's predecessors, for which significantly higher financing costs were
incurred. The Partnership's predecessors' capitalized financing costs were
written off either prior to or simultaneous with the Partnership's initial
public offering. As a result, the Partnership and the Partnership's predecessors
reported, in 1994, a $16.2 million non-cash extraordinary charge to record the
write-off of certain debt issuance costs.
Beneficial owners of Units in the Partnership are generally considered
partners for income tax purposes. Accordingly, the Partnership pays no income
taxes and does not include a provision for income taxes in its financial
statements. Certain of the Partnership's predecessors were taxable entities and
accordingly provided for income taxes in their financial statements.
The capital structure of the Partnership's predecessors included mandatorily
redeemable preferred equity interests. During 1994, $8.6 million of accretion
and income were allocated to these interests. These interests were redeemed
simultaneously with the Partnership's initial public offering of Units.
1994 COMPARED TO 1993. Crown Pacific's revenues totaled $397.3 million and
$220.6 million for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The
$176.7 million increase in revenues was due primarily to the acquisition of
DAW/W-I in September and October 1993. This acquisition increased the number of
the Partnership's Manufacturing Facilities from two to eight (excluding the
three mills closed shortly after the acquisition) and increased the amount of
fee owned timberland by over 55%. The volume of lumber sold in 1994 increased by
113% over 1993, from 196 MMBF to 418 MMBF, as a result of the added
Manufacturing Facilities. Lumber prices decreased in 1994 as compared to 1993 by
12% and 6% for the Oregon and Inland Regions, respectively. The decrease in
lumber prices was caused primarily by lower demand that resulted from higher
interest rates that slowed residential construction activity. External log sales
revenues increased by 120% in 1994 over 1993 due primarily to the DAW/W-I
acquisition. External log sales volumes totaled 193.5 MMBF and 70 MMBF for the
years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993. respectively. Partially offsetting the
higher sales volumes of wood products and logs was a $7.6 million decrease in
sales of properties that have a higher and/or better use than for the production
of timber.
48
<PAGE>
Cost of products sold totaled $328.9 million and $151.4 million for the
years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The $177.5 million
increase in cost of products sold is directly attributable to the higher sales
volumes of lumber, plywood and external logs. Cost of sales as a percent of
revenues increased from 69% to 83% primarily due to the increased sales from the
Manufacturing Facilities, which generally have lower margins than sales of logs
and timber and, to a lesser extent, the decline in lumber prices. In addition,
five of the Partnership's manufacturing facilities were temporarily closed for
three to four weeks during April 1994 due to unusually low lumber prices.
A major component of the cost of products sold is a non-cash charge for
depreciation, depletion and amortization ("DD&A"). DD&A increased by 31% during
1994 as compared to 1993 primarily due to a 41% increase in the fee timber
harvest, which is directly attributed to the DAW/W-I acquisition.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 104% or $10.8
million, which was primarily due to the DAW/W-I acquisition in the fall of 1993.
Interest expense during this period increased by 68%, from $14.2 million to
$23.9 million, primarily as a result of the additional indebtedness incurred to
finance the acquisition of the Inland operations and to a lesser extent because
of higher interest rates.
Amortization of debt issuance costs totaled $2.2 million during the year
ended December 31, 1994, as compared to $997,000 for the same period in 1993.
This increase resulted from the new financing incurred in connection with the
DAW/W-I acquisition. The 1994 results included a $16.2 million non-cash charge
to record the write-off of certain debt issuance costs. These costs were
previously capitalized on the Partnership's predecessors' balance sheet.
Other income and expense, net, includes certain non-recurring items which do
not directly affect Crown Pacific's ongoing operations. Other income for 1994
was $1.0 million, which compares to $3.2 million of expense in 1993. In 1993,
other income and expense included certain costs associated with the unfavorable
resolution of two stumpage contracts as well as certain nonrecurring costs
associated with upgrading the newly acquired DAW/W-I mills.
EFFECT OF INFLATION
The Partnership has experienced increased costs in recent years due to the
effect of inflation on the cost of labor, materials, supplies, energy, plant and
equipment. Certain of these increases directly affect income through increased
operating costs. During the period from 1992 through early 1994, raw material
(primarily logs) prices increased significantly and exceeded inflation.
Conversely, raw material prices have generally decreased since early 1994 and
operating costs have increased at approximately the same rate as inflation.
Improved operating efficiencies as a result of the recent capital expenditures,
however, have partially offset these cost increases.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Partnership's primary source of liquidity has been cash from operations.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $23.0 million, $57.5 million and
$59.7 million for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Cash from operations, which
includes changes in working capital, was $34.5 million lower in 1995 primarily
due to the unusual cash requirements related to the initial public offering on
December 22, 1994. The 1995 working capital balances are more representative of
the Partnership's normal working capital level. In addition, notes receivable
increased by $5.5 million in 1995 primarily due to the sale and exchange of
10,400 acres of timberland ("Tract 17") adjacent to its Hamilton Timberlands. At
March 31, 1996, the Partnership had $13.7 million of cash and cash equivalents.
In April 1996, the Board of Control of the Managing General Partner declared
the first quarter 1996 distribution of $0.524 per Unit. The distribution was
paid on May 14, 1996 to Unitholders of record on May 3, 1996. The Board of
Control of the Managing General Partner has declared a second quarter
distribution of $0.524 per Unit. Purchasers of Common Units in this offering
will not receive this distribution. For the year ended December 31, 1995, the
Partnership paid an aggregate distribution of $2.04 per Unit.
49
<PAGE>
Cash required to meet the Partnership's quarterly cash distributions,
capital expenditures and interest and principal payments on indebtedness will be
significant. The Managing General Partner expects that debt service will be
funded from current operations. The Partnership expects to make cash
distributions from current funds and cash generated from operations. Capital
expenditures are expected to be funded by current funds, cash generated from
operations, sales of non-strategic properties and/or bank borrowings.
Timber and timberland capital expenditures were $31.2 million, $15.8 million
and $11.2 million (which exclude the acquisition of timberlands in connection
with the purchase of the DAW/W-I business) in the years ended December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively. The expenditures were primarily for the purchase of
timberlands, cutting contracts, construction of logging roads and reforestation.
In addition, during 1995, the Partnership completed the tax-deferred exchange
and purchase of the Tract 17 timberlands for approximately $18.0 million. The
exchange portion of the transaction was funded from the proceeds obtained from
the disposition of certain other non-strategic timberlands and the balance was
financed with borrowings under the existing credit facilities.
Property, plant and equipment capital expenditures were $10.4 million, $14.8
million, and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993,
respectively. The expenditures were primarily made to increase the efficiency of
the Manufacturing Facilities by decreasing production costs and increasing
recovery rates and for replacing older machinery and equipment. The Partnership
funded its capital expenditures primarily from internally generated funds and
bank borrowings.
Capital expenditures were $18.2 million and $7.4 million for the quarters
ended March 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. For the quarter ended March 31,
1996, timber and timberland capital expenditures of $15.8 million were primarily
for the purchase of additional timber cutting rights and timberlands, the
construction and repair of logging roads and the reforestation of the
Timberlands. Plant and equipment capital expenditures of $2.5 million for the
first quarter of 1996 were primarily made to increase the efficiency and
operating capacity of the Manufacturing Facilities, to purchase logging
machinery and to replace and retire older machinery and equipment. The
Partnership funded its capital expenditures from internally generated funds,
property sales, bank borrowings and cash and cash equivalents.
The Managing General Partner anticipates that the Partnership will spend
approximately $8.0 million in 1996 on the construction of logging roads,
purchase of logging equipment and reforestation of its Timberlands. In addition,
1996 capital expenditures of approximately $9.0 million are planned for the
Manufacturing Facilities. These capital expenditures will be for improvement in
product recovery, diversification of the product mix, reduction in production
costs and computer software. It is anticipated that the planned 1996 capital
expenditures will be funded primarily from current funds and cash generated from
operations. The Partnership is considering purchasing or constructing a sawmill
in northwest Washington to process non-export quality logs from the Hamilton and
Olympic Timberlands and, to a lesser extent, logs purchased from other parties
into dimension lumber.
PARTNERSHIP INDEBTEDNESS
Upon the completion of this offering and the related transactions, the
Partnership will have (i) the $125 million revolving credit Acquisition
Facility, (ii) a $40 million revolving credit facility (the "Working Capital
Facility") and (iii) an aggregate of $300 million in Senior Notes (the "Senior
Notes"). In addition, the Partnership contemplates the sale of up to an
additional $125 million in Senior Notes (the "New Senior Notes") after the
closing of this offering, the proceeds of which will be used to repay other
indebtedness. As described below, the amount available to be borrowed under the
Acquisition Facility will be affected by the amount of New Senior Notes issued.
THE ACQUISITION FACILITY. The Operating Partnership intends to enter into
the Acquisition Facility concurrently with the closing of this offering. The
facility will be provided by a syndicate of banks
50
<PAGE>
for which Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association ("Bank of
America") acts as agent. At closing, the Operating Partnership expects to borrow
$115.2 million under the Acquisition Facility in order to repay a portion of the
Cavenham Debt. See "Use of Proceeds." The following is a summary of the
anticipated terms of the agreement governing the Acquisition Facility (the
"Acquisition Facility Credit Agreement"), the form of which will be filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. This
summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Acquisition Facility
Credit Agreement.
The Acquisition Facility will be a three-year unsecured revolving credit
facility to finance the acquisition of timberlands and related assets and will
provide for maximum borrowings outstanding under this facility at any time of
$125 million. However, to the extent the Partnership elects to issue more than
$75 million in New Senior Notes and other long-term indebtedness, the maximum
amount available under the Acquisition Facility will be reduced by an equivalent
amount.
The Acquisition Facility will be nonrecourse to the Managing General Partner
and will not be subject to any cross-default in respect of indebtedness of the
Managing General Partner or its affiliates, except in the event of the
bankruptcy of the Managing General Partner. However, an event of default under
certain other agreements governing indebtedness for borrowed money of the
Operating Partnership would constitute a default under the Acquisition Facility.
At the option of the Operating Partnership, amounts borrowed under the
Acquisition Facility will bear interest at either (i) one, two, three or six
month LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 0.75% to 2.0% or (ii) the higher of (a)
Bank of America's reference rate or (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, plus a
margin ranging up to 1.0%. The applicable margin will be adjusted quarterly
based on the Operating Partnership's ratio of interest-bearing debt to EBITDA
(as defined in the Acquisition Facility Credit Agreement and which includes cash
proceeds from the sale of properties), computed on a rolling historical
four-quarter basis as of the last day of the immediately preceding quarter.
Interest will be payable quarterly. The Operating Partnership will have the
option upon the expiration of the three-year revolving term to convert the
facility into a four-year term loan, in which case the principal amount then
outstanding will be amortized in 16 equal quarterly installments.
The Acquisition Facility Credit Agreement will require the Operating
Partnership to deposit the net cash proceeds from any timber harvest in excess
of:
150% of a specified base volume (250 MMBF per year) in any one year;
140% of the specified base volume over any two-year period;
130% of the specified base volume over any three-year period; or
120% of the specified base volume over any four-year period
into an escrow account for (i) repayment of senior indebtedness of the Operating
Partnership or (ii) the purchase within 180 days of additional timber or
timberlands at fair market value. The base volume will be adjusted to reflect
future acquisitions and dispositions of timberlands.
The Acquisition Facility Credit Agreement will contain covenants prohibiting
the Operating Partnership from creating, incurring, assuming, suffering to exist
or guaranteeing any indebtedness other than (i) the Senior Notes, (ii)
borrowings under the Working Capital Facility, (iii) borrowings under the
Acquisition Facility, the New Senior Notes and additional indebtedness of up to
$1.0 million if, in each case, (a) the ratio of pro forma operating cash flow of
the Operating Partnership during the four quarters immediately preceding the
date of such incurrence to the pro forma interest expense associated with all
consolidated indebtedness of the Partnership (including only actual interest
payments under the Working Capital Facility) during the period of four
consecutive quarters immediately preceding the incurrence is at least 2.50 to 1
and (b) the ratio of pro forma operating cash flow of the Operating Partnership
during the four quarters immediately preceding the date of such incurrence to
the maximum pro forma interest and principal payments due during any future
period of four consecutive quarters (prior to final maturity of the Acquisition
Facility) associated with all consolidated indebtedness of the Partnership is at
least 1.25 to 1 (including only actual interest payments
51
<PAGE>
under the Working Capital Facility) and (iv) additional unsecured indebtedness
of the Partnership up to $10 million owing to a General Partner or an affiliate
of a General Partner, provided that such indebtedness is expressly subordinated
to borrowings under the Acquisition Facility.
Other covenants in the Acquisition Facility Credit Agreement will prohibit
the Operating Partnership from (i) creating, incurring or suffering to exist any
lien for borrowed money, subject to certain exceptions, including liens on
inventory and receivables to secure the Working Capital Facility in a principal
amount of up to $40 million and purchase money mortgages for up to 85% of the
purchase price of property acquired by the Operating Partnership (subject to
certain annual and cumulative limitations); (ii) making cash distributions in
any quarter in excess of Available Cash (substantially as defined under "Cash
Distribution Policy" except that the determination of Available Cash for any
quarter must include (a) a reserve equal to 25% of the principal amount to be
paid on the Senior Notes during the nine-month period following such quarter,
(b) a reserve equal to 50% of the interest to be paid on the Senior Notes on the
next interest payment date following such quarter and (c) a reserve equal to the
total unpaid accrued interest on the Acquisition Facility and the Working
Capital Facility as of the date of determination) for the preceding quarter;
(iii) making cash distributions while an event of default under the Acquisition
Facility Credit Agreement exists or if, after giving effect to such
distribution, an event of default would exist; (iv) entering into certain
transactions with affiliates; (v) purchasing or owning any securities of any
person or making loans or capital contributions to or guaranteeing the
obligations of any person, subject to certain exceptions, including investments
in the ordinary course of business in partnerships, joint ventures and
subsidiaries engaged in a permitted business; (vi) merging or consolidating
with, or liquidating, dissolving, conveying, selling, leasing or otherwise
disposing of all or substantially all of its property, assets or business as an
entirety to any other person, subject to certain exceptions; or (vii) selling or
otherwise disposing of assets (other than certain dispositions of property in
the ordinary course of business) unless the net proceeds from such sales or
dispositions in excess of $10 million per calendar year and $51.5 million over
the life of the Senior Notes are spent or committed to be expended within 180
days for productive assets in a permitted line of business or for the making of
principal payments on senior indebtedness of the Operating Partnership.
In addition to the covenants described above, an event of default will occur
under the Acquisition Facility Credit Agreement if, among other things, (i)
there is a material adverse change in, or an event occurs that would have a
material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, condition
(financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Partnership or the Operating
Partnership or (ii) without the consent of lenders of 66 2/3% in principal
amount of the indebtedness outstanding under the Acquisition Facility, Peter W.
Stott at any time is not either the Chief Executive Officer (as he now serves)
or the Chairman of the Managing General Partner. Also, the Acquisition Facility
Credit Agreement will require the Operating Partnership to maintain a ratio of
cash flow to interest expense of not less than 2.5 to 1.0 and a ratio of cash
flow to debt service of not less than 1.25 to 1.0.
THE WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY. The Operating Partnership will enter into the
Working Capital Facility concurrently with the closing of this Offering. Like
the Acquisition Facility, the Working Capital Facility will be provided by a
syndicate of banks for which Bank of America acts as agent. The following is a
summary of the anticipated terms of the agreement governing the Working Capital
Facility (the "Working Capital Facility Agreement"), the form of which will be
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a
part. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Working
Capital Facility Agreement.
The Working Capital Facility will be a three-year revolving credit facility,
will be secured by the inventory and accounts receivable of the Operating
Partnership and will provide for maximum borrowings outstanding at any time of
$40 million. The facility will be nonrecourse to the Managing General Partner
and will not be subject to any cross-default in respect of indebtedness of the
Managing General Partner or its affiliates, except in the event of the
bankruptcy of the Managing General Partner. However, an event of default under
certain other agreements governing indebtedness for borrowed money of the
Operating Partnership would constitute a default under the Working Capital
Facility Agreement.
52
<PAGE>
At the option of the Operating Partnership, amounts borrowed under the
Working Capital Facility will bear interest at either (i) one, two, three, or
six month LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 0.625% to 1.75% or (ii) the higher of
(a) Bank of America's reference rate or (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%,
plus a margin ranging up to 0.75%. The applicable margin will be adjusted
quarterly based on the Operating Partnership's ratio of interest-bearing debt to
EBITDA (as defined in the Working Capital Facility Agreement and which includes
cash proceeds from the sale of properties) computed on a rolling historical
four-quarter basis as of the last day of the immediately preceding quarter.
Interest will be payable quarterly. There must be no amount outstanding under
the Working Capital Facility for at least 30 consecutive days not less often
than once every 12 months.
The material covenants contained in the Working Capital Facility Agreement
are expected to be substantially the same as those in the Acquisition Facility
Credit Agreement, except that the Working Capital Facility Agreement will
require the Operating Partnership to maintain a ratio of cash flow to interest
expense of not less than 1.5 to 1.0 and will not impose a requirement with
respect to the ratio of cash flow to debt service. The Working Capital Facility
Agreement will be cross-defaulted with the Acquisition Facility Credit
Agreement.
THE SENIOR NOTES. In December 1994 and March 1995, the Operating
Partnership consummated the sale of the Senior Notes. The following is a summary
of the terms of the agreements governing the Senior Notes (the "Senior Note
Agreements"), the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. This debt is unsecured and
consists of two issuances of notes, each with a maturity of 15 years (with an
average life of 10.5 years). Principal is payable in eight equal installments in
each of the years 2002 through 2009 and interest is payable semi-annually. An
aggregate $275 million of the Senior Notes have an interest rate of 9.78%; the
remaining $25 million of the Senior Notes have an interest rate of 9.60%.
The Operating Partnership is permitted to make additional prepayments of
principal of the Senior Notes at any time at a price equal to the greater of (i)
100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes being prepaid plus accrued
interest thereon or (ii) the future debt service on such Senior Notes discounted
to present value at a rate equal to 50 basis points in excess of the rate on
U.S. Treasury securities of a maturity comparable to the remaining weighted
average life of all outstanding Senior Notes plus accrued interest.
The Senior Notes are nonrecourse to the Managing General Partner and its
affiliates and are not subject to any cross-default in respect of indebtedness
of the Managing General Partner or its affiliates, except in the event of the
bankruptcy of the Managing General Partner. However, an event of default under
certain other agreements governing indebtedness for borrowed money of the
Operating Partnership would constitute a default under the Senior Notes.
The material covenants contained in the Senior Note Agreements are
substantially the same as those described above with respect to the Acquisition
Facility Credit Agreement and Working Capital Facility Agreement, except that
(i) the Operating Partnership is permitted to incur any additional indebtedness
so long as after giving effect to any such incurrence it complies with the pro
forma cash flow to pro forma interest expense and pro forma cash flow to maximum
pro forma interest expense tests described above, (ii) the Senior Note
Agreements do not contain a default provision based upon a material adverse
change in, or the occurrence of an event that would have a material adverse
effect upon, the operations, business, properties, condition (financial or
otherwise) or prospects of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership, (iii)
the Senior Note Agreements do not contain a default provision based upon the
failure of Peter W. Stott at any time to serve as either the Chief Executive
Officer or the Chairman of the Managing General Partner and (iv) the base
harvest volume under the Senior Note Agreements (with respect to which excess
harvest proceeds must be deposited in an escrow account for application in the
manner described above) is, as a result of the Cavenham Acquisition, currently
higher than the base harvest volume under the Acquisition Facility Credit
Agreement. This increase in base harvest volume resulting from the Cavenham
Acquisition will expire in December 2002, at which time the base harvest volume
under the Senior Note Agreements will be substantially less than that under the
Acquisition Facility Credit Agreement. Thereafter, unless the Senior Note
Agreements have been amended to permit harvesting on terms comparable to those
set
53
<PAGE>
forth in the Acquisition Facility Credit Agreement, the Senior Note Agreements
will not permit the Partnership to achieve its planned harvest levels. The
Partnership intends to seek such an amendment.
Although the Senior Note Agreements do not contain the covenants described
in the preceding paragraph, a breach of these covenants in the Acquisition
Facility Credit Agreement or Working Capital Facility Agreement that leads to an
event of default thereunder will constitute an event of default under the Senior
Note Agreements.
DEBT TO BE REPAID. In order to finance the Cavenham Acquisition and
refinance certain acquisition-related debt incurred by the Operating Partnership
during 1995 pending the closing of this offering, in May 1996 the Operating
Partnership converted its previous acquisition facility into the $250 million
term loan Cavenham Debt. The Cavenham Debt is expected to be repaid in full from
the proceeds of this offering, borrowings under the Acquisition Facility and
capital contributions from the General Partners. See "Use of Proceeds."
The Cavenham Debt, which is nonrecourse to the Managing General Partner,
consists of an acquisition loan in the principal amount of $150 million and a
bridge loan in the principal amount of $100 million. Both loans bear interest at
either (i) one, two, three or six month LIBOR plus 2.5%, or (ii) the higher of
(a) Bank of America's reference rate or (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%,
plus, 1.5%. Interest is payable quarterly. The acquisition loan requires
quarterly principal payments in varying amounts beginning on September 30, 1998
and matures on June 30, 2002. The bridge loan requires principal payments in the
amount of $12,500,000 each on December 31, 1996 and March 31, 1997 and
$37,500,000 each on June 30, 1997 and January 1, 1998. The credit agreement
governing the Cavenham Debt provides that an event of default will occur if the
Partnership fails to raise at least $100 million through the sale of additional
Common Units by June 30, 1997. In addition, if the Partnership has not raised at
least $125 million through the sale of additional Common Units by December 31,
1996, the interest rate margins on these loans will increase by 1.0%. As a
result of the consummation of this offering, these provisions will not be
included in the Acquisition Facility Credit Agreement.
Under the terms of the Cavenham Debt, the Operating Partnership is also
required to comply with several financial covenants that will not be imposed, or
will be modified, under the Acquisition Facility Credit Agreement. These
covenants include a requirement that the Operating Partnership maintain a ratio
of cash flow to interest expense of not less than (i) 1.5 to 1.0 through
December 31, 1996, (ii) 2.0 to 1.0 from January 1, 1997 through December 31,
1997 and (iii) 2.25 to 1.0 thereafter. In addition, the ratio of total debt to
cash flow may not exceed (i) 5.75 to 1.0 through September 30, 1996, (ii) 5.5 to
1.0 from October 1, 1996 through June 30, 1997, (iii) 4.5 to 1.0 from July 1,
1997 through December 31, 1997 and (iv) 4.25 to 1.0 thereafter. Finally, the
ratio of cash flow to the sum of distributions to limited partners plus debt
service may not be less than 1.0 to 1.0.
Concurrently with the closing of the Cavenham Debt, the Operating
Partnership restructured its $40 million working capital facility to incorporate
the financial covenants described above. This facility will be replaced with the
Working Capital Facility.
THE NEW SENIOR NOTES. Within not more than six months after the
consummation of this Offering, the Operating Partnership is expected to complete
the issuance and sale of the New Senior Notes on terms similar to those
contained in the Senior Notes (except that the timber harvest limitations are
expected to be similar to those contained in the Acquisition Facility Credit
Agreement). The net proceeds from the New Senior Notes will be applied in full
to repayment of amounts then outstanding under the Acquisition Facility. The
Managing General Partner anticipates that following this repayment, the full
amount of the Acquisition Facility (I.E., up to $125 million) will be available
to finance future acquisitions. However, there can be no assurance that the sale
of the New Senior Notes will be completed. If it is not, approximately $115.2
million will initially remain outstanding under the Acquisition Facility.
54
<PAGE>
BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES
OVERVIEW
The Partnership is engaged in the growing and harvesting of timber for sale
as logs in domestic and export markets and the manufacture and sale of lumber
and other wood products. The Partnership believes that its extensive private
timber inventory, the maturity and diversity of its timber holdings, the
integration of its Timberlands and mill operations and its demonstrated success
in buying and selling forestry assets give it a competitive advantage in its
markets.
Crown Pacific has pursued a strategy of growth through strategic
acquisitions of timber and timberlands while continuing to improve the
efficiency of its existing operations. The Partnership now owns and/or controls
approximately 724,000 acres of timberland, including what the Partnership
believes is one of the largest nongovernmental holdings of mature Ponderosa pine
in the United States. Crown Pacific's timberland holdings are a significant
source of wood fiber supply for its six Manufacturing Facilities. Crown Pacific
has made substantial capital investments in its existing Manufacturing
Facilities and has closed unprofitable mills in order to lower its overall cost
of production, reduce its purchases of logs from third parties (which cost more
than logs harvested from its Timberlands) and improve the efficiency of its
manufacturing operations.
Crown Pacific's Timberlands contain a total merchantable timber inventory of
4,875 MMBF located in Oregon, Washington, Idaho and Montana:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TIMBERLANDS VOLUME (MMBF) ACREAGE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Central Oregon....................................................................... 726 209,000
Eastside (former Cavenham, south and northeast Oregon)............................... 474 124,000
Hamilton (northwest Washington)...................................................... 860 102,000
Olympic (former Cavenham, northwest Washington)...................................... 1,011 83,000
Inland (Idaho, east Washington and northwest Montana)................................ 1,804 206,000
------ ---------
4,875 724,000
</TABLE>
The Central Oregon and Eastside Timberlands are collectively referred to as
the "Oregon Timberlands." The Hamilton and Olympic Timberlands are collectively
referred to as the "Washington Timberlands."
One of Crown Pacific's competitive advantages is its favorable species mix
of mature timber. On its Central Oregon Timberlands, 69% of its merchantable
timber inventory consists of Ponderosa pine. The Timberlands are also comprised
principally of mature stands, with over 50% of the Partnership's merchantable
timber in the Oregon and Inland Regions being at least 80 years old. In the
Washington Region, where timber is harvested at a much earlier age because of
high growth rates, over 70% of the Partnership's merchantable timber is at least
40 years old.
TIMBERLAND MANAGEMENT. Crown Pacific actively manages its timber operations
based on biological information and other relevant data to maximize the value of
its timber assets over time. These management practices start with the
development of harvest plans for each of its tree farms that are continuously
reviewed and updated to reflect forestry considerations, market conditions,
contractual and financing obligations and regulatory limitations. Harvest plans
are designed to maximize the long-term volume of timber that can be grown
efficiently on each tract within a tree farm, which generally would call for
trees to be harvested when their growth rate has peaked. Crown Pacific utilizes
"thinning" (a process by which smaller trees are selectively removed from among
larger trees or where the number of trees of equal size on a tract is reduced)
to increase the overall growth rate of a stand of trees. Crown Pacific typically
chooses to thin its timber when the trees that are harvested produce
merchantable timber (referred to as commercial thinning), but pre-commercial
thinning is also practiced. Although the vast majority of Crown Pacific's
Timberlands regenerate naturally due to selective harvesting practices, Crown
Pacific is engaged in an active reforestation program with seedling spacing that
generally exceeds reforestation requirements applicable to the Timberlands in
order to achieve better health and growth rates and to facilitate future harvest
flexibility.
55
<PAGE>
MANUFACTURING FACILITIES. Crown Pacific harvests timber from its
Timberlands in accordance with its harvest plans and either sells logs in the
export or domestic market or converts the timber to lumber or other wood
products in its six Manufacturing Facilities located in central Oregon and
northern Idaho. The Manufacturing Facilities are operated to add value to logs
harvested from Crown Pacific's Timberlands or logs acquired from third parties.
The Partnership employs modern technology in its Manufacturing Facilities to
implement its strategy of maximizing efficiency and utilization of its timber
resources, reducing labor costs and maintaining high-quality standards of
production. Since January 1, 1993, the Partnership and its predecessors have
invested more than $20 million to upgrade the Manufacturing Facilities. In
addition, approximately $9 million is anticipated to be spent during 1996 to
upgrade and reconfigure the Manufacturing Facilities to process more efficiently
the species that can be supplied from the Timberlands and from other reliable
sources in proximity to the mills. The most tangible benefits of these upgrades
are expected to be increased recovery rates (the ratio of the volume of lumber
produced at a facility to the volume of logs utilized at that facility), reduced
operating costs, increased flexibility to process the species that are most
readily available and increased product quality. There can be no assurance that
these improvements can be achieved.
In order to focus investment in its profitable Manufacturing Facilities,
Crown Pacific has acted aggressively to close unprofitable facilities. Since the
DAW/W-I acquisition in late 1993, as part of its strategy Crown Pacific has
closed five of the mills that it acquired (including the Thompson Falls, Montana
mill, which was closed in December 1995, and the Albeni Falls, Idaho mill, which
was closed in June 1996). These mills were closed primarily because of concern
over the availability of competitively priced wood fiber supply for these
facilities. In addition, the Partnership plans to close the plywood
manufacturing facility during the third quarter of 1996. This decision was based
upon a sharp decline in plywood prices, which resulted from increased
competition from lower cost panel substitutes such as OSB. These closures are
expected to enable Crown Pacific to utilize its timber resource base more
efficiently and to lower its overall cost of production.
The Partnership is considering purchasing or constructing a sawmill in
northwest Washington to process non-export quality logs from the Washington
Region into dimension lumber.
PRODUCTS. Crown Pacific manufactures a wide variety of lumber and
remanufactured wood products. Lumber produced in Crown Pacific's Oregon
Manufacturing Facilities is sold primarily to wood product remanufacturers who
produce doors, windows and other specialty wood products. Lumber produced in
Crown Pacific's Inland Manufacturing Facilities is sold principally to
distributors of dimensional or structural lumber products, which are used
primarily for residential construction. Customers of Crown Pacific's
remanufactured wood products include window and door manufacturers and retail
home centers. Crown Pacific utilizes an established distribution network for its
products, but is responding to recent industry distribution trends toward
"just-in-time" purchasing and the maintenance of lower inventories by forming
strategic alliances with wholesalers that ship directly to retail dealers. See
"-- Competition and Products."
THE TIMBERLANDS
Crown Pacific's timber holdings include the Central Oregon, Eastside,
Hamilton, Olympic and Inland Timberlands.
TIMBER INVENTORY. Based on timber cruises of the Timberlands performed by
Mason, Bruce & Girard, Inc., an independent regional timber appraisal firm
("MBG"), other timber consultants (regarding the recently acquired Eastside and
Olympic Timberlands), and Crown Pacific's own cruise personnel, the Managing
General Partner estimates that total merchantable timber on the Timberlands is
4,875 MMBF. This represents an increase in Crown Pacific's merchantable timber
inventory of more than 3,300 MMBF over the past three years, primarily as a
result of the DAW/W-I and Cavenham acquisitions. Timber cruises involve
estimates of timber volume, age class and species, and the actual amount of
Crown Pacific's inventories may vary.
56
<PAGE>
The Partnership believes it is one of the largest nongovernmental holders of
mature Ponderosa pine in the United States. The Partnership believes this is a
significant competitive advantage, as Ponderosa pine produces particularly
high-quality appearance grade lumber that can be sold at premium prices. The
highest concentration of mature timber on the Timberlands is the Ponderosa pine
located on the Central Oregon Timberlands.
Most of the timber on the Timberlands is softwood which, due to its long
fiber, strength, flexibility and other characteristics, is generally preferred
over hardwood for construction lumber and plywood. The timber is primarily
Ponderosa and lodgepole pine on the Oregon Timberlands, Douglas fir and hemlock
on the Washington Timberlands and Douglas fir, larch, white fir/hemlock, and
various pine species on the Inland Timberlands.
The following table demonstrates the estimated merchantable timber by
species within the Timberlands (including the Eastside and Olympic Timberlands)
as of January 1, 1996 (all volumes are as estimated by MBG and are based, in
some cases, on cruise information from other consultants):
MERCHANTABLE TIMBER INVENTORY BY SPECIES
(MMBF)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OREGON TIMBERLANDS WASHINGTON TIMBERLANDS
------------------------------ --------------------------- INLAND
CENTRAL OREGON EASTSIDE HAMILTON OLYMPIC TIMBERLANDS
---------------- ----------- ----------- ------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Ponderosa Pine.......................... 505(a) (69%) 76 (16%) -- -- -- -- 112 (6%)
Lodgepole Pine.......................... 166 (23%) 290 (61%) -- -- -- -- 95 (5%)
Hemlock................................. -- -- -- -- 386 (45%) 714 (71%) 523(b) (29%)
Douglas Fir............................. 5 (1%) 38 (8%) 211 (24%) 99 (10%) 666(c) (37%)
True Firs............................... 41 (6%) 63 (13%) -- -- -- -- -- --
Hardwoods............................... -- -- -- -- 180 (21%) 109 (11%) 34 (2%)
Other Conifers (d)...................... 9 (1%) 7 (2%) 83 (10%) 89 (8%) 374 (21%)
------- ------ --- ------ --- ------ ----- ------ ----- ------
726 (100%) 474 (100%) 860 (100%) 1,011 (100%) 1,804 (100%)
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(a) Includes 285 MMBF in excess of 12" DBH.
(b) Refers to true firs/hemlock.
(c) Refers to Douglas fir/larch.
(d) Includes sugar pine, spruce, cedar and Idaho white pine.
TIMBER GROWTH. Timber growth rate is an important variable for a forest
products company as it ultimately determines how much timber can be harvested
over the long term. A higher growth rate permits larger annual harvests as
replacement timber regenerates and unharvested timber grows more quickly. Growth
rates vary depending on species, location, age and forestry practice. For
example, the annual growth rate for Crown Pacific's Oregon Timberlands, which
include both young, vibrant growth lodgepole and mature Ponderosa pine, is
estimated by MBG at between 2.5% and 3.25% per annum of standing inventory. The
comparable rate for Crown Pacific's Washington Timberlands, much of which are
located in one of the most productive timber growing regions in the United
States, is estimated by MBG to be 7.0% per annum of standing inventory. The
growth rate for the Inland Region's timber holdings, which are characterized by
second growth timber dating from 1910 (the date of a major fire in the region),
is estimated by MBG at 3.25% per annum of standing inventory. The addition of
properties with high growth rates in the Olympic Timberlands has increased the
average annual growth rate of the Partnership's Timberlands.
AGE DISTRIBUTION OF MERCHANTABLE TIMBER. Crown Pacific's Timberlands are
well diversified, not only by species mix but also by age distribution. A
significant portion of the Timberlands contains mature timber that is ready to
be harvested in the next several years. Due to rain, site and soil conditions,
softwood timber in the Pacific Northwest maintains a relatively high growth rate
in early years, which permits management on a comparatively short rotation, or
harvest cycle, of 40 to 60
57
<PAGE>
years (40 to 50 years on the Washington Timberlands). The Managing General
Partner considers a 55-year rotation optimal for most of the Timberlands,
although shorter rotations are expected on the Washington Timberlands due to the
higher growth rates. Timber under 20 years of age is generally considered
pre-merchantable. The following table describes the estimated volume
distribution of merchantable timber on the Timberlands by age class (based on
information provided by MBG) as of January 1, 1996:
TIMBER VOLUME DISTRIBUTION BY AGE CLASS
(MMBF)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OREGON WASHINGTON INLAND TOTAL % OF TOTAL
AGE CLASS IN YEARS TIMBERLANDS TIMBERLANDS TIMBERLANDS VOLUME VOLUME
- ----------------------------- --------------- ------------- --------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
20 - 39...................... 51 529 90 670 14%
40 - 59...................... 249 1,142 271 1,662 34%
60 - 79...................... 270 126 541 937 19%
80 - 99...................... 205 13 631 849 17%
100+......................... 425 61 271 757 16%
</TABLE>
ACCESS. The majority of the Timberlands are accessible by a system of
low-maintenance roads. Crown Pacific uses third-party road crews to conduct
construction and maintenance on its Timberlands. Crown Pacific regularly
exchanges access easements with the United States Forest Service (the "USFS")
and cooperates with the USFS in numerous cost-sharing arrangements regarding
jointly-used roads.
REFORESTATION. Although the vast majority of the Timberlands regenerate
naturally due to Crown Pacific's selective harvesting practices, Crown Pacific
engages in an active reforestation program. Reforestation activity is greatest
on the Washington Timberlands because of the use of even age forestry, a
management approach that is necessary there (given the difficult logging
conditions, the uniform ages and species of the trees being harvested and the
more rapid growth cycles). This harvest practice is rarely utilized elsewhere in
the Timberlands. During 1995 and 1994, the Partnership and its predecessors
planted 2.5 million and 2.4 million seedlings, respectively.
Crown Pacific generally exceeds the reforestation requirements applicable to
the Timberlands. In Washington, for example, the Washington Forest Practices Act
requires approximately 110 new plantings per acre following harvesting, while
Crown Pacific typically plants 435 seedlings per acre within its Hamilton
Timberlands (one approximately every 10 feet). In other parts of the Timberlands
where the ages and species of the trees are more diverse, harvest decisions are
typically made on a tree-by-tree basis. Regeneration for the most part occurs
naturally on such tracts, but Crown Pacific will selectively replant, especially
where it is possible to improve the species mix on a tract.
Crown Pacific maintains a 40-acre seed orchard on Whidbey Island, Washington
to support its reforestation program. The seed orchard enables Crown Pacific to
produce high quality seeds for its Washington Timberlands. Seedlings from these
seeds are typically grown at cooperative nurseries, including those run by
competitors such as Weyerhaeuser Company. Seedlings are often purchased from
sources such as Weyerhaeuser Company and other forestry companies to provide for
the remainder of Crown Pacific's reproduction needs.
During 1995, Crown Pacific began the process of reclaiming forest lands
within the Central Oregon Timberlands by removing unnecessary roads that had
been constructed decades earlier. As the old roads are removed, the area is
replanted to increase the productivity of the Timberlands.
HARVEST PLANS. The Managing General Partner views the Timberlands as assets
with substantial inherent value apart from the Manufacturing Facilities and
intends to manage the Timberlands on a basis that permits regeneration of the
Timberlands over time. Crown Pacific is pursuing an active management approach,
including pre-commercial and commercial thinning, in order to enhance
productivity on a long-term basis. In comparison, certain of the previous owners
of the Timberlands did not actively manage the tree farms.
58
<PAGE>
During 1995 and 1994, 85% and 69%, respectively, of the timber harvested
from the Central Oregon Timberlands was supplied to Crown Pacific's Oregon
Manufacturing Facilities. The comparable percentages for the Inland Timberlands
and the Inland Manufacturing Facilities were 71% and 66%, respectively.
Crown Pacific has harvested the Central Oregon and Inland Timberlands at
accelerated levels during the past several years in response to contractual
obligations, timber management considerations and depressed lumber prices. Crown
Pacific plans to gradually reduce the harvest on these Timberlands to more
sustainable levels beginning in 1997 in response to the expiration of the
contractual obligations, the completion of commercial thinning on certain of
these Timberlands, the availability of logs from the Eastside Timberlands to
supply the Oregon Manufacturing Facilities and the reduced consumption of logs
due to mill closures at the Inland Manufacturing Facilities. Harvest levels on
the Hamilton Timberlands are also expected to be gradually reduced. Crown
Pacific expects harvest levels to remain relatively constant on its Eastside and
Olympic Timberlands.
Harvest levels on the Mazama Tract included in the recently acquired
Eastside Timberlands are subject to limits contained in an agreement negotiated
by the prior owner with the USFS. The Partnership believes that this agreement
will not adversely affect its ability to harvest timber from the Mazama Tract in
accordance with its harvest plan.
Since harvest plans are based on projections of demand, price, availability
of timber from other sources and other factors that may be outside of Crown
Pacific's control, actual harvesting levels may vary. The Managing General
Partner believes that Crown Pacific's harvest plans are sufficiently flexible to
permit modification in response to short-term fluctuations in the markets for
logs and lumber.
CAVENHAM ACQUISITION
On May 15, 1996, the Partnership completed the purchase of approximately
207,000 acres of timberland in Washington and Oregon from Cavenham for $205
million. The Cavenham properties are located in close proximity to the
Partnership's existing operations, requiring only minimal additional
administrative costs. The Partnership believes that the Cavenham Acquisition
will benefit the Partnership in several ways. First, the majority of the logs
from the Eastside Timberlands will be processed by the Partnership's existing
Oregon Manufacturing Facilities and will be used to replace higher cost external
log purchases, which is anticipated to improve the operating margin of the
Partnership's Oregon operations. Second, the Partnership believes that the
additional volume available from the Olympic Timberlands will give the
Partnership (i) more log volume that can be sold in the export market (which has
historically commanded a premium over the domestic market), (ii) more
flexibility in harvest planning with the Partnership's Hamilton Timberlands,
which are approximately 60 miles away by water, and (iii) the ability to
negotiate more favorable terms for sales in both the export and domestic markets
from the Washington Region. Third, due to the high growth rates in the Olympic
Timberlands, the Cavenham Acquisition has increased the average growth rate of
the Partnership's Timberlands.
The acquired Timberlands contain approximately 1,485 MMBF of merchantable
timber. Approximately 1,011 MMBF of the acquired merchantable timber is located
on approximately 83,000 acres in the Olympic Timberlands, in northwest
Washington. The remaining approximately 474 MMBF is located on several tracts in
the Eastside Timberlands, in south central and northeast Oregon. In both cases,
the new properties are adjacent to or near the Partnership's existing
properties. Although the benefits expected to be derived from the Olympic
Timberlands and the Eastside Timberlands differ in certain respects, the
Managing General Partner anticipates that by applying the Partnership's active
resource management practices, including pre-commercial and commercial thinning,
to all of the acquired properties, the Partnership will enhance both near term
cash flow and the long term value of its Timberlands. In addition, the proximity
of the acquired properties to the Partnership's existing operations is expected
to provide opportunities for operating and administrative savings. The
Partnership's employee base has increased by only ten people as a result of the
Cavenham Acquisition.
59
<PAGE>
The Partnership estimates the average annual harvest from the Cavenham
Acquisition will approximate 60 MMBF (50 MMBF in 1996) from the Olympic
Timberlands and 25 MMBF from the Eastside Timberlands. The actual amount of the
harvest may vary depending on prevailing market conditions and other factors
beyond the control of the Partnership.
The primary direct cash costs incurred in the harvesting of timber are
logging (cutting of the timber), hauling (transporting the timber to a
manufacturing facility), harvest taxes and road building.
THE OLYMPIC TIMBERLANDS. The Olympic Timberlands consist of approximately
83,000 acres containing approximately 1,011 MMBF of merchantable timber
consisting of hemlock (71%), Douglas fir (10%), hardwoods (11%) and other
conifers (8%) in one of the most productive timber growth sites in the nation.
Growth rates on the Olympic Timberlands average an estimated 7% per year,
because of the combination of rainfall quantity and soil types. Timber on the
Olympic Timberlands is uneven aged (resulting in stable annual harvest levels)
and the timberlands have been well-managed by the prior owner. Elevation ranges
from 100 to 2,000 feet, but is generally below 1,300 feet, permitting the use of
economical harvest methods. Intensive silvicultural practices typically applied
on the Olympic Timberlands include reforestation, competing vegetation control
and pre-commercial and commercial thinning. Access is provided by a
well-developed road system.
The Olympic Timberlands will be managed from the Partnership's existing
offices in Hamilton, Washington, in conjunction with the Partnership's Hamilton
Timberlands. The Partnership has added only seven employees to its Washington
work force in connection with the acquisition of the Olympic Timberlands.
Initially, logs harvested from the Olympic Timberlands, like those from the
Hamilton Timberlands, will be sold to domestic and export log buyers. During the
second quarter of 1996, the Partnership's Hamilton Timberlands, which are in
close proximity to the Olympic Timberlands, received an average of $507/MBF and
$768/MBF for the sale of logs in the domestic and export markets, respectively.
The Partnership expects that the prices to be realized from the Olympic
Timberlands will be lower, on average, than prices received from the Hamilton
Timberlands primarily due to the lower value species mix on the Olympic
Timberlands. Log prices depend upon various factors including species, grade,
age, demand for finished wood products, and exchange rates. Depending on market
conditions, the Partnership estimates that between 35% and 50% of the logs
harvested from the Olympic Timberlands will be sold into export markets.
Although the level of the Partnership's export activities is dependent in part
on relative pricing in the export and domestic markets, the Partnership
anticipates that as a result of the acquisition of the Olympic Timberlands, the
Partnership will increase export volumes over those exported during 1995. This
increased presence in the export market is expected to enhance the Partnership's
bargaining position in product sales negotiations. In addition to selling logs
from the Olympic Timberlands, the Partnership is considering purchasing or
constructing a sawmill in northwest Washington to process non-export quality
logs from the Washington Region into dimension lumber.
THE EASTSIDE TIMBERLANDS. The Eastside Timberlands consist of approximately
124,000 acres containing approximately 474 MMBF of merchantable timber,
consisting of appearance-grade lodgepole pine (61%) and Ponderosa pine (16%), as
well as true firs (13%) and other conifers (10%). The Eastside Timberlands have
estimated annual growth rates of 2.5% to 3.25% and contain significant volumes
of timber greater than 80 years old. Selective harvesting with natural
reforestation is the general timber management practice on these properties.
The Eastside Timberlands are located in two discrete areas. The Mazama
Tract, an approximately 91,000 acre tract in Klamath County, Oregon, contains
approximately 289 MMBF of primarily appearance-grade pine. The northern point of
the Mazama Tract is approximately 20 miles south of the southern boundary of the
Partnership's existing Oregon tree farm and is in close proximity to the
Gilchrist sawmill which is already a producer of appearance grade pine lumber.
The remaining 33,000 acres of the Eastside Timberlands are comprised of several
smaller tracts located in Baker, Umatilla and Union Counties in northeast Oregon
which contain approximately 185 MMBF of merchantable
60
<PAGE>
timber, a high percentage of which is fir species. The Eastside Timberlands will
be managed from the Partnership's central Oregon office in Bend. The Partnership
added only three employees to its Oregon workforce in connection with the
acquisition of the Eastside Timberlands.
The primary benefit expected to be realized from the acquisition of the
Eastside Timberlands is a significant enhancement of the Partnership's ability
to supply its sawmills at Gilchrist and Prineville, Oregon from its own
Timberlands. Approximately 80% of the logs harvested from the Eastside
Timberlands will be processed by the Partnership's existing Oregon Manufacturing
Facilities and will be used to partially offset higher cost external log
purchases, which is anticipated to reduce the Partnership's overall production
cost. Pine harvested from the Mazama Tract will be processed primarily at the
Gilchrist mill, which is already a producer of industrial-grade pine lumber. The
Prineville mill, which historically has also been a processor of pine lumber,
will be reconfigured in 1996 to enable it to process both pine and fir from the
Eastside Timberlands.
OTHER RECENT ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS
During 1995, the Partnership acquired (through purchase or exchange)
approximately 20,800 acres of timberlands containing approximately 126 MMBF of
merchantable timber for a total price of approximately $22.3 million. Of these
totals, the acquisition of the Tract 17 timberlands in northwest Washington in
July 1995 contributed about 10,400 acres containing about 73 MMBF of
merchantable timber for a price of $18 million. This property is adjacent to the
Partnership's Hamilton Timberlands. Other miscellaneous acquisitions contributed
10,400 acres with approximately 53 MMBF of merchantable timber for an aggregate
price of approximately $4.3 million. Dispositions of non-strategic timberlands
(either by sale or exchange) during 1995 totaled 44,300 acres with approximately
106 MMBF of merchantable timber for a total sales price of approximately $10.6
million. In addition to these timberland transactions, in June 1995 the
Partnership acquired a whole-log chipping facility located in La Pine, Oregon
for approximately $1.3 million. The log chipping facility enables the
Partnership to produce wood chips from dead or diseased timber and smaller logs
produced by thinning activities in the Oregon Region for sale to regional pulp
and paper mills. Also, during the first quarter of 1996, the Partnership
acquired approximately 42 MMBF of standing timber in eastern Oregon intended for
short-term harvest (over approximately the next three years).
SOURCES OF RAW MATERIAL FOR MANUFACTURING FACILITIES
Primarily as a result of environmental regulations and endangered species
concerns (see "-- Federal and State Regulation"), the Pacific Northwest timber
supply from federal lands has dramatically decreased from levels achieved during
the late 1980s. This major supply reduction has resulted in a number of regional
mill closures (including closures by the Partnership and its predecessors) in
the past several years. As a result of the reduced availability of federal
timber for harvesting, Crown Pacific believes that its supply of fee timber is a
significant competitive advantage. During 1995 and 1994, Crown Pacific's
Timberlands provided the Oregon Manufacturing Facilities with 35% and 44%,
respectively, and the Inland Manufacturing Facilities with 40% and 34%,
respectively, of their log requirements. These percentages are expected to
increase significantly as a result of the acquisition of the Eastside
Timberlands, the closure of two Inland Region manufacturing facilities and the
plywood manufacturing facility and capital improvements to the Manufacturing
Facilities that are expected, through more efficient processing, to reduce log
requirements. See "-- Manufacturing Facilities." The balance of the logs used by
the Manufacturing Facilities (approximately 157 MMBF in 1995) has come from
Crown Pacific's external log sourcing program, which draws primarily on domestic
log sources.
Crown Pacific supplements logs from its Timberlands with logs purchased from
third parties, including private landowners, the States of Idaho, Montana and
Washington, certain United States government agencies and foreign sources for
use in its Manufacturing Facilities. Crown Pacific selects logs for processing
in its Manufacturing Facilities based on species and prevailing market prices.
Crown Pacific also exchanges logs with other forest products companies in order
to obtain logs of size and species more suitable for processing by its
Manufacturing Facilities and to reduce transportation costs.
61
<PAGE>
DOMESTIC LOG SOURCES. Crown Pacific plans to continue to purchase rights to
cut timber from the States of Idaho, Montana and Washington and from the BIA.
Crown Pacific expects that the harvest volumes from these states and the BIA
will continue to be stable, as these timber programs have been operating
profitably on a sustained yield basis for a number of years. Crown Pacific has
not purchased a significant quantity of timber from the State of Oregon.
In developing plans to supply its Manufacturing Facilities, Crown Pacific
has not assumed the availability of any federal timber (other than from the
BIA). Crown Pacific did, however, purchase approximately 84 MMBF of merchantable
timber from the USFS during 1995. Approximately one-third of this volume was
attributable to purchases made pursuant to the Salvage Act, which required the
USFS and the United States Bureau of Land Management (the "BLM") to increase
their harvesting and sale of fire and insect-damaged timber in certain federal
forests. The Salvage Act, which has been challenged by environmental groups,
includes some legal protection for the salvage sales and mandates the release
for harvest of federal timber sales which had been suspended due to
environmental litigation.
As a result of the reduced availability of federal timber, demand and price
for privately owned fee timber has increased. A number of these private timber
sources are farmers or landowners who only occasionally sell their timber
commercially, but who may be motivated to do so by price levels for logs as well
as concerns over potential limitations on future harvests as a result of
environmental laws. See "-- Federal and State Regulation." Due to the
non-contiguous nature of the Inland Timberlands, there is a substantial amount
of other private timber acreage in proximity to the Inland Manufacturing
Facilities. In 1995, the Partnership was party to approximately 500 timber
purchase contracts with private landowners of which approximately 60% were
generally active. As of December 31, 1995, Crown Pacific had approximately 157
MMBF of timber under contract from external sources, including the USFS, which
is expected to be harvested over the next three years.
The acquisition of the Eastside Timberlands and the closure of the plywood
manufacturing facility are expected to reduce significantly Crown Pacific's
reliance in the Oregon Region on more expensive logs purchased from third
parties. In the Inland Region, the anticipated decrease in Crown Pacific's
overall log requirements due to mill closures and increased mill efficiencies is
also expected to result in a reduction of its non-fee timber program. These
reductions are expected to have a favorable impact on operating margins.
FOREIGN LOG SOURCES. In response to the declining availability of federal
timber, Crown Pacific has pursued foreign sources of timber, primarily from New
Zealand. During the last two years, Crown Pacific has successfully processed and
sold a small amount of New Zealand Radiata pine as an alternative to the
Ponderosa pine used in its Oregon sawmills for certain window and door markets.
Although it has gained increasing acceptance in the lumber market, Radiata pine
is considered to be a lower quality substitute for Ponderosa pine and as a
result, sells at a discount to Ponderosa pine. During 1995, Crown Pacific
imported approximately 6 MMBF of Radiata pine logs from two New Zealand
suppliers.
The importation of timber may subject Crown Pacific to certain risks not
associated with the purchase of logs from domestic sources, such as fluctuations
in exchange rates, import limitations that may be imposed by the United States
government, and potential opposition within the source country to the export of
natural resources.
COMPETITION AND PRODUCTS
The forest products market is highly competitive with respect to price and
quality of products. In addition, the Partnership expects its products to
experience increasing competition from engineered wood products and other
substitute products. The Partnership believes it is able to compete effectively
due to its extensive private timber inventory, the maturity and diversity of its
timber holdings, the integration of its timberland and mill operations and its
demonstrated success in buying and selling forestry assets, in addition to its
efficient manufacturing processes and highly motivated work force.
62
<PAGE>
LOGS. Most of the timber harvest of Crown Pacific is utilized by the
Manufacturing Facilities. The exception is timber harvested from the Washington
Timberlands. During 1995 (prior to the acquisition of the Olympic Timberlands),
approximately 28% by fee harvest volume and 40% by revenue, respectively, of the
harvest from the Hamilton Timberlands was sold for export. The remainder of the
harvest from the Hamilton Timberlands was sold to other Washington forest
products companies. Export logs have historically commanded a premium over
domestic prices for comparable logs, although this premium has recently
decreased due to reduced Asian demand. See "-- The Timberlands -- Harvest
Plans."
Crown Pacific's log sales to third parties accounted for approximately 22%
of its revenues during 1995 (prior to the acquisition of the Eastside and
Olympic Timberlands). The percentage of Crown Pacific's revenues attributable to
export log sales during this period was 3%. The volume of logs sold for export
is expected to increase as a result of the Cavenham Acquisition.
Crown Pacific competes in the domestic log market with numerous private
industrial and non-industrial land and timber owners in the northwestern United
States, many of whom have significantly greater financial resources than Crown
Pacific, as well as with the States of Idaho, Montana and Washington and United
States government agencies, principally the USFS, BLM and BIA. Competitive
factors with respect to the domestic log market generally include price, species
and grade, proximity to wood processing facilities and ability to meet delivery
requirements.
In the export log market, Crown Pacific competes with other United States
companies, as well as Chile, New Zealand, Mexico, Russia and Scandinavia, many
of which have abundant timber resources. Principal competitive factors in the
export market are quality, size and species. In Japan, for example, residential
construction styles have historically emphasized large, exposed beams and other
wood surfaces, for which premium quality species are in high demand. Timber
supplied from United States government lands is often higher quality timber due
to longer rotation cycles and may therefore command higher prices than private
timber supplies. Timber supplied from United States government lands, however,
may not be sold in the export market. As a result, federal timber from the
Pacific Northwest that is of export quality typically sells for lower prices
than private timber that can be exported.
Crown Pacific expects to realize sales and marketing benefits in the log
export market as a result of its acquisition of the Olympic Timberlands. The
additional volume available from the Olympic Timberlands should give the
Partnership more log volume that can be sold in the export market (which has
historically commanded a premium over the domestic market), more flexibility in
harvest planning with the Hamilton Timberlands and the ability to negotiate more
favorable terms for sales in both the export and domestic markets from the
Washington region.
LUMBER. Crown Pacific produces an array of lumber products at four mills in
Oregon and Idaho, including dimension lumber, studs and boards. Crown Pacific's
mills in Prineville and Gilchrist, Oregon produce industrial-grade pine lumber
(in a variety of widths), shop and various grades of common. The primary
customers of the industrial-grade pine lumber are Oregon remanufacturers who
produce windows, doors and other specialty products, including Bright Wood
Corporation, Andersen Windows, Marvin Windows, Pella Corporation and Jeld-Wen,
Inc. and Crown Pacific's own remanufacturing facility. These remanufacturers are
generally sizable and well-established companies with a substantial presence in
several markets. Crown Pacific believes the Prineville and Gilchrist mills
together are among the largest producers of shop pine lumber in the Pacific
Northwest. Due to its high quality, the majority of Crown Pacific's shop pine
lumber has historically commanded a
63
<PAGE>
premium over the price for this product published in "Random Lengths," a leading
industry publication. The Prineville mill is being modified to enable it to
produce dimension lumber products from fir species harvested on the Eastside
Timberlands, in addition to the pine it already processes. See "-- Manufacturing
Facilities."
The Manufacturing Facilities in Idaho produce 2" dimension lumber (generally
Douglas fir/larch or white fir/hemlock), 1" boards (typically various pine
species, spruce and cedar), and Ponderosa pine shop lumber. The ultimate end
uses of these products in the construction industry include stud walls, roof
trusses and joists. Other uses include decks, laminated beams and remanufactured
items. Of the 243 MMBF of lumber produced by the Inland Manufacturing Facilities
in 1995, 68% were dimension lumber products, 25% were board products and 7% was
shop lumber.
Competition in the commodity-grade lumber market in which the Inland Region
operations compete is primarily based on price, while sales in the
remanufactured lumber market are strongly influenced by product quality,
customer service and efficiency of distribution. The Partnership continues to
enjoy strong relationships with its distributors. Since 1994, however,
distribution trends in the Partnership's markets have significantly changed,
with distributors adopting "just-in-time" purchasing patterns and reducing
inventories. The Partnership has responded by pursuing strategic alliances with
wholesalers who ship directly to retail dealers.
During 1995, lumber sales, including remanufactured lumber, accounted for
approximately 55% of Crown Pacific's revenues.
REMANUFACTURED PRODUCTS. Crown Pacific's remanufacturing facility is
located in Redmond, Oregon. The remanufacturing facility takes high-quality
lumber, frequently in much smaller pieces than is readily marketable, saws the
lumber into smaller pieces to eliminate defects and glues or otherwise attaches
the resulting pieces together into defect-free strips of lumber. The resulting
product is stronger than raw lumber, is blemish-free and can be sawed or milled
into desired sizes, such as for molding and door frames.
In addition to extensive production of solid and finger joint millwork,
including veneered frames and jambs, for sale to window and door manufacturers,
the remanufacturing facility supplies high-quality edge-glued products to the
export furniture market and domestic home centers. Specialty export products
include items manufactured from alder, a hardwood also grown on certain of the
Timberlands. This facility's product line also includes machined outside door
frames with weather-stripping installed. A quality priming line provides primed
or tinted finishes for many of this facility's finger jointed moldings.
Major customers include Lacy Forest Products Company, Home Depot, Andersen
Windows and Western Building Products, Inc. Among this facility's primary
competitors are Sierra Pacific Industries, Bright Wood Corporation and Huttig
Sash and Door Company. During 1995, sales of remanufactured products were
approximately 7% of Crown Pacific's revenues.
CHIPS. All of the Manufacturing Facilities produce wood chips as a
by-product of the applicable conversion process. Chips are typically sold to
regional pulp mills and paper mills. During 1995, the Manufacturing Facilities
produced 182,300 BDU of chips which represented approximately 6% of Crown
Pacific's revenues for this period. In June 1995, Crown Pacific purchased a
whole log chipping facility in Central Oregon that produces wood chips from dead
or diseased timber and from smaller logs produced by thinning activities in the
Oregon Region.
MANUFACTURING FACILITIES
Crown Pacific's Manufacturing Facilities consist of four sawmills in Oregon
and Idaho and a remanufacturing facility and a chipping facility in Oregon.
Crown Pacific employs modern technology in its Manufacturing Facilities in order
to implement its strategy of maximizing efficiency and
64
<PAGE>
utilization of its timber resources, reducing labor costs, and maintaining
high-quality standards of production. Crown Pacific owns all of the
Manufacturing Facilities except the land on which the remanufacturing facility
is located, which is leased from a third party.
MANUFACTURING FACILITIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ANNUAL CAPACITY
LOCATION ACQUIRED TYPE OF FACILITY (1) SPECIES PROCESSED
- ----------------------------------- ---------- --------------------- ------------------ ----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Various pine and fir
species
Prineville, Oregon 1988 Sawmill 58 MMBF
Primarily Ponderosa
pine
Gilchrist, Oregon 1991 Sawmill 84 MMBF
Various pine species,
alder
Redmond, Oregon 1993 Remanufacturing 20 MMBF
Douglas fir/larch,
white fir/ hemlock
Coeur d'Alene, Idaho 1993 Sawmill 104 MMBF
Douglas fir/larch,
white fir/ hemlock,
spruce
Bonners Ferry/Colburn, Idaho 1993 Sawmill 78 MMBF
Various pine species
La Pine, Oregon 1995 Chipping 60 MBDU
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Design capacity is based on two 8-hour shifts, operating five days per week.
The Prineville mill was extensively upgraded during the 1989-1993 period,
including enhancements to the facility's planer, modifications in its headrig
combination, saw and saw kerf (saw blade widths) upgrades and improvements in
kiln controls and the log yard. Significant capital expenditures at the
Gilchrist facility have included the addition of a sorter and upgrading of the
existing planer.
Crown Pacific plans to spend an additional $7.0 million on improvements to
the Prineville and Gilchrist mills in 1996. Among these enhancements will be the
equipping of the Prineville mill to process both pine and fir species (on an
anticipated 60%/40% volume basis), which will enable it to more efficiently cut
fir logs which can be supplied from the Eastside Timberlands. While the
dimension grade lumber produced from fir logs generally generates lower prices
than the pine products that have been produced at Prineville to date, the
increased raw material self sufficiency resulting from the expected reductions
in pine log purchases is anticipated to increase Crown Pacific's net cash flow.
Other upgrades planned for the Prineville mill include modifications to the
headrig, addition of different edgers and acquisition of a new automated stacker
and bin sorter. Improvements that are currently planned for the Gilchrist mill
include improved computerization of the large headrig, changes in the overhead
carriage system and addition of state-of-the-art edgers, which will enable this
facility to process smaller logs more efficiently.
In response to the planned reductions in harvest volumes from the Central
Oregon Timberlands, Crown Pacific intends to reduce production capacity at both
the Prineville and Gilchrist mills. This operating strategy is expected to lower
production costs, as the mills will continue to reduce their reliance on more
expensive purchased logs. The Gilchrist facility will also be able to increase
productivity by eliminating one of the two shifts currently operating at the
mill.
Crown Pacific acquired its Manufacturing Facilities in Coeur d'Alene and
Bonners Ferry/Colburn, Idaho in October 1993. Crown Pacific's predecessors from
1988 to 1993 undertook an extensive modernization program that had not been
completed at the time of the acquisition of these facilities. Crown Pacific has
benefited substantially from these prior capital expenditures and has invested
approximately $5.0 million since acquisition in improvements to these
facilities. Crown Pacific has
65
<PAGE>
capitalized on the proximity of the Bonners Ferry and Colburn Manufacturing
Facilities (17 miles apart) by integrating the operations of these two mills.
The initial debarking and sawing of the logs into green lumber occur at Colburn,
after which the lumber is transferred to Bonners Ferry for drying and planing.
Crown Pacific also expects to invest $1.8 million in capital improvements at its
Inland Manufacturing Facilities in 1996, which are expected to result in
improved recovery rates and lower labor costs, and an additional $400,000 at its
other Manufacturing Facilities.
Crown Pacific recently closed and sold the mill in Thompson Falls, Montana
and closed the mill in Albeni Falls, Idaho. Operations had previously been
interrupted at the Thompson Falls facility due to a strike in March-April 1995
and a fire in December 1995. Damage caused by the fire, including losses due to
business interruption, is covered by insurance. The Partnership believes that
these closures, coupled with improvements at the remaining Inland Manufacturing
Facilities, will more closely align log consumption at its mills with production
from its Timberlands. The price of purchasing logs to supply the Albeni Falls
mill was high in comparison to other mills in the Inland Region. Closure of this
facility will reduce Crown Pacific's overall cost of production. Reducing its
production capacity will also enable Crown Pacific to be more selective in the
quality of log that it acquires for processing, which is expected, in turn, to
improve product quality and profitability. Closure of these facilities will also
reduce demand on Crown Pacific's fee timber inventory, facilitating sound
long-term management of these resources. A sale of the Albeni Falls mill and a
portion of the mill equipment is scheduled to close in July 1996, and the
remaining mill equipment at Albeni Falls is scheduled to be sold at auction in
September 1996. The Albeni Falls mill represented 17% of Crown Pacific's 1995
lumber production and 9% of its 1995 revenues; the corresponding percentages for
the Thompson Falls mill were 7% and 4%, respectively.
Crown Pacific also plans to close the plywood facility in Redmond, Oregon
during the third quarter of 1996. The decision to close this facility was based
upon a sharp decline in plywood prices, which resulted from increased
competition from lower cost panel substitutes such as OSB.
The Partnership is not currently anticipating any other interruption of
operations at the Manufacturing Facilities, but no assurance can be given that
market conditions or other factors will not render such an action economically
advisable in the future.
All of the Manufacturing Facilities are serviced by either or both of the
Burlington Northern and Union Pacific Railways, with the exception of the
Prineville mill, which is served by a rail link owned by the City of Prineville
that connects to the Burlington Northern, and the Gilchrist mill, which is
served by a short-line rail link (owned by Crown Pacific) that connects to the
Southern Pacific.
Crown Pacific practices "zero waste" management in its Manufacturing
Facilities. Sawdust, shavings and wood chips are usually sold to paper mills,
and bark is frequently sold to cogeneration plants for use as fuel. Bark,
sawdust, shavings and wood chips that cannot be sold are used as "hog fuel" to
fire the boilers that heat the drying kilns.
TIMBER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Crown Pacific's timber operations involve harvesting operations, general
forest management and ongoing reforestation. These activities are based on
biological information and other data concerning species. Relevant information
includes site indices, classification of soils, the types and number of trees by
size and age classification and stocking per acre, as well as information on
forest management costs. From this data, Crown Pacific develops its annual
harvest plans, which are based upon silvicultural considerations and existing
and expected future economic and market conditions, with a view toward
maximizing the value of its timber and timberland assets over time.
Crown Pacific's harvest plans are generally designed to project harvest
schedules for ten-year periods. In addition, harvest plans are updated at least
annually and reviewed on a monthly basis to monitor performance and to make any
necessary modifications to the plans in response to changing forestry
conditions, market conditions, contractual and financing obligations, regulatory
limitations
66
<PAGE>
and other relevant conditions. Development of annual harvest plans begins
approximately one year in advance and is completed by mid-October of the
calendar year preceding the period covered by the plans.
Particular forestry practices vary by geographic region and depend upon
factors such as soil productivity, weather, terrain, tree size, age and
stocking. Forest stands are thinned periodically to improve growth and stand
quality until they are harvested. Different areas within a forest may be planted
or seeded in successive years to provide a distribution of age classes within
the forest. A distribution of age classes will tend to provide a regular source
of cash flow, as the various timber stands reach harvestable age.
The timing of harvest of merchantable timber depends in part on growth
cycles and in part on economic conditions. Growth cycles for timber tend to
change over time as a result of technological, biological and genetic advances
that improve forest management practices. Crown Pacific will continue to develop
its forest management operations to take advantage of such advances and to
improve timber yields.
Certain forestry practices, such as clear-cutting and controlled burning,
are subject to legislation on either the federal or state level. The Managing
General Partner does not consider the current regulatory requirements to be
materially burdensome to its operations. It is possible, however, that future
regulation will cause forest management practices to change.
Crown Pacific actively utilizes pre-commercial and commercial thinning
timber management practices, which were not generally employed by the previous
owners of the Timberlands. Pre-commercial thinning occurs when the timber
harvested is not merchantable. In the context of long-term value maximization,
pre-commercial thinning can be a worthwhile investment. Crown Pacific has found
that such thinning improves the overall productivity of the Timberlands by
enhancing the growth of the remaining trees. Because of recent strong markets
for wood chips, posts and poles, pre-commercial thinning has also generated
revenues. In 1995, approximately 4,800 acres of the Central Oregon Timberlands,
2,500 acres of the Hamilton Timberlands and 400 acres of the Inland Timberlands
benefited from pre-commercial or commercial thinning.
Crown Pacific emphasizes ecosystem management through selective harvesting.
No clear-cutting or even age harvesting is performed in Oregon, Idaho or Montana
other than in connection with insect infestation, disease or fire. The only even
age harvesting conducted by Crown Pacific is undertaken on the Washington
Timberlands. All such harvesting is performed in accordance with the strict
standards of the Washington Forest Practices Act.
Because of the proximity of the newly acquired Eastside and Olympic
Timberlands to the Central Oregon and Hamilton Timberlands, respectively, Crown
Pacific expects to realize operating and administrative savings in the
management of these Timberlands as a result of the acquisition. The Managing
General Partner believes that Crown Pacific's employee base will increase by
only ten people as a result of the acquisition of these Timberlands.
FEDERAL AND STATE REGULATION
GENERAL. Crown Pacific's operations are subject to federal, state and local
environmental laws and regulations relating to the protection of the
environment, including laws relating to water, air, solid waste and hazardous
substances. Although the Managing General Partner believes that Crown Pacific is
in material compliance with these requirements, there can be no assurance that
significant costs, civil and criminal penalties, and liabilities will not be
incurred, including those relating to claims for damages to property or natural
resources resulting from Crown Pacific's operations. Crown Pacific maintains
environmental and industrial safety and health compliance programs and
periodically conducts internal regulatory audits of the Manufacturing Facilities
to monitor compliance with such laws and regulations. In addition, extensive due
diligence with respect to environmental compliance was conducted in connection
with the acquisition of the various Manufacturing Facilities. The Manufacturing
Facilities have been, are currently, and may in the future be the subject of
compliance
67
<PAGE>
or enforcement proceedings under environmental laws and regulations. The
Managing General Partner anticipates that pending compliance matters will be
satisfactorily resolved without any material expenditure or substantial
impairment of activities or operations.
Environmental laws and regulations have changed substantially and rapidly
over the last 20 years, and the Managing General Partner anticipates there will
be continuing changes. The trend in environmental regulation is to place more
restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment, such
as emissions of pollutants and the generation and disposal of wastes.
Increasingly strict environmental restrictions and limitations have resulted in
increased operating costs for Crown Pacific and it is possible that the costs of
compliance with environmental laws and regulations will continue to increase.
Crown Pacific's activities are also subject to federal and state laws and
regulations regarding forestry operations. In addition, the operations of the
Manufacturing Facilities and the Timberlands are subject to the requirements of
the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act ("OSHA") and comparable state
statutes relating to the health and safety of their respective employees. Crown
Pacific conducts internal safety audits to identify potential violations of law
or unsafe conditions. The Managing General Partner believes that Crown Pacific
is in material compliance with safety and health laws and regulations.
There can be no assurance that future legislative, administrative or
judicial actions, which are becoming increasingly stringent, will not adversely
affect Crown Pacific or its ability to continue its activities and operations as
currently conducted. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Managing General
Partner is not aware of any pending legislative, administrative or judicial
action that could materially and adversely affect the Partnership.
TIMBERLANDS. In addition to federal environmental laws, the operation of
the Timberlands is subject to specialized statutes and regulations in the States
of Washington, Oregon, Idaho and Montana. These states have enacted laws which
regulate forestry operations, including (except for Montana) their respective
Forest Practices Acts, which address many growing, harvesting and processing
activities on forest lands. Among other requirements, these acts impose certain
reforestation obligations on the owners of forest lands. The States of Oregon,
Idaho and Montana require prior notification before beginning harvesting
activity. The State of Washington is more restrictive, requiring a rigorous
regulatory review taking from 15 to 30 days or more prior to harvesting,
depending upon the environmental and other sensitivities of the proposed logging
site.
Other state laws and regulations control timber slash burning, operations
during fire hazard periods, logging activities affecting or utilizing water
courses or in proximity to certain ocean and inland shore lines, water
anti-degradation and certain grading and road construction activities.
AIR QUALITY. The Manufacturing Facilities emit regulated substances that
are subject to the requirements of the federal Clean Air Act, as amended, and
comparable state statutes. Most of the Manufacturing Facilities are required to
obtain federal operating permits under Title V of the 1990 Clean Air Act
Amendments. Title V requires that major industrial sources of air pollution
obtain federally enforceable permits which contain all of the applicable air
quality restrictions for the facility. All of the applications for Title V
permits have been or will be timely filed. The Managing General Partner believes
that the cost of obtaining all of the required permits will not exceed a total
cost of $175,000, approximately $100,000 of which remains to be spent.
WATER QUALITY AND WASTEWATER. The federal Clean Water Act and comparable
state statutes regulate discharges of process wastewater, and require National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System ("NPDES") permits for discharge of
industrial wastewater and stormwater into regulated public waters. The
Prineville Manufacturing Facility requires an NPDES wastewater permit for
discharge of compressor water, boiler blowdown water and log yard water. Crown
Pacific's environmental consultant has been discussing with the Oregon
Department of Environmental Quality the appropriate NPDES permit or permits to
cover these discharges. The Managing General Partner
68
<PAGE>
expects that the permit or permits will be granted without adverse consequences
to Crown Pacific at a total cost not exceeding $10,000. The other Manufacturing
Facilities are materially in compliance with NPDES wastewater and stormwater
requirements, where applicable.
The Manufacturing Facilities (as well as Crown Pacific's common carrier
subsidiary, Yellowstone Trucking and the maintenance shop at Hamilton,
Washington) will be required under the Clean Water Act to install equipment that
separates oil and water contained within the runoff resulting from the washing
of vehicles. Crown Pacific has obtained estimates with respect to the expense of
installing such equipment which indicate that the total cost should not exceed
$500,000.
SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL. Crown Pacific's Manufacturing
Facilities generate both hazardous and nonhazardous solid wastes, including wood
waste and boiler ash, which are subject to the RCRA and comparable state
statutes. Crown Pacific periodically reviews its waste disposal practices to
ensure compliance with applicable laws. The Manufacturing Facilities have in the
past utilized on-site and off-site facilities for the disposal of hazardous and
nonhazardous wastes, including landfills. While the Managing General Partner is
unaware of any problems associated with disposal sites, there can be no
assurance that Crown Pacific will not incur future environmental expenditures
for remedial activities associated with these disposal sites.
SUPERFUND. CERCLA, also known as Superfund, and comparable state laws
impose liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original act,
on certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a "hazardous
substance" into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of
a site and companies that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous
substances found at a site. Those statutes also authorize government
environmental authorities such as the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and,
in some instances, third parties, to take actions in response to threats to the
public health or the environment and to seek recovery of the costs incurred from
the responsible persons. In the course of its ordinary operations, the
Manufacturing Facilities have in the past disposed of, and are expected to
continue to dispose of, wastes at various on-site and off-site disposal
facilities. Crown Pacific has not received any notification that it may be
potentially responsible for any cleanup costs under Superfund. Based on
environmental compliance auditing programs, the Managing General Partner is not
aware of any activities by Crown Pacific or any conditions on the Timberlands or
at the Manufacturing Facilities that would be likely to result in Crown Pacific
being named a potentially responsible party.
REMEDIATION AND COMPLIANCE ACTIVITY. While Crown Pacific maintains a
comprehensive environmental program designed to prevent the discharge of
materials that could cause contamination to soil or water, contamination of soil
and water has occurred in the past and may occur in the future. As Crown Pacific
becomes aware of these sites, it cooperates with the appropriate environmental
agencies to design and implement the necessary response measures. All known
contamination sites at the facilities have been or are being voluntarily
addressed.
Crown Pacific's maintenance shop adjoining the Hamilton Timberlands is
currently under the Washington Department of Ecology Independent Remedial Action
Program. The Managing General Partner believes that the actual cost of
remediation at this site will not exceed $25,000. Crown Pacific has had a Phase
I Environmental Site Assessment ("ESA") and a Phase II ESA prepared for the
Eastside and Olympic Timberlands acquired from Cavenham. Based on the Phase II
ESA, Crown Pacific believes the cost of necessary remediation on these
properties will not exceed $25,000. The Phase II ESA did not, however, cover
several long-abandoned mining sites located on or adjacent to the Timberlands
acquired from Cavenham. The Partnership is presently conducting additional
environmental assessments relating to these sites to evaluate any potential
liabilities, but the Partnership has no reason to believe that these sites will
require any significant environmental remediation or involve any material
environmental exposure.
LOG EXPORTS. Federal law prohibits the export of unprocessed timber
acquired from federal lands in the western United States, or the substitution of
unprocessed federal timber from the western United States for unprocessed
private timber that is exported. Persons owning timber-processing
69
<PAGE>
facilities may seek authorization from the United States Department of
Agriculture for a "sourcing area" within which the person may purchase federal
timber while exporting unprocessed private timber originating from outside the
sourcing area. A sourcing area must be geographically and economically separate
from any geographic areas where the person or its affiliates harvest private
timber for export. Crown Pacific has been granted sourcing areas which allow it
to purchase available federal timber to supply its Oregon and Inland
Manufacturing Facilities while selling logs for export from its Washington
Timberlands.
Various parties, including one of Crown Pacific's competitors, instituted
litigation in July 1995 in U.S. District Court in Idaho seeking to overturn the
government's approval of Crown Pacific's sourcing areas. These parties'
principal contention is that the sourcing areas are not geographically and
economically separate from the region from which Crown Pacific sells logs for
export. Although not named as a defendant, Crown Pacific has intervened in the
proceeding and the Partnership believes that the action will be favorably
resolved. Even if the litigation were resolved against Crown Pacific, the
resulting inability of Crown Pacific to acquire federal timber would have a
limited impact on Crown Pacific's financial results or operations, as it has
already assumed that federal timber would not be available in significant
quantities to supply its Manufacturing Facilities.
A new, more restrictive federal regulation regarding sourcing areas has been
promulgated by the USFS. Legislation has been implemented, however, that bars
the USFS from expending any funds to enforce or implement this regulation prior
to September 30, 1996. Congress has also prohibited the USFS from adopting any
policies that would restrain domestic transportation or processing of timber
from private lands. If the new regulation is subsequently adopted in its current
form, it would restrict Crown Pacific's ability to bring logs harvested from
private lands outside its sourcing areas into the sourcing areas for conversion.
Even if the regulation is subsequently enacted in its current form, the Managing
General Partner does not expect it to materially adversely affect Crown
Pacific's financial results or operations. In addition, while the export of logs
harvested from state land is generally prohibited, proposals made from time to
time either to ban or tax the export of unprocessed logs harvested from private
lands have been unsuccessful.
ENDANGERED SPECIES. The federal Endangered Species Act and counterpart
state legislation protect species threatened with possible extinction.
Protection of endangered species may include restrictions on timber harvesting,
road building and other silvicultural activities in areas containing the
affected species. A number of species indigenous to the Pacific Northwest have
been protected under the Endangered Species Act, including the northern spotted
owl (the "Owl"), marbled murrelet, mountain caribou, grizzly bear, bald eagle
and various anadromous fish species.
During 1994, Crown Pacific received reports from an independent consulting
firm regarding certain endangered species in the Inland Timberlands and
regarding the Owl on the Hamilton and Central Oregon Timberlands. The reports
indicated that the Owl was unlikely to be found on the Inland Timberlands, that
only 3,500 acres of the Central Oregon Timberlands were potentially suitable Owl
habitat and that the likelihood of the Owl inhabiting these lands was very low,
and that only 2,065 acres of the Hamilton Timberlands were suitable habitat for
the Owl, of which some 425 acres had already been designated for non-timber
uses. Only one Owl nest, affecting approximately 800 acres in the Hamilton
Timberlands, has been discovered within these Timberlands. An eagle management
plan will be required for the Olympic Timberlands, but this is not expected to
significantly affect Crown Pacific's operations.
Approximately 175 acres of the Hamilton Timberlands that were acquired in
1995 are believed to be suitable habitat for marbled murrelets. Crown Pacific's
inability to harvest this portion of the acquired property was reflected in the
appraisal used by Crown Pacific to negotiate the purchase price. Crown Pacific
is engaged in negotiations to sell a portion of the affected Timberlands to a
local Indian tribe.
During 1995, Crown Pacific began the process of developing a Habitat
Conservation Plan (the "HCP") for the Hamilton Timberlands in conjunction with
the United States Fish and Wildlife
70
<PAGE>
Service (the "USFWS"). Crown Pacific was not required to develop the HCP, but
acted on its own initiative in order to allow for a more predictable harvest in
the area. Once the HCP is complete and accepted by the USFWS, it will serve as
the basis for regulating Crown Pacific's harvesting activities in this region.
The Partnership anticipates that the HCP will be obtained by the end of 1996 at
a cost not exceeding $500,000. Crown Pacific is not currently considering the
development of HCPs with respect to its other Timberlands.
Anadromous fish species which have been listed as endangered or threatened
are found in rivers or streams which cross or border the Timberlands,
particularly in Washington, but the presence of these species has not materially
affected, and is not expected materially to affect, Crown Pacific's operations.
The Partnership anticipates that the listing of anadromous or other fish species
as threatened or endangered will primarily affect the availability of timber
from federal lands, a resource the Partnership has already assumed will be in
decline. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Inherent in the Partnership's Business."
Based on the reports described above, and on management's knowledge of the
Timberlands, the Partnership does not believe that there are any species
protected under the Endangered Species Act that would materially and adversely
affect Crown Pacific's ability to harvest the Timberlands in accordance with
current harvest plans. There can be no assurance, however, that species within
the Timberlands may not subsequently receive protected status under the
Endangered Species Act or that currently protected species may not be discovered
within the Timberlands.
SAFETY AND HEALTH. The Manufacturing Facilities are subject to the
requirements of OSHA and comparable state statutes. The Partnership believes
that the Manufacturing Facilities are in general compliance with OSHA
regulations, including general industry standards, permissible exposure levels
for toxic chemicals (including wood dust and formaldehyde) and record-keeping
requirements.
PRODUCT LIABILITY AND REGULATION. All of the states in the United States
and many foreign jurisdictions in which Crown Pacific sells its products have,
through some combination of legislation and judicial decision, provided for the
liability of the manufacturer and supplier of defective materials for resulting
personal injury and property damage. The operations of Crown Pacific entail
exposure to product liability in connection with both the export and domestic
sale of logs and lumber products. Crown Pacific has not been subject to any
litigation relating to products liability, and one products liability action
resulting from the operations of a predecessor, for which Crown Pacific assumed
liability, is expected to be settled for a small amount.
LITIGATION
There is no pending litigation, and to the knowledge of the Partnership,
there is no threatened litigation, the unfavorable resolution of which could
have a material adverse effect on the business or financial condition of Crown
Pacific.
EMPLOYEES
Crown Pacific has approximately 200 salaried and 1,100 hourly employees
(excluding any employees of the Albeni Falls and Thompson Falls manufacturing
facilities that have been closed but including approximately 200 hourly
employees at the plywood manufacturing facility scheduled to be closed during
the third quarter of 1996). The Partnership believes that employee relations are
good.
Crown Pacific has developed a Production Incentive Program to reward
employees for improvements in productivity. This program has resulted in as much
as $2.00 per hour in additional compensation to eligible employees. An
individual employee loses his incentive if he has unexcused absences, tardiness
or safety infractions. In addition, members of an employee team lose a portion
of their incentive if a member of the team is responsible for a safety
infraction. Since its institution in the Manufacturing Facilities, the program
has resulted in increased production, lower manufacturing costs, reduced
absenteeism and tardiness, declining incidence of substance abuse and decreasing
workers' compensation claims. The Partnership has also implemented a drug
testing program for all employees.
71
<PAGE>
Of the approximately 1,300 Crown Pacific employees, approximately 400
(including the approximately 200 employees at the plywood manufacturing
facility) are represented by unions (either the Western Council of Industrial
Workers or the Woodworkers Local Lodge W10, Woodworker District Lodge 1,
International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, AFL-CIO).
Following the acquisition of the Manufacturing Facilities in the Inland Region
in late 1993, Crown Pacific successfully negotiated agreements with both unions.
The agreements in most respects represented a formal adoption of the personnel
practices of Crown Pacific. The same wage structure prevails for both union and
non-union employees. These agreements are due for renewal in January 1997, and
collective bargaining is expected to begin in late 1996. The Partnership does
not believe that unionization of its non-union employees is likely. The Redmond
plywood mill was closed for approximately two months in early 1995 due to a
strike instituted to force Crown Pacific to participate in the union's health
insurance trust. This strike was resolved (as was a companion strike at the
Thompson Falls mill), with the return of the labor force to work under the
existing terms of employment. As a result of the closure of the Thompson Falls
sawmill and the plywood facility, none of Crown Pacific's employees will be
represented by the Western Council of Industrial Workers.
Crown Pacific's employee benefits include a 401(k) savings plan for all
employees, a defined contribution profit sharing plan for all non-union
employees, a defined benefit pension plan for union employees, a health
insurance plan (including co-payments and deductibles) for all employees and an
employee assistance program for all employees.
72
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
PARTNERSHIP MANAGEMENT
The Managing General Partner manages the activities and operations of the
Partnership, and the Managing General Partner's activities are limited to such
management. Holders of Common Units do not directly or indirectly participate in
the management of the Partnership. The Managing General Partner owes a fiduciary
duty to the holders of Common Units, subject to certain limitations described in
"Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibility."
As is commonly the case with publicly traded limited partnerships, the
Partnership does not directly employ any of the persons responsible for managing
the Partnership's operations, but instead reimburses the Managing General
Partner for the services of such persons.
The key executives and operating managers of the Partnership have many years
of experience in all aspects of the forest products industry.
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER
Set forth below is certain information concerning the directors and
executive officers of the Managing General Partner. As the general partners of
the Managing General Partner, Fremont and a corporation owned by Messrs. Stott
and Krage elect directors of the Managing General Partner on an annual basis.
All officers of the Managing General Partner serve at the discretion of the
directors of the Managing General Partner.
ROBERT JAUNICH II, 56, Chairman of the Board of Control of the Managing
General Partner since its formation. Mr. Jaunich has been Chairman of the Board
of Directors of the Special General Partner since 1991. Mr. Jaunich is a member
of the Managing General Partners' Executive Committee. Since 1991, he has been
Managing Director of direct investments of Fremont. From 1986 until he joined
Fremont, Mr. Jaunich was a member of the chief executive office and Executive
Vice President of Swiss-based Jacob Suchard AG, one of the world's top four
chocolate, sugar confectionery and coffee companies. Mr. Jaunich currently
serves on the board of directors of Consolidated Freightways, Inc., the board of
control of Petro Stopping Centers, L.P. (a leading operation of large,
multi-service truck stops in the United States in which Fremont has a
substantial equity investment) and on the boards of directors of various private
companies.
PETER W. STOTT, 52, Director of the Board of Control since its formation and
a member of the Executive Committee. He has been President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Managing General Partner since its inception in 1994. Mr. Stott
served as Chief Executive Officer and in various other capacities for
predecessors of the Partnership from 1988 until 1994. Mr. Stott is also Chairman
and founder of Market Transport, Ltd., a temperature controlled regional motor
carrier company located in Portland, Oregon, which employs over 350 people. Mr.
Stott has been involved in the ownership and operations of timberlands since
1983. Mr. Stott is a member of the Board of Trustees for the Nature Conservancy
and a member of the Board of Directors for Liberty Northwest Insurance Company.
JAMES A. BONDOUX, 56, Director of the Board of Control since its formation
and of the Special General Partner since 1991. Mr. Bondoux is a member of the
Managing General Partner's Executive Committee and Compensation Committee. He
has been a managing principal of Fremont since December 1984 concentrating on
private ventures and special situation equity investments. Mr. Bondoux currently
serves on the board of control of Petro Stopping Centers, L.P.
RICHARD B. KELLER, 67, was elected Director of the Board of Control in
January 1995 and is a member of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Keller has been
President of Keller Enterprises, Inc. since 1975. He was Senior Vice President
of Western Kraft Corporation, a division of Willamette Industries, Inc. from
1970 to 1975 and held various positions with Western Kraft from 1954. Mr. Keller
started his career in the forest products industry at Georgia-Pacific
Corporation where he served as an Assistant to the Vice Chairman.
JOHN W. LARSON, 58, was elected Director of the Board of Control in January
1995 and is a member of the Audit Committee. He was Chief Operating Officer of
Chronicle Publishing from 1990 to 1993.
73
<PAGE>
Since 1993, Mr. Larson has been a private investor. He was a General Partner in
J.H. Whitney and Company from 1984 to 1989. Mr. Larson served as Director of
McKinsey and Company from 1965 to 1984.
CHRISTOPHER G. MUMFORD, 50, was elected Director of the Board of Control in
January 1995 and is a member of the Audit Committee. He has been a General
Partner of Scarff, Sears & Associates in San Francisco since 1986. In addition
to his duties with this private investment partnership, Mr. Mumford was
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Arcata Corporation from
1982 to June 1994, and has served as a director of several other privately owned
companies.
WILLIAM L. SMITH, 54, was elected Director of the Board of Control in
January 1995 and is a member of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Smith is
President of William Smith Properties, Inc., which he founded in 1983. Mr. Smith
has 20 years of experience managing timberland and developing recreational
properties, including his service as President of Brooks Resources Corporation
from 1973 to 1983. Mr. Smith also served as Planning Director of Brooks Scanlon,
Inc.
ROGER L. KRAGE, 48, has been Secretary and General Counsel of the General
Partners since 1994 and served in comparable capacities for the Partnership's
predecessors from 1988 to 1994. Mr. Krage has been involved in the legal,
administrative, financial and risk management aspects of the forest products
business for over 15 years. In addition to overseeing the legal affairs of Crown
Pacific, he is closely involved with corporate planning and execution.
G.P. ("PAT") HANNA, 67, Senior Vice President of the Managing General
Partner, oversees Crown Pacific's timberland and manufacturing operations. Mr.
Hanna, who joined Crown Pacific in 1989 from Willamette Industries, Inc., has
over 35 years experience in managing timberlands. He was the Raw Materials
Manager for Willamette Industries, Inc. from 1974 to 1989; and from 1969 until
1974, he was the Timber Contract Supervisor and Resident Forester for that
company.
P.A. ("TONY") LEINEWEBER, 51, Vice President of the Managing General
Partner, joined Crown Pacific in 1990 to oversee its administrative, personnel,
risk management and public relations functions. Mr. Leineweber has over 16 years
experience in managing these corporate functions.
RICHARD D. SNYDER, 49, Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer of the Managing General Partner. Mr. Snyder joined Crown Pacific
in November 1992 as Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer. In September 1994,
Mr. Snyder assumed the duties of Assistant to the President. Subsequently, Mr.
Snyder temporarily reassumed the duties of the Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer in September 1995. Mr. Snyder has over 25 years experience in the
accounting profession focusing primarily on the forest products industry. He
worked for seven years as a CPA with Arthur Andersen & Co. before serving five
years at Georgia-Pacific as Director of Corporate Finance. From 1981 through
1992, he was Vice President of Finance for Gregory Forest Products.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
The Managing General Partner entered into employment agreements with Mr.
Stott and Mr. Krage in December 1994. Each agreement has a term of three years
and includes confidentiality provisions and, in the case of Mr. Stott's
agreement, noncompete provisions and an involuntary termination provision
pursuant to which the executive officer will receive severance pay equal to up
to six months base salary. In Mr. Stott's agreement, the confidentiality
provisions continue for 18 months following the later to occur of Mr. Stott's
termination of employment or his resignation or removal from the Board, and,
unless Mr. Stott is terminated without cause, the noncompete provisions continue
until the earlier to occur of (i) December 31, 1999 or (ii) the later to occur
of December 31, 1998 or the date on which Fremont and its affiliates dispose of
substantially all of their Subordinated Units to an unaffiliated third party. In
the case of Mr. Krage's agreement, the confidentiality provisions continue for
18 months following Mr. Krage's termination of employment.
74
<PAGE>
SELLING UNITHOLDERS AND SECURITY OWNERSHIP
Of the 10,297,800 Common Units being offered hereby, 7,455,330 are being
offered by the Partnership. The remaining 2,842,470 Common Units being offered
by this Prospectus are being offered by the Selling Unitholders identified in
the table below in the amounts indicated. Of the Common Units offered hereby,
2,500,000 constitute Common Units purchased by the Selling Unitholders in
connection with the Partnership's initial public offering in December 1994.
Pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement and subject to certain
limitations described therein, the Partnership agreed to register for resale
under the Act and applicable state securities laws the Common Units proposed to
be sold by the Selling Unitholders if an exemption from such registration
requirements is not otherwise available for such proposed transaction. The
Partnership is obligated to pay all expenses incidental to such registrations,
excluding underwriting discounts and commissions. The Selling Unitholders'
Common Units are included herein pursuant to such obligation.
The following table identifies the Selling Unitholders and the number of
Common Units being offered by each Selling Unitholder. None of the Selling
Unitholders will retain any Common Units after the offering.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON UNITS
BENEFICIALLY COMMON
SELLING UNITHOLDER OWNED UNITS OFFERED
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Fremont Crown Partners (a)(b)..................................................... 1,865,000 1,865,000
Fremont CPL Partners, L.P. (a)(b)................................................. 17,329 17,329
Sequoia Ventures Inc. (a)(b)...................................................... 17,385 17,385
SK Partners (c)(d)................................................................ 635,000 635,000
Arbeit & Co....................................................................... 157,452 157,452
Hillside Master Retirement Trust.................................................. 51,431 51,431
Banque Paribas.................................................................... 36,001 36,001
Sahara Enterprises, Inc........................................................... 28,454 28,454
VIRG & Co......................................................................... 15,431 15,431
Lynn F. Alandt.................................................................... 3,163 3,163
Henry Ford II 1990 Trust.......................................................... 3,163 3,163
Charitable Lead Trust I........................................................... 3,163 3,163
Mousseteek Free, L.P.............................................................. 3,162 3,162
Gerald Rauenhorst Family Foundation............................................... 1,583 1,583
John N. Irwin III................................................................. 1,480 1,480
John N. Irwin II.................................................................. 1,447 1,447
Garco B........................................................................... 633 633
Nine Pines & Co................................................................... 319 319
Sieben Investment Co.............................................................. 319 319
Sieben Foundation................................................................. 319 319
Mrs. John N. Irwin II............................................................. 236 236
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(a) Current address is 50 Fremont Street, Suite 3700, San Francisco, California
94105.
(b) After the offering, affiliated entities of Fremont Crown Partners will own
no Common Units but will continue to own 5,029,583 Subordinated Units,
including 2,711,318 Subordinated Units owned by SVE II, Inc., a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Special General Partner.
(c) Current address is 121 S.W. Morrison Street, Suite 1500, Portland, Oregon
97204.
(d) Mr. Stott and Mr. Krage are general partners of SK Partners. After the
offering Mr. Stott will continue to beneficially own 27,694 Common Units and
692,586 Subordinated Units; Mr. Stott disclaims beneficial ownership with
respect to an additional 2,711,318 Subordinated Units owned by SVE II, Inc.
of which Mr. Stott is a director. After the offering Mr. Krage will continue
to own 382 Common Units and 50,919 Subordinated Units.
75
<PAGE>
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Certain conflicts of interest may arise as a result of the General Partners'
relationships with their stockholders or partners, on the one hand, and the
Partnership, on the other hand. The directors and officers of the general
partners of the Managing General Partner and of the Special General Partner have
fiduciary duties to manage such General Partner, including its investments in
its subsidiaries and affiliates, in a manner beneficial to its stockholders or
limited partners. In general, as general partners of the Partnership, the
General Partners have a fiduciary duty to manage the Partnership in a manner
beneficial to the Partnership and the Unitholders. The Partnership Agreement
contains provisions that allow the Managing General Partner to take into account
the interests of parties in addition to the Partnership in resolving conflicts
of interest, thereby limiting the fiduciary duties of the General Partners to
the Unitholders, as well as provisions that may restrict the remedies available
to Unitholders for actions taken that might, without such limitations,
constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. The duty of the directors and officers of
the general partners of the Managing General Partner and of the Special General
Partner to the stockholders or limited partners of such General Partner may,
therefore, come into conflict with their duties to the Partnership and the
Unitholders.
Conflicts of interest may arise in the situations described below, among
others:
CERTAIN ACTIONS TAKEN BY THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER MAY AFFECT THE AMOUNT
OF CASH AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION TO UNITHOLDERS OR HASTEN THE CONVERSION OF
SUBORDINATED UNITS. Decisions of the Managing General Partner with respect to
the amount and timing of timber harvests, property sales, cash expenditures,
participation in capital expansions and acquisitions, borrowings, issuance of
additional Units and reserves may affect whether, or the extent to which, there
is sufficient Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations to meet the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distributions on all Units in such
quarter or subsequent quarters. The Partnership Agreement provides that any such
actions by the Partnership or the approval thereof by the Managing General
Partner will not constitute a breach of any duty owed by the Managing General
Partner to the Partnership or the Unitholders, including actions that have the
purpose or effect, directly or indirectly, of enabling the Managing General
Partner to receive incentive distributions or hastening the expiration of the
Subordination Period and the conversion of the Subordinated Units into Common
Units; provided that the Managing General Partner may not use increases in
working capital borrowings to hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period
or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common Units. The Partnership
Agreement provides that the Partnership may borrow funds from the Managing
General Partner and its affiliates on terms no less favorable to the Partnership
than would be obtained from an unrelated third party lender. The General
Partners and their affiliates may not borrow funds from the Partnership.
Further, any actions taken by the Managing General Partner consistent with the
standards of reasonable discretion set forth in the definitions of Available
Cash, Cash from Operations and Cash from Interim Capital Transactions will be
deemed not to constitute breaches of any duties of the Managing General Partner
to the Partnership or the Unitholders.
THE PARTNERSHIP REIMBURSES THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS AFFILIATES
FOR CERTAIN EXPENSES. Under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the
Managing General Partner and its affiliates are reimbursed by the Partnership
for certain expenses incurred on behalf of the Partnership, including costs
incurred in providing staff and support services to the Partnership. See
"Management."
THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER MAY SEEK TO LIMIT THE LIABILITY OF THE GENERAL
PARTNERS WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTNERSHIP'S OBLIGATIONS. Whenever possible, the
Managing General Partner may seek to limit the Partnership's liability under
contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with
the other party thereto having no recourse against the Managing General Partner,
the Special General Partner or their respective assets. The Partnership
Agreement provides that any action by the Managing General Partner in so
limiting the liability of the General Partners or
76
<PAGE>
that of the Partnership will not be deemed to be a breach of the Managing
General Partner's fiduciary duties, even if the Partnership could have obtained
more favorable terms without such limitation on liability.
CONTRACTS BETWEEN THE PARTNERSHIP, ON THE ONE HAND, AND THE MANAGING GENERAL
PARTNER AND ITS AFFILIATES, ON THE OTHER, WILL NOT BE THE RESULT OF ARM'S-LENGTH
NEGOTIATIONS. Under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the Managing
General Partner is not restricted from paying itself or its affiliates for any
services rendered (provided such services are rendered on terms fair and
reasonable to the Partnership), or entering into additional contractual
arrangements with any of them on behalf of the Partnership. Neither the
Partnership Agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and
arrangements between the Partnership, on the one hand, and the Managing General
Partner and its affiliates, on the other, are or will be the result of
arm's-length negotiations. All such transactions must be on terms which are fair
and reasonable to the Partnership. Any such transaction will be deemed fair and
reasonable if (i) approved by the Audit Committee, (ii) its terms are no less
favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available
from unrelated third parties, or (iii) taking into account the totality of the
relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that
may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership), the
transaction is fair to the Partnership. The Managing General Partner and its
affiliates will have no obligation to permit the Partnership to use any
facilities or assets of the Managing General Partner and such affiliates, except
as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically
dealing with such use, nor will the Managing General Partner and its affiliates
have any obligation to enter into any such contracts.
COMMON UNITHOLDERS WILL HAVE NO RIGHT TO ENFORCE OBLIGATIONS OF THE GENERAL
PARTNERS AND THEIR AFFILIATES UNDER AGREEMENTS WITH THE PARTNERSHIP. Any
agreements between the Partnership and a General Partner and its affiliates will
not grant to the holders of Common Units, separate and apart from the
Partnership, the right to enforce the obligations of such General Partner and
its affiliates in favor of the Partnership. Therefore, the Managing General
Partner, in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership, will be
primarily responsible for enforcing such obligations.
AFFILIATES OF THE GENERAL PARTNERS MAY COMPETE WITH THE PARTNERSHIP. The
General Partners and their affiliates are restricted from competing with the
Partnership by engaging in the following activities ("Restricted Activities"):
the (i) acquisition, exchange, operation or sale of timber-producing real
property or rights to harvest timber, a principal purpose of which is producing
logs or other forest products, (ii) harvesting of timber other than harvesting
which is incidental to the ownership or operation of real property not owned or
operated for a principal purpose of producing logs or other forest products,
(iii) sale, exchange or purchase of logs other than sales, exchanges or
purchases which are incidental to the ownership or operation of real property
not owned or operated for a principal purpose of producing logs or other forest
products, (iv) acquisition or sale of any facilities used to convert logs into
lumber, plywood or other wood products, (v) conversion of logs into lumber,
plywood or other wood products, (vi) marketing and sale of lumber, plywood or
other wood products, (vii) import or export of logs, lumber, plywood or other
wood products to or from the United States, (viii) manufacture, marketing or
sale of manufactured, engineered or substitute wood products to the extent such
products compete with products produced by the Partnership or the Operating
Partnership and (ix) any and all other activities relating to the United States
forest products industry to the extent such activities compete with activities
of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership; provided, however, that (a) the
sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition by the Special General
Partner of (1) any timber-producing real property owned by the Special General
Partner on December 22, 1994, and (2) any timber-producing real property
subsequently acquired by the Special General Partner in exchange for or
utilizing the proceeds from the sale of the property described in the foregoing
clause (1) or (b) the harvesting of timber by the Special General Partner from
any real property described in the foregoing clause (a), is permitted so long as
the resulting logs are sold to the Operating Partnership on terms and conditions
permitted under the Partnership Agreement. Affiliates of the General Partners
and the Special General Partner may, however, engage in any other
77
<PAGE>
activity in competition with the Partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Fremont, Sequoia and their subsidiaries may make or maintain (i) a
non-controlling investment in any entity that engages in Restricted Activities
and (ii) a controlling investment in any entity that engages in Restricted
Activities (A) if such Restricted Activities do not directly and materially
compete with the Partnership, (B) if such Restricted Activities (except as
provided in clause (C) below) are conducted in North America and directly and
materially compete with the Partnership, provided that prior to making such
investment Fremont, Sequoia or their subsidiaries first offer the Partnership
the opportunity to make such investment or (C) if such entity conducts all of
its operations outside of North America except for the marketing and sale of
logs, lumber, plywood or other wood products (including manufactured, engineered
or substitute wood products) in North America. None of Fremont, Sequoia or their
subsidiaries will be so restricted if and when none of them any longer own an
interest in either of the General Partners. As a result, conflicts of interest
may arise between Fremont, Sequoia and their subsidiaries on the one hand, and
the Partnership, on the other. There can be no assurance that there will not be
competition between the Partnership and Fremont, Sequoia or their subsidiaries.
Although Bechtel Group, Inc., Bechtel Enterprises, Inc. and their subsidiaries
(collectively, the "Bechtel Entities") may be within the definition of
"affiliates" (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) of the General Partners
by virtue of the overlapping equity ownership among these entities and Fremont
and Sequoia, the foregoing competition restrictions do not apply to the Bechtel
Entities.
COMMON UNITS ARE SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL PARTNER'S LIMITED CALL RIGHT. The
Partnership Agreement provides that it does not constitute a breach of the
Managing General Partner's fiduciary duties if the Managing General Partner
exercises its right to call for and purchase Common Units as provided in the
Partnership Agreement or assign this right to its affiliates or to the
Partnership. The Managing General Partner thus may use its own discretion, free
of fiduciary duty restrictions, in determining whether to exercise such right.
As a consequence, a Common Unitholder may have his Common Units purchased even
though he may not desire to sell them, and even though the price paid may be
less than the amount he would desire to receive upon sale of his Common Units.
For a description of such right, see "The Partnership Agreement -- Limited Call
Right."
FIDUCIARY DUTIES OF THE GENERAL PARTNERS
The General Partners are accountable to the Partnership and the Unitholders
as fiduciaries. Consequently, the General Partners must exercise good faith and
integrity in handling the business and affairs of the Partnership. In contrast
to the relatively well developed law concerning fiduciary duties owed by
officers and directors to the shareholders of a corporation, the law concerning
the duties owed by general partners to other partners and to partnerships is
relatively undeveloped. The Delaware Act does not define with particularity the
fiduciary duties owed by general partners, but fiduciary duties are generally
considered to include an obligation to act with the highest good faith, fairness
and loyalty. Such duty of loyalty would generally prohibit a general partner of
a Delaware limited partnership from taking any action or engaging in any
transaction as to which it has a conflict of interest. However, the Delaware Act
provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership
agreements, restrict or expand the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be
applied by a court in analyzing the standard duty owed by general partners to
limited partners. In order to induce the Managing General Partner to manage the
business of the Partnership, the Partnership Agreement, as permitted by the
Delaware Act, contains various provisions that have the effect of restricting
the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by the Managing General
Partner to the Partnership and its partners and waiving or consenting to conduct
by the Managing General Partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise
issues as to compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law.
The Partnership Agreement provides that whenever a conflict of interest
arises between the General Partners or their affiliates, on the one hand, and
the Partnership or any other partner, on the other, the Managing General Partner
will resolve such conflict. The General Partners will not be in breach of their
obligations under the Partnership Agreement or their duties to the Partnership
or the Unitholders if the resolution of such conflict is fair and reasonable to
the Partnership, and any resolution will conclusively be deemed to be fair and
reasonable to the Partnership if (i) approved by
78
<PAGE>
the Audit Committee, (ii) such resolution is on terms no less favorable to the
Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated
third parties or (iii) is fair to the Partnership, taking into account the
totality of the relationship between the parties involved (including other
transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the
Partnership). In resolving such conflict, the Managing General Partner may
(unless the resolution is specifically provided for in the Partnership
Agreement) consider the relative interests of the parties involved in such
conflict or affected by such action, any customary or accepted industry
practices or historical dealings with a particular person or entity and, if
applicable, generally accepted accounting practices or principles and such other
factors as it deems relevant. Thus, unlike the strict duty of a fiduciary who
must act solely in the best interests of his beneficiary, the Partnership
Agreement permits the Managing General Partner to consider the interests of all
parties to a conflict of interest, including the interests of the General
Partners. In connection with the resolution of any conflict that arises, unless
the Managing General Partner has acted in bad faith, the action taken by the
Managing General Partner will not constitute a breach of the Partnership
Agreement, any other agreement or any standard of care or duty imposed by the
Delaware Act or other applicable law. The Partnership Agreement also provides
that in certain circumstances the Managing General Partner may act in its sole
discretion, in good faith or pursuant to other appropriate standards.
The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner may institute legal action
on behalf of a partnership (a partnership derivative action) to recover damages
from a third party where the general partner has failed to institute the action
or where an effort to cause the general partner to do so is not likely to
succeed. In addition, the statutory or case law of certain jurisdictions may
permit a limited partner to institute a legal action on behalf of himself and
all other similarly situated limited partners (a class action) to recover
damages from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to the
limited partners.
The Partnership Agreement also provides that any standard of care and duty
imposed thereby or under the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or
regulation is modified, waived or limited, to the extent permitted by law, as
required to permit the Managing General Partner and its officers and directors
to act under the Partnership Agreement or any other agreement contemplated
therein and to make any decision pursuant to the authority prescribed in the
Partnership Agreement so long as such action is reasonably believed by the
Managing General Partner to be in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests
of the Partnership. Further, the Partnership Agreement provides that the General
Partners and officers and directors acting on their behalf (or on behalf of any
general partner thereof) will not be liable for monetary damages to the
Partnership, the limited partners or assignees for errors of judgment or for any
acts or omissions of the General Partners if such other persons acted in good
faith. In addition, under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the
Partnership is required to indemnify the General Partners and the officers,
directors, employees, affiliates, partners, agents and trustees acting on their
behalf, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and
expenses incurred by the General Partners or other such persons, if the General
Partners or such persons acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably
believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership and,
with respect to any criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe the
conduct was unlawful. See "The Partnership Agreement -- Indemnification." Thus,
the General Partners may be indemnified for their negligent acts if they meet
such requirements concerning good faith and the best interests of the
Partnership.
The fiduciary obligations of general partners is a developing area of law.
The provisions of the Delaware Act that allow the fiduciary duties of a general
partner to be waived or restricted by a partnership agreement have not been
tested in a court of law, and the General Partners have not obtained an opinion
of counsel covering the provisions of the Partnership Agreement that purport to
waive or restrict fiduciary duties of the General Partners. Holders of Units
should consult their own legal counsel concerning the fiduciary responsibilities
of the General Partners and the officers and directors acting on their behalf
and the remedies available to such holders.
79
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS
The Common Units are registered under the Exchange Act, and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
Purchasers of Common Units in this public offering and subsequent
transferees of Common Units (or their brokers, agents or nominees on their
behalf) will be required to execute Transfer Applications, the form of which is
included as Appendix B to this Prospectus. Purchasers in this offering may hold
Common Units in nominee accounts, provided that the broker (or other nominee)
executes and delivers a Transfer Application and becomes a limited partner. The
Partnership will be entitled to treat the nominee holder of a Common Unit as the
absolute owner thereof, and the beneficial owner's rights will be limited solely
to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of or by reason of
any understanding or agreement between such beneficial owner and nominee holder.
THE UNITS
Generally, the Common Units and the Subordinated Units represent limited
partner interests in the Partnership, which entitle the holders thereof to
participate in Partnership distributions and exercise the rights or privileges
available to limited partners under the Partnership Agreement. For a description
of the relative rights and preferences of holders of Common Units and holders of
Subordinated Units in and to Partnership distributions, together with a
description of the circumstances under which Subordinated Units may convert into
Common Units, see "Cash Distribution Policy." For a description of the rights
and privileges of limited partners under the Partnership Agreement, see "The
Partnership Agreement."
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
DUTIES. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company acts as a registrar and
transfer agent (the "Transfer Agent") for the Common Units and receives a fee
from the Partnership for serving in such capacities. All fees charged by the
Transfer Agent for transfers of Common Units are borne by the Partnership and
not by the holders of Common Units, except that fees similar to those
customarily paid by stockholders for surety bond premiums to replace lost or
stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges, special charges for
services requested by a holder of a Common Unit and other similar fees or
charges will be borne by the affected holder. There is no charge to holders for
disbursements of the Partnership's cash distributions. The Partnership will
indemnify the Transfer Agent, its agents and each of their respective
shareholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses
that may arise out of acts performed or omitted in respect of its activities as
such, except for any liability due to any negligence, gross negligence, bad
faith or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.
RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL. The Transfer Agent may at any time resign, by
notice to the Partnership, or be removed by the Partnership, such resignation or
removal to become effective upon the appointment by the Managing General Partner
of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of such
appointment. If no successor has been appointed and accepted such appointment
within 30 days after notice of such resignation or removal, the Managing General
Partner is authorized to act as the transfer agent and registrar until a
successor is appointed.
TRANSFER OF UNITS
Until a Common Unit has been transferred on the books of the Partnership,
the Partnership and the Transfer Agent, notwithstanding any notice to the
contrary, may treat the record holder thereof as the absolute owner for all
purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations. The
transfer of the Common Units to persons that purchase directly from the
Underwriters will be accomplished through the completion, execution and delivery
of a Transfer Application by such investor in connection with such Common Units.
Any subsequent transfers of a Common Unit will not be recorded by the Transfer
Agent or recognized by the Partnership unless the transferee executes and
delivers a Transfer Application. By executing and delivering a Transfer
Application (the form of
80
<PAGE>
which is set forth as Appendix B to this Prospectus and which is also set forth
on the reverse side of the certificates representing the Common Units), the
transferee of Common Units (i) becomes the record holder of such Common Units
and shall constitute an assignee until admitted into the Partnership as a
substitute limited partner, (ii) automatically requests admission as a
substituted limited partner in the Partnership, (iii) agrees to be bound by the
terms and conditions of, and executes, the Partnership Agreement, (iv)
represents that such transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter
into the Partnership Agreement, (v) grants powers of attorney to the Managing
General Partner and any liquidator of the Partnership as specified in the
Partnership Agreement and (vi) makes the consents and waivers contained in the
Partnership Agreement. An assignee will become a substituted limited partner of
the Partnership in respect of the transferred Common Units upon the consent of
the Managing General Partner and the recordation of the name of the assignee on
the books and records of the Partnership. Such consent may be withheld in the
sole discretion of the Managing General Partner.
Common Units are securities and are transferable according to the laws
governing transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon
transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to request admission as
a substituted limited partner in the Partnership in respect of the transferred
Common Units. A purchaser or transferee of Common Units who does not execute and
deliver a Transfer Application obtains only (a) the right to assign the Common
Units to a purchaser or other transferee and (b) the right to transfer the right
to seek admission as a substituted limited partner in the Partnership with
respect to the transferred Common Units. Thus, a purchaser or transferee of
Common Units who does not execute and deliver a Transfer Application will not
receive cash distributions unless the Common Units are held in a nominee or
"street name" account and the nominee or broker has executed and delivered a
Transfer Application with respect to such Common Units, and may not receive
certain federal income tax information or reports furnished to record holders of
Common Units. The transferor of Common Units will have a duty to provide such
transferee with all information that may be necessary to obtain registration of
the transfer of the Common Units, but a transferee agrees, by acceptance of the
certificate representing Common Units, that the transferor will not have a duty
to insure the execution of the Transfer Application by the transferee and will
have no liability or responsibility if such transferee neglects or chooses not
to execute and forward the Transfer Application to the Transfer Agent. See "The
Partnership Agreement -- Transfer Restrictions."
THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
The following paragraphs are a summary of certain provisions of the
Partnership Agreement. The form of Partnership Agreement is included in this
Prospectus as Appendix A. The Partnership will provide prospective investors
with a copy of the Limited Partnership Agreement for the Operating Partnership
(the "Operating Partnership Agreement") upon request at no charge. The following
discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Partnership
Agreement. The Partnership is the sole limited partner of the Operating
Partnership, which owns, manages and operates the Partnership's business. The
Managing General Partner and the Special General Partner serve as the general
partners of the Partnership, owning a 0.99% and 0.01% general partner interest,
respectively, in the Partnership. The Managing General Partner is the sole
general partner of the Operating Partnership, owning a 1.0101% general partner
interest in the Operating Partnership. The General Partners collectively own a
2% general partner interest in the business and properties owned by the
Partnership and the Operating Partnership on a combined basis. Unless
specifically described otherwise, references herein to the "Partnership
Agreement" constitute references to the Partnership Agreement and the Operating
Partnership Agreement, collectively.
Certain provisions of the Partnership Agreement are summarized elsewhere in
this Prospectus under various headings. With regard to various transactions and
relationships of the Partnership with the General Partners and their affiliates,
see "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibility."
81
<PAGE>
With regard to distributions of Available Cash, see "Cash Distribution Policy."
With regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss, see "Tax
Considerations." Prospective investors are urged to review these sections of
this Prospectus and the Partnership Agreement carefully.
ORGANIZATION AND DURATION
The Partnership and the Operating Partnership are Delaware limited
partnerships. The Managing General Partner and the Special General Partner are
the general partners of the Partnership, and the Managing General Partner is the
sole general partner of the Operating Partnership. The General Partners holds an
effective 2% interest as general partners, and the Unitholders hold a 98%
interest as limited partners in the Partnership and the Operating Partnership on
a combined basis. The Partnership will dissolve on December 31, 2084, unless
sooner dissolved pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement.
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Partnership under the Partnership Agreement is limited to
serving as the limited partner of the Operating Partnership and engaging in any
business activity that may be engaged in by the Operating Partnership or that is
approved by the Managing General Partner. The Operating Partnership Agreement
provides that the Operating Partnership may engage in any activity engaged in by
its predecessors immediately prior to the formation of the Operating Partnership
in 1994, any activities that are, in the sole judgment of the Managing General
Partner, reasonably related thereto and any other activity approved by the
Managing General Partner. The Managing General Partner is authorized in general
to perform all acts deemed necessary to carry out such purposes and to conduct
the business of the Partnership.
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
The holders of Units are not obligated to make additional capital
contributions to the Partnership, except as described below under "-- Limited
Liability."
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each limited partner, and each person who acquires a Unit from the holder
thereof and executes and delivers a Transfer Application with respect thereto,
grants to the Managing General Partner and, if a liquidator of the Partnership
has been appointed, to such liquidator, a power of attorney to, among other
things, execute and file certain documents required in connection with the
qualification, continuance or dissolution of the Partnership, or the amendment
of the Partnership Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof and to make
consents and waivers contained in the Partnership Agreement.
RESTRICTIONS ON AUTHORITY OF THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER
The authority of the Managing General Partner is limited in certain respects
under the Partnership Agreement. The Managing General Partner is prohibited,
without the prior approval of holders of record of at least a majority of the
Units (excluding, during the Subordination Period, Units held by the General
Partners and their affiliates), from, among other things, selling, exchanging or
otherwise disposing of all or substantially all of the Partnership's assets in a
single transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of
merger, consolidation or other combination) or approving on behalf of the
Partnership the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Operating Partnership; provided that the Partnership may
mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or
substantially all of the Partnership's assets without such approval. The
Partnership may also sell all or substantially all of its assets pursuant to a
foreclosure or other realization upon the foregoing encumbrances without such
approval. The Unitholders are not entitled to dissenters' rights of appraisal
under the Partnership Agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a
merger or consolidation of the Partnership, a sale of substantially all of the
Partnership's assets or any other event. Except as otherwise provided in the
Partnership Agreement, any amendment to a provision of the Partnership Agreement
generally will require the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the
outstanding Units. See "-- Amendment of Partnership Agreement" below.
82
<PAGE>
In general, the Managing General Partner may not take any action, or refuse
to take any reasonable action, without the consent of the holders of at least a
majority of each class of outstanding Units (excluding, during the Subordination
Period, Units owned by the General Partners and their affiliates), the effect of
which would be to cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable
as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax
purposes.
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF THE GENERAL PARTNERS
The Managing General Partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as a
general partner of the Partnership and the Operating Partnership prior to
December 31, 2004 (with limited exceptions described below), without obtaining
the approval of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding Units (excluding Units held
by the General Partners and their affiliates) and furnishing an opinion of
counsel that such withdrawal (following the selection of a successor managing
general partner) will not result in the loss of the limited liability of the
limited partners of the Partnership or cause the Partnership to be treated as an
association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal
income tax purposes (an "Opinion of Counsel"). On or after December 31, 2004,
the Managing General Partner may withdraw as a general partner (without first
obtaining approval from the Unitholders) by giving 90 days' written notice, and
such withdrawal will not constitute a violation of the Partnership Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing General Partner may withdraw without
Unitholder approval upon 90 days' notice to the limited partners if more than
50% of the outstanding Units are held or controlled by one person and its
affiliates (other than the General Partners and their affiliates). The Special
General Partner may withdraw as a general partner of the Partnership at any time
upon 90 days' written notice and furnishing an Opinion of Counsel.
In addition, the Partnership Agreement permits the General Partners (in
certain limited instances) to sell all of their general partner interests in the
Partnership without the approval of the Unitholders. See "-- Transfer of General
Partner Interests." The Special General Partner shall withdraw as a general
partner of the Partnership at any time after a transfer of its general partner
interest in the Partnership upon obtaining the consent of the Managing General
Partner. If the Special General Partner is removed or withdraws and no successor
is appointed, the Managing General Partner will continue the business of the
Partnership.
Upon the withdrawal or removal of the Managing General Partner under any
circumstances (other than as a result of a transfer by the Managing General
Partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in the Partnership),
the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units (excluding Units held by the
General Partners and their affiliates) may select a successor to such
withdrawing or removed Managing General Partner. If such a successor is not
elected, or is elected but an Opinion of Counsel cannot be obtained, the
Partnership will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within 180 days
after such withdrawal a majority of the Unitholders (excluding Units held by the
General Partners and their affiliates) agree in writing to continue the business
of the Partnership and to the appointment of a successor managing general
partner. See "-- Termination and Dissolution."
Neither the Managing General Partner nor the Special General Partner may be
removed unless such removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less
than 66 2/3% of the outstanding Units (excluding Units held by the General
Partners and their affiliates) and the Partnership receives an Opinion of
Counsel. Any such removal is also subject to the appointment of a successor
managing general partner in the manner described above. The Partnership
Agreement also provides that if the Managing General Partner is removed other
than for cause, the Subordination Period will end and all outstanding
Subordinated Units will convert into Common Units and any existing Common Units
Arrearages will be extinguished.
Withdrawal or removal of the Managing General Partner as a general partner
of the Partnership also constitutes withdrawal or removal, as the case may be,
of the Managing General Partner as general partner of the Operating Partnership.
83
<PAGE>
In the event of withdrawal of a General Partner where such withdrawal
violates the Partnership Agreement or removal of a General Partner by the
limited partners under circumstances where cause exists, a successor general
partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest of the
departing General Partner (the "Departing Partner") in the Partnership and the
Operating Partnership for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of such
interest. Under all other circumstances where a General Partner withdraws or is
removed by the limited partners, the Departing Partner will have the option to
require the successor general partner to purchase such general partner interest
of the Departing Partner for such amount. In each case, such fair market value
will be determined by agreement between the Departing Partner and the successor
general partner, or if no agreement is reached, by an independent investment
banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing Partner and
the successor general partner (or if no expert can be agreed upon, by an expert
chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them). In addition, the
Partnership will also be required to reimburse the Departing Partner for all
amounts due the Departing Partner, including without limitation, all
employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred in
connection with the termination of the employees employed by the Departing
Partner for the benefit of the Partnership.
If the above-described option is not exercised by either the Departing
Partner or the successor general partner, as applicable, the Departing Partner's
general partner interest in the Partnership will be converted into Common Units
equal to the fair market value of such interest as determined by an investment
banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the
preceding paragraph.
TRANSFER OF GENERAL PARTNER INTERESTS
Except for a transfer by either General Partner of all, but not less than
all, of its general partner interest in the Partnership to an affiliate or in
connection with the merger or consolidation of either General Partner with or
into another entity or the transfer by either of the General Partners of all or
substantially all of its assets to another person or entity, the General
Partners may not transfer all or any part of their general partner interests in
the Partnership to another person or entity prior to December 31, 2004, without
the approval of holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Units
(excluding, during the Subordination Period, any Units held by the General
Partners or their affiliates); provided that, in each case, such transferee
assumes the rights and duties of the General Partner to whose interest such
transferee has succeeded, agrees to be bound by the provisions of the
Partnership Agreement, furnishes an Opinion of Counsel and, in the case of the
Managing General Partner, agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion
thereof, as applicable) of the Managing General Partner's interest in the
Operating Partnership and agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Operating
Partnership Agreement. At any time, the partners or shareholders of the General
Partners may sell or transfer their interests in the General Partners to a third
party without the approval of the Unitholders.
REIMBURSEMENT FOR SERVICES
The Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partners are not
entitled to receive any compensation for their services as general partners of
the Partnership; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Fremont is paid a semi-annual fee of
$50,000 by the Managing General Partner for management services and is
reimbursed for its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the provision of such
services. In addition, the General Partners are entitled to be reimbursed on a
monthly basis (or such other basis as the Managing General Partner may
reasonably determine in its sole discretion) for all direct and indirect
expenses they incur or payments they make on behalf of the Partnership,
including the fee paid to Fremont, and all other necessary or appropriate
expenses allocable to the Partnership or otherwise reasonably incurred by the
General Partners in connection with the operation of the Partnership's business.
The Partnership Agreement provides that the Managing General Partner shall
determine the fees and expenses that are allocable to the Partnership in any
reasonable manner determined by the Managing General Partner in its sole
discretion.
84
<PAGE>
CHANGE OF MANAGEMENT PROVISIONS
The Partnership Agreement contains certain provisions that are intended to
discourage a person or group from attempting to remove the Managing General
Partner as managing general partner of the Partnership or otherwise change
management of the Partnership. If the Managing General Partner is removed other
than for cause, the Subordination Period will end and all outstanding
Subordinated Units will convert into Common Units and any existing Common Unit
Arrearages will be extinguished. If any person or group other than the General
Partners and their affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of
the Common Units, such person or group loses voting rights with respect to all
of its Common Units; provided, that any person who, directly or indirectly,
acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the Common Units from Fremont,
Fremont's affiliates or subsequent transferees of the Common Units owned by
Fremont or its affiliates will not lose its voting rights with respect to any
Common Units beneficially owned by such person.
TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS
Except as described below under "-- Limited Liability," the Units will be
fully paid, and holders of Units will not be required to make additional
contributions to the Partnership.
Each purchaser of Common Units in this offering or in the open market who
wishes to become a holder of record must execute and deliver to the Partnership
a Transfer Application (the form of which is attached as Appendix B to this
Prospectus) whereby such recipient requests admission as a substituted limited
partner in the Partnership, makes certain representations and agrees to certain
provisions. If such action is not taken, a recipient will not be registered as a
record holder of Common Units or issued a Common Unit certificate. Purchasers
may hold Common Units in nominee accounts. See "Description of the Common
Units."
An assignee of a Common Unit, after executing and delivering a Transfer
Application, but pending its admission as a substitute limited partner in the
Partnership, is entitled to an interest in the Partnership equivalent to that of
a limited partner with respect to the right to share in allocations and
distributions from the Partnership, including liquidating distributions. The
Managing General Partner will vote and exercise other powers attributable to
Common Units owned by an assignee who has not become a substitute limited
partner at the written direction of such assignee. See "-- Meetings; Voting." A
transferee who does not execute and deliver a Transfer Application will be
treated neither as an assignee nor as a record holder of Common Units, and will
not receive cash distributions, federal income tax allocations or reports
furnished to record holders of Common Units. The only right such a transferee
will have is the right to negotiate such Common Units to a purchaser or other
transferee and the right to transfer the right to request admission as a
substitute limited partner or a substitute special limited partner in respect of
the transferred Common Units to a purchaser or other transferee who executes and
delivers a Transfer Application in respect of the Common Units. A nominee or
broker who has executed a Transfer Application with respect to Common Units held
in street name or nominee accounts will receive the distributions, allocations
and reports pertaining to such Common Units. An assignee will become a
substitute limited partner only with the Managing General Partner's consent,
which consent may be given or withheld in its absolute and sole discretion.
NON-CITIZEN ASSIGNEES; REDEMPTION
If the Partnership is or becomes subject to federal, state or local laws or
regulations that, in the reasonable determination of the Managing General
Partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property
in which the Partnership has an interest because of the nationality, citizenship
or other related status of any limited partner or assignee, the Partnership may
redeem the Common Units held by such limited partner or assignee at their
Current Market Price. In order to avoid any such cancellation or forfeiture, the
Managing General Partner may require each limited partner or assignee to furnish
information about his nationality, citizenship, residency or related status. If
a limited partner or assignee fails to furnish information about such
nationality, citizenship, residency or other related status within 30 days after
a request for such information, such limited partner or assignee may be treated
as a non-citizen assignee (a "Non-citizen Assignee"). In addition to
85
<PAGE>
other limitations on the rights of an assignee who is not a substitute limited
partner, a Non-citizen Assignee does not have the right to direct the voting of
his Common Units and may not receive distributions in kind upon liquidation of
the Partnership. See "-- Transfer Restrictions."
ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL SECURITIES
Subject to certain exceptions, the Partnership may issue an unlimited number
of additional Units or other equity securities of the Partnership for such
consideration and on such terms and conditions as are established by the
Managing General Partner in its sole discretion without the approval of any
limited partners. After this offering and prior to the end of the Subordination
Period, however, the Partnership may not issue (a) in excess of 1,544,670 Common
Units (zero Common Units if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised
in full) (excluding Common Units issued upon conversion of Subordinated Units)
or an equivalent amount of securities ranking on a parity with the Common Units
or (b) any equity securities of the Partnership with rights as to distributions
and allocations or in liquidation ranking prior or senior to the Common Units,
in either case without the approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the
outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partners
and their affiliates); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if Units are to be issued in
connection with a merger or consolidation requiring the approval of a majority
of the outstanding Common Units, the required vote shall be a majority of the
outstanding Common Units (excluding, during the Subordination Period, Common
Units held by the General Partners and their affiliates).
After the end of the Subordination Period, there is no restriction under the
Partnership Agreement on the ability of the Partnership to issue additional
limited or general partner interests having rights to distributions or rights in
liquidation on a parity with or senior to the Common Units. Therefore, after the
Subordination Period, the Managing General Partner, without a vote of the
Unitholders, may cause the Partnership to issue additional Common Units or other
equity securities of the Partnership on a parity with or senior to the Common
Units. In addition, in accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of the
Partnership Agreement, the Managing General Partner may cause the Partnership to
issue additional partnership interests that, in the Managing General Partner's
sole discretion, have special voting rights to which the Common Units are not
entitled. The Partnership Agreement does not impose any restriction on the
Partnership's ability to issue equity securities ranking junior to the Common
Units at any time.
The General Partners will have the right, which they may from time to time
assign in whole or in part to any of their affiliates, to purchase Common Units,
Subordinated Units or other equity securities of the Partnership from the
Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues such
securities to persons other than the General Partners and their affiliates, to
the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of the General Partners
and their affiliates in the Partnership that existed immediately prior to each
such issuance.
Additional issuances of Units, including Subordinated Units or other equity
securities of the Partnership ranking junior to the Common Units, may reduce the
likelihood of, and the amount of, any distributions above the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution or Target Distributions.
LIMITED CALL RIGHT
If at any time less than 10% of the then issued and outstanding Common Units
are held by persons other than the General Partners and their affiliates, the
Managing General Partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in
part to any of its affiliates or to the Partnership, to acquire all, but not
less than all, of the remaining Common Units held by such unaffiliated persons
as of a record date to be selected by the Managing General Partner, on at least
30 but not more than 60 days' notice. The purchase price in the event of such a
purchase shall be the greater of (a) the highest price paid by either of the
General Partners or any of their affiliates for any Common Units purchased
within the 90 days preceding the date on which the Managing General Partner
first mails notice of its election to purchase such Common Units and (b) the
Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date such notice is
mailed. As a consequence of the Managing General Partner's right to
86
<PAGE>
purchase outstanding Common Units, a holder of Common Units may have his Common
Units purchased even though he may not desire to sell them, or the price paid
may be less than the amount the holder would desire to receive upon the sale of
his Common Units.
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
Amendments to the Partnership Agreement may be proposed only by or with the
consent of the Managing General Partner. In order to adopt a proposed amendment,
the Managing General Partner is required to obtain written approval of the
holders of the number of Units required to approve such amendment or call a
meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed
amendment, except as described below. Proposed amendments (unless otherwise
specified) must be approved by holders of at least a majority of the outstanding
Units, except that no amendment may be made which would (i) enlarge the
obligations of any limited partner without its consent, (ii) enlarge the
obligations of either of the General Partners, without its consent, which may be
given or withheld in its sole discretion, (iii) restrict in any way any action
by or rights of the Managing General Partner as set forth in the Partnership
Agreement, (iv) modify the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise
payable by the Partnership to the General Partners, (v) change the term of the
Partnership or (vi) give any person the right to dissolve the Partnership other
than the Managing General Partner's right to dissolve the Partnership with the
approval of at least a majority of the outstanding Units (excluding, during the
Subordination Period, Units held by the General Partners and their affiliates)
or change such right of the Managing General Partner in any way.
The Managing General Partner may make amendments to the Partnership
Agreement without the approval of any limited partner or assignee to reflect (i)
a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of
business of the Partnership or the registered agent or the registered office of
the Partnership, (ii) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners
in accordance with the Partnership Agreement, (iii) a change that, in the sole
discretion of the Managing General Partner, is necessary or appropriate to
qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a partnership in
which the limited partners have limited liability or to ensure that the
Partnership and the Operating Partnership will not be treated as associations
taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to taxation as an entity for
federal income tax purposes, (iv) an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion
of counsel to the Partnership, to prevent the Partnership or the General
Partners (or any general partner thereof) or their directors, officers or
managers acting on their behalf (or on behalf of any general partner thereof)
from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company
Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, as amended, or
"plan asset" regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset
regulations currently applied or proposed, (v) subject to the limitations on the
issuance of additional Common Units or other limited or general partner
interests described above, an amendment that in the sole discretion of the
Managing General Partner is necessary or desirable in connection with the
authorization of additional limited or general partner interests, (vi) any
amendment expressly permitted in the Partnership Agreement to be made by the
Managing General Partner acting alone, (vii) an amendment effected, necessitated
or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved pursuant to the
terms of the Partnership Agreement, (viii) any amendment that, in the sole
discretion of the Managing General Partner, is necessary or desirable in
connection with the formation by the Partnership of, or its investment in, any
corporation, partnership or other entity (other than the Operating Partnership)
as otherwise permitted by the Partnership Agreement, (ix) a change in the fiscal
year and taxable year of the Partnership and changes related thereto and (x) any
other amendments substantially similar to any of the foregoing.
In addition, the Managing General Partner may make amendments to the
Partnership Agreement without the approval of any limited partner or assignee if
such amendments (i) do not (in the sole discretion of the Managing General
Partner) adversely affect the limited partners in any material respect, (ii) are
necessary or desirable to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines
contained in any opinion, directive, ruling or regulation of any federal or
state agency or judicial authority or
87
<PAGE>
contained in any federal or state statute, (iii) are necessary or desirable to
implement certain tax-related provisions of the Partnership Agreement, (iv) are
necessary or desirable to facilitate the trading of the Units or to comply with
any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on
which the Units are or will be listed for trading, compliance with any of which
the Managing General Partner deems to be in the best interests of the
Partnership and the Unitholders or (v) are required or contemplated by the
Partnership Agreement.
The Managing General Partner is not required to obtain an Opinion of Counsel
as to the tax consequences or the possible effect on limited liability of
amendments described in the two immediately preceding paragraphs. No other
amendments to the Partnership Agreement may become effective without the
approval of holders of at least 95% of the Units unless the Partnership obtains
an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not cause the
Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise cause the Partnership to be subject to entity level taxation for
federal income tax purposes and will not affect the limited liability of any
limited partner in the Partnership or the limited partner of the Operating
Partnership.
Any amendment that materially and adversely affects the rights or
preferences of any type or class of limited partner interests in relation to
other types or classes of limited partner interests or the general partner
interests requires the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of
limited partner interests so affected (excluding any such limited partner
interests held by the General Partners and their affiliates).
MEETINGS; VOTING
Except as described below with respect to a person or group owning 20% or
more of all Common Units, Unitholders or assignees who are record holders of
Common and Subordinated Units on the record date set pursuant to the Partnership
Agreement are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of limited
partners of the Partnership and to act with respect to matters as to which
approvals may be solicited. With respect to voting rights attributable to Common
Units that are owned by an assignee who is a record holder but who has not yet
been admitted as a limited partner, the Managing General Partner will be deemed
to be the limited partner with respect thereto and will, in exercising the
voting rights in respect of such Common Units on any matter, vote such Common
Units at the written direction of such record holder. Absent such direction,
such Common Units will not be voted (except that, in the case of Common Units
held by the Managing General Partner on behalf of Non-citizen Assignees, the
Managing General Partner will distribute the votes in respect of such Common
Units in the same ratios as the votes of limited partners in respect of other
Common Units are cast).
Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the limited partners
may be taken either at a meeting of the limited partners or without a meeting if
consents in writing waiving notice and setting forth the action so taken are
signed by holders of such number of limited partner interests as would be
necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting of the limited partners.
Meetings of the limited partners may be called by the Managing General Partner
or by limited partners owning at least 20% of the outstanding Units of the class
for which a meeting is proposed. Limited partners may vote either in person or
by proxy at meetings. A majority (or two-thirds, if that is the vote required to
take action at the meeting in question) of the outstanding limited partner
interests of the class for which a meeting is to be held (excluding, if such are
excluded from such vote, limited partner interests held by the General Partners
and their affiliates) represented in person or by proxy constitutes a quorum at
a meeting of limited partners of the Partnership.
Each record holder of a Unit has a vote according to his percentage interest
in the Partnership, although additional limited partner interests having special
voting rights could be issued by the Managing General Partner. See "-- Issuance
of Additional Securities." However, Common Units owned beneficially by any
person and its affiliates (other than the General Partners and their affiliates,
including without limitation Fremont or its affiliates) that own beneficially
20% or more of all Common Units may not be voted on any matter and will not be
considered to be outstanding when
88
<PAGE>
sending notices of a meeting of limited partners, calculating required votes,
determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes; PROVIDED,
that the Common Units beneficially owned by any person who acquires, directly or
indirectly, from Fremont, Fremont's affiliates or subsequent transferees of the
Units owned by Fremont or its affiliates on December 22, 1994 will be considered
to be outstanding for such purposes. The Partnership Agreement provides that
Units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker (or
other nominee) pursuant to the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the
arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise.
Except as otherwise provided in the Partnership Agreement, Subordinated Units
will vote together with Common Units as a single class.
Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted
to be given or made to record holders of Units (whether or not such record
holder has been admitted as a limited partner) under the terms of the
Partnership Agreement will be delivered to the record holder by the Partnership
or by the Transfer Agent at the request of the Partnership.
INDEMNIFICATION
The Partnership Agreement provides that the Partnership will indemnify and
hold harmless each General Partner, any departing General Partner, any general
partner of a General Partner or a departing General Partner, any person who is
or was an officer, director, employee, agent or trustee of a General Partner, a
departing General Partner, or a general partner of a General Partner or a
departing General Partner, any person who is or was an affiliate of a General
Partner, a departing General Partner, or a general partner of a General Partner
or a departing General Partner, and any person who is or was serving at the
request of a General Partner or a departing General Partner as an officer,
director, employee, agent, trustee or partner of another person (collectively,
"Indemnitees" and individually each an "Indemnitee"), to the fullest extent
permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
liabilities (joint or several), expenses (including, without limitation, legal
fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements and other
amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any
Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or
otherwise, by reason of its status as any of the foregoing, provided that in
each case the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which such
Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the Partnership and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable
cause to believe its conduct was unlawful. Any indemnification under these
provisions will be only out of the assets of the Partnership, and the General
Partners will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute
or loan funds or assets to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, such
indemnification. The Partnership is authorized to purchase and maintain (or to
reimburse the General Partners or their affiliates for the cost of) insurance
against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by such persons in
connection with the Partnership's activities, whether or not the Partnership
would have the power to indemnify such person against such liabilities under the
provisions described above.
LIMITED LIABILITY
Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of the
business of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that he
otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the Partnership Agreement,
his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to certain
possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to
the Partnership in respect of his Common Units plus his share of any
undistributed profits and assets of the Partnership. However, if it were
determined that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a
group to remove or replace the General Partners, or the rights of the limited
partners to approve certain amendments to the Partnership Agreement or to take
other action pursuant to the Partnership Agreement constituted "participation in
the control" of the Partnership's business for the purposes of the Delaware Act,
then the limited partners could be held personally liable for the Partnership's
obligations under the laws of the State of Delaware to the same extent as the
General Partners.
89
<PAGE>
Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to
a partner to the extent that at the time of the distribution, after giving
effect to the distribution, all liabilities of the partnership, other than
liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and
nonrecourse liabilities, exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited
partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a
limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property
subject to nonrecourse liability shall be included in the assets of the limited
partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds that
nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who
receives such a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the
distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act will be liable to the limited
partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years from the date of
the distribution. Under the Delaware Act, an assignee who becomes a substituted
limited partner of a limited partnership is liable for the obligations of his
assignor to make contributions to the partnership, except the assignee is not
obligated for liabilities that are unknown to him at the time he became a
limited partner and could not be ascertained from the partnership agreement.
The Operating Partnership conducts business in the States of Washington,
Oregon, Idaho and Montana and may conduct business in other states. Maintenance
of limited liability may require compliance with legal requirements in the
jurisdictions in which the Operating Partnership conducts business, including
qualifying the Operating Partnership to do business there. Limitations on the
liability of limited partners for the obligations of a limited partnership have
not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If it were determined that
the Partnership was, by virtue of its limited partner interest in the Operating
Partnership or otherwise, conducting business in any state without compliance
with the applicable limited partnership statute, or that the right or exercise
of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace the General
Partners, or the rights of the limited partners or the special limited partners
to approve certain amendments to the Partnership Agreement, or to take other
action pursuant to the Partnership Agreement constituted "participation in the
control" of the Partnership's business for the purposes of the statutes of any
relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable
for the Partnership's obligations under the law of such jurisdiction to the same
extent as the General Partners. The Partnership will operate in such manner as
the Managing General Partner deems reasonable and necessary or appropriate to
preserve the limited liability of Unitholders.
BOOKS AND REPORTS
The Managing General Partner is required to keep appropriate books of the
business of the Partnership at the principal offices of the Partnership. The
books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an
accrual basis. The fiscal year of the Partnership is the calendar year.
As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after the close
of each fiscal year, the Managing General Partner will furnish each record
holder of Units (as of a record date selected by the Managing General Partner)
with an annual report containing audited financial statements of the Partnership
for the past fiscal year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90
days after the close of each quarter (except the fourth quarter), the Managing
General Partner will furnish each record holder of Units (as of a record date
selected by the Managing General Partner) a report containing unaudited
financial statements of the Partnership with respect to such quarter and such
other information as may be required by law.
The Managing General Partner will use all reasonable efforts to furnish each
record holder of Units information reasonably required for tax reporting
purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. Such information
is expected to be furnished in summary form so that certain complex calculations
normally required of partners can be avoided. The Managing General Partner's
ability to furnish such summary information to holders of Units will depend on
the cooperation of such holders in supplying certain information to the Managing
General Partner. Every holder of Units
90
<PAGE>
(without regard to whether he supplies such information to the Managing General
Partner) will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and
state tax liability and filing his federal and state income tax returns.
RIGHT TO INSPECT PARTNERSHIP BOOKS AND RECORDS
The Partnership Agreement provides that a limited partner can for a purpose
reasonably related to such person's interest as a limited partner, upon
reasonable demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him (i) a current
list of the name and last known address of each partner, (ii) a copy of the
Partnership's tax returns, (iii) information as to the amount of cash, and a
description and statement of the agreed value of any other property or services,
contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each
became a partner, (iv) copies of the Partnership Agreement, the certificate of
limited partnership of the Partnership, amendments thereto and powers of
attorney pursuant to which the same have been executed, (v) information
regarding the status of the Partnership's business and financial condition and
(vi) such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just
and reasonable. The Managing General Partner may, and intends to, keep
confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the
disclosure of which the Managing General Partner believes in good faith is not
in the best interests of the Partnership or which the Partnership is required by
law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.
TERMINATION AND DISSOLUTION
The Partnership will continue until December 31, 2084, unless sooner
dissolved pursuant to the Partnership Agreement. The Partnership will be
dissolved upon (i) the election of the Managing General Partner to dissolve the
Partnership, if approved by at least a majority of the outstanding Units
(excluding, during the Subordination Period, Units held by the General Partners
and their affiliates), (ii) the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets and properties of the Partnership and the
Operating Partnership, (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of
the Partnership or (iv) the withdrawal or removal of the Managing General
Partner or the occurrence of any other event that results in its ceasing to be
the Managing General Partner (other than by reason of a transfer of its general
partner interest in accordance with the Partnership Agreement or withdrawal or
removal following approval and admission to the Partnership of a successor).
Upon a dissolution pursuant to clause (iv), the holders of at least a majority
of the Units (excluding, during the Subordination Period, Units held by the
General Partners and their affiliates) may elect, within certain time
limitations, to reconstitute the Partnership and continue its business on the
same terms and conditions set forth in the Partnership Agreement by forming a
new limited partnership on terms identical to those set forth in the Partnership
Agreement and having as managing general partner an entity approved by at least
the holders of a majority of the Units (excluding, during the Subordination
Period, Units held by the General Partners and their affiliates), subject to
receipt by the Partnership of an Opinion of Counsel.
LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS
Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the Partnership is reconstituted
and continued as a new limited partnership, the person authorized to wind up the
affairs of the Partnership (the "Liquidator") will, acting with all of the
powers of the Managing General Partner that such Liquidator deems necessary or
desirable in its good faith judgment in connection therewith, liquidate the
Partnership's assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation first to the
payment of all creditors of the Partnership and the creation of a reserve for
contingent liabilities and then to all partners in accordance with the positive
balances in their respective capital accounts. Under certain circumstances and
subject to certain limitations, the Liquidator may defer liquidation or
distribution of the Partnership's assets for a reasonable period of time or
distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be
impractical or would cause undue loss to the partners.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement and subject to certain
limitations described therein, the Partnership has agreed to register for resale
under the Act and applicable state securities
91
<PAGE>
laws any Common Units proposed to be sold by certain investors who received
Units in the offering by the Partnership in 1994 or by the General Partners (or
their affiliates) if an exemption from such registration requirements is not
otherwise available for such proposed transaction. The Partnership is obligated
to pay all expenses incidental to such registrations, excluding underwriting
discounts and commissions. See "Selling Unitholders and Security Ownership."
TAX CONSIDERATIONS
This section is a summary of all material tax considerations that may be
relevant to prospective unitholders and, to the extent set forth below under
"Legal Opinions and Advice," represents the opinion of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P.,
special counsel to the General Partners and the Partnership ("Counsel"), insofar
as it relates to matters of law and legal conclusions. This section is based
upon current provisions of the Code, existing regulations and, to the extent
noted, proposed regulations thereunder and current administrative rulings and
court decisions, all of which are subject to change with and without retroactive
effect. Subsequent changes in such authorities may cause the tax consequences to
vary substantially from the consequences described below.
LEGAL OPINIONS AND ADVICE
Counsel has expressed its opinion that, based on the accuracy of the
representations and subject to the qualifications set forth in the detailed
discussion that follows, for federal income tax purposes (i) the Partnership,
the Operating Partnership and the other subsidiary partnerships ("Subsidiary
Partnerships") will each be treated as a partnership, (ii) owners of Units (with
certain exceptions, as described in "-- Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership --
Limited Partner Status" below) will be treated as partners of the Partnership
(but not the Operating Partnership or any Subsidiary Partnership), (iii)
distributions by the Partnership generally will not be taxable to the Unitholder
to the extent of his basis in his Units immediately before the distribution, and
(iv) with the exception of the allocation of recapture income (discussed below),
allocations under the Partnership Agreement will be given effect in determining
a partner's distributive share of items of income, gain, loss or deduction. In
addition, all statements as to matters of law and legal conclusions contained in
this section, unless otherwise noted, reflect the opinion of Counsel.
Although no attempt has been made in the following discussion to comment on
all federal income tax matters affecting the Partnership or prospective
unitholders, Counsel has advised the General Partners that, based on current
law, the following is a general description of the principal federal income tax
consequences that should arise from the ownership and disposition of Units,
insofar as it relates to matters of law and legal conclusions, which addresses
all material tax consequences to prospective unitholders of the ownership and
disposition of Units. The discussion focuses on prospective unitholders who are
individual citizens or residents of the United States and has only limited
application to corporations, estates, trusts or non-resident aliens.
Accordingly, each prospective unitholder should consult, and should depend on,
his own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and foreign tax
consequences to him of the ownership or disposition of Units.
For the reasons hereinafter described, counsel has not rendered an opinion
with respect to the following federal income tax issues: (i) the treatment of a
Unitholder whose Units are loaned to a "short seller" to cover a short sale of
Units (see "-- Tax Treatment of Operations -- Treatment of Short Sales"), (ii)
whether a Unitholder acquiring Units in separate transactions must maintain a
single aggregate adjusted tax basis in his Units (see "-- Disposition of Units
- -- Recognition of Gain or Loss"), (iii) whether the Partnership's monthly
convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing
Treasury Regulations (see "-- Disposition of Units -- Allocations between
Transferors and Transferees"), and (iv) whether the Partnership's method for
depreciating Section 743 adjustments is sustainable (see "-- Uniformity of
Units").
Except as set forth below under "-- Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership --
Partnership Status," no ruling has been received or requested from the IRS with
respect to the foregoing issues or any other matter affecting the Partnership or
prospective Unitholders. Instead, the Partnership will
92
<PAGE>
rely on an opinion of Counsel as to the matters set forth above. It should be
noted that an opinion of counsel represents only that counsel's best legal
judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts. Thus, no assurance can be
provided that the opinions and statements set forth herein would be sustained by
a court if contested by the IRS. The costs of any contest with the IRS will be
borne directly or indirectly by the Unitholders and the General Partners.
Furthermore, no assurance can be given that the treatment of the Partnership or
an investment therein will not be significantly modified by future legislative
or administrative changes or court decisions. Any such modification may or may
not be retroactively applied.
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF UNIT OWNERSHIP
CURRENT TAX RATES; CHANGES IN FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS. The top marginal
income tax rate for individuals is 36% subject to a 10% surtax on individuals
with taxable income in excess of $256,500 per year. The surtax is computed by
applying a 39.6% rate to taxable income in excess of the threshold. The net
capital gain of an individual remains subject to a maximum 28% tax rate.
The 1995 Proposed Legislation would have altered the tax reporting system
and the deficiency collection system applicable to large partnerships (generally
defined as electing partnerships with more than 100 partners) and would have
made certain additional changes to the treatment of large partnerships. Certain
of the proposed changes are discussed later in this section. The 1995 Proposed
Legislation was generally intended to simplify the administration of the tax
rules governing large partnerships. In addition, the 1995 Proposed Legislation
contained provisions which would have reduced the maximum tax rate applicable to
net capital gains of an individual to 19.8%. President Clinton vetoed the 1995
Proposed Legislation on December 6, 1995.
The 1996 Proposed Legislation, currently pending in Congress, would affect
the taxation of certain financial products, including partnership interests. The
1996 Proposed Legislation would treat a taxpayer as having sold an "appreciated"
partnership interest (one in which gain would be recognized if such interest
were sold) if the taxpayer or related persons enter into one or more positions
with respect to the same or substantially identical property which, for some
period, substantially eliminates both the risk of loss and opportunity for gain
on the appreciated financial position (including selling "short against the box"
transactions). Certain of these proposed changes are also discussed later in
this section under "Disposition of Common Units."
As of the date of this Prospectus, it is not possible to predict whether any
of the changes set forth in the 1995 Proposed Legislation or the 1996 Proposed
Legislation or any other changes in the federal income tax laws that would
impact the Partnership and the Common Unitholders will ultimately be enacted or,
if enacted, what form they will take, what the effective dates will be, and
what, if any, transition rules will be provided.
PARTNERSHIP STATUS. A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no
federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner is required to take into
account his allocable share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the
Partnership in computing his federal income tax liability, regardless of whether
cash distributions are made. Distributions by a partnership to a partner are
generally not taxable unless the amount of any cash distributed is in excess of
the partner's adjusted basis in his partnership interest.
Other than as described below, no ruling has been sought or received from
the IRS as to the status of the Partnership, the Operating Partnership or any
subsidiary partnership as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Instead
the Partnership has relied on the opinion of Counsel that, based upon the Code,
the regulations thereunder, published revenue rulings and court decisions, the
Partnership, the Operating Partnership and each existing subsidiary partnership
will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
93
<PAGE>
In rendering its opinion, Counsel has relied on the accuracy of the factual
matters set forth below as to which the General Partners have made
representations. Such factual matters are as follows:
(a) The Special General Partner, at all times while acting as a general
partner of the Partnership, will have a net worth, computed on a fair market
value basis, excluding its interests in the Partnership and any notes or
receivables due from the Partnership, the Operating Partnership and any
subsidiary partnership, of not less than $25 million;
(b) The Partnership will be operated in accordance with (i) all
applicable partnership statutes and (ii) the Partnership Agreement;
(c) The Operating Partnership and each subsidiary partnership will be
operated in accordance with (i) all applicable partnership statutes and (ii)
the applicable partnership agreement; and
(d) For each taxable year, more than 90% of the gross income of the
Partnership will be derived from (i) the exploration, development,
production, processing, refining, transportation or marketing of any mineral
or natural resource, including timber or (ii) other items of "qualifying
income" within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Code.
Regulations recently proposed by the IRS (the "Check the Box Regulations")
may, if adopted as final, make certain of these representations unnecessary. The
Check the Box Regulations generally allow entities such as the Partnership to
choose partnership or corporate treatment for federal income tax purposes. It
cannot be predicted whether the Check the Box Regulations will become final or
the form they will take if they become final.
Section 7704 of the Code provides that publicly-traded partnerships will, as
a general rule, be taxed as corporations. However, an exception (the "Qualifying
Income Exception") exists with respect to a publicly-traded partnership if 90%
or more of its gross income for every taxable year consists of "qualifying
income." Qualifying income includes income from the processing, refining,
marketing or transportation of timber. The Partnership's principal sources of
income include income from the sale of timber, the transportation of timber and
the operation of sawmills. The IRS has issued a ruling to CPL, on behalf of the
Partnership, that income from the operation of sawmills (and the production of
plywood) is qualified for this purpose.
The Managing General Partner, based upon the above ruling and analysis,
believes that more than 90% of the Partnership's gross income will be qualified
income. The Managing General Partner believes that less than 5% of the
Partnership's gross income will not be qualified income. The Managing General
Partner will use its best efforts to ensure that more than 90% of the
Partnership's gross income will be qualified income.
If the Partnership fails to meet the Qualifying Income Exception (other than
a failure which is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and which is cured
within a reasonable time after discovery), the Partnership will be treated as if
it had transferred all of its assets (subject to liabilities) to a newly formed
corporation (on the first day of the year in which it fails to meet the
Qualifying Income Exception) in return for stock in that corporation, and then
distributed that stock to the partners in liquidation of their interests in the
Partnership. This contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to Unitholders
and the Partnership, so long as the Partnership, at that time, does not have
liabilities in excess of the basis of its assets. Thereafter, the Partnership
would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
If the Partnership were treated as an association taxable as a corporation
in any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to meet the Qualifying
Income Exception or otherwise, its items of income, gain, loss and deduction
would be reflected only on its tax return rather than being passed through to
the Unitholders, and its net income would be taxed at the Partnership level at
corporate rates. In addition, any distribution made to a Unitholder would be
treated as either taxable dividend income (to the extent of the Partnership's
current or accumulated earnings and profits) or (in the
94
<PAGE>
absence of earnings and profits) as a nontaxable return of capital (to the
extent of the Unitholder's basis in his Common Units) or taxable capital gain
(after the Unitholder's basis in the Common Units is reduced to zero).
Accordingly, treatment of either the Partnership, the Operating Partnership or
any subsidiary partnership as an association taxable as a corporation would
result in a material reduction in a Unitholder's cash flow and after-tax return.
The discussion below is based on the assumption that the Partnership, the
Operating Partnership and each existing subsidiary partnership will each be
classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
LIMITED PARTNER STATUS. Unitholders who have become limited partners will
be treated as partners of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes.
Moreover, the IRS has ruled that assignees of partnership interests who have not
been admitted to a partnership as partners, but who have the capacity to
exercise substantial dominion and control over the assigned partnership
interests, will be treated as partners for federal income tax purposes. On the
basis of this ruling, except as otherwise described herein, Counsel is of the
opinion that (a) assignees who have executed and delivered Transfer
Applications, and are awaiting admission as limited partners and (b) Unitholders
whose Units are held in street name or by another nominee and who have the right
to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the
ownership of their Units will be treated as partners of the Partnership for
federal income tax purposes. As this ruling does not extend, on its facts, to
assignees of Units who are entitled to execute and deliver Transfer Applications
and thereby become entitled to direct the exercise of attendant rights, but who
fail to execute and deliver Transfer Applications, Counsel's opinion does not
extend to these persons. Income, gain, deductions or losses would not appear to
be reportable by such a Unitholder, and any cash distributions received by such
a Unitholder would therefore be fully taxable as ordinary income. These holders
should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their status as partners
in the Partnership for federal income tax purposes. A purchaser or other
transferee of Units who does not execute and deliver a Transfer Application may
not receive certain federal income tax information or reports furnished to
record holders of Units unless the Units are held in a nominee or street name
account and the nominee or broker has executed and delivered a Transfer
Application with respect to such Units.
A beneficial owner of Units whose Units have been transferred to a short
seller to complete a short sale would appear to lose his status as a partner
with respect to such Units for federal income tax purposes. See "-- Tax
Treatment of Operations -- Treatment of Short Sales."
FLOW-THROUGH OF TAXABLE INCOME. No federal income tax will be paid by the
Partnership. Instead, each Unitholder will be required to report on his income
tax return his allocable share of the income, gains, losses and deductions of
the Partnership without regard to whether corresponding cash distributions are
received by him. Consequently, a Unitholder may be allocated income from the
Partnership even if he has not received a cash distribution.
TREATMENT OF PARTNERSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS. Distributions by the Partnership to
a Unitholder generally will not be taxable to the Unitholder for federal income
tax purposes to the extent of his basis in his Units immediately before the
distribution. Cash distributions in excess of a Unitholder's basis generally
will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of the Units, taxable in
accordance with the rules described under "-- Disposition of Units" below. Any
reduction in a Unitholder's share of the Partnership's liabilities for which no
partner, including the General Partners, bears the economic risk of loss
("nonrecourse liabilities") will be treated as a distribution of cash to that
Unitholder. A decrease in a Common Unitholder's limited partner interest in the
Partnership because of the issuance by the Partnership of additional Common
Units could decrease such Common Unitholder's share of nonrecourse liabilities
of the Partnership, and thus could result in a corresponding deemed distribution
of cash. To the extent that Partnership distributions cause a Unitholder's "at
risk" amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year, he must
recapture any losses deducted in previous years. See "-- Limitations on
Deductibility of Partnership Losses."
95
<PAGE>
RATIO OF TAXABLE INCOME TO DISTRIBUTIONS. The General Partners estimate
that a purchaser of Common Units in this offering who holds such Common Units
from the date of the closing of this offering to the record date for the last
quarter of 1997 will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of federal
taxable income for such period that will be approximately 20% of cash
distributed with respect to that period. Substantially all of such taxable
income will be treated as Section 1231 income which may be treated as capital
gains, depending upon a Unitholder's particular tax circumstances, as a result
of an election made pursuant to Section 631(a) of the Code, and as a result of
transactions qualifying for treatment under Section 631(b) of the Code. The
General Partners further estimate that after 1997 the taxable income allocable
to the Unitholders will constitute an increasing percentage of cash distributed
to Unitholders. These estimates are based upon the assumption that Available
Cash will approximate an amount required to make the First and Second Target
Distributions with respect to the Common and the Subordinated Units and other
assumptions with respect to capital expenditures, cash flow and anticipated cash
distributions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other
things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, competitive and political
uncertainties beyond the control of the General Partners, especially the assumed
prices for logs and lumber. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law
and certain tax reporting positions that the General Partners have adopted or
intend to adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, no assurance
can be given that the estimates will prove to be correct. The actual percentage
could be higher or lower and that difference could be material.
BASIS OF UNITS. A Unitholder's initial tax basis for his Units will be the
amount he paid for the Units plus his share of the Partnership's nonrecourse
liabilities. That basis will be increased by his share of Partnership income and
by any increases in his share of Partnership nonrecourse liabilities. That basis
will be decreased (but not below zero) by distributions from the Partnership, by
the Unitholder's share of Partnership losses, by any decrease in his share of
Partnership nonrecourse liabilities and by his share of expenditures of the
Partnership that are not deductible in computing its taxable income and are not
required to be capitalized. A limited partner will have no share of Partnership
debt which is recourse to a partner, but will have a share, generally based on
his share of profits, of Partnership debt which is not recourse to any partner.
See "-- Disposition of Units -- Recognition of Gain or Loss."
LIMITATIONS ON DEDUCTIBILITY OF PARTNERSHIP LOSSES. The passive loss
limitations generally provide that individuals, estates, trusts and certain
closely held corporations and personal service corporations can deduct losses
from passive activities (generally, activities in which the taxpayer does not
materially participate) only to the extent of the taxpayer's income from those
passive activities. The passive loss limitations are applied separately with
respect to each publicly-traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses
generated by the Partnership will only be available to offset future income
generated by the Partnership other than certain portfolio income and will not be
available to offset income from other passive activities or investments
(including other publicly-traded partnerships) or salary or active business
income. Passive losses which are not deductible because they exceed a Common
Unitholder's income (other than certain portfolio income) generated by the
Partnership may be deducted in full when he disposes of his entire investment in
the Partnership in a fully taxable transaction to an unrelated party. The
passive activity loss rules are applied after other applicable limitations on
deductions such as the at risk rules and the basis limitation, described below.
In addition to the passive loss limitations, the deduction by a Common
Unitholder of his share of Partnership losses will be limited to the tax basis
in his Common Units and, in the case of an individual Unitholder or a corporate
Common Unitholder (if more than 50% of the value of its stock is owned directly
or indirectly by five or fewer individuals or certain tax-exempt organizations),
to the amount which the Common Unitholder is considered to be "at risk" with
respect to the Partnership's activities. A Common Unitholder must recapture
losses deducted in previous years to the extent that Partnership distributions
cause the Common Unitholder's at risk amount to be less than zero at the end of
any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a Common Unitholder or recaptured as a
result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable to the
extent that the Common Unitholder's basis
96
<PAGE>
or at risk amount (whichever is the limiting factor) is subsequently increased.
Upon the taxable disposition of a Common Unit, any gain recognized by a Common
Unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at risk
limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis limitation.
Any excess loss (above such gain) previously suspended by the at risk or basis
limitations is no longer utilizable.
LIMITATIONS ON INTEREST DEDUCTIONS. The deductibility of a non-corporate
taxpayer's "investment interest expense" is generally limited to the amount of
such taxpayer's "net investment income." As noted, a Unitholder's net passive
income from the Partnership will be treated under Treasury Regulations which are
to be issued as investment income for this purpose. In addition, the
Unitholder's share of the Partnership's portfolio income will be treated as
investment income. Investment interest expense includes (i) interest on
indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment, (ii) a
partnership's interest expense attributed to portfolio income and (iii) the
portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a
passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio income. The computation
of a Unitholder's investment interest expense will take into account interest on
any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a Unit
to the extent attributable to portfolio income of the Partnership. Net
investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and
amounts treated as portfolio income pursuant to the passive loss rules less
deductible expenses (other than interest) directly connected with the production
of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the
disposition of property held for investment.
ALLOCATION OF PARTNERSHIP INCOME, GAIN, LOSS AND DEDUCTION. In general, if
the Partnership has a net profit, items of income, gain, loss and deduction will
be allocated among the General Partners and the Unitholders in accordance with
their respective interest in the Partnership. A class of Unitholders (such as
Common Unitholders) that receives more cash than another class, on a per Unit
basis, with respect to a year will be allocated additional income equal to that
excess. If the Partnership has a net loss, items of income, gain, loss and
deduction will generally be allocated (1) first, to the General Partners and the
Unitholders in accordance with their respective interests in the Partnership to
the extent of their positive capital accounts; and (2) second, to the General
Partners.
As required by Section 704(c) of the Code, certain items of Partnership
income, deduction, gain and loss will be allocated to account for the difference
between the tax basis and fair market value of certain property held by the
Partnership ("Contributed Property"). Under the Code, the partners in a
partnership cannot be allocated more depletion, depreciation, gain or loss than
the total amount of any such item recognized by that partnership in a particular
taxable period (the "ceiling limitation"). To the extent the ceiling limitation
is or becomes applicable, the Partnership Agreement requires that certain items
of income and deduction be allocated in a way designed to effectively "cure"
this problem and eliminate the impact of the ceiling limitation. Recently
released Regulations under Section 704(c) of the Code permit a Partnership to
make reasonable allocations to reduce or eliminate book-tax disparities.
In addition, certain items of recapture income will be allocated, to the
extent possible, to the partner allocated the deduction giving rise to the
treatment of such gain as recapture income in order to minimize the recognition
of ordinary income by some Common Unitholders, but these allocations may not be
respected. If these allocations of recapture income are not respected, the
amount of the income or gain allocated to a Common Unitholder will not change,
but a change in the character of the income allocated to a Common Unitholder
would result.
Counsel is of the opinion that, with the exception of the allocation of
recapture income discussed above, allocations under the Partnership Agreement
will be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner's
distributive share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction. There are,
however, uncertainties in the Treasury Regulations relating to allocations of
partnership income, and investors should be aware that the allocations of
recapture income in the Partnership Agreement may be successfully challenged by
the IRS.
97
<PAGE>
TAX TREATMENT OF OPERATIONS
ACCOUNTING METHOD AND TAXABLE YEAR. The Partnership uses December 31 as the
end of its taxable year and has adopted the accrual method of accounting for
federal income tax purposes. Each Unitholder will be required to include in
income his allocable share of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction for
the fiscal year of the Partnership ending within or with the taxable year of the
Unitholder. In addition, a Unitholder who has a taxable year ending on other
than December 31 and who disposes of all his Units following the close of the
Partnership's taxable year but before the close of his taxable year must include
his allocable share of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction in income
for his taxable year with the result that he will be required to report in
income for his taxable year his distributive share of more than one year of
Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction. See "Disposition of Units --
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees."
INITIAL TAX BASIS, DEPLETION, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. The tax basis
of the assets of the Partnership will be used for purposes of computing
depletion, depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or
loss on the disposition of such assets. The Partnership assets initially had a
tax basis equal to the tax basis of the assets in the hands of the Partnership's
predecessors immediately prior to the formation of the Partnership plus the
amount of gain recognized by partners in the Partnership's predecessors as a
result of the formation of the Partnership. The federal income tax burden
associated with the difference between the fair market value of property held by
the Partnership and its tax basis immediately prior to this offering will be
borne by partners holding interests in the Partnership prior to this offering.
If the Partnership disposes of depreciable property (which would not include
timber assets) by sale, foreclosure, or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain
(determined by reference to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and
the nature of the property) may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as
ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a partner who has taken
cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property owned by the
Partnership may be required to recapture such deductions upon a sale of his
interest in the Partnership. See "-- Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership --
Allocation of Partnership Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction" and "-- Disposition
of Units -- Recognition of Gain or Loss."
Costs incurred in organizing the Partnership are being amortized over a
period of 60 months. The costs incurred in promoting the issuance of Units must
be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon termination of
the Partnership. There are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs
as organization expenses, which may be amortized, and as syndication expenses,
which may not be amortized.
TIMBER INCOME. Section 631 of the Code provides special rules by which
gains or losses on the sale of timber, cut logs or the products into which cut
logs are converted, which would otherwise be taxable as ordinary income or loss,
may be treated, in whole or in part, as gains or losses from the sale of
property used in a trade or business under Section 1231 of the Code. For a
discussion of the treatment of Section 1231 gains and losses, see "-- Sales of
Timberlands."
Section 631(a) of the Code provides that, if an election is made, the
cutting of timber during the year by a taxpayer who owns the timber or a
contract right to cut the timber shall be treated as the sale of that timber for
an amount equal to the fair market value of the timber as of the first day of
the taxable year in which the timber is cut. In computing the amount of gain or
loss, the taxpayer is entitled to offset his basis in the timber against its
fair market value. The gain or loss is recognized in the year the timber is cut
and is treated under Section 1231 of the Code as gain or loss from the sale of
property used in a trade or business. For a discussion of the treatment of
Section 1231 gains and losses, see "-- Sales of Timberlands." The fair market
value of the standing timber as of the first day of the taxable year in which
the timber is cut will become the tax basis of the cut timber (or the product
into which it is converted) for purposes of determining gain or loss on a
subsequent sale, which gain or loss would be ordinary income or loss in the year
of sale. The election under Section 631(a) is available only with respect to
timber or contract rights to cut timber that the taxpayer held for a period of
more
98
<PAGE>
than one year before such cutting. The election applies to all timber that the
taxpayer owns or has the right to cut, and once made cannot be revoked without
the consent of the IRS. The Partnership has made the election provided by
Section 631(a).
Section 631(b) of the Code provides that if the owner of timber (including a
holder of a contract right to cut timber) held for more than one year disposes
of such timber under any contract by virtue of which he "retains an economic
interest in such timber," the gain or loss realized will be treated under
Section 1231 of the Code as gain or loss from property used in a trade or
business. For a discussion of the treatment of Section 1231 gains and losses,
see "-- Sales of Timberlands." In computing such gain or loss, the amount
realized is reduced by the adjusted basis in such timber, determined as
described in "-- Timber Depletion." For purposes of Section 631(b), the timber
generally is deemed to be disposed of on the day on which the timber is cut
(which is generally deemed to be the date when, in the ordinary course of
business, the quantity of the timber cut is first definitely determined).
Although the Partnership is not aware of any pending or proposed legislation
which would amend Section 631 of the Code, that Section could be amended in a
manner which causes timber income to be treated as other than Section 1231
income and any such amendment could have an adverse impact on Unitholders.
Gains from sale of timber by the Partnership that do not qualify under
Section 631 generally will be taxable as ordinary income in the year of sale.
TIMBER DEPLETION. Timber is subject to cost depletion and is not subject to
accelerated cost recovery, depreciation or percentage depletion. Timber
depletion is determined with respect to each separate timber account (containing
timber located in a timber "block") and is equal to the product obtained by
multiplying the units of timber cut by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
aggregate adjusted basis of all timber included in such account and the
denominator of which is the total number of timber units in such timber account.
The depletion allowance so calculated represents the adjusted tax basis of such
timber for purposes of determining gain or loss on disposition. The tax basis of
timber in each timber account is reduced by the depletion allowance for such
account.
If a Section 631(a) election is in effect, the taxpayer will be entitled to
a depletion allowance as discussed above. Thereafter, the taxpayer's adjusted
basis with respect to such timber will be the fair market value of the timber as
of the first day of the taxable year in which the timber is cut. As the cut
timber (or the product into which it was converted) is sold, the taxpayer's
adjusted basis will be taken into account for purposes of determining gain or
loss on the sale. In the case of an outright sale of timber or a disposition of
timber treated as a sale under Section 631(b) of the Code, the amount realized
for the timber is reduced by the adjusted basis in such timber. A taxpayer
disposing of timber with a retained economic interest in a transaction which
fails to qualify under Section 631(b) also reduces the amount realized from such
disposition by the adjusted basis in the timber.
SALES OF TIMBERLANDS. If any tract of timberland is sold or otherwise
disposed of in a taxable transaction, the Partnership will recognize gain or
loss measured by the difference between the amount realized (including the
amount of any indebtedness assumed by the purchaser upon such disposition or to
which such property is subject) and the adjusted tax basis of such property.
Generally, the character of any gain or loss recognized upon that disposition
will depend upon whether the tract of timberland (i) is held for sale to
customers in the ordinary course of business (I.E., the Partnership is a
"dealer" with respect to such property), (ii) is held for "use in a trade or
business" within the meaning of Section 1231 of the Code or (iii) is held by the
Partnership as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.
In determining dealer status with respect to timberlands and other types of real
estate, the courts have identified a number of factors for distinguishing
between a particular property held for sale in the ordinary course of business
and one held for investment. Any determination must be based on all the facts
and circumstances surrounding the particular property and sale in question.
99
<PAGE>
The Partnership intends to hold its Timberlands for the purposes of
generating cash flow from the periodic harvesting and sale of timber and
achieving long-term capital appreciation. Although the Managing General Partner
may consider strategic sales of timberlands consistent with achieving long-term
capital appreciation, the Managing General Partner does not anticipate frequent
sales, nor significant marketing, improvement or subdivision activity in
connection with any strategic sale of timberland. However, in light of the
factual nature of this question, there can be no assurance that the purposes of
the Partnership will not change and that future activities of the Partnership
will not cause it to be a "dealer" in timberlands.
In addition, were the IRS successfully to contend that any of the
Partnership's predecessors was a dealer with respect to any tracts of timberland
distributed to the Partnership, gains from sales of these tracts within a
five-year period from the date of contribution would be taxable as ordinary
income. The Managing General Partner, however, believes that none of the
Partnership's predecessors was a dealer with respect to any of its timberland
holdings.
If the Partnership is not a dealer with respect to a particular tract of
timberland and the Partnership has held the timberland for a one-year period
primarily for use in its trade or business, the character of any gain or loss
realized from the disposition of such timberland will be determined under
Section 1231 of the Code. If the Partnership has not held a timberland tract for
more than one year at the time of sale, gain or loss from the sale thereof will
be ordinary.
A Unitholder's distributive share of any Section 1231 gain or loss of the
Partnership will be aggregated with any other gains and losses realized by such
Unitholder from the disposition of property used in the trade or business, as
defined in Section 1231(b) of the Code, and from the involuntary conversion of
such properties and of capital assets held in connection with a trade or
business or a transaction entered into for profit for the requisite holding
period. If a net gain results, all such gains and losses will be capital gains
and losses; if a net loss results, all such gains and losses will be ordinary
income and losses. Capital gains of individual taxpayers are currently taxed at
a maximum rate of 28%; ordinary income of individual taxpayers is currently
taxed at a maximum marginal rate of 39.6%. Net Section 1231 gains will be
treated as ordinary income to the extent of prior net Section 1231 losses of the
taxpayer or predecessor taxpayer for the five most recent prior taxable years
beginning after December 31, 1981, to the extent such losses have not previously
been offset against Section 1231 gains. Losses are deemed recaptured in the
chronological order in which they arose.
If the Partnership is not a dealer with respect to a particular tract of
timberland, and the timberland is not used in a trade or business, that tract
will be a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1231 of the Code. Gain
or loss recognized from the disposition of that timberland will be taxable as
capital gain or loss, and the character of such capital gain or loss as
long-term or short-term will be based upon the Partnership's holding period in
such property at the time of its sale. The requisite holding period for
long-term capital gain is more than one year.
Because amounts realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of a
tract of timberland by the Partnership may be used to reduce any liability to
which the tract of timberland is subject, it is possible, although not
anticipated, that the Partnership's gain on the sale of such a tract could
exceed the distributive proceeds of the sale, and the income taxes payable on
the sale by the Unitholders could exceed their distributive share of any such
proceeds.
SECTION 754 ELECTION. The Partnership has made the election permitted by
Section 754 of the Code, which election is irrevocable without the consent of
the IRS. The election will generally permit a purchaser of Common Units to
adjust his share of the basis in the Partnership's properties ("inside basis")
pursuant to Section 743(b) of the Code to fair market value (as reflected by his
Unit price). The Section 743(b) adjustment is attributed solely to a purchaser
of Common Units and is not added to the
100
<PAGE>
bases of the Partnership's assets associated with all of the Unitholders. (For
purposes of this discussion, a partner's inside basis in the Partnership's
assets will be considered to have two components: (1) his share of the
Partnership's actual basis in such assets ("Common Basis") and (2) his Section
743(b) adjustment allocated to each such asset.)
Although Counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of such an approach,
the Partnership intends to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment
attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of depreciable Contributed
Property (to the extent of any unamortized book-tax disparity) using a rate of
depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization
method and useful life applied to the Common Basis of such property, despite its
inconsistency with certain proposed and final Treasury regulations and certain
legislative history (none of which is expected to directly apply to a material
portion of the Partnership's assets). See "-- Uniformity of Units."
The allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment must be made in accordance
with the principles of Section 1060 of the Code. Based on these principles, the
IRS may seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment not so
allocated by the Partnership to goodwill which, as an intangible asset, may be
amortizable over a longer period of time than the Partnership's tangible
depletable or depreciable assets. Alternatively, it is possible that the IRS
might seek to treat the portion of such Section 743(b) adjustment attributable
to the underwriters' discount as if it were allocable to a non-deductible
syndication cost.
A Section 754 election is advantageous if the transferee's basis in his
Units is higher than such Units' share of the aggregate basis to the Partnership
of the Partnership's assets immediately prior to the transfer. In such a case,
pursuant to the election, the transferee would take a new and higher basis in
his share of the Partnership's assets for purposes of calculating, among other
items, his depletion and depreciation deductions and his share of any gain or
loss on a sale of the Partnership's assets. Conversely, a Section 754 election
is disadvantageous if the transferee's basis in such Units is lower than such
Unit's share of the aggregate basis of the Partnership's assets immediately
prior to the transfer. Thus, the amount which a Unitholder will be able to
obtain upon the sale of his Common Units may be affected either favorably or
adversely by the election.
The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will
be made by the Partnership on the basis of certain assumptions as to the value
of Partnership assets and other matters. There is no assurance that the
determinations made by the Partnership will not be successfully challenged by
the IRS and that the deductions attributable to them will not be disallowed or
reduced. Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment to be made, and
should, in the Managing General Partner's opinion, the expense of compliance
exceed the benefit of the election, the Managing General Partner may seek
permission from the IRS to revoke the Section 754 election for the Partnership.
If such permission is granted, a purchaser of Units subsequent to such
revocation probably will incur increased tax liability.
ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX. Each Unitholder will be required to take into
account his distributive share of any items of Partnership income, gain or loss
for purposes of the alternative minimum tax applicable to his alternative
minimum taxable income. A Unitholder's alternative minimum taxable income
derived from the Partnership may be higher than his share of Partnership net
income because the Partnership may use accelerated methods of depreciation for
purposes of computing federal taxable income or loss. The 1993 Budget Act
increased the minimum tax rate applicable to noncorporate Unitholders from 24%
to 26% on the first $175,000 of alternative minimum taxable income in excess of
the exemption amount and to 28% on any additional alternative minimum taxable
income. Prospective Unitholders should consult with their tax advisors as to the
impact of an investment in Units on their liability for the alternative minimum
tax.
VALUATION OF PARTNERSHIP PROPERTY AND BASIS OF PROPERTIES. The federal
income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of Units
will depend in part on estimates by the Managing General Partner of the relative
fair market values, and determinations of the initial tax
101
<PAGE>
basis, of the assets of the Partnership. Although the Managing General Partner
may from time to time consult with professional appraisers with respect to
valuation matters, many of the relative fair market value estimates will be made
solely by the Managing General Partner. These estimates and determinations of
basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts.
If the estimates of fair market value or determinations of basis are
subsequently found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income,
gain, loss or deductions previously reported by Unitholders might change, and
Unitholders might be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years.
TREATMENT OF SHORT SALES. It would appear that a Unitholder whose Units are
loaned to a "short seller" to cover a short sale of Units will be considered as
having transferred beneficial ownership of those Units and would, thus, no
longer be a partner with respect to those Units during the period of the loan.
As a result, during this period, any Partnership income, gain, deduction or loss
with respect to those Units would appear not to be reportable by the Unitholder,
any cash distributions received by the Unitholder with respect to those Units
would be fully taxable and all of such distributions would appear to be treated
as ordinary income. The IRS may also contend that a loan of Units to a "short
seller" constitutes a taxable exchange. If this contention were successfully
made, the lending Unitholder may be required to recognize gain or loss.
Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners should modify any
brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing their
Units. The IRS has announced that it is actively studying issues relating to the
tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. See "-- Current Tax
Rates; Changes in Federal Income Tax Laws."
DISPOSITION OF UNITS
RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR LOSS. Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of
Units equal to the difference between the amount realized and the Unitholder's
tax basis for the Units sold. A Unitholder's amount realized will generally be
measured by the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property
received plus his share of Partnership nonrecourse liabilities. Because the
amount realized includes a Unitholder's share of Partnership nonrecourse
liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of Units may result in a tax
liability in excess of any cash received from such sale.
Prior Partnership distributions in excess of cumulative net taxable income
in respect of a Unit which decreased a Unitholder's tax basis in such Unit will,
in effect, become taxable income if the Unit is sold at or above original cost
(and may partially become taxable income even if the Unit is sold below original
cost.)
Gain or loss recognized by a Unitholder (other than a "dealer" in Units) on
the sale or exchange of a Unit held for more than one year will generally be
taxable as long-term capital gain or loss. A portion of this gain or loss,
however, will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under
Section 751 of the Code to the extent attributable to assets giving rise to
depreciation recapture or other "unrealized receivables" or to "substantially
appreciated inventory" owned by the Partnership. The term "unrealized
receivables" includes potential recapture items, including depreciation
recapture. Inventory is considered to be "substantially appreciated" if its
value exceeds 120% of its adjusted basis to the Partnership. Ordinary income
attributable to unrealized receivables, substantially appreciated inventory and
depreciation recapture may exceed net taxable gain realized upon the sale of the
Unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the
sale of the Unit. Thus, a Unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and a
capital loss upon a disposition of Units. Net capital loss may offset no more
than $3,000 of ordinary income in the case of individuals and may only be used
to offset capital gain in the case of a corporation.
The IRS has ruled that a partner acquiring interests in a partnership in
separate transactions must maintain an aggregate adjusted tax basis in a single
partnership interest and that, upon sale or other disposition of some of the
interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold
on the basis of some equitable apportionment method not specified by the IRS.
The ruling is unclear as to how the holding period is affected by this
aggregation concept. If this ruling is applicable to the holders of Units, the
aggregation of tax bases of a holder of Units effectively prohibits him from
102
<PAGE>
choosing among Units with varying amounts of unrealized gain or loss as would be
possible in a stock transaction. Thus, the ruling may result in an acceleration
of gain or deferral of loss on a sale of a portion of a Unitholder's Units. It
is not clear whether the ruling applies to publicly-traded partnerships, such as
the Partnership, the interests in which are evidenced by separate certificates.
Accordingly Counsel is unable to opine as to the effect such ruling will have on
the Unitholders. In addition, under the financial product provisions of the 1996
Proposed Legislation, in the case of interests in publicly traded partnerships
which are substantially identical, the basis of such interests and any
adjustments to basis would be determined on an average basis. A Unitholder
considering the purchase of additional Units or a sale of Units purchased at
differing prices should consult his tax advisor as to the possible consequences
of such ruling and subsequent legislation.
ALLOCATIONS BETWEEN TRANSFERORS AND TRANSFEREES. In general, the
Partnership's taxable income and losses will be determined annually and will be
prorated on a monthly basis and subsequently apportioned among the Unitholders
in proportion to the number of Units owned by them as of the opening of the
first business day of the month to which they relate. However, gain or loss
realized on a sale or other disposition of Partnership assets other than in the
ordinary course of business will be allocated among the Unitholders of record as
of the opening of the NYSE on the first business day of the month in which that
gain or loss is recognized. As a result of this monthly allocation, a Unitholder
transferring Units in the open market may be allocated income, gain, loss and
deduction accrued after the date of transfer.
The use of this monthly convention may not be permitted by existing Treasury
Regulations and, accordingly, Counsel is unable to opine on the validity of this
method of allocating income and deductions between the transferors and the
transferees of Common Units. If a monthly convention is not allowed by the
Treasury Regulations (or only applies to transfers of less than all of the
Unitholder's interest), taxable income or losses of the Partnership might be
reallocated among the Unitholders. The Managing General Partner is authorized to
revise the Partnership's method of allocation between transferors and
transferees (as well as among partners whose interests otherwise vary during a
taxable period) to conform to a method permitted by future Treasury Regulations.
A Unitholder who owns Units at any time during a quarter and who disposes of
such Units prior to the record date set for a distribution with respect to that
quarter will be allocated items of Partnership income and gain attributable to
the quarter during which those Units were owned but will not be entitled to
receive that cash distribution.
NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. A Unitholder who sells or exchanges Units is
required to notify the Partnership in writing of that sale or exchange within 30
days of the sale or exchange and in any event by no later than January 15 of the
year following the calendar year in which the sale or exchange occurred. The
Partnership is required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish
certain information to the transferor and transferee. However, these reporting
requirements do not apply with respect to a sale by an individual who is a
citizen of the United States and who effects that sale through a broker.
Additionally, a transferor and a transferee of a Unit will be required to
furnish statements to the IRS, filed with their income tax returns for the
taxable year in which the sale or exchange occurred, which set forth the amount
of the consideration received for the Unit that is allocated to goodwill or
going concern value of the Partnership. Failure to satisfy these reporting
obligations may lead to the imposition of substantial penalties.
CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION. The Partnership and the Operating Partnership
(and any Subsidiary Partnership) will be considered to have been terminated if
there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in Partnership
capital and profits within a 12-month period. Under the 1995 Proposed
Legislation, termination of a large partnership would not occur by reason of the
sale or exchange of interests in the partnership. A termination of the
Partnership will cause a termination of the Operating Partnership and any
Subsidiary Partnership. A termination of the Partnership will result in the
closing of the Partnership's taxable year for all Unitholders. In the case of a
Unitholder
103
<PAGE>
reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the
closing of the Partnership's taxable year may result in more than 12 months'
taxable income or loss of the Partnership being includable in his taxable income
for the year of termination. New tax elections required to be made by the
Partnership, including a new election under Section 754 of the Code, must be
made subsequent to a termination, and a termination could result in a deferral
of Partnership deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in
penalties if the Partnership were unable to determine that the termination had
occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application of, or
subject the Partnership to, any tax legislation enacted prior to the
termination.
Under current regulations, a termination of the Partnership would result in
a deemed distribution of the Partnership's assets to the Unitholders followed by
a deemed reconveyance of the assets to the Partnership, and the Partnership
would be treated as a new partnership. As a result of the deemed distribution,
each Unitholder would realize taxable gain to the extent that any money deemed
to have been distributed to him exceeds the adjusted basis of his Units.
Moreover, the deemed distribution and reconveyance could result in a loss of
basis adjustments under Section 754 of the Code if the Partnership were unable
to determine that the termination had occurred. Under recently proposed
regulations, which will apply only to terminations occurring after the proposed
regulations are adopted in final form, a termination of the Partnership would
result in a deemed transfer by the Partnership of its assets to a new
partnership in exchange for an interest in the new partnership followed by a
deemed distribution of interests in the new partnership to the Unitholders in
liquidation of the Partnership. Consequently, the tax consequences that would
result from the deemed distribution and reconveyance of assets upon a
termination subject to current regulations would not occur upon a Partnership
termination subject to the proposed regulations.
ENTITY-LEVEL COLLECTIONS. If the Partnership is required or elects under
applicable law to pay any federal, state or local income tax on behalf of any
Unitholder or the General Partners or any former Unitholder, the Managing
General Partner is authorized to pay those taxes from Partnership funds. Such
payments, if made, will be treated as current distributions of cash to the
Unitholders and the General Partners. The Managing General Partner is authorized
to amend the Partnership Agreement in the manner necessary to maintain
uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of Units and to adjust subsequent
distributions, so that after giving effect to such deemed distributions, the
priority and characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under the
Partnership Agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by the
Partnership as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on
behalf of an individual partner in which event the partner could file a claim
for credit or refund.
UNIFORMITY OF UNITS
Because the Partnership cannot match transferors and transferees of Units,
uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the Units to a purchaser
of such Units must be maintained.
Although Counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of such an approach,
in order to maintain uniformity, the Partnership intends to depreciate the
portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation
in the value of depreciable Contributed Property or Adjusted Property (to the
extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a rate of depreciation or
amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful
life applied to the Common Basis of such property, despite its inconsistency
with certain proposed and final Treasury Regulations and legislative history
(none of which is expected to directly apply to a material portion of the
Partnership's assets). See "-- Tax Treatment of Operations -- Section 754
Election." These positions are commonly taken by publicly traded partnerships.
Nevertheless, the IRS may challenge any method of depreciating the Section
743(b) adjustment adopted by the Partnership. If such a challenge were
sustained, the uniformity of Units might be affected.
104
<PAGE>
TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS AND CERTAIN OTHER INVESTORS. Ownership of Units by
employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, nonresident aliens,
foreign corporations, other foreign persons and regulated investment companies
raises issues unique to such persons and, as described below, may have
substantially adverse tax consequences.
Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from federal
income tax (including individual retirement accounts (or IRAs) and other
retirement plans) are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business
taxable income. Virtually all of the taxable income derived by such an
organization from the ownership of a Unit will be unrelated business taxable
income and thus will be taxable to such a Unitholder.
Regulated investment companies are required to derive 90% or more of their
gross income from interest, dividends, gains from the sale of stocks or
securities or foreign currency or certain related sources. It is not anticipated
that any significant amount of the Partnership's gross income will qualify as
such income.
Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates which hold
Units will be considered to be engaged in business in the United States on
account of ownership of Units and as a consequence will be required to file
federal tax returns in respect of their distributive shares of Partnership
income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on
that income. Generally, a partnership is required to pay a withholding tax on
the portion of the partnership's income which is effectively connected with the
conduct of a United States trade or business and which is allocable to the
foreign partners, regardless of whether any actual distributions have been made
to such partners. However, under rules applicable to publicly-traded
partnerships, the Partnership will withhold (currently at the rate of 39.6%) on
actual cash distributions made quarterly to foreign Unitholders. Each foreign
Unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit
that number to the Transfer Agent of the Partnership on a Form W-8 in order to
obtain credit for the taxes withheld. A change in law may require the
Partnership to change these procedures.
Because a foreign corporation which owns Units will be treated as engaged in
a United States trade or business, such a Unitholder will be subject to United
States branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal
income tax, on its allocable share of the Partnership's earnings and profits (as
adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation's "U.S. net equity") which are
effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business.
Such a tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the
United States and the country with respect to which the foreign corporate
Unitholder is a "qualified resident." In addition, such a Unitholder is subject
to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Code.
Under an IRS ruling, a foreign Unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of
a Unit will be subject to federal income tax on gain realized on the disposition
of such Unit to the extent that such gain is effectively connected with a United
States trade or business of the foreign Unitholder. The Partnership does not
expect that any material portion of any such gain will avoid United States
taxation. If less than all of any such gain is so taxable, then Section 897 of
the Code may increase the portion of any gain which is recognized by a foreign
Unitholder which is subject to United States income tax if that foreign
Unitholder has held more than 5% in value of the Units during the five-year
period ending on the date of the disposition or if the Units are not regularly
traded on an established securities market at the time of the disposition.
ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS
PARTNERSHIP INFORMATION RETURNS AND AUDIT PROCEDURES. The Partnership
intends to furnish to each Unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each
calendar year, certain tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which sets
forth each Unitholder's allocable share of the Partnership's income, gain, loss
and deduction for the preceding Partnership taxable year. In preparing this
information, which will generally not be reviewed by counsel, the Managing
General Partner will use various
105
<PAGE>
accounting and reporting conventions, some of which have been mentioned in the
previous discussion, to determine the respective Unitholders' allocable share of
income, gain, loss and deduction. There is no assurance that any of those
conventions will yield a result which conforms to the requirements of the Code,
regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS. The Managing General
Partner cannot assure prospective Unitholders that the IRS will not successfully
contend in court that such accounting and reporting conventions are
impermissible.
The federal income tax information returns filed by the Partnership may be
audited by the IRS. Adjustments resulting from any such audit may require each
Unitholder to adjust a prior year's tax liability, and possibly may result in an
audit of the Unitholder's own return. Any audit of a Unitholder's return could
result in adjustments of non-Partnership as well as Partnership items.
Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities for purposes of
federal tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and
tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income,
gain, loss and deduction are determined at the partnership level in a unified
partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the partners.
The Code provides for one partner to be designated as the "Tax Matters Partner"
for these purposes. The Partnership Agreement appoints the Managing General
Partner as the Tax Matters Partner.
The Tax Matters Partner will make certain elections on behalf of the
Partnership and Unitholders and can extend the statute of limitations for
assessment of tax deficiencies against Unitholders with respect to Partnership
items. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a Unitholder with less than a 1% profits
interest in the Partnership to a settlement with the IRS unless such Unitholder
elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give such authority to the
Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review (by which
all the Unitholders are bound) of a final Partnership administrative adjustment
and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, such review may
be sought by any Unitholder having at least 1% interest in the profits of the
Partnership and by the Unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% profits
interest. However, only one action for judicial review will go forward, and each
Unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate.
A Unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of
any item on his federal income tax return that is not consistent with the
treatment of the item on the Partnership's return. Intentional or negligent
disregard of the consistency requirement may subject a Unitholder to substantial
penalties. Under the 1995 Proposed Legislation, partners in electing large
partnerships, such as the Partnership, would have been required to treat all
partnership items in a manner consistent with the partnership return.
The U.S House of Representatives version of the 1995 Proposed Legislation
would also have made a number of changes to the tax compliance and
administrative rules relating to partnerships. One provision would have been
required that each partner in a large partnership, such as the Partnership, take
into account his share of any adjustments to partnership items in the year such
adjustments are made. Under current law, adjustments relating to partnership
items for a previous taxable year are taken into account by those persons who
were partners in the previous taxable year. Alternatively, under the 1995
Proposed Legislation, a partnership could have elected to or, in some
circumstances, could have been required to, directly pay the tax resulting from
any such adjustments. In either case, therefore, Common Unitholders could bear
significant economic burdens associated with tax adjustments relating to periods
predating their acquisition of Common Units.
It cannot be predicted whether or in what form the 1995 Proposed
Legislation, or other tax legislation that might affect Common Unitholders, will
be enacted. However, if tax legislation is enacted which includes provisions
similar to those discussed above, a Common Unitholder might experience a
reduction in cash distributions.
NOMINEE REPORTING. Persons who hold an interest in the Partnership as a
nominee for another person are required to furnish to the Partnership (a) the
name, address and taxpayer identification
106
<PAGE>
number of the beneficial owner and the nominee; (b) whether the beneficial owner
is (i) a person that is not a United States person, (ii) a foreign government,
an international organization or any wholly-owned agency or instrumentality of
either of the foregoing or (iii) a tax-exempt entity; (c) the amount and
description of Units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and
(d) certain information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means
of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as
the amount of net proceeds from sales. Brokers and financial institutions are
required to furnish additional information, including whether they are United
States persons and certain information on Units they acquire, hold or transfer
for their own account. A penalty of $50 per failure (up to a maximum of $100,000
per calendar year) is imposed by the Code for failure to report such information
to the Partnership. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of
the Units with the information furnished to the Partnership.
REGISTRATION AS A TAX SHELTER. The Code requires that "tax shelters" be
registered with the Secretary of the Treasury. The temporary Treasury
Regulations interpreting the tax shelter registration provisions of the Code are
extremely broad and the Managing General Partner has registered the Partnership
as a tax shelter with the IRS in the absence of assurance that the Partnership
will not be subject to tax shelter registration and in light of the substantial
penalties which might be imposed if registration is required and not undertaken.
The IRS has issued the following tax shelter registration number to the
Partnership: 95074000266. ISSUANCE OF THE REGISTRATION NUMBER DOES NOT INDICATE
THAT AN INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP OR THE CLAIMED TAX BENEFITS HAVE BEEN
REVIEWED, EXAMINED OR APPROVED BY THE IRS. The Partnership must furnish the
registration number to the Unitholders, and a Unitholder who sells or otherwise
transfers a Unit in a subsequent transaction must furnish the registration
number to the transferee. The penalty for failure of the transferor of a Unit to
furnish the registration number to the transferee is $100 for each such failure.
The Unitholders must disclose the tax shelter registration number of the
Partnership on Form 8271 to be attached to the tax return on which any
deduction, loss or other benefit generated by the Partnership is claimed or
income of the Partnership is included. A Unitholder who fails to disclose the
tax shelter registration number on his return, without reasonable cause for that
failure, will be subject to a $250 penalty for each failure. Any penalties
discussed herein are not deductible for federal income tax purposes.
ACCURACY-RELATED PENALTIES. An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of
any portion of an underpayment of tax which is attributable to one or more of
certain listed causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or
regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation
misstatements, is imposed by the Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, with
respect to any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a
reasonable cause for that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith with
respect to that portion.
A substantial understatement of income tax in any taxable year exists if the
amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to
be shown on the return for the taxable year or $5,000 ($10,000 for most
corporations). The amount of any understatement subject to penalty generally is
reduced if any portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return (i)
with respect to which there is, or was, "substantial authority" or (ii) as to
which there is a reasonable basis and the pertinent facts of such position are
disclosed on the return. Certain more stringent rules apply to "tax shelters,"a
term that in this context, does not appear to include the Partnership. If any
Partnership item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the distributive
shares of Unitholders might result in such an "understatement" of income for
which no "substantial authority" exists, the Partnership must disclose the
pertinent facts on its return. In addition, the Partnership will make a
reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for Unitholders to make
adequate disclosure on their returns to avoid liability for this penalty.
A substantial valuation misstatement exists if the value of any property (or
the adjusted basis of any property) claimed on a tax return is 200% or more of
the amount determined to be the correct
107
<PAGE>
amount of such valuation or adjusted basis. No penalty is imposed unless the
portion of the underpayment attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement
exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). If the valuation claimed on a
return is 400% or more than the correct valuation, the penalty imposed increases
to 40%.
OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS
In addition to federal income taxes, Unitholders will generally be subject
to other taxes, such as state and local income taxes, unincorporated business
taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may be imposed by the
various jurisdictions in which the Partnership does business or owns property.
Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each
prospective Unitholder should consider their potential impact on his investment
in the Partnership. The Partnership currently owns property and conducts
substantially all of its business in Oregon, Idaho, Washington and Montana. A
Unitholder will generally be required to file state income tax returns and to
pay taxes in all these states other than Washington and may be subject to
penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. Taxable income of the
Partnership in other jurisdictions has historically been de minimis, and filing
requirements with respect to such jurisdictions have generally been met by the
Partnership. In certain states, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the
year incurred (if, for example, the Partnership has no income from sources
within that state) and also may not be available to offset income in subsequent
taxable years. Some of the states may require the Partnership, or the
Partnership may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be
distributed to a Unitholder who is not a resident of the state. Withholding, the
amount of which may be greater or less than a particular Unitholder's income tax
liability to the state, generally does not relieve the non-resident Unitholder
from the obligation to file an income tax return. Amounts withheld will be
treated as if distributed to Unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts
distributed by the Partnership. Based on current law and its estimate of future
Partnership operations, the General Partners anticipate that any amounts
required to be withheld will not be material. There can be no assurance that in
the future the Partnership will not conduct material business operations in
jurisdictions other than those described above.
Each Unitholder should investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the
laws of pertinent states and localities, of his investment in the Partnership.
Accordingly, each prospective Unitholder should consult, and must depend upon,
his own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it
is the responsibility of each Unitholder to file all state and local, as well as
federal, tax returns that may be required of such Unitholder. Counsel has not
rendered an opinion on the state or local tax consequences of an investment in
the Partnership.
108
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP
BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
An investment in the Partnership by an employee benefit plan is subject to
certain additional considerations because the investments of such plans are
subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and
restrictions imposed by Section 4975 of the Code. As used herein, the term
"employee benefit plan" includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension,
profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension
plans and tax deferred annuities or Individual Retirement Accounts established
or maintained by an employer or employee organization. Among other things,
consideration should be given to (a) whether such investment is prudent under
Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA; (b) whether in making such investment, such plan
will satisfy the diversification requirement of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA;
and (c) whether such investment will result in recognition of unrelated business
taxable income by such plan and, if so, the potential after-tax investment
return. See "Tax Considerations -- Uniformity of Units -- Tax-Exempt
Organizations and Certain Other Investors." The person with investment
discretion with respect to the assets of an employee benefit plan (a
"fiduciary") should determine whether an investment in the Partnership is
authorized by the appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment
for such plan.
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code (which also applies to
Individual Retirement Accounts that are not considered part of an employee
benefit plan) prohibit an employee benefit plan from engaging in certain
transactions involving "plan assets" with parties that are "parties in interest"
under ERISA or "disqualified persons" under the Code with respect to the plan.
In addition to considering whether the purchase of Common Units is a
prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan should consider
whether such plan will, by investing in the Partnership, be deemed to own an
undivided interest in the assets of the Partnership, with the result that the
General Partners also would be fiduciaries of such plan and the operations of
the Partnership would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA,
including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited
transaction rules of the Code.
The Department of Labor issued final regulations on November 13, 1986
providing guidance with respect to whether the assets of an entity in which
employee benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed "plan assets"
under certain circumstances. Pursuant to these regulations, an entity's assets
would not be considered to be "plan assets" if, among other things, (a) the
equity interest acquired by employee benefit plans are publicly offered
securities -- I.E., the equity interests are widely held by 100 or more
investors independent of the issuer and each other, freely transferable and
registered pursuant to certain provisions of the federal securities laws, (b)
the entity is an "operating company" -- I.E., it is primarily engaged in the
production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital
either directly or through a majority owned subsidiary or subsidiaries or (c)
there is no significant investment by benefit plan investors, which is defined
to mean that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity interest
(disregarding certain interests held by the General Partners, their affiliates,
and certain other persons) is held by the employee benefit plans referred to
above, Individual Retirement Accounts and other employee benefit plans not
subject to ERISA (such as governmental plans). The Partnership's assets should
not be considered "plan assets" under these regulations because it is expected
that the investment will satisfy the requirements in (a) and (b) above and may
also satisfy the requirements in (c).
Plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of Units should consult with their
own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA and the Code in light of the
serious penalties imposed on persons who engage in prohibited transactions or
other violations.
109
<PAGE>
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement,
the Partnership and the Selling Unitholders agreed to sell to each of the
Underwriters named below, and each of the Underwriters, for whom Smith Barney
Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Dean Witter Reynolds Inc., A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.
and PaineWebber Incorporated are acting as representatives (the
"Representatives"), has severally agreed to purchase from the Partnership, the
respective number of Common Units set forth opposite its name below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER COMMON UNITS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
<S> <C>
Smith Barney Inc..............................................................
Lehman Brothers Inc...........................................................
Dean Witter Reynolds Inc......................................................
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc......................................................
PaineWebber Incorporated......................................................
--------------
Total..................................................................... 10,297,800
--------------
--------------
</TABLE>
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters thereunder are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by
counsel and various other conditions. The nature of the Underwriters'
obligations is such that they are committed to take and pay for all of the
Common Units offered hereby if any are purchased.
The Underwriters propose to offer the Common Units in part directly to the
public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this Prospectus,
and in part to certain securities dealers at such price, less a concession of
$ per Common Unit. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a
concession not in excess of $ per Common Unit to certain other brokers and
dealers. After completion of the initial offering of Common Units, the offering
price and other selling terms may be changed by the Representatives.
The Partnership has agreed that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer,
sell or otherwise dispose of any Common Units or Subordinated Units, or any
securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or any rights to purchase or
acquire, Common Units or Subordinated Units (other than the grant of options to
purchase Common Units pursuant to option plans existing on the date hereof), for
a period of 120 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written
consent of Smith Barney Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. and Dean Witter Reynolds Inc.
In addition, the Selling Unitholders, the directors and officers of the Managing
General Partner and certain other holders of Common Units have agreed that they
will not, directly or indirectly offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any Common
Units for a period of 120 days after the date of this Prospectus without the
prior written consent of Smith Barney Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. and Dean Witter
Reynolds Inc.
The Partnership has granted to the Underwriters an option exercisable for 30
days after the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to 1,544,670 additional
Common Units solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriters
exercise their over-allotment option, the Underwriters have severally agreed,
subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage
thereof that the number of Common Units to be purchased by each of them, as
shown in the foregoing table, bears to the number of Common Units offered.
Because the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") views
the Common Units offered hereby as interests in a direct participation program,
the offering is being made in compliance
110
<PAGE>
with Rule 2810 of the NASD's Conduct Rules. Investor suitability of the Common
Units should be judged similarly to the suitability of other securities which
are listed for trading on a national securities exchange.
The Partnership, the Operating Partnership and the General Partners have
agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act or to contribute to payments that
the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
Certain of the Representatives have performed investment banking and other
financial advisory services for the Partnership in the past, for which they have
received customary compensation.
VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS
The validity of the Common Units will be passed upon for the Partnership by
Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with
the Common Units will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Baker & Botts,
L.L.P., Houston, Texas.
EXPERTS
The financial statements included in this Prospectus or incorporated in this
Prospectus by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1995 of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. and the December 31, 1995
balance sheets of Crown Pacific, Ltd. and Crown Pacific Management Limited
Partnership have been so included or incorporated in this Prospectus in reliance
on the reports of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
Information relating to the Partnership's timber inventory and age and
species of the Partnership's timber included herein has been reviewed by Mason,
Bruce & Girard, Inc., independent timber appraisers, and are included herein in
reliance upon the authority of such firm as an expert in timber appraisals.
111
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Report of Independent Accountants........................................................................ F-2
Consolidated Statement of Income -- Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and Three Months Ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)..................................................................... F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheet -- December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31, 1996 (unaudited).................. F-4
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows -- Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and Three Months
Ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)............................................................... F-5
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Partners' and Shareholders' Equity -- Years Ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 and Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited)......................................... F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................................... F-7
CROWN PACIFIC, LTD. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET:
Report of Independent Accountants........................................................................ F-20
Consolidated Balance Sheet -- December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 (unaudited)........................... F-21
Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet...................................................................... F-22
CROWN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP BALANCE SHEET:
Report of Independent Accountants........................................................................ F-27
Balance Sheet -- December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 (unaudited)........................................ F-28
Notes to Balance Sheet................................................................................... F-29
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Control of
Crown Pacific Management Limited Partnership
and the Partners of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of income, of changes in partners' and shareholders'
equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. and its subsidiaries and affiliates at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the partnership's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Portland, Oregon
January 23, 1996
F-2
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, FOR THE QUARTER ENDED
------------------------------------- MARCH 31,
1994 ------------------------
1993 PRE-IPO & 1995 1995 1996
PRE-IPO PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues........................................ $ 220,586 $ 397,326 $ 383,383 $ 97,834 $ 84,555
Operating costs:
Cost of products sold......................... 151,379 328,882 313,490 80,995 66,882
Selling, general and administrative
expenses..................................... 10,379 21,148 21,653 5,309 5,312
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Operating income................................ 58,828 47,296 48,240 11,530 12,361
Interest expense................................ 14,201 23,894 31,053 7,522 8,245
Amortization of debt issuance costs............. 997 2,184 508 116 126
Other (income) expenses, net.................... 3,208 (1,034) (599) (224) (174)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income before provision for income taxes........ 40,422 22,252 17,278 4,116 4,164
Provision for income taxes...................... 1,501 2,514 -- -- --
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income before extraordinary item................ 38,921 19,738 17,278 4,116 4,164
Extraordinary item -- loss on extinguishment of
debt........................................... -- (16,178) -- -- --
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income...................................... 38,921 3,560 17,278 4,116 4,164
Accretion and income relative to mandatorily
redeemable partnership interests............... (3,243) (8,624) -- -- --
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss) allocated to partnership and
shareholders' interests........................ $ 35,678 $ (5,064) $ 17,278 $ 4,116 $ 4,164
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Earnings per Unit (pro forma for 1994):
Income before extraordinary item.............. $ 1.07 $ 0.94 $ 0.22 $ 0.23
Extraordinary item............................ (0.88) -- -- --
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income per Unit........................... $ 0.19 $ 0.94 $ 0.22 $ 0.23
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-3
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(IN THOUSANDS)
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------------
1994 1995
----------- ----------- MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................................ $ 6,421 $ 10,292 $ 13,676
Accounts receivable...................................................... 22,267 32,576 32,845
Notes receivable......................................................... 64 5,571 9,443
Inventories.............................................................. 47,439 46,747 44,476
Deposits on timber cutting contracts..................................... 12,194 9,399 8,190
Prepaid and other current assets......................................... 5,449 5,395 5,723
----------- ----------- -----------
Total current assets................................................... 93,834 109,980 114,353
Property, plant and equipment, net......................................... 37,505 40,920 41,656
Timber, timberlands and roads, net......................................... 325,311 320,063 328,005
Other assets............................................................... 4,897 5,542 6,301
----------- ----------- -----------
Total assets........................................................... $ 461,547 $ 476,505 $ 490,315
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Current liabilities:
Notes payable............................................................ $ 3,508 $ 19,100 $ 15,100
Accounts payable......................................................... 24,645 10,938 9,614
Accrued expenses......................................................... 13,348 10,469 13,507
Accrued interest......................................................... 649 2,736 10,107
----------- ----------- -----------
Total current liabilities.............................................. 42,150 43,243 48,328
Long-term debt............................................................. 300,000 326,000 340,000
Other non-current liabilities.............................................. -- 206 206
----------- ----------- -----------
342,150 369,449 388,534
----------- ----------- -----------
Commitments and contingent liabilities
Partners' capital:
General partners......................................................... (35) (152) (204)
Limited partners (18,133,527 Units outstanding).......................... 119,432 107,208 101,985
----------- ----------- -----------
Total partners' capital................................................ 119,397 107,056 101,781
----------- ----------- -----------
Total liabilities and partners' capital................................ $ 461,547 $ 476,505 $ 490,315
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-4
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, FOR THE QUARTER ENDED
------------------------------------- MARCH 31,
1994 ------------------------
1993 PRE-IPO & 1995 1995 1996
PRE-IPO PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income............................................. $ 38,921 $ 3,560 $ 17,278 $ 4,116 $ 4,164
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Extraordinary item -- loss on extinguishment of
debt................................................ -- 16,178 -- -- --
Depletion, depreciation and amortization............. 31,229 40,870 34,959 6,261 9,005
Gain on sale of property............................. (8,652) (3,278) (6,816) (224) (2,073)
Other................................................ 1,685 (4,995) 5,034 35 1
Net change in current assets and current liabilities:
Restricted cash...................................... (2,062) 2,062 -- -- --
Accounts and notes receivable........................ (4,497) 1,452 (16,310) (3,920) (2,758)
Inventories.......................................... (3,872) 7,940 692 8,535 2,271
Prepaid and other current assets..................... (895) 1,824 2,207 1,270 881
Accounts payable and accrued expenses................ 7,814 (8,128) (14,068) (7,475) 8,725
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash provided by operating activities.............. 59,671 57,485 22,976 8,598 20,216
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Additions to timberlands............................... (2,549) (6,173) (26,218) (3,988) (2,924)
Additions to timber cutting rights..................... (8,681) (9,621) (4,993) -- (12,842)
Additions to property, plant and equipment............. (1,885) (14,799) (10,437) (3,425) (2,456)
Proceeds from sales of property........................ 17,179 15,679 11,538 2,862 979
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash................. (240,431) -- -- -- --
Other investing activities............................. (645) 3,517 (617) (412) (116)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash used in investing activities.................... (237,012) (11,397) (30,727) (4,963) (17,359)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from sale of partnership interests............ 24,243 193,324 -- -- --
Retirement of equity interests......................... (30,437) (3,327) -- -- --
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowing........ -- -- 15,592 (508) (4,000)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt............... 174,486 527,963 68,600 -- 32,000
Repayments of long-term debt........................... (34,348) (545,224) (42,600) -- (18,000)
Distributions to partners.............................. (11,957) (219,350) (29,342) -- (9,436)
Capital contributions.................................. 63,524 -- -- -- --
Other financing activities............................. (11,239) (1,697) (628) (409) (37)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities...... 174,272 (48,311) 11,622 (917) 527
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..... (3,069) (2,223) 3,871 2,718 3,384
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period......... 11,713 8,644 6,421 6,421 10,292
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period............... $ 8,644 $ 6,421 $ 10,292 $ 9,139 $ 13,676
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-5
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CPLP
CPL --------------------------------------- CP INLAND
------------------ PREFERRED -------------------------
RETAINED GENERAL LIMITED LIMITED GENERAL LIMITED
COMMON EARNINGS PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP
STOCK (DEFICIT) INTEREST INTERESTS INTERESTS INTEREST INTERESTS
-------- -------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances, December 31, 1992........ $21,752 ($22,585) $ 2,203 $ 41,704 $ 26,956 $ $
Retirement of limited partnership
interests......................... (30,437)
Contributions of capital........... 10 34,025
Issuance of warrants............... 600 504
Net income (loss) for the year..... 9,611 3,944 5,382 29,777 303
Distributions...................... (1,030) (3,354) (11,297) (96)
-------- -------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----- -----------
Balances, December 31, 1993........ 21,752 (12,974) 5,117 13,295 46,036 10 34,736
Equity issuance costs..............
Issuance of partnership Units in
initial public offering...........
Net income (loss) for the year..... 4,620 1,960 2,979 16,910 71 (11,867)
Distributions...................... (4,679) (15,913) (96,458) (81) (47,897)
Accretion of mandatorily re-
deemable partnership interests.... (4,666)
Allocation of distributions in
excess of (less than) historical
recorded costs:
Mandatorily redeemable preferred
interests.......................
Other partnership interests...... (2,398) (361) 33,512 29,694
Elimination of CPL from combined
group............................. (21,752 ) 8,354
-------- -------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----- -----------
Balances, December 31, 1994........ $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0
-------- -------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----- -----------
-------- -------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----- -----------
Equity issuance costs..............
Net income for the year............
Distributions......................
Balances, December 31, 1995........
Net income for the period
(unaudited).......................
Distributions (unaudited)..........
Balances, March 31, 1996
(unaudited).......................
<CAPTION>
CP LEASING CP PARTNERS
------------------------- -------------------------
GENERAL LIMITED GENERAL LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP PARTNERSHIP TOTAL
INTEREST INTEREST INTEREST INTEREST ELIMINATIONS EQUITY
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances, December 31, 1992........ $ $ $ $ ($1,594 ) $ 68,436
--------
--------
Retirement of limited partnership
interests.........................
Contributions of capital........... 10
Issuance of warrants...............
Net income (loss) for the year..... (85) (10)
Distributions......................
(7,661)
----- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ --------
Balances, December 31, 1993........ (85) 0 (9,255) $ 98,632
--------
--------
Equity issuance costs.............. (4,139)
Issuance of partnership Units in
initial public offering........... 197,463
Net income (loss) for the year..... 101 1,525 (35) (3,431)
Distributions...................... (16) (1,525)
Accretion of mandatorily re-
deemable partnership interests....
Allocation of distributions in
excess of (less than) historical
recorded costs:
Mandatorily redeemable preferred
interests....................... (4,314)
Other partnership interests...... (66,147)
Elimination of CPL from combined
group.............................
9,255
----- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ --------
Balances, December 31, 1994........ $ 0 $ 0 (35) 119,432 $ 0 $119,397
----- ----------- ------------ --------
----- ----------- ------------ --------
Equity issuance costs.............. (277)
Net income for the year............ 173 17,105
Distributions...................... (290) (29,052)
----------- -----------
Balances, December 31, 1995........ ($152) $107,208 $107,056
--------
--------
Net income for the period
(unaudited)....................... 41 4,123
Distributions (unaudited).......... (93) (9,346)
----------- -----------
Balances, March 31, 1996
(unaudited)....................... ($204) $101,985 $101,781
----------- ----------- --------
----------- ----------- --------
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-6
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
1. SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BASIS OF PRESENTATION. Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. (the "Partnership"), a
Delaware limited partnership, through its 99% owned subsidiary, Crown Pacific
Limited Partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), was formed to acquire, own
and operate the timberland properties and related manufacturing assets of the
former Crown Pacific Limited Partnership ("CPLP") and Crown Pacific Inland
Limited Partnership ("CP Inland"). The Partnership primarily operates in Oregon,
Idaho, Washington and Montana and sells logs and manufactured wood products to a
variety of markets across the U.S. and the Pacific Rim. Crown Pacific Management
Limited Partnership (the "Managing General Partner") manages the businesses of
the Partnership and the Operating Partnership and owns a 0.99% general partner
interest in the Partnership. The Managing General Partner owns the remaining 1%
interest in the Operating Partnership. Crown Pacific, Ltd., the Special General
Partner of the Partnership, together with the Managing General Partner, comprise
the General Partners of the Partnership. The Special General Partner owns a .01%
general partner interest and a 14.8% limited partnership interest in the
Partnership. As used herein, "Company" and "Crown Pacific" refer to the
Partnership and the Operating Partnership taken as a whole.
Effective December 22, 1994, the Partnership completed an initial public
offering (the "Offering") of 9,850,000 common limited partnership units. As used
herein, unless otherwise indicated, "Units" refers to common limited partnership
units and subordinated limited partnership units taken as a whole. Concurrent
with the Offering, the Partnership consummated an offer and consent solicitation
whereby it effectively acquired substantially all of CPLP, CP Inland, and other
affiliates in exchange for cash and 8,283,527 limited partnership interests.
Since less than 80% of the limited partnership interests were sold to the public
and because the General Partners (or their affiliates) were also the general
partners of the companies/partnerships (the "Former Entities") that preceded the
Partnership, the assets were not recorded as a purchase and therefore remain at
their historical cost. The financial information for the periods prior to the
initial public offering of Units on December 22, 1994 ("Pre-IPO") represents the
financial results of the Former Entities. The Former Entities consisted of two
corporations, Crown Pacific, Ltd. ("CPL") and Crescent Creek Company, and three
limited partnerships, CPLP, CP Inland and Crown Pacific Leasing Limited
Partnership ("CP Leasing"). These organizations were under common control in
that they had significant common partners and shareholders, common management,
and completed certain asset transfers among the entities as part of
reorganizations. Additionally, CPL provided certain management and
administrative services for all of the enterprises within the group. As legal
entities, the corporations and partnerships were not consolidated; however, due
to the common ownership and management, combination for financial statement
purposes was presented to properly reflect the results of operations, cash flows
and financial position of the Former Entities.
RESULTS FOR THE TEN DAYS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994. Since the Company became
effective on December 22, 1994, its results of operations for the ten-day period
ended December 31, 1994 were not significant compared to the results of the
combined Former Entities taken as a whole. The operations of the Company have
been combined with the results of the Former Entities for the year ended
December 31, 1994, and have been presented together on the accompanying 1994
Statement of Income.
F-7
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
1. SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
The results of the Company for the period from December 22, 1994 through
December 31, 1994 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Revenues........................................................ $ 9,647
Operating loss.................................................. (323)
Loss before extraordinary item.................................. (1,159)
Extraordinary item -- loss on extinguishment of debt............ (2,376)
Net loss........................................................ (3,535)
Pro forma net loss per Unit..................................... ($ 0.19)
</TABLE>
Included in the net loss for the ten-day period was an extraordinary loss
related to the refinancing of certain debt assumed by the Company from the
Former Entities.
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION. All significant intercompany accounts, profits
and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.
Certain eliminations are also reflected in the Pre-IPO Consolidated Statement of
Changes in Partners' and Shareholders' Equity, which relate to CPL's investment
in CPLP, its equity in the income of CPLP and elimination of profit on
intercompany sales. The reconciliation of net income (loss) in the Pre-IPO
periods is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM PERIOD FROM
YEAR ENDED JAN. 1 THRU DEC. 22 THRU
DECEMBER 31, DEC. 22, DEC. 31,
1993 1994 1994
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net income (loss) per the Consolidated Statement
of Income........................................ $ 38,921 $ 7,095 $ (3,535)
CPL's equity in the net income of CPLP............ 14,128 9,271 --
Minority interest................................. -- -- 69
Net income allocated to mandatorily redeemable
limited partnership interests.................... (3,243) (3,958) --
Elimination of intercompany profit and other...... (884) 3,891 --
------------ ------------ ------------
Net income (loss) per the Consolidated Statement
of Changes in Partners' and Shareholders'
Equity........................................... $ 48,922 $ 16,299 $ (3,466)
------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
REVENUE RECOGNITION. The Company recognizes revenue on log sales upon
delivery to the customer. Revenue on lumber, plywood and millwork sales is
recognized upon shipment. Sales of real property, including standing timber, are
recognized when title transfers, upon the receipt of a sufficient down payment
and when collectibility of any outstanding receivable from the purchaser is
assured. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.07 million and $0.09 million
as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS. Cash and cash equivalents primarily represent
funds invested in overnight repurchase agreements. The Company considers all
highly liquid investments which have original maturities of three months or less
to be cash equivalents.
EXPORT SALES. The Company sells logs to customers engaged in export
activities. Logs sold to exporters during the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 were $14.9 million, $11.0 million, and $11.1 million,
respectively.
F-8
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
1. SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INVENTORIES. Inventories, consisting of lumber, plywood and logs, are
stated at the lower of LIFO cost or market. Supplies are valued at the lower of
average cost or market.
DEPOSITS ON TIMBER CUTTING CONTRACTS. The Company purchases timber under
cutting contracts with government agencies and private land owners. Title to the
timber does not pass until timber is harvested and measured. Therefore, timber
remaining under contract is considered to be a commitment and is not recorded as
an asset or liability until the timber is removed and measured (see Note 14).
Deposits are generally required to be made on contracts and are applied to the
purchase of timber as it is harvested.
TIMBER AND TIMBERLANDS. Timber and timberlands, including logging roads,
are stated at cost less depletion for timber harvested and accumulated
amortization related to roads. Cost of the Company's timber harvested is
determined based on the volume of timber harvested in relation to the amount of
estimated recoverable timber. The Company estimates its timber inventory using
statistical information and data obtained from physical measurements, site maps,
photo-types and other information gathering techniques. These estimates are
updated periodically and any adjustments are recognized prospectively (see Note
5). In addition, the Company purchases fee simple interests in standing timber.
These interests are recorded as cutting rights and depleted over the harvest.
The cost of logging roads is amortized based upon the estimated useful life of
the roads.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT. Buildings, machinery and equipment are
recorded at cost and include those additions and improvements that add to
productive capacity or extend useful life. When properties are sold or otherwise
retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the
respective accounts and the resulting profit or loss is recorded in income. The
costs of repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over useful lives as
follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Machinery and equipment..................................... 3 to 10 years
Buildings and leasehold improvements........................ 15 to 25 years
Aircraft.................................................... 5 to 8 years
Furniture and fixtures...................................... 10 years
</TABLE>
In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued the Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of". The Company will
adopt the statement in fiscal 1996; however, the adoption is not expected to
have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.
DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS. Debt issuance costs, a component of other assets,
include all costs and fees incurred that are directly related to obtaining
credit facilities. These costs are amortized over the term of the related credit
agreement.
In conjunction with the 1994 refinancing of the Former Entities' borrowings,
certain of the deferred debt issuance costs were written off as an extraordinary
charge, which totaled $16.2 million or $0.88 on a pro forma per Unit basis.
INCOME TAXES. The Partnership is not subject to most income taxes and its
items of income, gains, losses and deductions are included in the tax returns of
the individual unitholders.
Income taxes for CPL in 1993 and 1994 were calculated in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income
Taxes". This statement requires that the
F-9
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
1. SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
balance sheet amounts for deferred income taxes be computed based upon the tax
effect of aggregate temporary differences arising prior to year end and
reversing subsequent to year end. Such effects were calculated based upon tax
rates enacted. CPLP, CP Inland and CP Leasing were limited partnerships and
Crescent Creek Company was a Subchapter S corporation and were not liable for
federal or state income taxes.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION. The Company and/or
Former Entities made the following cash payments:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTER ENDED, MARCH
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 31,
------------------------------- ----------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
--------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest........................... $ 28,932 $ 24,795 $ 11,881 $ 692 $ 820
Income taxes....................... -- 1,388 2,841 -- --
</TABLE>
PER UNIT INFORMATION. Earnings per Unit is calculated using the average
number of common and subordinated Units outstanding, plus Unit equivalents when
dilutive, divided into net income (loss), after adjusting for the General
Partner interest. At December 31, 1994 and 1995, the weighted average number of
Units outstanding was 18,133,527.
The 1994 Earnings per Unit computation was calculated on a pro forma basis,
combining the Former Entities' 1994 operations with the Company's ten days of
operations in 1994.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS. All of the Company's significant financial
instruments are recognized in its consolidated balance sheet. Carrying values
approximate fair market value for most financial assets and liabilities. The
fair market value of certain financial instruments was estimated as follows:
- Notes Receivable -- The interest rate on the Company's notes receivable
approximates current market rates for these type of notes; therefore, the
recorded value of the notes approximates fair value.
- Notes Payable -- The bank credit facilities include interest rates that
are tied to current credit markets. Therefore, the recorded value for the
debt approximates fair value.
- Senior Notes -- The estimated fair value of the Company's Senior Notes,
based upon interest rates at December 31, 1995 for similar obligations
with like maturities, was approximately $384 million and was carried at
$300 million.
CERTAIN RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES AND CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK. The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates, including estimates
related to timber volumes, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at
the date of financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these
estimates.
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration
of credit risk consist primarily of temporary cash investments and trade and
notes receivable. The Company restricts investment of temporary cash investments
to financial institutions with high credit standing. Credit risk on trade
receivables is minimized as a result of the large and diverse nature of the
Company's customer base. At December 31, 1995, the Company had no significant
concentration of credit risk, except for a $5.0 million note receivable that is
fully secured (See Note 3).
F-10
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
1. SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
FINANCIAL STATEMENT RECLASSIFICATIONS. Certain financial statement
reclassifications have been made to the years presented for comparability
purposes and had no impact on net income or partners' and shareholders' equity.
2. ACQUISITIONS
On September 8, 1993, CPL, CPLP and CP Leasing purchased for $29.4 million
the facilities and certain other assets of the DAW Forest Products Company, L.P.
("DAW") Bend, Oregon sawmill, the Redmond, Oregon remanufacturing plant and the
Redmond, Oregon plywood operations. The acquisition was accounted for using the
purchase method and the results of these operations have been included in the
financial statements since September 8, 1993.
Effective October 28, 1993, CP Inland acquired the majority of the remaining
assets of DAW and essentially all of the assets of W-I Forest Products Limited
Partnership ("W-I"), consisting of approximately 203,000 acres of timberland,
six sawmill facilities and a trucking operation. The acquisition was accounted
for using the purchase method. CP Inland paid approximately $238.0 million for
the timberlands, sawmills, trucking assets and working capital including fees to
lenders and investment bankers. The purchase price was allocated as follows:
$52.0 million to current assets, $213.0 million to noncurrent assets (primarily
timberland) and $27.0 million to liabilities assumed. The results of operations
relating to the acquired assets have been included in the financial statements
since October 28, 1993.
The pro forma financial results for the year ended December 31, 1993, had
Crown Pacific acquired DAW and W-I on January 1, 1993, are as follows
(unaudited):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Revenues......................................................... $ 430,000
Income before extraordinary item................................. $ 44,000
Net income....................................................... $ 44,000
</TABLE>
3. NOTES RECEIVABLE
In June 1995, the Company sold and exchanged 69,800 acres of non-strategic
timberlands in central Washington for $4.1 million cash, a $6.1 million
promissory note (the "Note") and 6,600 acres of timberland intermingled with the
Company's western Washington tree farm. The transactions resulted in a $3.7
million gain ($0.20 per Unit).
As of December 31, 1995, the uncollected balance of the Note totaled $5.0
million. The Note bears interest at 10%, is due in June 1996, and is secured by
the assets of the issuer of the Note, which include timberland and other
investments. In addition, the Note is supported by an unconditional bank
commitment to finance the payment of the Note in June 1996.
In the period ended March 31, 1996 the Partnership sold 14.6 MMBF of
standing timber located in northeastern Washington for $1 million cash and a $3
million promissory note. At March 31, 1996, the uncollected balance of the
promissory note was $3 million. The promissory note bears interest at 8%, is
secured by the related timber, and is required to be paid in full on December
31, 1996. In addition, all proceeds from the harvesting of the timber must be
first applied to the promissory note.
F-11
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
4. INVENTORIES
Inventories consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
1994 1995
--------- --------- MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Finished goods........................................... $ 10,893 $ 12,557 $ 12,707
Work in process.......................................... 2,658 2,680 3,008
Logs..................................................... 31,328 27,169 23,737
Supplies................................................. 3,280 3,600 4,009
LIFO reserve............................................. (720) 741 1,015
--------- --------- -----------
$ 47,439 $ 46,747 $ 44,476
--------- --------- -----------
--------- --------- -----------
</TABLE>
Effective January 1, 1993 for CPLP, and effective January 1, 1994 for CP
Inland, the Company changed its method of accounting for the cost of log, lumber
and plywood inventories from the FIFO method to the LIFO method. Management
believes that the use of the LIFO method better matches current costs with
current revenues. The cumulative effect of this accounting change for prior
years is not determinable nor are the pro forma effects of retroactive
application of the LIFO method.
The accounting change decreased net income for the year ended December 31,
1993 and increased net income for the year ended December 31, 1994 by $1.6
million and $0.8 million, respectively.
5. TIMBER, TIMBERLANDS AND ROADS
Timber, timberlands and roads consisted of the following, net of the related
depletion and amortization:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------------
1994 1995
----------- ----------- MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Timberland, standing timber and roads.................. $ 316,031 $ 313,259 307,710
Timber cutting rights.................................. 9,280 6,804 20,295
----------- ----------- -----------
$ 325,311 $ 320,063 328,005
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
In the first quarter of 1995, the Partnership completed a periodic update of
its timber inventory system to reflect the estimated volume of timber it owned.
The update resulted in an increase in timber volumes which reduced the estimated
depletion rates and decreased the depletion cost for the year ended December 31,
1995 by $7.4 million ($0.41 per Unit). The change in estimate had no impact on
the Partnership's cash flow.
F-12
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
1994 1995
--------- --------- MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Machinery and equipment.................................. $ 27,576 $ 40,005 $ 40,580
Buildings and leasehold improvements..................... 8,652 6,063 6,188
Aircraft................................................. 2,826 3,532 3,578
Furniture and fixtures................................... 1,178 1,566 1,578
--------- --------- -----------
40,232 51,166 51,924
Less: accumulated depreciation........................... (12,631) (16,601) (18,076)
--------- --------- -----------
27,601 34,565 33,848
Construction in progress................................. 6,809 3,667 5,455
Land..................................................... 3,095 2,688 2,353
--------- --------- -----------
$ 37,505 $ 40,920 $ 41,656
--------- --------- -----------
--------- --------- -----------
</TABLE>
7. ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accrued expenses consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
1994 1995
--------- --------- MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Payroll and profit sharing............................... $ 5,327 $ 4,906 $ 4,685
Harvest, and other taxes................................. 1,559 1,374 4,635
Workers compensation..................................... 955 1,030 1,334
Payable to affiliate (Note 13)........................... 2,444 -- --
Other.................................................... 3,063 3,159 2,853
--------- --------- -----------
$ 13,348 $ 10,469 $ 13,507
--------- --------- -----------
--------- --------- -----------
</TABLE>
The Company has a Profit Sharing and Employees Savings Benefit Plan covering
substantially all full-time, non-union employees with at least one year of
service. Contributions are determined annually at the discretion of the Managing
General Partner. The expense recorded was $1.7 million, $1.4 million, and $1.7
million for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
8. DEBT
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------------
1994 1995
----------- ----------- MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Senior Notes 9.78%..................................... $ 275,000 $ 275,000 $ 275,000
Senior Notes 9.60%..................................... -- 25,000 25,000
Bank acquisition line of credit 7.69%.................. 25,000 26,000 40,000
----------- ----------- -----------
$ 300,000 $ 326,000 $ 340,000
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
The Operating Partnership has a three-year revolving credit facility with a
group of banks, which allows it to borrow up to $40.0 million for working
capital purposes and stand-by letters of credit. The
F-13
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
8. DEBT (CONTINUED)
credit facility bears a floating rate of interest, 7.61% at December 31, 1995,
and requires the Company to repay all outstanding indebtedness under the
facility for at least 30 consecutive days during any twelve-month period. The
line of credit is secured by the Operating Partnership's inventories and
receivables. At December 31, 1994 and 1995, the Company had $3.5 million and
$19.1 million outstanding under this facility, respectively. On January 2, 1996,
the Operating Partnership repaid $4.6 million of the borrowings outstanding at
December 31, 1995.
The Operating Partnership has a Bank Acquisition Facility with a group of
banks, which allows it to borrow up to $100 million for the acquisition of
additional timber or timberlands. The Acquisition Facility bears a floating rate
of interest, is unsecured and is a revolving facility for a three-year period.
At the end of the revolving period, December 31, 1997, the Operating Partnership
may elect to convert any outstanding borrowings under the facility to a
four-year term loan, requiring annual principal payments equal to 25% of the
outstanding principal balance on the conversion date. On January 2, 1996, the
Operating Partnership repaid $4.4 million of the borrowings outstanding at
December 31, 1995.
The Operating Partnership's Senior Notes are unsecured and require
semi-annual interest payments on June 1 and December 1 of each year, through
2009. The Senior Notes are redeemable prior to maturity subject to a premium on
redemption, which is based on interest rates of U.S. Treasury securities, plus
50 basis points, having a similar average maturity as the Senior Notes. The
Senior Note agreements require the Operating Partnership to make annual
principal payments of $37.5 million on December 1 of each year beginning in 2002
through the year 2009.
The Senior Note agreements and bank lines of credit contain certain
restrictive covenants, including limitations on harvest levels, land sales, cash
distributions and the amount of future indebtedness. The Operating Partnership
was in compliance with such covenants at December 31, 1995.
9. INCOME TAXES
The components of the Former Entities' tax provision are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
31,
--------------------
1993 1994
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Current taxes payable.................................................... $ 1,501 $ 1,939
Deferred taxes........................................................... -- 575
--------- ---------
$ 1,501 $ 2,514
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
10. FORMER ENTITIES -- MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
CROWN PACIFIC LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
CLASS D LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS. During 1993, CPLP issued new Class D
limited partnership interests. The Class D interests included an aggregate
annual cumulative priority distribution subject to restrictions. CPLP had the
right to call the Class D interests on or after the third anniversary date of
the original Class D capital contribution for a price equal to par plus a 16%
internal rate of return including the annual priority distribution. The Class D
Limited Partnership interests were redeemed on December 22, 1994 as part of the
Company's public offering for the redemption price plus a premium of $3.0
million.
F-14
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
10. FORMER ENTITIES -- MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS (CONTINUED)
CROWN PACIFIC INLAND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
CLASS B PREFERRED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS. CP Inland Class B
Preferred represented limited partnership interests that entitled the holders to
an aggregate annual cumulative priority distribution of $2.2 million. Payment of
these priority distributions was subject to CP Inland income.
CP Inland had the right to call the Class B interests after October 28, 1995
for a price equal to par plus a 16% rate of return including the annual priority
distributions. In 1994, accretion was recorded on the Class B interests to
reflect them at redemption price. The Class B Preferred Partnership interests
were redeemed on December 22, 1994 as part of the Company's public offering for
the redemption price plus a premium of $1.3 million. The changes in the
mandatorily redeemable limited partnership interests were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
31,
---------------------
1993 1994
---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year.......................................... $ -- $ 52,325
Contributions......................................................... 51,143 --
Allocation of net income.............................................. 3,243 3,958
Distributions......................................................... (2,061) (2,946)
Accretion............................................................. -- 4,666
Redemption............................................................ -- (62,317)
Allocation of redemption in excess of cost............................ -- 4,314
---------- ---------
Balance at end of the year............................................ $ 52,325 $ --
---------- ---------
---------- ---------
</TABLE>
11. PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND DISTRIBUTIONS
PARTNERSHIP EQUITY
On December 22, 1994, the Partnership sold in an initial public offering
9,850,000 Units. Simultaneous to the public offering, 2,510,439 Units, 5,773,088
Subordinated Limited Partnership Units ("Subordinated Units") and 10,000 Special
Allocation Units ("SAUs") were issued to certain existing partners of CPLP and
CP Inland. At December 31, 1994 and 1995, the Partnership had outstanding
12,360,439 Units, 5,773,088 Subordinated Units, and 10,000 SAUs. All of the
management decisions related to the Partnership are made by the Managing General
Partner. Unitholders have voting rights for certain issues as outlined in the
Partnership Agreement.
ALLOCATIONS OF INCOME. Generally, income and losses are allocated 99% to
the holders of Units and Subordinated Units and 1% to the Managing General
Partner. However, in the event the SAUs receive distributions of cash, income
will be allocated to the holders of SAUs in an amount equal to the cash
distributions received.
CASH DISTRIBUTIONS. In accordance with the Partnership Agreement, the
Managing General Partner is authorized to make quarterly cash distributions from
Available Cash. Generally, cash distributions are paid in order of preference;
first to the holders of Units; second, to the extent cash remains, to holders of
Subordinated Units; and third, prior to the SAU Liquidation Date, to holders of
SAUs. The SAU Liquidation Date is generally defined as the earlier of the date
the SAU holders receive cumulative distributions of $80.0 million or December
31, 1997. For the year ended December 31, 1994, the Managing General Partner
established a $1.5 million SAU reserve. However, there were no SAU distributions
or allocations of income to the SAUs in 1994 or 1995.
F-15
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
11. PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND DISTRIBUTIONS (CONTINUED)
The Partnership Agreement also sets forth target distributions for the
General Partners to meet to increase their share of the incremental available
cash flow. When the annual distribution reaches $2.26 per Unit, the General
Partners receive 15% of the available cash flow rather than the base amount of
2%. The General Partners can receive a maximum of 50% of the available cash flow
if the annual distribution exceeds $3.62 per Unit.
The Subordinated Units are subordinated in right of distributions to the
holders of Units. Provided that certain targeted increases in cash distributions
are paid to the holders of Units and there are no arrearages in distributions on
the Units, the Subordinated Units will convert to Common Units, 50% in 1999 and
50% in 2000.
For the ten-day period ended December 31, 1994 and the year ended December
31, 1995, the Managing General Partner declared distributions totaling $0.055
per Unit and $2.04 per Unit, respectively.
Included in the Company's consolidated distributions to partners was $0.3
million paid to the Managing General Partner for its 1% share of the Operating
Partnership's 1995 distributions. The remaining 99% of the Operating
Partnership's distributions were eliminated in consolidation.
FORMER ENTITIES' EQUITY
Net income or loss was allocated to the various Former Entities' interests
pursuant to their respective partnership agreements. In addition to the specific
distributions made pursuant to the various Former Entities' partnership
agreements, all of the partnerships made tax distributions to their partners in
an amount equal to the estimated tax liability for each partner based on the
profitability of the respective partnership.
CROWN PACIFIC LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
CPLP's equity prior to December 22, 1994 consisted of a general partnership
interest, two classes of preferred limited partnership interests and two classes
of limited partnership interests. Class C Subordinated Preferred Limited
Partnership Interests, Class A Limited Partnership Interests and Class E Limited
Partnership Interests were all subordinate to Class B Preferred Limited
Partnership Interests. Class C Limited Partnership Interests were retired in
1993. Class B Preferred Limited Partnership Interests were redeemed as part of
the Offering at par plus accrued priority distributions. Both Class A and Class
E Limited Partnership Interests were exchanged as part of the Offering for
3,732,323 Units in the newly formed Partnership, $74.3 million in cash and 5,401
SAUs.
CROWN PACIFIC INLAND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
CP Inland's partners' equity consisted of a general partnership interest and
the Class A nonredeemable limited partnership interests. The Class A Limited
Partnership Units and General Partner interest were exchanged on December 22,
1994 as part of the Offering for 4,551,204 Units in the newly formed
Partnership, plus $33.7 million in cash and 4,599 SAUs.
Both CPLP and CP Inland had issued warrants to purchase certain partnership
interests. All warrants were redeemed for $21.7 million as part of the Offering.
12. UNIT OPTION PLAN
Effective December 22, 1994, the Managing General Partner adopted the 1994
Unit Option Plan (the "Plan") for certain key employees of the Partnership and
Managing General Partner. Under the
F-16
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
12. UNIT OPTION PLAN (CONTINUED)
terms of the Plan, the Compensation Committee of the Managing General Partner
can grant annual options on or about January 1, 1995 through January 1, 1999.
Total options granted in any one year cannot exceed 1% of the total outstanding
Units and Subordinated Units.
The exercise price for each annual option grant shall be the market price of
the Units as of the grant date. Each option grant vests over a four-year period,
10% in year one, an additional 20% in year two, an additional 30% in year three,
and the final 40% in year four. Once the options vest, they are generally
exercisable for a ten-year period. For both of the years ended December 31, 1994
and 1995, 181,000 options were granted, with an exercise price of $21.50 per
Unit and $18.13 per Unit, respectively. No options were exercised in 1995. In
addition, 8,000 of the 1994 options were forfeited in 1995.
Effective December 22, 1994, the Plan provided for the granting of Front End
Options to two officers of the Managing General Partner. Under the terms of the
Front End Option grants, each officer received an option to purchase 181,335
Units on December 31, 1999, with an exercise price of $21.50 per Unit, and such
option vests only if all of the following conditions are met:
1) The Subordinated Units have converted to Units;
2) The officer continued his employment with the Managing General Partner
through at least December 31, 1999; and
3) The Partnership has made distributions to the holders of Units and
Subordinated Units at certain minimum levels through December 31, 1999.
Provided the above conditions are met, the Front End Options may be
exercised, for the period beginning on December 31, 1999 through December
31, 2004.
The Company plans to adopt SFAS No.123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation", in 1996. SFAS No. 123 was issued by the Financial Accounting
Standards Board in October 1995 and allows companies to choose whether to
account for stock-based compensation on a fair value method, or continue to
account for stock based compensation under the current method as prescribed by
APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees". The Company
plans to continue to follow the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25. Therefore,
management of the Partnership believes that the impact of adoption will not have
a significant effect on the Company's financial position or results of
operations.
13. RELATED PARTIES
As part of the Partnership Agreement, the Partnership reimburses the General
Partners for the direct costs incurred to manage the Partnership. These cost
reimbursements totaled $2.9 million in 1995.
In connection with the CPL Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 1991,
payments may be made to the shareholders/owners for increases in federal or
state income tax liabilities (including associated penalties and interest, if
any) resulting from the tax audits of CPL and a related entity, SSW Limited
Partnership, for periods prior to July 1991. Pursuant to this arrangement, a
shareholder/owner of CPL received a payment of $0.5 million in July 1994, $0.4
million of which was repaid in January 1995.
In 1993, in order to fund, in part, the acquisition of DAW, CPL concurrently
sold land to a director of CPL for $4.0 million. No gain or loss was recognized
on this concurrent sale as it was accounted for as a reduction in the purchase
price of the acquired assets.
F-17
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
13. RELATED PARTIES (CONTINUED)
Included in the Company's accrued expenses at December 31, 1994 was $2.4
million due to CPL for costs and expenses paid by CPL on behalf of the Company.
This amount was paid in 1995.
14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
As of December 31, 1994 and 1995, the Company was committed to purchase
timber or logs from government and private sources. The commitments mature on
various dates through 2001. The estimated remaining commitments approximated
$72.4 million and $47.7 million at December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
The Company has two log supply agreements that have generally fixed prices,
dependent on the species of logs delivered, the delivery point and size and
quality of logs. During 1994 and 1995, there were 43 MMBF and 21 MMBF,
respectively, of logs sold under these contracts. In addition, 22 MMBF of logs
are scheduled to be delivered during 1996 and 1997.
The Company becomes involved in litigation and other proceedings arising in
the normal course of its business. In the opinion of management, the Company's
liability, if any, under any pending litigation would not materially affect its
financial condition or results of operations.
15. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
In January 1996, the Board of Control of the Managing General Partner
declared the fourth quarter 1995 distribution of $0.51 per Unit. The
distribution will equal $9.3 million (including $0.1 million to the General
Partners) and will be paid on February 14, 1996 to Unitholders of record on
February 1, 1996.
16. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED)
On May 15, 1996, the Partnership purchased approximately 207,000 acres of
timberland containing an estimated 1.5 billion board feet of merchantable timber
in Oregon and Washington (the "Purchase") for $205 million in cash from Cavenham
Forest Industries ("Cavenham"), through an agreement with Willamette Industries,
Inc.
The Purchase was financed with a bank credit facility (the "Acquisition
Debt") from a syndicate of financial institutions. The Acquisition Debt consists
of an acquisition term loan in the principal amount of $150 million and a bridge
term loan in the principal amount of $100 million. On the closing of the
Purchase the Partnership borrowed $210 million, including $5 million for closing
and financing costs and an additional $40 million to repay outstanding long-term
bank borrowings under its previously existing bank acquisition facility, which
was terminated at closing. The acquisition term loan requires principal payments
in varying amounts beginning on September 30, 1998, and matures on June 30,
2002. The Acquisition Debt agreements require that the Partnership raise at
least $100 million through the sale of additional Common Units, net of related
issuance costs, by no later than June 30, 1997, which must be used to first pay
the bridge term loan.
In addition to the Acquisition Debt, the Partnership renegotiated its
revolving working capital facility (the "Line of Credit"), which is now a 6 year
facility and allows the Partnership to borrow up to $40 million for working
capital and general corporate purposes. The Line of Credit is secured by the
inventory and receivables of the Partnership and requires the Partnership to
repay amounts drawn under the Line of Credit for 30 consecutive days not less
often than once every twelve months.
Both the Acquisition Debt and the Line of Credit bear a floating rate of
interest at either (i) one, two, three or six months LIBOR, plus 2.5% or (ii)the
higher of Bank of America's reference rate or the
F-18
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 ARE
UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000), EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
16. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
federal funds rate plus 0.50%, plus in either case, 1.5%. If the Partnership has
not raised at least $125 million through the sale of additional Common Units by
December 31, 1996, the interest rate will increase by 1.0%.
On April 16, 1996, the Board of Control of the Managing General Partner
authorized the Partnership to make a distribution of $0.524 per Unit, the First
Target Distribution as defined by the Partnership Agreement. This represents an
increase of $0.014 per Unit from the fourth quarter 1995 distribution of $0.51
per Unit. The distribution totaled approximately $9.6 million (including $0.1
million to the General Partners) and was paid on May 14, 1996 to Unitholders of
record on May 3, 1996.
F-19
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors of
Crown Pacific, Ltd.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet presents fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Crown Pacific, Ltd. and its
subsidiary at December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial
statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of this statement in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Portland, Oregon
February 27, 1996
F-20
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC, LTD.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(IN THOUSANDS)
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------ MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents........................................................... $ 69 $ 624
Accounts receivable................................................................. 185 208
Interest receivable................................................................. 2,860 2,865
Due from affiliate.................................................................. 106 157
------------ -----------
Total current assets.............................................................. 3,220 3,854
Restricted cash....................................................................... 220,000 220,000
Timber and timberlands, net........................................................... 9,154 9,154
Investment in limited partnership..................................................... -- --
Other assets.......................................................................... 250 251
------------ -----------
$ 232,624 $ 233,259
------------ -----------
------------ -----------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable.................................................................... $ 5 $ 18
Accrued expenses.................................................................... 145 135
Accrued interest.................................................................... 2,853 2,853
Income taxes payable................................................................ 406 705
------------ -----------
Total current liabilities......................................................... 3,409 3,711
Deferred income taxes................................................................. 6,235 6,506
Long-term debt........................................................................ 220,000 220,000
------------ -----------
229,644 230,217
------------ -----------
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
Common stock, no par value, 5,000 shares authorized,
1,749.33 shares issued and outstanding............................................. 20,381 20,381
Accumulated deficit................................................................. (17,401) (17,339)
------------ -----------
2,980 3,042
------------ -----------
$ 232,624 $ 233,259
------------ -----------
------------ -----------
</TABLE>
The acompanying notes are an integral part of this statement
F-21
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC, LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 ARE UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000) UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED)
1. SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Crown Pacific, Ltd. ("CPL" or "the Company") was incorporated in the state
of Oregon on January 28, 1988. The Company periodically invests in and divests
itself of business operations. Accordingly, its results of operations are not
necessarily comparable from year to year. In 1994, the majority of the Company's
operations consisted of the operation of a remanufacturing facility and the
ownership of a significant investment in a limited partnership. On December 22,
1994, the operations of the Crown Pacific affiliated group were reorganized. The
Company exchanged all of its interest in Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
("CPLP") for cash of $17.1 million, certain timberlands of CPLP with a book
value of $9.1 million, and 2,711,318 subordinated limited partnership units of
Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. (the "MLP"). The MLP was a newly formed limited
partnership which completed an initial public offering of limited partnership
units on December 22, 1994.
Also on December 22, 1994, the Company exchanged all of the net assets
relating to its remanufacturing operations with CPLP in liquidation of its $2.5
million note payable to CPLP. As a result of these transactions, the Company's
primary operations after December 22, 1994 consist only of a limited and general
partnership interest aggregating approximately 15% of the MLP (see Note 3). The
MLP owns and operates timberlands and related manufacturing facilities in
Oregon, Idaho, Washington and Montana.
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated balance sheet includes the accounts of the Company and its
wholly owned subsidiary, SVE II, Inc. All significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents primarily represent funds invested in overnight
repurchase agreements. The Company considers all highly liquid short-term
investments with original maturities of less than three months to be cash
equivalents.
INCOME TAXES
Income taxes are calculated in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes". This statement
requires that the balance sheet amounts for deferred income taxes be computed
based upon the tax effect of aggregate temporary differences arising prior to
year end and reversing subsequent to year end. Such effects have been calculated
based upon the tax rates currently enacted. The Company's significant temporary
differences include the difference in basis of its investment in limited
partnership and its timberlands (see Notes 3 and 5).
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
All of the Company's material financial instruments were recognized in its
balance sheet at December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996. The carrying value
reflected in the balance sheet approximates fair market value for the Company's
financial assets and liabilities except for the Company's investment in the MLP.
Descriptions of the methods and assumptions used to reach this conclusion are as
follows:
- Restricted cash and $220 million of instalment notes -- The interest rate
related to the restricted cash and each of the instalment notes represents
a rate tied to current credit markets (see Notes 2 and 4).
- Investment in the MLP -- The carrying value of the Company's investment in
the MLP is significantly below its fair value (see Note 3).
F-22
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC, LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 ARE UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000) UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED)
1. SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of financial
statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
2. RESTRICTED CASH
Effective July 7, 1989, CPL acquired approximately 194,000 acres of timber
and timberlands in the state of Washington for an aggregate purchase price of
$227.8 million. On December 11, 1992, the remaining acquired assets were
contributed to CPLP. To accomplish the Washington property acquisition, CPL
issued twenty-two $10 million instalment notes to the seller. The terms of the
acquisition require that the instalment notes be backed by irrevocable standby
letters of credit. The deposited funds are restricted such that they can only be
used to repay the instalment notes. The instalment notes mature on October 20,
2002 but can be extended every three years thereafter (until July 13, 2019) as
long as the bank agrees to extend the letters of credit and the seller agrees to
extend the notes.
As a result of the form of this transaction, the Company has included
noncurrent restricted cash and long-term debt of $220 million on its December
31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 consolidated balance sheet. The corresponding
accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable of $2.9 million has
been included in current assets and current liabilities.
3. INVESTMENT IN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
As a result of several investments in CPLP made by the Company, its Class E
limited partnership interest represented approximately 37% of CPLP before
December 22, 1994 (excluding the Class B and D interests of CPLP). CPL also was
the sole general partner of CPLP, with an approximate 10.5% ownership interest
(excluding the Class B and D interests of CPLP) before December 22, 1994. The
common shareholders of the Company (other than CPLP) were also limited partners
of CPLP.
The Company had accounted for its investment in CPLP using the equity method
and will continue to account for its investment in the MLP under the equity
method because the shareholders of the Company have influence on the operations
of the MLP and because the Company is one of the general partners of the MLP.
Distributions received, on the limited partnership interest, in excess of the
investment balance are recorded as income as there is no financial obligation of
a limited partner to the MLP. After recognition of the equity in the earnings of
the limited partnership, as well as the transactions of December 22, 1994 (see
table below), the Company's remaining investment in limited partnership is
significantly less than the fair value of the MLP units owned by the Company.
This difference, at December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, is estimated to be
approximately $49.2 million and $55.9 million, respectively.
CPL's underlying equity in the net assets of the MLP exceeded its carrying
value of $0 by approximately $15.9 million at December 31, 1995 and $15.1
million at March 31, 1996. These differences are primarily caused by the
Company's contribution in 1992 of net liabilities to CPLP for which it received
a Class E interest in CPLP. Because of common ownership of CPLP and the Company,
any assets contributed to the partnership were transferred to CPLP at book
value. CPLP issued Class E interests to CPL because the fair value of the assets
contributed exceeded the book value. The contribution of net liabilities to CPLP
in 1992 was effectively accounted for as a distribution to CPL from CPLP.
F-23
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC, LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 ARE UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000) UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED)
3. INVESTMENT IN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (CONTINUED)
As the Company's operations have been reduced to its ownership interest in
the MLP, the Company is considered to be economically dependent on the MLP.
The transactions with respect to the Company's investment in the limited
partnership for the periods ended December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------ MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Investment in CPLP at beginning of period......................... $ 1,046 --
Equity in the MLP's income........................................ 2,505 617
Distributions received............................................ (4,297) (1,383)
Limited partnership distributions received in excess of
investment....................................................... 746 766
------------ -----------
Investment in limited partnership at end of period................ $ -- $ --
------------ -----------
------------ -----------
</TABLE>
Summary financial information for the MLP is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------ MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Balance sheet data:
Current assets.................................................. $ 109,980 $ 114,353
Timberlands, property, plant and equipment...................... 360,983 369,661
Other assets.................................................... 5,542 6,301
------------ -----------
$ 476,505 $ 490,315
------------ -----------
------------ -----------
Current liabilities............................................. $ 43,243 $ 48,328
Long-term debt and other noncurrent liabilities................. 326,206 340,206
Partners' equity................................................ 107,056 101,781
------------ -----------
$ 476,505 $ 490,315
------------ -----------
------------ -----------
</TABLE>
Summary financial information for the MLP for the periods ended December 31,
1995 and March 31, 1996 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------ MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Income statement data:
Revenues........................................................ $ 383,383 $ 84,555
Net income...................................................... 17,278 4,164
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC, LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 ARE UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000) UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED)
4. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------ MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Instalment notes payable, with interest at a variable rate
approximating 5.9% at December 31, 1995, backed by irrevocable
standby letters of credit (see Note 2)........................... $ 220,000 $ 220,000
Less current portion.............................................. -- --
------------ -----------
$ 220,000 $ 220,000
------------ -----------
------------ -----------
</TABLE>
5. INCOME TAXES
Deferred tax liabilities (assets) consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------ MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Financial reporting basis of the investment in limited
partnership in excess of tax basis........................... $ 7,359 $ 7,650
Tax basis of timberlands in excess of financial reporting
basis........................................................ (1,124) (1,144)
------------ -----------
Net deferred tax liability.................................... $ 6,235 $ 6,506
------------ -----------
------------ -----------
</TABLE>
6. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
The Company and its shareholders have entered into a buy-sell agreement
whereby the Company shall have the option to purchase any common shares, for
which a common shareholder has received a bona fide offer, at the same terms and
price as the outside offer for the shares. If the Company elects not to purchase
such shares, then the other common shareholders have the right to purchase the
shares for the terms of the outside offer. During 1995 and the three months
ended March 31, 1996, no shares were repurchased by the Company.
During the year ended December 31, 1995 and three months ended March 31,
1996, the Company declared and paid dividends of $4.4 million and $0.8 million,
respectively.
7. RELATED PARTIES
As of December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, the MLP and other affiliated
entities owed the Company $.1 million for costs which the Company paid on their
behalf. The amount is included in amounts due from affiliates in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
In 1991, an officer of the Company borrowed $0.3 million in exchange for a
note receivable which bears interest at 8.43%, is payable annually, and is due
in 2001. This note receivable is included in other assets in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet.
In connection with the Company's Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 1,
1991, payments may be made to the shareholders/owners for increases in federal
or state income tax liabilities (including associated penalties and interest, if
any) resulting from the tax audits of the Company and a related entity, SSW
Limited Partnership, for periods prior to July 1991. Pursuant to this
arrangement, a
F-25
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC, LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 ARE UNAUDITED)
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS (000) UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED)
7. RELATED PARTIES (CONTINUED)
shareholder/owner received a payment of $.5 million in July 1994. During the
year ended December 31, 1995, $.4 million was repaid, offset by an additional
$.1 million incurred in expenses by CPL, related to these tax audits. Included
in accounts receivable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at
December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 is the remaining $.2 million.
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company becomes involved in litigation and other proceedings arising in
the normal course of its business. In the opinion of management, the Company's
liability, if any, under any pending litigation would not materially affect its
financial condition or operations.
F-26
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors and Partners of
Crown Pacific Management Limited Partnership
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Crown Pacific Management Limited
Partnership at December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. This financial statement is the responsibility of the
Partnership's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on this
financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of this statement
in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for the opinion expressed above.
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Portland, Oregon
May 30, 1996
F-27
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
BALANCE SHEET
(IN THOUSANDS)
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1995
------------- MARCH 31,
1996
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents........................................................... $ 54 $ 50
Due from affiliates................................................................. 140 112
Prepaid expenses.................................................................... 65 45
------ -----------
$ 259 $ 207
------ -----------
------ -----------
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses............................................... $ 307 $ 281
------ -----------
Investment in limited partnerships.................................................... 318 423
------ -----------
Partners' deficit..................................................................... (366) (497)
------ -----------
$ 259 $ 207
------ -----------
------ -----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-28
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 ARE UNAUDITED)
NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET
(IN THOUSANDS)
1. THE PARTNERSHIP
Crown Pacific Management Limited Partnership (the "Partnership") is a
Delaware limited partnership that was formed August 12, 1994 to become the
managing general partner of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. (the "MLP"). The MLP is
a limited partnership that owns and operates timberlands and related
manufacturing facilities in Oregon, Idaho, Washington and Montana. The
Partnership manages the businesses of the MLP and owns a 0.99% general partner
interest in the MLP. The Partnership also owns a 1% interest in Crown Pacific
Limited Partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), a subsidiary of the MLP. The
operations of the Operating Partnership represent the majority of the MLP's
operations. The ownership interests in these partnerships represent the extent
of the Partnership's operations and therefore the Partnership is considered to
be economically dependent on the MLP as of December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996.
The general partners of the Partnership are Fremont Timber, Inc. and HS Corp. of
Oregon.
2. INVESTMENT IN LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS
The Partnership accounts for its investment in limited partnerships using
the equity method because the partners of the Partnership (or their affiliates)
have influence on the operations of the MLP and the Operating Partnership and
because the Partnership is one of the general partners of the MLP and the sole
general partner of the Operating Partnership. Distributions received in excess
of the investment balance are recorded as a liability as there may be a
financial obligation as general partner of the MLP and the Operating Partnership
in the event of financial difficulty.
The recorded value of the Partnership's investment in limited partnerships
is significantly less than the fair value of the equivalent MLP units owned by
the Partnership in both the MLP and Operating Partnership. This difference is
estimated to be approximately $6.9 million and $8.0 million at December 31, 1995
and March 31, 1996, respectively. The transactions with respect to the
Partnership's investment in the limited partnerships for the periods ended
December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1995
----------------- MARCH 31,
1996
--------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Investment in MLP and Operating Partnership at beginning of period............ $ (70) $ (318)
Equity in the income of the MLP and Operating Partnership..................... 332 81
Distributions received........................................................ (580) (186)
----------------- --------------
Investment in MLP and Operating Partnership at end of period.................. $ (318) $ (423)
----------------- --------------
----------------- --------------
</TABLE>
F-29
<PAGE>
CROWN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
(ALL AMOUNTS AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 ARE UNAUDITED)
NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS)
2. INVESTMENT IN LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS (CONTINUED)
Summary financial information for the MLP is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1995
----------------- MARCH 31,
1996
--------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Balance sheet data:
Current assets.............................................................. $ 109,980 $ 114,353
Timberlands, property, plant and equipment.................................. 360,983 369,661
Other assets................................................................ 5,542 6,301
----------------- --------------
$ 476,505 $ 490,315
----------------- --------------
----------------- --------------
Current liabilities......................................................... $ 43,243 $ 48,328
Long-term debt and other noncurrent liabilities............................. 326,206 340,206
Partners' equity............................................................ 107,056 101,781
----------------- --------------
$ 476,505 $ 490,315
----------------- --------------
----------------- --------------
</TABLE>
Income statement data is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1995
----------------- 3 MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
1996
--------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues...................................................................... $ 383,383 $ 84,555
Net income.................................................................... 17,278 4,164
</TABLE>
F-30
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT
OF
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L. P.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE I -- ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS........................................................................ A-1
1.1 Formation....................................................................................... A-1
1.2 Name............................................................................................ A-1
1.3 Registered Office; Principal Office............................................................. A-1
1.4 Power of Attorney............................................................................... A-1
1.5 Term............................................................................................ A-2
1.6 Possible Restrictions on Transfer............................................................... A-2
ARTICLE II -- DEFINITIONS.................................................................................. A-3
"Acquisition"................................................................................... A-3
"Additional Limited Partner".................................................................... A-3
"Adjusted Capital Account"...................................................................... A-3
"Adjusted Property"............................................................................. A-3
"Affiliate"..................................................................................... A-4
"Agreed Allocation"............................................................................. A-4
"Agreed Value".................................................................................. A-4
"Agreement"..................................................................................... A-4
"Assignee"...................................................................................... A-4
"Associate"..................................................................................... A-4
"Audit Committee"............................................................................... A-4
"Available Cash"................................................................................ A-4
"Book-Tax Disparity"............................................................................ A-5
"Business Day".................................................................................. A-5
"Capital Account"............................................................................... A-5
"Capital Additions and Improvements"............................................................ A-6
"Capital Contribution".......................................................................... A-6
"Capital Interests"............................................................................. A-6
"Carrying Value"................................................................................ A-6
"Cash from Interim Capital Transactions"........................................................ A-6
"Cash from Operations".......................................................................... A-6
"Cause"......................................................................................... A-7
"Certificate"................................................................................... A-7
"Certificate of Limited Partnership"............................................................ A-7
"Citizenship Certification"..................................................................... A-7
"Claim"......................................................................................... A-7
"Closing Date".................................................................................. A-7
"Closing Price"................................................................................. A-7
"Code".......................................................................................... A-8
"Commission".................................................................................... A-8
"Common Unit"................................................................................... A-8
"Common Unit Arrearage"......................................................................... A-8
"Contributed Property".......................................................................... A-8
"Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage".............................................................. A-8
"Current Market Price".......................................................................... A-8
"Delaware Act".................................................................................. A-8
"Departing Partner"............................................................................. A-8
"Discretionary Allocation"...................................................................... A-8
"Economic Risk of Loss"......................................................................... A-8
"Eligible Citizen".............................................................................. A-8
"Event of Withdrawal"........................................................................... A-8
</TABLE>
A-i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C> <C>
"Fifth Target Distribution"..................................................................... A-8
"First Common Unit Liquidation Amount".......................................................... A-8
"First Conversion Date"......................................................................... A-8
"First Target Distribution"..................................................................... A-8
"Fourth Common Unit Liquidation Amount"......................................................... A-9
"Fourth Target Distribution".................................................................... A-9
"Fremont"....................................................................................... A-9
"General Partners".............................................................................. A-9
"Group"......................................................................................... A-9
"Holder"........................................................................................ A-9
"Incentive Distribution"........................................................................ A-9
"Indemnified Persons"........................................................................... A-9
"Indemnitee".................................................................................... A-9
"Initial Closing Date".......................................................................... A-9
"Initial Limited Partners"...................................................................... A-9
"Initial Unit Price"............................................................................ A-9
"Interest"...................................................................................... A-9
"Interim Capital Transactions".................................................................. A-9
"Issue Price"................................................................................... A-9
"Limited Partner"............................................................................... A-10
"Limited Partner Equity Value".................................................................. A-10
"Liquidation Date".............................................................................. A-10
"Liquidator".................................................................................... A-10
"Maintenance Capital Expenditures".............................................................. A-10
"Managing General Partner"...................................................................... A-10
"Merger Agreement".............................................................................. A-10
"Minimum Quarterly Distribution"................................................................ A-10
"National Securities Exchange".................................................................. A-10
"Net Agreed Value".............................................................................. A-10
"Net Income".................................................................................... A-11
"Net Loss"...................................................................................... A-11
"Net Termination Gain".......................................................................... A-11
"Net Termination Loss".......................................................................... A-11
"Non-citizen Assignee".......................................................................... A-11
"Nonrecourse Built-in Gain"..................................................................... A-11
"Nonrecourse Deductions"........................................................................ A-11
"Nonrecourse Liability"......................................................................... A-11
"Notice of Election to Purchase"................................................................ A-11
"Operating Capacity"............................................................................ A-11
"Operating Partnership"......................................................................... A-11
"Operating Partnership Agreement"............................................................... A-12
"Opinion of Counsel"............................................................................ A-12
"Option Closing Date"........................................................................... A-12
"Outstanding"................................................................................... A-12
"Overallotment Option".......................................................................... A-12
"Participating Investor"........................................................................ A-12
"Partners"...................................................................................... A-12
"Partner Nonrecourse Debt"...................................................................... A-12
"Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain"......................................................... A-12
"Partner Nonrecourse Deductions"................................................................ A-12
"Partnership"................................................................................... A-12
</TABLE>
A-ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C> <C>
"Partnership Interest".......................................................................... A-12
"Partnership Minimum Gain"...................................................................... A-12
"Partnership Securities"........................................................................ A-12
"Per Unit Capital Amount"....................................................................... A-12
"Percentage Interest"........................................................................... A-13
"Person"........................................................................................ A-13
"Prior Agreement"............................................................................... A-13
"Public Offering"............................................................................... A-13
"Purchase Date"................................................................................. A-13
"Quarter"....................................................................................... A-13
"Recapture Income".............................................................................. A-13
"Record Date"................................................................................... A-13
"Record Holder"................................................................................. A-13
"Redeemable Units".............................................................................. A-13
"Registration Statement"........................................................................ A-13
"Required Allocation"........................................................................... A-13
"Residual Gain"................................................................................. A-14
"Residual Loss"................................................................................. A-14
"Restricted Activities"......................................................................... A-14
"Second Common Unit Liquidation Amount"......................................................... A-14
"Second Conversion Date"........................................................................ A-14
"Second Target Distribution".................................................................... A-14
"Securities Act"................................................................................ A-14
"Special Approval".............................................................................. A-14
"Special General Partner"....................................................................... A-14
"Sequoia"....................................................................................... A-14
"Subordinated Unit"............................................................................. A-14
"Subordination Period".......................................................................... A-14
"Subsidiary".................................................................................... A-15
"Substitute Limited Partner".................................................................... A-15
"Surviving Business Entity"..................................................................... A-15
"Target Distribution"........................................................................... A-15
"Third Common Unit Liquidation Amount".......................................................... A-15
"Third Target Distribution"..................................................................... A-15
"Trading Day"................................................................................... A-15
"Transfer"...................................................................................... A-15
"Transfer Agent"................................................................................ A-15
"Transfer Application".......................................................................... A-15
"Underwriter"................................................................................... A-15
"Underwriting Agreement"........................................................................ A-15
"Unit".......................................................................................... A-15
"Unpaid MQD".................................................................................... A-16
"Unpaid Fifth Target Distribution".............................................................. A-16
"Unpaid Fourth Target Distribution"............................................................. A-16
"Unpaid Third Target Distribution".............................................................. A-16
"Unrealized Gain"............................................................................... A-16
"Unrealized Loss"............................................................................... A-16
"Unrecovered Initial Unit Price"................................................................ A-17
"Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel"................................................................. A-17
"Working Capital Reserve"....................................................................... A-17
</TABLE>
A-iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE III -- PURPOSE..................................................................................... A-17
3.1 Purpose and Business............................................................................ A-17
3.2 Powers.......................................................................................... A-17
ARTICLE IV -- CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS........................................................................ A-18
4.1 Initial Contributions........................................................................... A-18
4.2 Contributions by Additional Limited Partners.................................................... A-18
4.3 Issuances of Additional Units and Other Securities.............................................. A-18
4.4 Limited Preemptive Rights....................................................................... A-19
4.5 Capital Accounts................................................................................ A-20
4.6 Interest........................................................................................ A-22
4.7 No Withdrawal................................................................................... A-22
4.8 Loans from Partners............................................................................. A-22
4.9 No Fractional Units............................................................................. A-22
4.10 Splits and Combinations......................................................................... A-22
ARTICLE V -- ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS................................................................. A-23
5.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes........................................................ A-23
(a) Net Income.................................................................................. A-23
(b) Net Losses.................................................................................. A-23
(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses............................................................ A-23
(d) Agreed Allocations.......................................................................... A-27
(i) Priority Allocations........................................................................ A-27
(ii) Nonrecourse Liabilities.................................................................... A-28
(iii) Economic Uniformity....................................................................... A-28
(iv) Discretionary Allocation................................................................... A-28
(e) Required Allocations........................................................................ A-29
(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback......................................................... A-29
(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain........................................ A-29
(iii) Qualified Income Offset................................................................... A-29
(iv) Gross Income Allocations................................................................... A-29
(v) Nonrecourse Deductions...................................................................... A-29
(vi) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions............................................................. A-30
5.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes.................................................................... A-30
5.3 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions............................................... A-31
5.4 Distributions of Cash from Operations........................................................... A-32
(a) For the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 1996............................................... A-32
(b) For the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 1997............................................... A-32
(c) For the Calendar Year Ended December 31, 1998 and for for the Remainder of
the Subordination Period................................................................. A-33
(d) After the Subordination Period.............................................................. A-34
5.5 Distributions of Cash from Interim Capital Transactions......................................... A-35
5.6 Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distributions........................... A-35
5.7 Special Provisions Relating to the Subordinated Units........................................... A-35
ARTICLE VI -- MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS......................................................... A-36
6.1 Management...................................................................................... A-36
6.2 Certificate of Limited Partnership.............................................................. A-38
6.3 Restrictions on General Partners' Authority..................................................... A-39
6.4 Reimbursement of the General Partners........................................................... A-40
6.5 Outside Activities.............................................................................. A-40
6.6 Loans from the General Partners; Contracts with Affiliates...................................... A-41
6.7 Indemnification................................................................................. A-43
</TABLE>
A-iv
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C> <C>
6.8 Liability of Indemnitees........................................................................ A-44
6.9 Resolution of Conflicts of Interest............................................................. A-44
6.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partners................................................... A-46
6.11 Title to Partnership Assets..................................................................... A-46
6.12 Purchase or Sale of Units....................................................................... A-47
6.13 Registration Rights of the General Partners, Their Affiliates and the Participating Investors... A-47
6.14 Reliance by Third Parties....................................................................... A-49
ARTICLE VII -- RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS.................................................. A-49
7.1 Limitation of Liability......................................................................... A-49
7.2 Management of Business.......................................................................... A-49
7.3 Outside Activities.............................................................................. A-49
7.4 Return of Capital............................................................................... A-50
7.5 Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership.......................................... A-50
ARTICLE VIII -- BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS..................................................... A-50
8.1 Records and Accounting.......................................................................... A-50
8.2 Fiscal Year..................................................................................... A-51
8.3 Reports......................................................................................... A-51
ARTICLE IX -- TAX MATTERS.................................................................................. A-51
9.1 Preparation of Tax Returns...................................................................... A-51
9.2 Tax Elections................................................................................... A-51
9.3 Tax Controversies............................................................................... A-51
9.4 Organizational Expenses......................................................................... A-52
9.5 Withholding..................................................................................... A-52
9.6 Entity-Level Taxation........................................................................... A-52
9.7 Entity-Level Arrearage Collections.............................................................. A-52
9.8 Opinions of Counsel............................................................................. A-53
ARTICLE X -- CERTIFICATES.................................................................................. A-53
10.1 Certificates.................................................................................... A-53
10.2 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange............................................. A-53
10.3 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates............................................... A-54
10.4 Record Holder................................................................................... A-54
ARTICLE XI -- TRANSFER OF INTERESTS........................................................................ A-55
11.1 Transfer........................................................................................ A-55
11.2 Transfer of General Partners' Partnership Interest.............................................. A-55
11.3 Transfer of Units............................................................................... A-55
11.4 Restrictions on Transfers....................................................................... A-56
11.5 Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees................................................. A-56
11.6 Redemption of Interests......................................................................... A-57
ARTICLE XII -- ADMISSION OF PARTNERS....................................................................... A-58
12.1 Admission of Initial Limited Partners........................................................... A-58
12.2 Admission of Substitute Limited Partners........................................................ A-58
12.3 Admission of Successor General Partners......................................................... A-58
12.4 Admission of Additional Limited Partners........................................................ A-58
12.5 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership................................... A-59
ARTICLE XIII -- WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS.......................................................... A-59
13.1 Withdrawal of the Managing General Partner...................................................... A-59
13.2 Removal of the Managing General Partner......................................................... A-60
13.3 Interest of Departing Partner and Successor General Partners.................................... A-60
</TABLE>
A-v
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C> <C>
13.4 Withdrawal or Removal of Special General Partner................................................ A-62
13.5 Withdrawal of Limited Partners.................................................................. A-63
ARTICLE XIV -- DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION................................................................. A-63
14.1 Dissolution..................................................................................... A-63
14.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership after Dissolution............................... A-63
14.3 Liquidation..................................................................................... A-64
14.4 Distributions in Kind........................................................................... A-65
14.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership.............................................. A-65
14.6 Reasonable Time for Winding Up.................................................................. A-65
14.7 Return of Capital............................................................................... A-65
14.8 Capital Account Restoration..................................................................... A-65
14.9 Waiver of Partition............................................................................. A-65
ARTICLE XV -- AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE....................................
A-66
15.1 Amendment to be Adopted Solely by Managing General Partner...................................... A-66
15.2 Amendment Procedures............................................................................ A-67
15.3 Amendment Requirements.......................................................................... A-67
15.4 Meetings........................................................................................ A-68
15.5 Notice of a Meeting............................................................................. A-68
15.6 Record Date..................................................................................... A-68
15.7 Adjournment..................................................................................... A-68
15.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes...................................... A-68
15.9 Quorum.......................................................................................... A-69
15.10 Conduct of Meeting.............................................................................. A-69
15.11 Action Without a Meeting........................................................................ A-69
15.12 Voting and Other Rights......................................................................... A-70
ARTICLE XVI -- MERGER...................................................................................... A-70
16.1 Authority....................................................................................... A-70
16.2 Procedure for Merger or Consolidation........................................................... A-70
16.3 Approval by Limited Partners of Merger or Consolidation......................................... A-71
16.4 Certificate of Merger........................................................................... A-71
16.5 Effect of Merger................................................................................ A-71
ARTICLE XVII -- RIGHT TO ACQUIRE UNITS..................................................................... A-72
17.1 Right to Acquire Units.......................................................................... A-72
ARTICLE XVIII -- GENERAL PROVISIONS........................................................................ A-73
18.1 Addresses and Notices........................................................................... A-73
18.2 References...................................................................................... A-74
18.3 Pronouns and Plurals............................................................................ A-74
18.4 Further Action.................................................................................. A-74
18.5 Binding Effect.................................................................................. A-74
18.6 Integration..................................................................................... A-74
18.7 Creditors....................................................................................... A-74
18.8 Waiver.......................................................................................... A-74
18.9 Counterparts.................................................................................... A-74
18.10 Applicable Law.................................................................................. A-74
18.11 Invalidity of Provisions........................................................................ A-74
Exhibit A -- Form of Certificate Evidencing Common Unit.................................................... A-76
</TABLE>
A-vi
<PAGE>
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF CROWN
PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P., effective as of , 1996, is entered into by and
among CROWN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited
partnership, as the Managing General Partner, CROWN PACIFIC, LTD., an Oregon
corporation, as the Special General Partner, and those Persons who are or become
Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In
consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the
parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS
1.1 FORMATION. The General Partners and the Limited Partners have
previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the
provisions of the Delaware Act. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in
this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the
administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed
by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal
property of the owner thereof for all purposes.
1.2 NAME. The name of the Partnership shall be "Crown Pacific Partners,
L.P." The Partnership's business may be conducted under any other name or names
deemed necessary or appropriate by the Managing General Partner, including,
without limitation, the name of the Managing General Partner. The words "Limited
Partnership," "L.P.," "Ltd." or similar words or letters shall be included in
the Partnership's name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the
laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The Managing General Partner in its
sole discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time
to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular
communication to the Limited Partners.
1.3 REGISTERED OFFICE; PRINCIPAL OFFICE. Unless and until changed by the
Managing General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State
of Delaware shall be located at The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange
Street, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent
for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such
registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office
of the Partnership shall be located at, and the address of the General Partners
shall be, 121 S.W. Morrison Street, Portland, Oregon 97204, or such other place
as the Managing General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the
Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or
places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Managing General Partner
deems necessary or appropriate.
1.4 POWER OF ATTORNEY. (a) Each Limited Partner and each Assignee hereby
constitutes and appoints each of the Managing General Partner and, if a
Liquidator shall have been selected pursuant to Section 14.3, the Liquidator
severally (and any successor to either thereof by merger, transfer, assignment,
election or otherwise) and each of their authorized officers and
attorneys-in-fact (including without limitation the general partners of the
Managing General Partner), with full power of substitution, as his true and
lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name,
place and stead, to:
(i) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the
appropriate public offices (A) all certificates, documents and other
instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the
Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments or restatements
thereof) that the Managing General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary
or appropriate to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification
of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the
limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in
A-1
<PAGE>
all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own
property; (B) all certificates, documents and other instruments that the
Managing General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary or appropriate to
reflect, in accordance with its terms, any amendment, change, modification
or restatement of this Agreement; (C) all certificates, documents and other
instruments (including, without limitation, conveyances and a certificate of
cancellation) that the Managing General Partner or the Liquidator deems
necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the
Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (D) all certificates,
documents and other instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal,
removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events
described in, Article XI, XII, XIII or XIV or the Capital Contribution of
any Partner; (E) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating
to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of any class
or series of Units or other Partnership Securities issued pursuant to
Section 4.3; and (F) all certificates, documents and other instruments
(including, without limitation, agreements and a certificate of merger)
relating to a merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to Article
XVI; and
(ii) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all
ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other
instruments necessary or appropriate, in the sole discretion of the Managing
General Partner or the Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or
ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made
or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this
Agreement or is necessary or appropriate, in the sole discretion of the
Managing General Partner or the Liquidator, to effectuate the terms or
intent of this Agreement; PROVIDED, that when required by Section 15.3 or
any other provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of the
Limited Partners or of the Limited Partners of any class or series required
to take any action, the Managing General Partner or the Liquidator may
exercise the power of attorney made in this Section 1.4(a)(ii) only after
the necessary vote, consent or approval of the Limited Partners or of the
Limited Partners of such class or series, as applicable.
Nothing contained in this Section 1.4(a) shall be construed as authorizing
the Managing General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with
Article XV or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.
(b) The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and
a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and not be affected by
the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution,
bankruptcy or termination of any Limited Partner or Assignee and the transfer of
all or any portion of such Limited Partner's or Assignee's Partnership Interest
and shall extend to such Limited Partner's or Assignee's heirs, successors,
assigns and personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner or Assignee
hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the Managing General
Partner or the Liquidator acting in good faith pursuant to such power of
attorney; and each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby waives any and all
defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the
Managing General Partner or the Liquidator taken in good faith under such power
of attorney. Each Limited Partner or Assignee shall execute and deliver to the
Managing General Partner or the Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the
Managing General Partner's or the Liquidator's request therefor, such further
designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the Managing General
Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the
purposes of the Partnership.
1.5 TERM. The Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of
Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in
existence until the close of Partnership business on December 31, 2084, or until
the earlier dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of
Article XIV.
1.6 POSSIBLE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event of (a) the enactment (or
imminent enactment) of any legislation, (b) the publication of any temporary or
final regulation by the Treasury Department, (c) any ruling by the
A-2
<PAGE>
Internal Revenue Service or (d) any judicial decision, that, in any such case,
in the Opinion of Counsel, would result in the taxation of the Partnership as an
association taxable as a corporation or would otherwise result in the
Partnership's being taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes, then the
Managing General Partner may impose such restrictions on the transfer of Units
or Partnership Interests as may be required, in the Opinion of Counsel, to
prevent the Partnership from being taxed as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise as an entity for federal income tax purposes,
including, without limitation, making such amendments to this Agreement as the
Managing General Partner in its sole discretion may determine to be necessary or
appropriate to impose such restrictions, PROVIDED that any such amendment to
this Agreement that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of
any class of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which such class of
Units is then traded must be approved by the holders of at least two-thirds of
the Outstanding Units of such class (excluding the vote in respect of Units held
by the General Partners and their Affiliates).
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise
clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.
"ACQUISITION" means any transaction in which the Partnership or the
Operating Partnership acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock
acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the
assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing
the Operating Capacity of the Partnership and the Operating Partnership, taken
as a whole, from the Operating Capacity of the Partnership and the Operating
Partnership, taken as a whole, existing immediately prior to such transaction.
"ADDITIONAL LIMITED PARTNER" means a Person admitted to the Partnership as a
Limited Partner pursuant to Section 12.4 and who is shown as such on the books
and records of the Partnership.
"ADJUSTED CAPITAL ACCOUNT" means the Capital Account maintained for each
Partner as of the end of each taxable year of the Partnership, (a) increased by
any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set by
Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to
restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704- 2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and
(b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end
of such taxable year, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in
subsequent years under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury
Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions
that, as of the end of such taxable year, are reasonably expected to be made to
such Partner in subsequent years in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner's Capital Account
that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the year in which
such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a
result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 5.1(e)(i) or
5.1(e)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to
comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)
and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The "Adjusted Capital Account"
in respect of a Common Unit, a Subordinated Unit or any other specified interest
in the Partnership shall be the amount which such Adjusted Capital Account would
be if such Common Unit, Subordinated Unit or other interest in the Partnership
were the only interest in the Partnership held by a Partner from and after the
date on which such Unit or other interest was first issued.
"ADJUSTED PROPERTY" means any property the Carrying Value of which has been
adjusted pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(vii) or 4.5(b)(viii). Once an Adjusted
Property is deemed distributed by, and recontributed to, the Partnership for
federal income tax purposes upon a termination thereof pursuant to Section 708
of the Code, such property shall thereafter constitute a Contributed Property
until the Carrying Value of such property is subsequently adjusted pursuant to
Section 4.5(b)(vii) or 4.5(b)(viii).
A-3
<PAGE>
"AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is
controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used
herein, the term "control" means the possession, direct or indirect, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a
Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise.
"AGREED ALLOCATION" means any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or
deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 other than a Required
Allocation.
"AGREED VALUE" of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of
such property or other consideration at the time of contribution as determined
by the Managing General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it
may adopt; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Agreed Value of any property deemed
contributed to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes upon termination
and reconstitution thereof pursuant to Section 708 of the Code shall be
determined in accordance with Section 4.5(c)(i). Subject to Section 4.5(c)(i),
the Managing General Partner shall, in its sole discretion, use such method as
it deems reasonable and appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of
Contributed Properties contributed to the Partnership in a single or integrated
transaction among each separate property on a basis proportional to the fair
market value of each Contributed Property.
"AGREEMENT" means this Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
Partnership of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P., as it may be amended, supplemented
or restated from time to time.
"ASSIGNEE" means a Non-citizen Assignee or a Person to whom one or more
Units have been transferred in a manner permitted under this Agreement and who
has executed and delivered a Transfer Application as required by this Agreement,
but who has not become a Substitute Limited Partner.
"ASSOCIATE" means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (i)
a corporation or organization of which such Person is an officer or partner or
is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 10% or more of any class of voting
securities; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a
20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a
similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or
any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such Person or who is
a director or officer of such Person.
"AUDIT COMMITTEE" means a subcommittee of the partnership board of the
Managing General Partner composed entirely of two or more individuals who are
neither Affiliates, officers nor employees of the Managing General Partner, the
Special General Partner or any of their respective Affiliates.
"AVAILABLE CASH" means, with respect to any Quarter and without duplication:
(a) the sum of:
(i) all cash receipts of the Partnership during such Quarter from all
sources (including, without limitation, distributions of cash received from
the Operating Partnership and cash proceeds from Interim Capital
Transactions) plus, in the case of the Quarter during which the Initial
Closing Date occurs, the cash balance of the Partnership as of the close of
business on the Initial Closing Date;
(ii) any reduction with respect to such Quarter in a cash reserve
previously established pursuant to clause (b)(ii) below (either by reversal
or utilization) from the level of such reserve at the end of the prior
Quarter; and
(iii) any utilization with respect to such Quarter of the Working Capital
Reserve;
(b) LESS the sum of:
(i) all cash disbursements of the Partnership during such Quarter,
including, without limitation, disbursements for operating expenses, taxes,
if any, debt service (including, without limitation, the payment of
principal, premium and interest), redemption of Partnership Interests
A-4
<PAGE>
or other Partnership Securities, capital expenditures, contributions, if
any, to the Operating Partnership and cash distributions to Partners (but
only to the extent that such cash distributions to Partners exceed Available
Cash for the immediately preceding Quarter); and
(ii) any cash reserves established with respect to such Quarter, and any
increase with respect to such Quarter in a cash reserve established pursuant
to this clause (b)(ii) from the level of such reserve at the end of the
prior Quarter, in such amounts as the Managing General Partner determines in
its reasonable discretion to be necessary or appropriate (A) to provide for
the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership or the Operating
Partnership (including, without limitation, reserves for future capital
expenditures), (B) to provide funds for distributions with respect to Units
and any general partner interests in the Partnership in respect of any one
or more of the next four Quarters or (C) because the distribution of such
amounts would be prohibited by applicable law or by any loan agreement,
security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or
obligation to which the Partnership or the Operating Partnership is a party
or by which any of them is bound or its assets are subject;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that for purposes of determining Available Cash for
the Quarter during which the Initial Closing Date occurs, such Quarter
shall be deemed to commence on the Initial Closing Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Available Cash" with respect to any
Quarter (A) shall not include any cash receipts or reductions in reserves
or take into account any disbursements made or reserves established in
each case after the Liquidation Date and (B) shall include any cash
proceeds from Interim Capital Transactions and distributions of cash (to
the extent such distributions are attributable to transactions and
operations during such Quarter) received by the Partnership from the
Operating Partnership, in each case after the end of such Quarter but on
or before the date on which the Partnership makes its distribution of
Available Cash in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 5.3(a).
Taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with
respect to, all or less than all of the Partners shall not be considered
cash disbursements of the Partnership that reduce Available Cash, but the
payment or withholding thereof shall be deemed to be a distribution of
Available Cash to such Partners. Alternatively, in the discretion of the
Managing General Partner, such taxes (if pertaining to all Partners) may
be considered to be cash disbursements of the Partnership which reduce
Available Cash, but the payment or withholding thereof shall not be
deemed to be a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners.
"BOOK-TAX DISPARITY" means with respect to any item of Contributed Property
or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference
between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and
the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A
Partner's share of the Partnership's Book-Tax Disparities in all of its
Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference
between such Partner's Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section
4.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner's Capital Account computed as
if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax
accounting principles.
"BUSINESS DAY" means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal
holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States or the states
of New York or Oregon shall not be regarded as a Business Day.
"CAPITAL ACCOUNT" means the capital account maintained for a Partner
pursuant to Section 4.5. The "Capital Account" in respect of a Common Unit, a
Subordinated Unit or any other specified interest in the Partnership shall be
the amount which such Capital Account would be if such Common Unit, Subordinated
Unit or other interest in the Partnership were the only interest in the
Partnership held by a Partner from and after the date on which such Unit or
other interest was first issued.
A-5
<PAGE>
"CAPITAL ADDITIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS" means (a) additions or improvements to
the capital assets owned by the Partnership or the Operating Partnership or (b)
the acquisition of existing or the construction of new capital assets
(including, without limitation, timberlands and timber processing and
manufacturing facilities and related assets), made to increase the Operating
Capacity of the Partnership and the Operating Partnership, taken as a whole,
from the Operating Capacity of the Partnership and the Operating Partnership,
taken as a whole, existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement,
acquisition or construction.
"CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION" means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed
Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes or has contributed to
the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.5(c)(i), 13.3(c) or 14.8.
"CAPITAL INTERESTS" means, with respect to any corporation, any and all
shares, participations, rights or other equivalent interests in the capital of
the corporation, and with respect to any partnership, any and all partnership
interests (whether general or limited) and any other interests or participations
that confer on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses
of, or distributions of assets of, such partnership.
"CARRYING VALUE" means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property, the
Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation,
amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners' Capital
Accounts in respect of such Contributed Property, and (b) with respect to any
other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal
income tax purposes. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from
time to time in accordance with Sections 4.5(b)(vii) and 4.5(b)(viii) and to
reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for
dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate
by the Managing General Partner.
"CASH FROM INTERIM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS" means, at any date, such amounts of
Available Cash as are deemed to be Cash from Interim Capital Transactions
pursuant to Section 5.3.
"CASH FROM OPERATIONS" means, at the close of any Quarter but prior to the
Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication,
(a) the sum of all cash receipts of the Partnership and the Operating
Partnership during the period since the Initial Closing Date through such date
(including, without limitation, the cash balance of the Partnership as of the
close of business on the Initial Closing Date, but excluding any cash proceeds
from any Interim Capital Transactions (except to the extent specified in Section
5.3),
(b) LESS the sum of:
(i) all cash operating expenditures of the Partnership and the Operating
Partnership during such period, including, without limitation, taxes, if
any, and amounts owed to the General Partners as reimbursement pursuant to
Section 6.4,
(ii) all cash debt service payments of the Partnership and the Operating
Partnership during such period (other than payments or prepayments of
principal and premium (A) required by reason of loan agreements (including,
without limitation, covenants and default provisions therein) or by lenders,
in each case in connection with sales or other dispositions of assets or (B)
made in connection with refinancings or refundings of indebtedness with the
proceeds from new indebtedness or from the sale of equity interests,
PROVIDED, that any payment or prepayment of principal and premium, whether
or not then due, shall be deemed, at the election and in the discretion of
the Managing General Partner, to be refunded or refinanced by any
indebtedness incurred or to be incurred by the Partnership or the Operating
Partnership simultaneously with or within 180 days prior to or after such
payment or prepayment to the extent of the principal amount of such
indebtedness so incurred),
A-6
<PAGE>
(iii) all cash capital expenditures of the Partnership and the Operating
Partnership during such period, including, without limitation, cash capital
expenditures made in respect of Maintenance Capital Expenditures, but
excluding (A) cash capital expenditures made in respect of Acquisitions and
Capital Additions and Improvements and (B) cash expenditures made in payment
of transaction expenses relating to Interim Capital Transactions,
(iv) any cash reserves of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership
outstanding as of such date that the Managing General Partner deems in its
reasonable discretion to be necessary or appropriate to provide for the
future cash payment of items of the type referred to in clauses (i) through
(iii) of this sentence, and
(v) any other cash reserves of the Partnership or the Operating
Partnership outstanding as of such date that the Managing General Partner
deems in its reasonable discretion to be necessary or appropriate to provide
funds for distributions with respect to Units and any general partner
interests in the Partnership in respect of any one or more of the next four
Quarters,
all as determined on a consolidated basis and after taking into account
the Managing General Partner's interest therein attributable to its
general partner interest in the Operating Partnership. Where cash capital
expenditures are made in part in respect of Acquisitions or Capital
Additions and Improvements and in part for other purposes, the Managing
General Partner's good faith allocation thereof between the portion made
for Acquisitions or Capital Additions and Improvements and the portion
made for other purposes shall be conclusive. Taxes paid by the
Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or
less than all of the Partners shall not be considered cash operating
expenditures of the Partnership that reduce Cash from Operations, but the
payment or withholding thereof shall be deemed to be a distribution of
Available Cash to such Partners. Alternatively, in the discretion of the
Managing General Partner, such taxes (if pertaining to all Partners) may
be considered to be cash operating expenditures of the Partnership which
reduce Cash from Operations, but the payment or withholding thereof shall
not be deemed to be a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners.
"CAUSE" means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-
appealable judgment finding a General Partner liable for actual fraud, gross
negligence or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as a general partner
of the Partnership.
"CERTIFICATE" means a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to
this Agreement or in such other form as may be adopted by the Managing General
Partner in its sole discretion, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership
of one or more Common Units, or a certificate, in such form as may be adopted by
the Managing General Partner in its sole discretion, issued by the Partnership
evidencing ownership of one or more other Units.
"CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP" means the Certificate of Limited
Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as
referenced in Section 6.2, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be
amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
"CITIZENSHIP CERTIFICATION" means a properly completed certificate in such
form as may be specified by the Managing General Partner by which an Assignee or
a Limited Partner certifies that he (and if he is a nominee holding for the
account of another Person, that to the best of his knowledge such other Person)
is an Eligible Citizen.
"CLAIM" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.13(c).
"CLOSING DATE" means the first date on which Common Units are sold by the
Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting
Agreement.
"CLOSING PRICE" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 17.1(a).
A-7
<PAGE>
"CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect
from time to time, as interpreted by the applicable regulations thereunder. Any
reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed
to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.
"COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"COMMON UNIT" means a Unit representing a fractional part of the Partnership
Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees and having the rights and
obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement.
"COMMON UNIT ARREARAGE" means, as to any Quarter within the Subordination
Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution over (b)
the sum of all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in
respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 5.4(a)(i), 5.4(b)(i) or 5.4(c)(i).
"CONTRIBUTED PROPERTY" means each property or other asset, in such form as
may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the
Partnership (or deemed contributed to the Partnership on termination and
reconstitution thereof pursuant to Section 708 of the Code). Once the Carrying
Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(vii) or
4.5(b)(viii), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property,
but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.
"CUMULATIVE COMMON UNIT ARREARAGE" means, as of the end of any Quarter, the
excess, if any, of (a) the sum resulting from adding together the Common Unit
Arrearage for each of the Quarters ending on or before the last day of such
Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to
Section 5.4(a)(ii), 5.4(b)(ii), 5.4(c)(ii) or 5.5(b) with respect to a Common
Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such
Quarters).
"CURRENT MARKET PRICE" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
17.1(a).
"DELAWARE ACT" means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6
Del C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time
to time, and any successor to such statute.
"DEPARTING PARTNER" means a former General Partner from and after the
effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner
pursuant to Section 13.1, 13.2 or 13.4.
"DISCRETIONARY ALLOCATION" means any allocation of an item of income, gain,
deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1(d)(iv).
"ECONOMIC RISK OF LOSS" has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.752-2(a).
"ELIGIBLE CITIZEN" means a Person qualified to own interests in real
property in jurisdictions in which the Partnership or the Operating Partnership
does business or proposes to do business from time to time, and whose status as
a Limited Partner or Assignee does not or would not subject the Partnership or
the Operating Partnership to a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of
any of its properties or any interest therein.
"EVENT OF WITHDRAWAL" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
13.1(a).
"FIFTH TARGET DISTRIBUTION" means $0.904 per Unit, subject to adjustment in
accordance with Sections 5.6 and 9.6.
"FIRST COMMON UNIT LIQUIDATION AMOUNT" has the meaning assigned to such term
in Section 5.1(c)(i)(A)(2).
"FIRST CONVERSION DATE" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
5.7(b)(i).
"FIRST TARGET DISTRIBUTION" means $0.524 per Unit, subject to adjustment in
accordance with Sections 5.6 and 9.6.
A-8
<PAGE>
"FOURTH COMMON UNIT LIQUIDATION AMOUNT" has the meaning assigned to such
term in Section 5.1(c)(i)(A)(6).
"FOURTH TARGET DISTRIBUTION" means $0.679 per Unit, subject to adjustment in
accordance with Sections 5.6 and 9.6.
"FREMONT" means Fremont Investors, Inc., a Nevada corporation.
"GENERAL PARTNERS" means the Managing General Partner and the Special
General Partner, and their successors as managing general partner and special
general partner, respectively, of the Partnership.
"GROUP" means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or
Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of
acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or
consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made
to 10 or more Persons) or disposing of any Partnership Securities with any other
Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially
own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.
"HOLDER" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.13(a).
"INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTION" means any amount of cash distributed to the
Managing General Partner, in its capacity as Managing General Partner of the
Partnership, pursuant to Sections 5.4(c)(vii), (viii) and (ix) and 5.4(d)(iii),
(iv) and (v) which exceeds an amount equal to .99% of the aggregate amount of
cash then being distributed pursuant to such provisions.
"INDEMNIFIED PERSONS" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
6.13(c).
"INDEMNITEE" means each General Partner, any Departing Partner, any general
partner of a General Partner or a Departing Partner, any Person who is or was an
officer, director, employee, agent or trustee of a General Partner, a Departing
Partner or a general partner of a General Partner or a Departing Partner, any
Person who is or was an Affiliate of a General Partner, a Departing Partner or a
general partner of a General Partner or a Departing Partner and any Person who
is or was serving at the request of a General Partner or a Departing Partner as
an officer, director, employee, agent, trustee or partner of another Person.
"INITIAL CLOSING DATE" means December 22, 1994.
"INITIAL LIMITED PARTNERS" means the Persons admitted to the Partnership as
Limited Partners on the Initial Closing Date.
"INITIAL UNIT PRICE" means $21.50.
"INTEREST" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 13.3(a).
"INTERIM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS" means (a) borrowings, refinancings or
refundings of indebtedness and sales of debt securities (other than for working
capital purposes and other than for items purchased on open account in the
ordinary course of business) by the Partnership or the Operating Partnership,
(b) sales of equity interests by the Partnership or the Operating Partnership
and (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of
the Partnership or the Operating Partnership (other than (x) sales or other
dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary
course of business, including the exchange of timber or real property for other
timber or real property, to the extent that the timber or real property received
in exchange is of equal or greater value, or the sale of timber or real
property, to the extent the proceeds from which are invested within 180 days in
other timber or real property and (y) sales or other dispositions of assets as a
part of normal retirements or replacements), in each case prior to the
Liquidation Date.
"ISSUE PRICE" means the amount of cash or the Agreed Value of any property
contributed to the Partnership in exchange for a Unit.
A-9
<PAGE>
"LIMITED PARTNER" means, unless the context otherwise requires, (a) subject
to the provisions of Section 5.7, each Initial Limited Partner, each Substitute
Limited Partner, each Additional Limited Partner and any Departing Partner upon
the change of its status from Managing General Partner to Limited Partner
pursuant to Section 13.3 and (b) solely for purposes of Articles IV, V and VI
and Sections 14.3 and 14.4, each Assignee.
"LIMITED PARTNER EQUITY VALUE" means, as of any date of determination, an
amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the total number of
Common Units and Subordinated Units Outstanding (immediately prior to an
issuance of Units or distribution of cash or Partnership property), by (ii) (A)
in the case of a valuation required by Section 4.5(b)(vii) (other than
valuations caused by sales of a DE MINIMIS quantity of Units), the Issue Price
or (B) in the case of a valuation required by Section 4.5(b)(viii) (or a
valuation required by Section 4.5(b)(vii) caused by sales of a DE MINIMIS
quantity of Units), the Closing Price.
"LIQUIDATION DATE" means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the
dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of
the first sentence of Section 14.2, the date on which the applicable time period
during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to
reconstitute the Partnership and continue its business has expired without such
an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to
the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.
"LIQUIDATOR" means the Managing General Partner or other Person approved
pursuant to Section 14.3 who performs the functions described therein.
"MAINTENANCE CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" means cash capital expenditures made to
maintain, up to the level thereof that existed at the time of such expenditure,
the Operating Capacity of the capital assets of the Partnership and the
Operating Partnership, taken as a whole, as such assets existed at the time of
such expenditure and shall, therefore, not include cash capital expenditures
made in respect of Acquisitions and Capital Additions and Improvements. Where
cash capital expenditures are made in part to maintain the Operating Capacity
level referred to in the immediately preceding sentence and in part for other
purposes, the Managing General Partner's good faith allocation thereof between
the portion used to maintain such Operating Capacity level and the portion used
for other purposes shall be conclusive.
"MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER" means Crown Pacific Management Limited
Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, and its successors as managing
general partner of the Partnership.
"MERGER AGREEMENT" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 16.1.
"MINIMUM QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION" means $0.51 per Unit per Quarter (or, with
respect to the period commencing on the Initial Closing Date and ending on
December 31, 1994, the product of $0.51 multiplied by a fraction of which the
numerator is the number of days in such period (inclusive of the Initial Closing
Date and December 31, 1994) and of which the denominator is 92), subject to
adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.6 and 9.6.
"NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE" means an exchange registered with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any
successor to such statute or the Nasdaq Stock Market or any successor thereto.
"NET AGREED VALUE" means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the
Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the
Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when
contributed, and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner or
Assignee by the Partnership, the Partnership's Carrying Value of such property
(as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(viii)) at the time such property is
distributed, reduced by any
A-10
<PAGE>
indebtedness either assumed by such Partner or Assignee upon such distribution
or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution, in either
case, as determined under Section 752 of the Code.
"NET INCOME" means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the
Partnership's items of income and gain (other than those items taken into
account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for
such taxable year over the Partnership's items of loss and deduction (other than
those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net
Termination Loss) for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation
of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.5(b) and shall
not include any items specially allocated under Section 5.1(d) or 5.1(e).
"NET LOSS" means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the
Partnership's items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into
account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for
such taxable year over the Partnership's items of income and gain (other than
those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net
Termination Loss) for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation
of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.5(b) and shall not
include any items specially allocated under Section 5.1(d) or 5.1(e).
"NET TERMINATION GAIN" means, for any taxable year, the sum, if positive, of
all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership
(including, without limitation, such amounts recognized through the Operating
Partnership) after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination
of Net Termination Gain shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.5(b)
and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated
under Section 5.1(d) or 5.1(e).
"NET TERMINATION LOSS" means, for any taxable year, the sum, if negative, of
all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership
(including, without limitation, such amounts recognized through the Operating
Partnership) after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination
of Net Termination Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.5(b)
and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated
under Section 5.1(d) or 5.1(e).
"NON-CITIZEN ASSIGNEE" means a Person who the Managing General Partner has
determined in its sole discretion does not constitute an Eligible Citizen and as
to whose Partnership Interest the Managing General Partner has become the
Substitute Limited Partner, pursuant to Section 11.5.
"NONRECOURSE BUILT-IN GAIN" means with respect to any Contributed Properties
or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a
Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to
the Partners pursuant to Sections 5.2(b)(i)(A), 5.2(b)(ii)(A) or 5.2(b)(iii) if
such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction
of such liabilities and for no other consideration.
"NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS" means any and all items of loss, deduction or
expenditures (described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance
with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable
to a Nonrecourse Liability.
"NONRECOURSE LIABILITY" has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
"NOTICE OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 17.1(b).
"OPERATING CAPACITY" means the operating capacity and resources (including
without limitation the capacity to grow timber or process logs) of the
Partnership and the Operating Partnership, taken as a whole.
"OPERATING PARTNERSHIP" means, individually and collectively, Crown Pacific
Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, and Yellowstone Trucking
Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership.
A-11
<PAGE>
"OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means, individually and collectively, the
Agreements of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership, as it or they
may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
"OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular
counsel to the Partnership or either of the General Partners) acceptable to the
Managing General Partner.
"OPTION CLOSING DATE" means the date on which the Common Units comprising
the Overallotment Option are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters
pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
"OUTSTANDING" means, with respect to the Units or other Partnership
Securities, all Units or other Partnership Securities that are issued by the
Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership's books and records
as of the date of determination; PROVIDED THAT,if at any time any Person or
Group (other than the General Partners and their Affiliates, including, without
limitation, Fremont) owns beneficially 20% or more of all Common Units, such
Common Units so owned shall not be voted on any matter and shall not be
considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited
Partners (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes,
determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this
Agreement, except that (i) such Common Units shall be considered to be
Outstanding for purposes of Section 13.1(b)(iv) (such Common Units shall not,
however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Securities for purposes
of this Agreement) and (ii) Common Units beneficially owned by any Person who
acquires, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the Common Units from Fremont,
Fremont's Affiliates or subsequent transferees of the Units owned by Fremont or
its Affiliates on the Initial Closing Date shall not be subject to such voting
restrictions and shall be considered Outstanding for all purposes (except to the
extent otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement).
"OVERALLOTMENT OPTION" means the overallotment option granted to the
Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
"PARTICIPATING INVESTOR" has the meaning set forth in the Prior Agreement.
"PARTNERS" means the General Partners and the Limited Partners.
"PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT" has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
"PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT MINIMUM GAIN" has the meaning set forth in
Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
"PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS" means any and all items of loss, deduction
or expenditure (including, without limitation, any expenditure described in
Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of
Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner
Nonrecourse Debt.
"PARTNERSHIP" means Crown Pacific Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership established by the Certificate of Limited Partnership, and any
successors thereto.
"PARTNERSHIP INTEREST" means an interest in the Partnership, which shall
include general partner interests, Common Units, Subordinated Units or other
Partnership Securities, or a combination thereof or interest therein, as the
case may be.
"PARTNERSHIP MINIMUM GAIN" means that amount determined in accordance with
the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).
"PARTNERSHIP SECURITIES" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
4.3(a).
"PER UNIT CAPITAL AMOUNT" means, as of any date of determination, the
Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any Unit held by a
Person other than the General Partners or any Affiliates of the General Partners
who hold Units.
A-12
<PAGE>
"PERCENTAGE INTEREST" means as of the date of such determination (a) as to
the Managing General Partner (in its capacity as Managing General Partner
without reference to any limited partner interests held by it), .99%, (b) as to
the Special General Partner (in its capacity as Special General Partner without
reference to any limited partner interests held by it), .01%, (c) as to any
Limited Partner or Assignee holding Units, the product of (i) 99% multiplied by
(ii) the quotient of the number of Units held by such Limited Partner or
Assignee divided by the total number of all Units then Outstanding; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that following any issuance of additional Partnership Securities by the
Partnership in accordance with Section 4.3, proper adjustment shall be made to
the Percentage Interest represented by each Unit to reflect such issuance, and
(d) as to the holders of additional Partnership Securities issued by the
Partnership in accordance with Section 4.3, the percentage established as a part
of such issuance.
"PERSON" means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, association or other entity.
"PRIOR AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(d)(i)(A).
"PUBLIC OFFERING" means the public offering and sale of Common Units to the
public pursuant to the Registration Statement.
"PURCHASE DATE" means the date determined by the Managing General Partner as
the date for purchase of all Outstanding Units (other than Units owned by the
General Partners and their Affiliates) pursuant to Article XVII.
"QUARTER" means, unless the context requires otherwise, a three month period
of time ending on March 31, June 30, September 30, or December 31; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Managing General Partner, in its sole discretion, may amend
such period as it deems necessary or appropriate in connection with a change in
the fiscal year of the Partnership.
"RECAPTURE INCOME" means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed
without regard to any adjustment required by Sections 734 or 743 of the Code)
upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is
characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of
deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.
"RECORD DATE" means the date established by the Managing General Partner for
determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to
vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give
approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to
exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the
identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution.
"RECORD HOLDER" means the Person in whose name a Unit is registered on the
books of the Transfer Agent as of the opening of business on a particular
Business Day, or with respect to a holder of a general partner interest, the
Person in whose name such general partner interest is registered on the books of
the Managing General Partner as of the opening of business on such Business Day.
"REDEEMABLE UNITS" means any Units for which a redemption notice has been
given, and has not been withdrawn, under Section 11.6.
"REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means the Registration Statement on Form S-3
(Registration No. 333-05099), as it has been or as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission
under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of additional Common
Units.
"REQUIRED ALLOCATION" means any allocation (or limitation imposed on any
allocation) of an item of income, gain, deduction or loss pursuant to (a)
Section 5.1(a)(i) or 5.1(e) or (b) any allocation by reason of the "provided"
clause in Section 5.1(b)(i), such allocations (or limitations thereon) being
directly or indirectly required by the Treasury regulations promulgated under
Section 704(b) of the Code.
A-13
<PAGE>
"RESIDUAL GAIN" or "RESIDUAL LOSS" means any item of gain or loss, as the
case may be, of the Partnership recognized for federal income tax purposes
resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a Contributed Property
or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain or loss is not allocated
pursuant to Sections 5.2(b)(i)(A) or 5.2(b)(ii)(A), respectively, to eliminate
Book-Tax Disparities.
"RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES" means the (i) acquisition, exchange, operation or
sale of timber-producing real property or rights to harvest timber a principal
purpose of which is producing logs and other forest products, (ii) harvesting of
timber other than harvesting which is incidental to the ownership or operation
of real property not owned or operated for a principal purpose of producing logs
or other forest products, (iii) sale, exchange or purchase of logs other than
sales, exchanges or purchases which are incidental to the ownership or operation
of real property not owned or operated for a principal purpose of producing logs
or other forest products, (iv) acquisition or sale of any facilities used to
convert logs into lumber, plywood or other wood products, (v) conversion of logs
into lumber, plywood or other wood products, (vi) marketing and sale of lumber,
plywood or other wood products, (vii) import or export of logs, lumber, plywood
or other wood products to or from the United States, (viii) manufacture,
marketing or sale of manufactured, engineered or substitute wood products to the
extent such products compete with products produced by the Partnership or the
Operating Partnership and (ix) any and all other activities relating to the
United States forest products industry to the extent such activities compete
with the operations of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that Restricted Activities shall not include (a) the sale, lease,
exchange, transfer or other disposition by the Special General Partner of (1)
any timber-producing real property owned by the Special General Partner on
Initial Closing Date, and (2) any timber-producing real property subsequently
acquired by the Special General Partner in exchange for or utilizing the
proceeds from the sale of the property described in the foregoing clause (1) or
(b) the harvesting of timber by the Special General Partner from any real
property described in the foregoing clause (a), so long as the resulting logs
are sold to the Operating Partnership on terms and conditions permitted under
this Agreement.
"SECOND COMMON UNIT LIQUIDATION AMOUNT" has the meaning assigned to such
term in section 5.1(c)(i)(A)(4).
"SECOND CONVERSION DATE" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
5.7(b)(ii).
"SECOND TARGET DISTRIBUTION" means $0.538 per Unit, subject to adjustment in
accordance with Sections 5.6 and 9.6.
"SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented
or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.
"SPECIAL APPROVAL" means approval by the Audit Committee.
"SPECIAL GENERAL PARTNER" means Crown Pacific, Ltd., an Oregon corporation,
and its successors as special general partner of the Partnership.
"SEQUOIA" means Sequoia Ventures Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"SUBORDINATED UNIT" means a Unit representing a fractional part of the
Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees and having the
rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this
Agreement.
"SUBORDINATION PERIOD" means the period commencing on the Initial Closing
Date and ending on the first to occur of the following dates: (i) the Second
Conversion Date and (ii) the date on which the Managing General Partner is
removed as General Partner of the Partnership upon the requisite vote by Limited
Partners under circumstances where Cause does not exist.
A-14
<PAGE>
"SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, (i) a corporation of which
more than 50% of the voting power of shares of Capital Interests entitled
(without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of
directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or
indirectly, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a
combination thereof, (ii) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which
such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a
general or limited partner, but only if more than 50% of the Capital Interests
of such partnership (considering all of the Capital Interests of the partnership
as a single class) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, or
(iii) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such
Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (x) at least a
majority ownership interest or (y) the power to elect or direct the election of
a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.
"SUBSTITUTE LIMITED PARTNER" means a Person who is admitted as a Limited
Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 12.2 in place of and with all the
rights of a Limited Partner and who is shown as a Limited Partner on the books
and records of the Partnership.
"SURVIVING BUSINESS ENTITY" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
16.2(b).
"TARGET DISTRIBUTION" means each of the First Target Distribution, the
Second Target Distribution, the Third Target Distribution, the Fourth Target
Distribution and the Fifth Target Distribution.
"THIRD COMMON UNIT LIQUIDATION AMOUNT" has the meaning assigned to such term
in Section 5.1(c)(i)(A)(5).
"THIRD TARGET DISTRIBUTION" means $0.566 per Unit, subject to adjustment in
accordance with Sections 5.6 and 9.6.
"TRADING DAY" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 17.1(a).
"TRANSFER" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(a).
"TRANSFER AGENT" means such bank, trust company or other Person (including,
without limitation, either of the General Partners or one of their Affiliates)
as shall be appointed from time to time by the Partnership to act as registrar
and transfer agent for the Units.
"TRANSFER APPLICATION" means an application and agreement for transfer of
Units in the form set forth on the back of a Certificate or in a form
substantially to the same effect in a separate instrument.
"UNDERWRITER" means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the
Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.
"UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT" means the Underwriting Agreement dated
, 1996, among the Underwriters, the Partnership, Crown Pacific
Limited Partnership, the General Partners and certain holders of Common Units
providing for the purchase of Common Units by such Underwriters.
"UNIT" means a Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner or Assignee (in its
capacity as a Limited Partner or Assignee without reference to any general
partner interests held by it) in the Partnership representing a fractional part
of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees (in their
capacities as Limited Partners or Assignees without reference to any general
partner interests held by them) and shall include, without limitation, Common
Units and Subordinated Units; provided that each Common Unit at any time
Outstanding shall represent the same fractional part of the Partnership
Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees holding Common Units as each
other Common Unit, and each Subordinated Unit at any time Outstanding shall
represent the same fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited
Partners and Assignees holding Subordinated Units as each other Subordinated
Unit.
A-15
<PAGE>
"UNPAID MQD" means an amount equal to (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution
for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, less (b) the amount of
any distributions made, on a per Unit basis, with respect to the Quarter
described in (a) pursuant to (i) if with regard to a Common Unit, Sections
5.4(a)(i), 5.4(b)(i), 5.4(c)(i) and 5.4(d)(i), or (ii) if with regard to a
Subordinated Unit, Sections 5.4(a)(iii), 5.4(b)(iii) and 5.4(c)(iii).
"UNPAID FIFTH TARGET DISTRIBUTION" means, with respect to any Unit, the
excess, if any, of (a) (i) the Fifth Target Distribution less (ii) the Fourth
Target Distribution, for each Quarter of the Partnership's existence, over (b)
(i) the amount of Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit
pursuant to Section 5.4 for any such Quarter (treating any amount distributed
pursuant to Section 5.4(a)(ii), 5.4(b)(ii) or 5.4(c)(ii) on a first-in,
first-out basis, as if it had been distributed when due) in excess of the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution LESS (ii) the amounts, if any, with respect to
such Quarter, described in subclause (b) of the definition of "UNPAID FOURTH
TARGET DISTRIBUTION" and subclause (b) of the definition of "UNPAID THIRD TARGET
DISTRIBUTION"; provided, however, that the amount described in subclause (b) of
this definition of "UNPAID FIFTH TARGET DISTRIBUTION" shall not exceed the
amount described in subclause (a) of this definition of "UNPAID FIFTH TARGET
DISTRIBUTION".
"UNPAID FOURTH TARGET DISTRIBUTION" means, with respect to any Unit, the
excess, if any, of (a) (i) the Fourth Target Distribution less (ii) the Third
Target Distribution, for each Quarter of the Partnership's existence, over (b)
(i) the amount of Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit
pursuant to Section 5.4 for any such Quarter (treating any amount distributed
pursuant to Section 5.4(a)(ii), 5.4(b)(ii) or 5.4(c)(ii) on a first-in,
first-out basis, as if it and been distributed when due) in excess of the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution LESS (ii) the amounts, if any, with respect to
such Quarter, described in subclause (b) of the definition of "UNPAID THIRD
TARGET DISTRIBUTION"; provided, however, that the amount described in subclause
(b) of this definition of "UNPAID FOURTH TARGET DISTRIBUTION" shall not exceed
the amount described in subclause (a) of this definition of "UNPAID FOURTH
TARGET DISTRIBUTION".
"UNPAID THIRD TARGET DISTRIBUTION" means, with respect to any Unit, the
excess, if any, of (a) (i) the Third Target Distribution less (ii) the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution, for each Quarter of the Partnership's existence, over
(b) the amount of Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit
pursuant to Section 5.4 for any such Quarter (treating any amount distributed
pursuant to Section 5.4(a)(ii), 5.4(b)(ii) or 5.4(c)(ii) on a first-in,
first-out basis, as if it had been distributed when due) in excess of the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the amount described in
this subclause (b) with respect to any Quarter shall not exceed the amount
described in subclause (a) of this definition of "UNPAID THIRD TARGET
DISTRIBUTION".
"UNREALIZED GAIN" attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as
of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value
of such property as of such date over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as
of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(vii)
or 4.5(b)(viii) as of such date). For such purposes, the fair market value of
the partnership assets shall be determined so that the Limited Partner Equity
Value is the fair market value of the Partnership assets that would be
distributed with respect to the Common Units and Subordinated Units Outstanding
pursuant to Article XIV upon a hypothetical dissolution and liquidation of the
Partnership as of the relevant date of determination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in
the event of an actual distribution of Partnership property pursuant to Section
14.4, the fair market value of any Partnership property so distributed shall be
determined by the Managing General Partner using such reasonable method of
valuation as it may adopt. The Managing General Partner shall allocate such
aggregate value among the assets of the Partnership (in such manner as it
determines in its sole discretion to be reasonable) to arrive at a fair market
value for individual properties.
"UNREALIZED LOSS" attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as
of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of
such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to
Section 4.5(b)(vii) or 4.5(b)(viii) as of such date) over (b) the fair market
value of such property as of such date. For such purposes, the fair market value
of the
A-16
<PAGE>
partnership assets shall be determined so that the Limited Partner Equity Value
is the fair market value of the Partnership assets that would be distributed
with respect to the Common Units and Subordinated Units Outstanding pursuant to
Article XIV upon a hypothetical dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership
as of the relevant date of determination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event
of an actual distribution of Partnership property pursuant to Section 14.4, the
fair market value of any Partnership property so distributed shall be determined
by the Managing General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it
may adopt. The Managing General Partner shall allocate such aggregate value
among the assets of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines in its sole
discretion to be reasonable) to arrive at a fair market value for individual
properties.
"UNRECOVERED INITIAL UNIT PRICE" means, at any time, with respect to any
Unit, the Initial Unit Price, less the sum of (i) all distributions theretofore
made in respect of a Common Unit issued on the Initial Closing Date pursuant to
Sections 5.5(a) and (ii) any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of
any distributions in kind) pursuant to Section 14.3 or 14.4 theretofore made in
respect of a Common Unit, adjusted as the Managing General Partner determines to
be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of
Units.
"WITHDRAWAL OPINION OF COUNSEL" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 13.1(b).
"WORKING CAPITAL RESERVE" means the amount available to be borrowed at the
time of determination under the Partnership's or the Operating Partnership's
working capital facility, subject in any case to a maximum amount of
$40,000,000.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
3.1 PURPOSE AND BUSINESS. The purpose and nature of the business to be
conducted by the Partnership shall be (a) to serve as a limited partner in the
Operating Partnership and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the
rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership as a limited partner in the
Operating Partnership pursuant to the Operating Partnership Agreement or
otherwise, (b) to engage directly in, or to enter into or form any corporation,
partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to
engage in, any business activity that the Operating Partnership is permitted to
engage in by the Operating Partnership Agreement and, in connection therewith,
to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant
to the agreements relating to such business activity, (c) to engage directly in,
or to enter into or form any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited
liability company or other arrangement to engage in, any business activity that
is approved by the Managing General Partner and which lawfully may be conducted
by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in
connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon
the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity,
and (d) to do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including,
without limitation, the making of capital contributions or loans to the
Operating Partnership. The Managing General Partner has no obligation or duty to
the Partnership, the Special General Partner, the Limited Partners or the
Assignees to propose or approve, and in its sole discretion may decline to
propose or approve, the conduct by the Partnership of any business.
3.2 POWERS. The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and
things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient
for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in
Section 3.1 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.
A-17
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
4.1 INITIAL CONTRIBUTIONS. In connection with the formation of the
Partnership under the Delaware Act and pursuant to the Prior Agreement, the
Managing General Partner, the Special General Partner and the Initial Limited
Partners have each made Capital Contributions to the Partnership and have been
admitted as Partners of the Partnership.
4.2 CONTRIBUTIONS BY ADDITIONAL LIMITED PARTNERS. Subject to the
conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement, on the Closing Date, each
Underwriter shall contribute and deliver to the Partnership cash in an amount
equal to the Issue Price per Common Unit, multiplied by the number of Common
Units specified in the Underwriting Agreement to be purchased by such
Underwriter at the "First Closing Date", as such term is defined in the
Underwriting Agreement. In exchange for such Capital Contribution by the
Underwriters, the Partnership shall issue Common Units to each Underwriter on
whose behalf such Capital Contribution is made in an amount equal to the
quotient obtained by dividing (x) the cash contribution to the Partnership by or
on behalf of such Underwriter by (y) the Issue Price per Common Unit.
4.3 ISSUANCES OF ADDITIONAL UNITS AND OTHER SECURITIES. (a) Subject to
Section 4.3(c), the Managing General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the
Partnership to issue, in addition to the Partnership Interests and Units issued
pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2, such additional Units, or classes or series
thereof, or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating thereto,
or any other type of equity security that the Partnership may lawfully issue,
any unsecured or secured debt obligations of the Partnership convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for any class or series of equity securities of the
Partnership (collectively, "Partnership Securities"), for any Partnership
purpose, at any time or from time to time, to the Partners or to other Persons
for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established
by the Managing General Partner in its sole discretion, all without the approval
of any Limited Partners. The Managing General Partner shall have sole
discretion, subject to the guidelines set forth in this Section 4.3 and the
requirements of the Delaware Act, in determining the consideration and terms and
conditions with respect to any future issuance of Partnership Securities.
(b) Additional Partnership Securities to be issued by the Partnership
pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be issuable from time to time in one or more
classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights,
powers and duties, including, without limitation, rights, powers and duties
senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Securities (except as
provided in Section 4.3(c)), all as shall be fixed by the Managing General
Partner in the exercise of its sole discretion, subject to Delaware law and
Section 4.3(c), including, without limitation, (i) the allocations of items of
Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or
series of Partnership Securities; (ii) the right of each such class or series of
Partnership Securities to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights
of each such class or series of Partnership Securities upon dissolution and
liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether such class or series of additional
Partnership Securities is redeemable by the Partnership and, if so, the price at
which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such class or series of
additional Partnership Securities may be redeemed by the Partnership; (v)
whether such class or series of additional Partnership Securities is issued with
the privilege of conversion, exchange or exercise and, if so, the rate at which,
and the terms and conditions upon which, such class or series of Partnership
Securities may be converted into or exchanged or exercised for any other class
or series of Partnership Securities or other property; (vi) the terms and
conditions upon which each such class or series of Partnership Securities will
be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; and (vii) the
right, if any, of each such class or series of Partnership Securities to vote on
Partnership matters, including, without limitation, matters relating to the
relative rights, preferences and privileges of each such class or series.
A-18
<PAGE>
(c) Notwithstanding the terms of Sections 4.3(a) and 4.3(b), the issuance by
the Partnership of any Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall
be subject to the following restrictions and limitations:
(i) After the Public Offering and during the Subordination Period,
the Partnership shall not issue an aggregate of more than 1,544,670
additional Common Units (excluding Common Units issued upon conversion of
Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.7(b)) or an equivalent number of
other Partnership Securities having rights to distributions and
allocations or in liquidation ranking on a parity with the Common Units,
in either case without the prior approval of two-thirds of the
Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General
Partners and their Affiliates); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if Units are to
be issued in connection with a merger or consolidation requiring the
approval of a majority of the Outstanding Common Units, the required vote
shall be a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding, during
the Subordination Period, Common Units held by the General Partners and
their Affiliates); and
(ii) During the Subordination Period, the Partnership shall not issue
additional Partnership Securities having rights to distributions and
allocations or in liquidation ranking prior or senior to the Common
Units, without the prior approval of two-thirds of the Outstanding Common
Units (excluding Units held by the General Partners and their
Affiliates); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if Units are to be issued in
connection with a merger or consolidation requiring the approval of a
majority of the Outstanding Common Units, the required vote shall be a
majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding, during the
Subordination Period, Common Units held by the General Partners and their
Affiliates); and
(iii) Upon the issuance of any Partnership Interests by the
Partnership or the making of any other Capital Contributions to the
Partnership, the Managing General Partner and the Special General Partner
shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to the
Partnership in an amount equal to .99% and .01%, respectively, of the
additional Capital Contribution then made by a Person other than the
General Partners.
(d) The Managing General Partner is hereby authorized and directed to take
all actions that it deems necessary or appropriate in connection with each
issuance of Units or other Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 4.3(a) and
to amend this Agreement in any manner that it deems necessary or appropriate to
provide for each such issuance, to admit Additional Limited Partners in
connection therewith and to specify the relative rights, powers and duties of
the holders of the Units or other Partnership Securities being so issued.
(e) The Managing General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply
with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things it deems
to be necessary or advisable in connection with any future issuance of
Partnership Securities, including, without limitation, compliance with any
statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other
governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or
other Partnership Securities are listed for trading.
4.4 LIMITED PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. Except as provided in this Section 4.4, no
Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with
respect to (a) additional Capital Contributions; (b) issuance or sale of any
class or series of Units or other Partnership Securities, whether unissued, held
in the treasury or hereafter created; (c) issuance of any obligations, evidences
of indebtedness or other securities of the Partnership convertible into or
exchangeable for, or carrying or accompanied by any rights to receive, purchase
or subscribe to, any such Units or other Partnership Securities; (d) issuance of
any right of subscription to or right to receive, or any warrant or option for
the purchase of, any such Units or other Partnership Securities; or (e) issuance
or sale of any other securities that may be issued or sold by the Partnership.
The General Partners shall have the right, which they may from time to time
assign in whole or in part to any of their Affiliates, to purchase Units or
other Partnership Securities from the Partnership whenever, and on the same
terms that, the
A-19
<PAGE>
Partnership issues Units or other Partnership Securities to Persons other than
the General Partners and their Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain
the Percentage Interests of the General Partners and their Affiliates equal to
that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Units or other
Partnership Securities.
4.5 CAPITAL ACCOUNTS. (a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner
(or a beneficial owner of Units held by a nominee in any case in which the
nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in
accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to
the Managing General Partner in its sole discretion) a separate Capital Account
in accordance with the provisions hereof which shall be interpreted in a manner
consistent with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such
Capital Account shall be INCREASED by (i) the amount of all Capital
Contributions made by such Partner pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) all items
of Partnership income and gain (including, without limitation, income and gain
exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 4.5(b) and allocated to
such Partner pursuant to Section 5.1, and DECREASED by (x) the amount of cash or
Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made
to such Partner pursuant to this Agreement and (y) all items of Partnership
deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 4.5(b) and allocated to
such Partner pursuant to Section 5.1.
(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss
or deduction to be reflected in the Partners' Capital Accounts, the
determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same
as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax
purposes (including, without limitation, any method of depreciation, cost
recovery or amortization used for that purpose), PROVIDED that:
(i) For purposes of this Section 4.5, the Partnership shall be
treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the
Managing General Partner based upon the provisions of the Operating
Partnership Agreement) of all property owned by the Operating
Partnership.
(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to
promote the sale of or to sell a Partnership Interest that can neither be
deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for
purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of
deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred.
(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss
and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section
754 of the Code by the Partnership and, as to those items described in
Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the
fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither
currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes. To
the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership
asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required,
pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken
into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such
adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain
(if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the
adjustment decreases such basis).
(iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition
of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis
of such property as of such date of disposition was equal in amount to
the Partnership's Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such
date.
(v) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the
Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization
attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the
adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the
Partnership was equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an
adjustment pursuant to
A-20
<PAGE>
Section 4.5(b)(vii) or 4.5(b)(viii) to the Carrying Value of any
Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or
amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery
or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined (A) as
if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value
of such property immediately following such adjustment and (B) using a
rate of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization derived from the same
method and useful life (or, if applicable, the remaining useful life) as
is applied for federal income tax purposes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if
the asset has a zero adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes,
depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be
determined using any reasonable method that the Managing General Partner
may adopt.
(vi) If the Partnership's adjusted basis in a depreciable or cost
recovery property is reduced for federal income tax purposes pursuant to
Section 48(q)(1) or 48(q)(3) of the Code, the amount of such reduction
shall, solely for purposes hereof, be deemed to be an additional
depreciation or cost recovery deduction in the year such property is
placed in service. Any restoration of such basis pursuant to Section
48(q)(2) of the Code shall be treated as an item of income.
(vii) Consistent with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Units for cash or
Contributed Property or the conversion of the Managing General Partner's
Partnership Interest to Units pursuant to Section 13.3(b), the Carrying
Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance
shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or
Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property. Any such
Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss so reflected in the Carrying Value of
Partnership property shall be treated as an item of income, gain, loss or
deduction recognized by the Partnership on the date of the adjustment to
the Carrying Value of Partnership property.
(viii) Consistent with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any distribution to a Partner
of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is
not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Carrying
Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such distribution
shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or
Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property. Any such
Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss so reflected in the Carrying Value of
Partnership property shall be treated as an item of income, gain, loss or
deduction recognized by the Partnership on the date of the adjustment to
the Carrying Value of Partnership property.
(c)(i) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.5(c)(ii), a transferee of
a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital
Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if the transfer causes a termination of the Partnership
under Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code, the Partnership's properties shall be
deemed to have been distributed in liquidation of the Partnership to the
Partners (including any transferee of a Partnership Interest that is a party to
the transfer causing such termination) pursuant to Sections 14.3 and 14.4 and
recontributed by such Partners to the Partnership. In such event, the Carrying
Values of the Partnership properties shall be adjusted immediately prior to such
deemed distribution pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(viii) and such Carrying Values
shall then constitute the Agreed Values of such properties upon such deemed
contribution to the reconstituted Partnership. The Capital Accounts of such
reconstituted Partnership shall be maintained in accordance with the provisions
of this Section 4.5.
(ii) Immediately prior to the conversion of a Subordinated Unit into
a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7(b) or the sale, exchange or other
disposition of a Subordinated Unit by a holder thereof, the Capital
Account maintained for such Person with respect to its Subordinated Units
will (A) FIRST, be allocated to the Subordinated Units to be converted or
transferred, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the product of (x)
the number of such
A-21
<PAGE>
Subordinated Units to be converted or transferred, as the case may be,
and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) SECOND,
any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the
transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any Subordinated Units.
Following any such allocation, the transferor's Capital Account, if any,
maintained with respect to the retained Subordinated Units, if any, will
have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B)
hereinabove, and the transferee's Capital Account established with
respect to the transferred Subordinated Units will have a balance equal
to the amount allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.
4.6 INTEREST. No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital
Contributions or on balances in Partners' Capital Accounts.
4.7 NO WITHDRAWAL. No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of
its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution
from the Partnership, except as provided in Section 4.1, and Articles V, VII,
XIII and XIV.
4.8 LOANS FROM PARTNERS. Loans by a Partner to the Partnership shall not
constitute Capital Contributions. If any Partner shall advance funds to the
Partnership in excess of the amounts required hereunder to be contributed by it
to the capital of the Partnership, the making of such excess advances shall not
result in any increase in the amount of the Capital Account of such Partner. The
amount of any such excess advances shall be a debt obligation of the Partnership
to such Partner and shall be payable or collectible only out of the Partnership
assets in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such advances are
made.
4.9 NO FRACTIONAL UNITS. No fractional Units shall be issued by the
Partnership.
4.10 SPLITS AND COMBINATIONS. (a) Subject to Section 4.10(d), the Managing
General Partner may make a pro rata distribution of Units or other Partnership
Securities to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of
Units or other Partnership Securities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that after any such
distribution, subdivision or combination, each Partner shall have the same
Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such distribution, subdivision
or combination.
(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units or
other Partnership Securities is declared, the Managing General Partner shall
select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination
shall be effective and shall send notice of the distribution, subdivision or
combination at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as
of the date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The Managing
General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected
by it to calculate the number of Units to be held by each Record Holder after
giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The Managing
General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such
firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.
(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination,
the Managing General Partner may cause Certificates to be issued to the Record
Holders of Units or other Partnership Securities as of the applicable Record
Date representing the new number of Units held by such Record Holders, or the
Managing General Partner may adopt such other procedures as it may deem
appropriate to reflect such distribution, subdivision or combination; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, if any such distribution, subdivision or combination results in a
smaller total number of Units or other Partnership Securities Outstanding, the
Managing General Partner shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a
Record Holder of such new Certificate, the surrender of any Certificate held by
such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.
(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units or other Partnership
Securities upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units or other
Partnership Securities. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units
or other Partnership Securities would result in the issuance of fractional Units
or other Partnership Securities but for the provisions of Section 4.9 and this
Section
A-22
<PAGE>
4.10(d), each fractional Unit or other Partnership Security shall be rounded to
the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit or other Partnership Security shall be
rounded to the next higher Unit or other Partnership Security).
ARTICLE V
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
5.1 ALLOCATIONS FOR CAPITAL ACCOUNT PURPOSES. For purposes of maintaining
the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among
themselves, the Partnership's items of income, gain, loss and deduction
(computed in accordance with Section 4.5(b)) shall be allocated among the
Partners in each taxable year (or portion thereof) as provided hereinbelow.
(a) NET INCOME. After giving effect to the allocations set forth in
Sections 5.1(d) and 5.1(e), Net Income for each taxable year (and all items of
income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for
such taxable year) shall be allocated as follows:
(i) FIRST, 100% to the General Partners, in proportion to their
respective Percentage Interests, until the aggregate Net Income allocated to
each of the General Partners pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(i) for the
current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the
aggregate Net Losses allocated to each of the General Partners pursuant to
Section 5.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable years; and
(ii) SECOND, 100% to the General Partners and the Limited Partners in
proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.
(b) NET LOSSES. After giving effect to the allocations set forth in
Sections 5.1(d) and 5.1(e), Net Losses for each taxable year (and all items of
income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Losses for
such taxable year) shall be allocated as follows:
(i) FIRST, 100% to the General Partners and the Limited Partners, in
proportion to their respective Percentage Interests; PROVIDED, that Net
Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(i) to the
extent that such allocation would cause any Limited Partner to have a
deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable
year (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital
Account); and
(ii) SECOND, the balance 100% to the General Partners, in proportion
to their respective Percentage Interests.
(c) NET TERMINATION GAINS AND LOSSES. After giving effect to the
allocations set forth in Sections 5.1(d) and 5.1(e), all items of income, gain,
loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain or Net
Termination Loss for each taxable year shall be allocated in the manner
described below. All allocations under this Section 5.1(c) shall be made after
Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided
under this Section 5.1 and after all distributions of Available Cash provided
under Section 5.4 have been made with respect to the taxable year which includes
the Liquidation Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that solely for purposes of this
Section 5.1(c), Capital Account Balances shall not be adjusted for any
distributions made pursuant to Section 14.3 or 14.4.
(i) If a Net Termination Gain is recognized:
(A) Items of gross income and gain recognized by the Partnership
after the Liquidation Date shall be allocated among the Partners in the
following manner (and the Capital
A-23
<PAGE>
Accounts of the Partners shall be increased by the amounts so allocated
in each of the following subclauses, in the order listed, before an
allocation is made pursuant to the next succeeding subclause):
(1) FIRST, to each Partner having a deficit balance in its
Capital Account, in the proportion that such deficit balance bears to
the total deficit balances in the Capital Accounts of all Partners,
until each such Partner has been allocated an amount sufficient to
eliminate any such deficit balance in its Capital Account;
(2) SECOND, 99% to all Limited Partners holding Common Units
and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective
Percentage Interests, until the Capital Account in respect of each
Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (aa) the
Unrecovered Initial Unit Price PLUS (bb) the Unpaid MQD plus (cc) any
then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage (the sum of (aa) plus
(bb) plus (cc) is hereinafter defined as the "FIRST COMMON UNIT
LIQUIDATION AMOUNT");
(3) THIRD, 99% to all Limited Partners holding Subordinated
Units and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their
respective Percentage Interests, until the Capital Account in respect
of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of
(aa) the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price plus (bb) the Unpaid MQD;
(4) FOURTH, 99% to all Limited Partners and 1% to the General
Partners, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests,
until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then
Outstanding is equal to the sum of (aa) the First Common Unit
Liquidation Amount PLUS (bb) the Unpaid Third Target Distribution
(the sum of (aa) plus (bb) is hereinafter defined as the "SECOND
COMMON UNIT LIQUIDATION AMOUNT");
(5) FIFTH, 85.867% to all Limited Partners, in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests, 14.123% to the Managing
General Partner and .01% to the Special General Partner, until the
Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is
equal to the sum of (aa) the Second Common Unit Liquidation Amount
PLUS (bb) the Unpaid Fourth Target Distribution (the sum of (aa) plus
(bb) is hereinafter defined as the "THIRD COMMON UNIT LIQUIDATION
AMOUNT"); provided, however, that if, prior to the application of
this Section 5.1(c)(i)(A)(5), the Capital Account in respect of any
Common Unit exceeds the Second Common Unit Liquidation Amount, then
prior to the application of this Section 5.1(c)(i)(A)(5) the Managing
General Partner shall be allocated an amount equal to 13.133% of the
amount of any such excess (but only to the extent that any such
excess does not exceed the excess of the Third Common Unit
Liquidation Amount over the Second Common Unit Liquidation Amount);
(6) SIXTH, 75.765% to all Limited Partners, in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests, 24.225% to the Managing
General Partner and .01% to the Special General Partner, until the
Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is
equal to the sum of (aa) the Third Common Unit Liquidation Amount
PLUS (bb) the Unpaid Fifth Target Distribution (the sum of (aa) plus
(bb) is hereinafter defined as the "FOURTH COMMON UNIT LIQUIDATION
AMOUNT"); provided, however, that if, prior to the application of
this Section 5.1(c)(i)(A)(6), the Capital Account in respect of any
Common Unit then Outstanding exceeds the Third Common Unit
Liquidation Amount, then, prior to the application of this Section
5.1(c)(i)(A)(6) the Managing General Partner shall be allocated an
amount equal to 23.235% of the amount of any such excess (but only to
the extent that any such excess does not exceed the excess of the
Fourth Common Unit Liquidation Amount over the Third Common Unit
Liquidation Amount); and
A-24
<PAGE>
(7) SEVENTH, if the Capital Account in respect of any Common
Unit then Outstanding exceeds the Fourth Common Unit Liquidation
Amount, the Managing General Partner shall be allocated an amount
equal to 48.49% of the amount of such excess.
(B) If, after applying Section 5.1(c)(i)(A), a recomputation of Net
Termination Gain (made by excluding the amounts allocated pursuant to
Section 5.1(c)(i)(A)) results in the existence of a Net Termination Gain,
such Net Termination Gain shall be allocated 50.51% to all Limited
Partners holding Units, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, 49.48% to the Managing General Partner and .01% to the Special
General Partner.
(C) If, after applying Section 5.1(c)(i)(A), a recomputation of Net
Termination Gain (made by excluding the amounts allocated pursuant to
Section 5.1(c)(i)(A)) results in the existence of a Net Termination Loss,
such Net Termination Loss shall be allocated among the Partners in the
following manner (and the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be
decreased by the amounts so allocated in each of the following
subclauses, in the order listed, before an allocation is made pursuant to
the next succeeding subclause):
(1) FIRST, 50.51% to all Limited Partners, in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests, 49.48% to the Managing General
Partner and .01% to the Special General Partner until the Capital
Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to
the Fourth Common Unit Liquidation Amount;
(2) SECOND, 75.765% to all Limited Partners, in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests, 24.225% to the Managing
General Partner and .01% to the Special General Partner until the
Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is
equal to the Third Common Unit Liquidation Amount;
(3) THIRD, 85.867% to all Limited Partners, in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests, 14.123% to Managing General
Partner and .01% to the Special General Partner until the Capital
Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to
the Second Common Unit Liquidation Amount;
(4) FOURTH, 99% to all Limited Partners and 1% to the General
Partners, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests,
until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then
Outstanding is equal to the First Common Unit Liquidation Amount;
(5) FIFTH, 99% to all Limited Partners holding Subordinated
Units and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their
respective Percentage Interests until the Capital Account in respect
of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
and
(6) SIXTH, 99% to all Limited Partners holding Common Units,
and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective
Percentage Interests, until the Capital Account in respect of each
Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero; and
(7) SEVENTH, to all Partners who were allocated items of income
or gain pursuant to Section 5.1(c)(i)(A)(1) in the ratio that such
items were allocated to such Partners.
(ii) If (1) the Capital Account in respect of any Common Unit then
Outstanding, prior to the application of this Section 5.1(c)(ii), exceeds
the First Common Unit Liquidation Amount and (2) a Net Termination Loss
is thereafter recognized:
(A) Items of gross income and gain recognized by the Partnership
after the Liquidation Date shall be allocated among the Partners in
the following manner (and the Capital
A-25
<PAGE>
Accounts of the Partners shall be increased by the amounts so
allocated in each of the following subclauses, in the order listed,
before an allocation is made pursuant to the next succeeding
subclause):
(1) FIRST, if the Capital Account in respect of any Common
Unit, prior to the application of this Section 5.1(c)(ii) exceeds the
Second Common Unit Liquidation Amount, 100% to the Managing General
Partner in an amount equal to 13.133% of the amount of such excess
(but only to the extent any such excess does not exceed the excess of
the Third Common Unit Liquidation Amount over the Second Common Unit
Liquidation Amount);
(2) SECOND, if the Capital Account in respect of any Common
Unit, prior to the application of this Section 5.1(c)(ii), exceeds
the Third Common Unit Liquidation Amount, 100% to the Managing
General Partner in an amount equal to 23.225% of any such excess (but
only to the extent any such excess does not exceed the excess of the
Fourth Common Unit Liquidation Amount over the Third Common Unit
Liquidation Amount); and
(3) THIRD, if the Capital Account in respect of any Common
Unit, prior to the application of this Section 5.1(c)(ii), exceeds
the Fourth Common Unit Liquidation Amount, 100% to the Managing
General Partner in an amount equal to 48.49% of any such excess.
(B) After the allocations provided in Section 5.1(c)(ii)(A) have been
made, Net Termination Loss shall be recomputed by deducting the amounts
allocated pursuant to Section 5.1(c)(ii)(A), and the recomputed Net
Termination Loss shall be allocated among the Partners in the following
manner (and the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be decreased by
the amounts so allocated in each of the following subclauses, in the
order listed, before an allocation is made pursuant to the next
succeeding subclause):
(1) FIRST, 50.51% to all Limited Partners, in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests, 49.48% to the Managing General
Partner and .01% to the Special General Partner until the Capital
Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to
the Fourth Common Unit Liquidation Amount;
(2) SECOND, 75.765% to all Limited Partners, in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests, 24.225% to the Managing
General Partner and .01% to the Special General Partner until the
Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is
equal to the Third Common Unit Liquidation Amount;
(3) THIRD, 85.867% to all Limited Partners, in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests, 14.123% to Managing General
Partner and .01% to the Special General Partner until the Capital
Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to
the Second Common Unit Liquidation Amount;
(4) FOURTH, 99% to all Limited Partners and 1% to the General
Partners, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests,
until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then
Outstanding is equal to the First Common Unit Liquidation Amount;
(5) FIFTH, 99% to all Limited Partners holding Subordinated
Units and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their
respective Percentage Interests until the Capital Account in respect
of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
A-26
<PAGE>
(6) SIXTH, 99% to all Limited Partners holding Common Units,
and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective
Percentage Interests, until the Capital Account in respect of each
Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero; and
(7) SEVENTH, 100% to the General Partners in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests.
(iii) If (1) the Capital Account in respect of any Common Unit then
Outstanding, prior to the application of this Section 5.1(c)(iii), is
less than the First Common Unit Liquidation Amount and (2) a Net
Termination Loss is thereafter recognized, then such Net Termination Loss
shall be allocated among the Partners in the following manner (and the
Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be reduced by the amounts so
allocated in each of the following subclauses, in the order listed,
before an allocation is made pursuant to the next succeeding subclause):
(A) FIRST, 99% to all Limited Partners holding Subordinated Units
and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective
Percentage Interests until the Capital Account in respect of each
Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
(B) SECOND, 99% to all Limited Partners holding Common Units, and
1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective
Percentage Interests, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common
Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero; and
(C) THIRD, to the General Partners, in proportion to their
respective Percentage Interests.
(d) AGREED ALLOCATIONS.
(i) PRIORITY ALLOCATIONS.
(A) For calendar year 1996, a pro rata portion of each item of
Partnership gross income or gain shall be allocated to the Special
Limited Partners (as such term is defined in the Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited Partnership of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P., dated
December 22, 1994 (the "Prior Agreement")) until each Special Limited
Partner has been allocated an aggregate amount of gross income or gain
for such year pursuant to this Section 5.1(d)(i)(A) equal to the amount
of cash distributed to such Special Limited Partner with respect to such
year.
(B) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property
distributed (except cash or property distributed pursuant to Sections
14.3 or 14.4) to any Limited Partner with respect to a taxable year is
greater (on a per Unit basis) than the amount of cash or the Net Agreed
Value of property distributed to any other Limited Partner (on a per Unit
basis), then, after the application of Section 5.1(d)(i)(A), (1) each
Limited Partner receiving such greater cash or property distribution
shall be allocated gross income in an amount equal to the product of (aa)
the amount by which the distribution (on a per Unit basis) to such
Limited Partner exceeds the distribution (on a per Unit basis) to the
Limited Partners receiving the lesser distribution and (bb) the number of
Units owned by the Limited Partner receiving the greater distribution;
and (2) the General Partners shall be allocated gross income, in
proportion to their respective Percentage Interests, in an aggregate
amount equal to 1/99 of the sum of the amounts allocated in clause (1)
above.
(C) After the application of Sections 5.1(d)(i)(A) and 5.1(d)(i)(B),
all or a pro rata portion of each of the remaining items of Partnership
gross income or gain for the taxable year, if any, shall be allocated
100% to the Managing General Partner until the aggregate amount of such
items allocated to the Managing General Partner under this paragraph
(d)(i)(C) for the
A-27
<PAGE>
current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the cumulative
amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the Managing General Partner from
the Initial Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable
year.
(ii) NONRECOURSE LIABILITIES. For purposes of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that, for each taxable year of the
Partnership, Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum
of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of
Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in
accordance with their anticipated share of the income of the Partnership for
that taxable year, as determined by the Managing General Partner in its
reasonable discretion.
(iii) ECONOMIC UNIFORMITY. At the election of the Managing General
Partner with respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, the
termination of the Subordination Period, after the application of Section
5.1(d)(i), all or a PRO RATA portion of each of the remaining items of
Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period shall be allocated
100% to each Partner holding Subordinated Units in the proportion of the
number of Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the total number of
Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until each such Partner has been
allocated an amount of gross income or gain which increases the Capital
Account maintained with respect to such Subordinated Units to an amount
equal to the product of (A) the number of Subordinated Units held by such
Partner and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose
of this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts
underlying Subordinated Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common
Units immediately prior to the conversion of such Subordinated Units into
Common Units. This allocation method for establishing such economic
uniformity will only be available to the Managing General Partner if the
method for allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the
Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained Subordinated Units
pursuant to Section 4.5(c)(ii) does not otherwise provide such economic
uniformity to the Subordinated Units.
(iv) DISCRETIONARY ALLOCATION.
(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1, other
than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken
into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent
possible, the net amount of items of income, gain, loss and deduction
allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the
Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such
items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the
Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related
Discretionary Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 5.1.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Required Allocations relating to
(1) Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the
extent that there has been a decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain and (2)
Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to
the extent that there has been a decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt
Minimum Gain. Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.1(d)(iv)(A) shall
only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the
Managing General Partner reasonably determines that such allocations will
otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners.
Further, allocations pursuant to this Section 5.1(d)(iv)(A) shall be
deferred with respect to allocations pursuant to clauses (1) and (2)
hereof to the extent the Managing General Partner reasonably determines
that such allocations are likely to be offset by subsequent Required
Allocations.
(B) The Managing General Partner shall have discretion, with respect
to each taxable period, to (1) apply the provisions of Section
5.1(d)(iv)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic
distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations,
and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 5.1(d)(iv)(A) among
the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic
distortions.
A-28
<PAGE>
(e) REQUIRED ALLOCATIONS. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 5.1, the following special allocations shall be made for each taxable
year:
(i) PARTNERSHIP MINIMUM GAIN CHARGEBACK. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Section 5.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership
Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be
allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if
necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in
Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and
1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section
5.1(e), each Partner's Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined,
and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected,
prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section
5.1(e) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation
pursuant to Sections 5.1(e)(v) and 5.1(e)(vi)). This Section 5.1(e)(i) is
intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement
in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted
consistently therewith.
(ii) CHARGEBACK OF PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT MINIMUM
GAIN. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 5.1 (other than
Section 5.1(e)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt
Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a share
of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable
period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such
period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts
provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and
1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section
5.1(e), each Partner's Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined,
and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected,
prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section
5.1(e), other than Section 5.1(e)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant
to Sections 5.1(e)(v) and 5.1(e)(vi), with respect to such taxable period.
This Section 5.1(e)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items
of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4)
and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
(iii) QUALIFIED INCOME OFFSET. In the event any Partner unexpectedly
receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be
specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to
eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated
under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its
Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or
distributions as quickly as possible unless such deficit balance is
otherwise eliminated or to be eliminated pursuant to Section 5.1(e)(i) or
(ii).
(iv) GROSS INCOME ALLOCATIONS. In the event any Partner has a deficit
balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of any Partnership
taxable year, such Partner shall be allocated a pro rata portion of each
item of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as
quickly as possible; PROVIDED, that an allocation pursuant to this Section
5.1(e)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would
have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account after all other
allocations provided for in this Section 5.1 have been tentatively made as
if this Section 5.1(e)(iv) were not in this Agreement.
(v) NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable
period shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their
respective Percentage Interests. If the Managing General Partner determines
in its good faith discretion that the Partnership's Nonrecourse Deductions
must be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor
requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of
the Code, the Managing General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the
Limited Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest
ratio that does satisfy such requirements.
A-29
<PAGE>
(vi) PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions
for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the
Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which
such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with
Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the
Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, such
Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated
between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they
share such Economic Risk of Loss.
5.2 ALLOCATIONS FOR TAX PURPOSES. (a) Except as otherwise provided herein,
for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction
shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item
of "book" income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 5.1.
(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a
Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss,
depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for
federal income tax purposes among the Partners as follows:
(i) (A) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable
thereto shall be allocated among the Partners in the manner provided under
Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the variation between the
Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of
contribution; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss
attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the Partners
in the same manner as its correlative item of "book" gain or loss is
allocated pursuant to Section 5.1.
(ii) (A) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall (1)
first, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the
principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the Unrealized
Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the allocations
thereof pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(vii) or 4.5(b)(viii), and (2) second, in
the event such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated
among the Partners in a manner consistent with Section 5.2(b)(i)(A); and (B)
any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted
Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its
correlative item of "book" gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section
5.1.
(iii) The Managing General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.
(c) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the
preservation of uniformity of each class of Units, the Managing General Partner
shall have sole discretion to (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate
in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery
deductions; (ii) make special allocations for federal income tax purposes of
income (including, without limitation, gross income) or deductions; and (iii)
amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the
proposal or promulgation of Treasury regulations under Section 704(b) or Section
704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the
Units (or any class or classes thereof). The Managing General Partner may adopt
such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this
Agreement as provided in this Section 5.2(c) only if such conventions,
allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the
Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Units issued and Outstanding or
the Partnership, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of
Section 704 of the Code.
(d) The Managing General Partner in its sole discretion may determine to
depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the
Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the
extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived
from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the
Partnership's common basis of such property, despite the inconsistency of such
approach with Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.168-2(n), Treasury
Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6) or the legislative history of Section 197 of
the Code. If the Managing General Partner determines that such
A-30
<PAGE>
reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the Managing General Partner may
adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers
acquiring Units in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization
deductions, based upon the same applicable rates as if they had purchased a
direct interest in the Partnership's property. If the Managing General Partner
chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the Managing General Partner may
use any other reasonable depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve
the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Units that would not
have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of
any class or classes of Units.
(e) Any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable
disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking
into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 5.2, be
characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent
as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any
deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as
Recapture Income.
(f) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the
Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in
accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any
election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted as
necessary or appropriate to take into account those adjustments permitted or
required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.
(g) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction attributable
to a transferred Partnership Interest of a General Partner or to transferred
Units shall, for federal income tax purposes, be determined on an annual basis
and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the
opening of the New York Stock Exchange on the first Business Day of each month;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER that if the Underwriters' Overallotment Option is exercised,
Common Units issued pursuant thereto shall be treated for this purpose as if
issued on the Closing Date; and PROVIDED, FURTHER that gain or loss on a sale or
other disposition of any assets of the Partnership other than in the ordinary
course of business shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the
New York Stock Exchange on the first Business Day of the month in which such
gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The Managing General
Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of allocation as it
determines necessary, to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the
Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.
(h) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the
provisions of this Article V shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of
Units held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the
identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of
the Code or any other method acceptable to the Managing General Partner in its
sole discretion.
5.3 REQUIREMENT AND CHARACTERIZATION OF DISTRIBUTIONS. (a) Within 45 days
following the end of each Quarter an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with
respect to such Quarter shall be distributed in accordance with this Article V
by the Partnership to the Partners, as of the Record Date selected by the
Managing General Partner in its reasonable discretion. All amounts of Available
Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed
to be Cash from Operations until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash
theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section
5.4 equals the aggregate amount of all Cash from Operations generated by the
Partnership since the Initial Closing Date through the close of the immediately
preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the
Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 5.5, be
deemed to be Cash from Interim Capital Transactions.
(b) Notwithstanding the definitions of Available Cash and Cash from
Operations contained herein, disbursements (including, without limitation,
contributions to the Operating Partnership or disbursements on behalf of the
Operating Partnership) made or cash reserves established, increased
A-31
<PAGE>
or reduced after the end of any Quarter but on or before the date on which the
Partnership makes its distribution of Available Cash in respect of such Quarter
shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced for
purposes of determining Available Cash and Cash from Operations, within such
Quarter if the Managing General Partner so determines. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership,
all proceeds of such liquidation shall be applied and distributed in accordance
with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Sections 14.3 and 14.4.
5.4 DISTRIBUTIONS OF CASH FROM OPERATIONS. (a) FOR THE CALENDAR YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996. Available Cash with respect to any of the four Quarters of
the calendar year ended December 31, 1996 that is deemed to be Cash from
Operations pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.3 or 5.5 shall be distributed
as follows, except as otherwise required by Section 4.3(b) in respect of
additional Partnership Securities issued pursuant thereto:
(i) FIRST, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units and 1% to
the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution;
(ii) SECOND, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units and 1%
to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, if
any, existing with respect to such Quarter;
(iii) THIRD, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Subordinated Units
and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated
Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution;
(iv) FOURTH, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units and 1%
to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target
Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution;
(v) FIFTH, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Subordinated Units and
1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated
Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target
Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution; and
(vi) THEREAFTER, 100% to the Limited Partners and the General
Partners in proportion to the total amount of Available Cash constituting
Cash from Operations distributed pursuant to Sections 5.4(a)(i) through (v)
to each such Person, respectively, for each such Quarter (up to and
including the Quarter with respect to which such distribution is being
made);
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the First
Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to Section 5.6, the
distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Cash from Operations
will be made in accordance with Section 5.4(a)(vi).
(b) FOR THE CALENDAR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997. Available Cash with
respect to any of the four Quarters in the calendar year ended December 31, 1997
that is deemed to be Cash from Operations pursuant to the provisions of Section
5.3 or 5.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required by
Section 4.3(b) in respect of additional Partnership Securities issued pursuant
thereto:
(i) FIRST, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units and 1% to
the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution;
A-32
<PAGE>
(ii) SECOND, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units and 1%
to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, if
any, existing with respect to such Quarter;
(iii) THIRD, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Subordinated Units
and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated
Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution;
(iv) FOURTH, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units and 1%
to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target
Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution;
(v) FIFTH, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Subordinated Units and
1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated
Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target
Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution; and
(vi) THEREAFTER, 100% to the Limited Partners and the General
Partners in proportion to the total amount of Available Cash constituting
Cash from Operations distributed pursuant to Sections 5.4(b)(i) through (v)
to each such Person, respectively, for each such Quarter (up to and
including the Quarter with respect to which such distribution is being
made);
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Second
Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to Section 5.6, the
distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Cash from Operations
will be made in accordance with (i) Section 5.4(a)(vi) for the first Quarter
of the year ended December 31, 1997 if such reductions in the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution and the Second Target Distribution occurred at any
time on or before March 31, 1997, and (ii) Section 5.4(b)(vi) if such
reductions in the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Second Target
Distribution occurred after March 31, 1997.
(c) FOR THE CALENDAR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND FOR THE REMAINDER OF
THE SUBORDINATION PERIOD. Available Cash with respect to any of the Quarters
beginning on or after January 1, 1998 through the end of the Subordination
Period that is deemed to be Cash from Operations pursuant to the provisions of
Section 5.3 or 5.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required
by Section 4.3(b) in respect of additional Partnership Securities issued
pursuant thereto:
(i) FIRST, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units and 1%
to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution;
(ii) SECOND, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units and 1%
to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, if
any, existing with respect to such Quarter;
(iii) THIRD, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Subordinated Units
and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated
Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution;
(iv) FOURTH, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units and 1%
to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target
Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution;
A-33
<PAGE>
(v) FIFTH, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Subordinated Units and
1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated
Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target
Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution;
(vi) SIXTH, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units and
Subordinated Units and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to their
respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect
of each Common Unit and each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount
equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target
Distribution;
(vii) SEVENTH, 85.867% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units
and Subordinated Units and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests, and 13.133% to the Managing General
Partner, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit and
each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the
Fourth Target Distribution over the Third Target Distribution;
(viii) EIGHTH, 75.765% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units
and Subordinated Units and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests, and 23.235% to the Managing General
Partner, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit and
each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the
Fifth Target Distribution over the Fourth Target Distribution; and
(ix) THEREAFTER, 50.51% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units
and Subordinated Units and 1% to the General Partners, in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests, and 48.49% to the Managing General
Partner;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the Third Target
Distribution, the Fourth Target Distribution and the Fifth Target
Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to Section 5.6, the
distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Cash from Operations
with respect to any Quarter will be made in accordance with Section
5.4(c)(ix).
(d) AFTER THE SUBORDINATION PERIOD. Available Cash with respect to any
Quarter after the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Cash from Operations
pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.3 or 5.5 shall be distributed as
follows, except as otherwise required by Section 4.3(b) in respect of additional
Partnership Securities issued pursuant thereto:
(i) FIRST, 99% to the Limited Partners and 1% to the General
Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests, until
there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an
amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution;
(ii) SECOND, 99% to the Limited Partners and 1% to the General
Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests, until
there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an
amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution;
(iii) THIRD, 85.867% to the Limited Partners and 1% to the General
Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests, and
13.133% to the Managing General Partner until there has been distributed in
respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the
Fourth Target Distribution over the Third Target Distribution;
(iv) FOURTH, 75.765% to the Limited Partners and 1% to the General
Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests, and
23.235% to the Managing General Partner, until there has been distributed in
respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the
Fifth Target Distribution over the Fourth Target Distribution; and
(v) THEREAFTER, 50.51% to the Limited Partners and 1% to the General
Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests, and 48.49%
to the Managing General Partner;
A-34
<PAGE>
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the Third Target
Distribution, the Fourth Target Distribution and the Fifth Target
Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to Section 5.6, the
distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Cash from Operations
with respect to any Quarter will be made in accordance with Section
5.4(d)(v).
5.5 DISTRIBUTIONS OF CASH FROM INTERIM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS. Available
Cash that constitutes Cash from Interim Capital Transactions shall be
distributed, unless the provisions of Section 5.3 require otherwise, as follows:
(a) FIRST, 99% to all Limited Partners and 1% to the General Partners,
in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until a
hypothetical holder of a Common Unit acquired on the Initial Closing Date
has received with respect to such Common Unit, during the period from the
Initial Closing Date through such date, distributions of Available Cash that
are deemed to be Cash from Interim Capital Transactions pursuant to this
Section 5.5(a) in an aggregate amount equal to the Initial Unit Price; and
(b) SECOND, 99% to the Limited Partners holding Common Units and 1% to
the General Partners, in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, if
any.
Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be deemed to be Cash from Operations
and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 5.4.
5.6 ADJUSTMENT OF MINIMUM QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION AND TARGET
DISTRIBUTIONS. (a) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution and each Target
Distribution shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution,
combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units
or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Securities in accordance with
Section 4.10. In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to
be Cash from Interim Capital Transactions, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution
and each Target Distribution shall be adjusted proportionately downward to equal
the product obtained by multiplying the otherwise applicable Minimum Quarterly
Distribution or Target Distribution, as the case may be, by a fraction of which
the numerator is the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price of the Common Units
immediately after giving effect to such distribution and of which the
denominator is the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price of the Common Units
immediately prior to giving effect to such distribution.
(b) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution and each Target Distribution shall
also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 9.6.
5.7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE SUBORDINATED UNITS.
(a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring
the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units
and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction
and distributions of cash made with respect to Common Units pursuant to this
Article V, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and
obligations of a Limited Partner holding Common Units hereunder; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that immediately upon the end of the Subordination Period or upon the
conversion of Subordinated Units prior to the end of the Subordination Period as
provided in subparagraph (b)(i) below, the holder of a Subordinated Unit
converted pursuant to subparagraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) below shall possess all of
the rights and obligations of a Limited Partner holding Common Units hereunder,
including, without limitation, the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the
right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and
distributions of cash made with respect to Common Units pursuant to this Article
V (but such Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of
Sections 4.5(c)(ii) and 5.1(d)(iii)).
(b) (i) Subject to subparagraph (c) below, a total of 50% of the Outstanding
Subordinated Units will convert into Common Units on the first day (the "First
Conversion Date") of any Quarter
A-35
<PAGE>
commencing on or after January 1, 1999 and ending on or before December 31, 1999
(x) after the Partnership has, with respect to each of the three consecutive
non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date, made
distributions of Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations in an amount
equal to or greater than the applicable Target Distribution on each Common Unit
and each Subordinated Unit Outstanding for such periods and (y) on which there
are no Common Unit Arrearages; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in determining the amount
of Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations distributed in any
four-Quarter period the following amounts shall not be included: (A) any
positive balance in Cash from Operations at the beginning of such four-Quarter
period, (B) any net increase in working capital borrowings at the end of such
four-Quarter period over the amount of working capital borrowings at the
beginning of such four-Quarter period and (C) with respect to the third of such
three consecutive non-overlapping four-Quarter periods only, any net decrease in
the aggregate amount of reserves at the end of such four-Quarter period from the
aggregate amount of reserves at the beginning of such four-Quarter period.
(ii) Subject to paragraph (c) immediately below, all Subordinated Units then
Outstanding will convert into Common Units on the first day (the "Second
Conversion Date") of any Quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2000 (x)
after the Partnership has, with respect to each of the three consecutive
non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date, made
distributions of Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations in an amount
equal to or greater than the Second Target Distribution on each Common Unit and
each Subordinated Unit Outstanding for such periods and (y) on which there are
no Common Unit Arrearages; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in determining the amount of
Available Cash constituting Cash from Operations distributed in any four-Quarter
period the following amounts shall not be included: (A) any positive balance in
Cash from Operations at the beginning of such four-Quarter period, (B) any net
increase in working capital borrowings at the end of such four-Quarter period
over the amount of working capital borrowings at the beginning of such
four-Quarter period and (c) with respect to the third of such three consecutive
non-overlapping four-Quarter periods only, any net decrease in the aggregate
amount of reserves at the end of such four-Quarter period from the aggregate
amount of reserves at the beginning of such four-Quarter period.
(iii) The Subordinated Units to be converted pursuant to Section 5.7(b)(i)
shall be designated by the Managing General Partner in its sole discretion. The
Subordinated Units to be converted on the Second Conversion Date pursuant to
Section 5.7(b)(ii) shall include all Outstanding Subordinated Units that are not
converted on the First Conversion Date pursuant to Section 5.7(b)(i).
(c) After the end of the Subordination Period or upon the occurrence of the
events described in subparagraph (b)(i) of this Section 5.7, as the case may be,
once the Managing General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that a
Subordinated Unit has, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and
federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic
economic and federal income tax characteristics of a Common Unit then
Outstanding, then the Subordinated Unit shall be converted to a Common Unit (on
a one-for-one basis) and from that time forward shall constitute a Common Unit
for all purposes under this Agreement. In connection with the condition set
forth above, it is understood that the Managing General Partner may take
whatever reasonable steps are required to provide economic uniformity to the
Subordinated Units in preparation for a conversion into Common Units, including
the application of Sections 4.5(c) and 5.1(d)(iii); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no
such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Limited
Partners holding Common Units or the Record Holders of any class of Units.
ARTICLE VI
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
6.1 MANAGEMENT. (a) The Managing General Partner shall conduct, direct and
manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided
in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the
Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the
A-36
<PAGE>
Managing General Partner, and neither the Special General Partner nor any
Limited Partner or Assignee shall have any management power over the business
and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter
granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which
are granted to the Managing General Partner under any other provision of this
Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Managing General
Partner shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms
as it, in its sole discretion, may deem necessary or appropriate to conduct the
business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 3.2 and
to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 3.1, including, without
limitation, the following:
(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money,
the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and
other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness and the
incurring of any other obligations;
(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of
periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having
jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;
(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance,
hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or
the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another
Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however,
to any prior approval that may be required by Section 6.3);
(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including, without
limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this
Agreement, including, without limitation, the financing of the conduct of
the operations of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership, the lending
of funds to other Persons for the benefit of the Partnership (including,
without limitation, the Operating Partnership) and the repayment of
obligations of the Partnership and the Operating Partnership and the making
of capital contributions to the Operating Partnership;
(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts,
conveyances or other instruments (including, without limitation, instruments
that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements
to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the
contract to have no recourse against the General Partners or their assets
other than their interest in the Partnership, even if such action results in
the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than
would otherwise be the case);
(vi) the distribution of Partnership cash;
(vii) the selection and dismissal of employees (including, without
limitation, employees having titles such as "president," "vice president,"
"secretary" and "treasurer") and agents, outside attorneys, accountants,
consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and
other terms of employment or hiring;
(viii) the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the
Partnership, the Operating Partnership and the Partners (including, without
limitation, the assets of the Operating Partnership and the Partnership) as
it deems necessary or appropriate;
(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the
contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or
general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations or other relationships
(including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the
contributions of property to, the Operating Partnership from time to time);
(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of
the Partnership, including, without limitation, the bringing and defending
of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of
litigation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims
and litigation;
A-37
<PAGE>
(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and
contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with The New York Stock
Exchange, Inc. and any other securities exchange and the delisting of some
or all of the Units from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any
such exchange (subject to any prior approval that may be required under
Section 1.6);
(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Units,
or, unless restricted or prohibited by Section 4.3(c), the issuance of
additional Units and other Partnership Securities; and
(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership's
participation in the Operating Partnership as the limited partner
(including, without limitation, contributions or loans of funds by the
Partnership to the Operating Partnership).
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Operating
Partnership Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or
regulation, each of the Partners and Assignees and each other Person who may
acquire an interest in Units, to the extent permitted by law, hereby (i)
approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the
parties thereto of the Operating Partnership Agreement, the Underwriting
Agreement, the agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement, and the other agreements described in or filed as a part
of the Registration Statement, and the engaging by any Affiliate of either of
the General Partners in business and activities (other than Restricted
Activities) that are in direct competition with the business and activities of
the Partnership and the Operating Partnership; (ii) agrees that the Managing
General Partner (on its own or through any officer of the Partnership) is
authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause
(i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters
described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf of the
Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the
Assignees or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Units; and (iii)
agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the General Partners, the
Partnership, the Operating Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them, of this
Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement
(including, without limitation, the exercise by the Managing General Partner or
any Affiliate of the Managing General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to
Article XVII), or the engaging by any Affiliate of either of the General
Partners in any business and activities (other than Restricted Activities) that
are in direct competition with the business and activities of the Partnership
and the Operating Partnership, shall not constitute a breach by the General
Partners of any duty that the General Partners may owe the Partnership or the
Limited Partners or the Assignees or any other Persons under this Agreement (or
any other agreements) or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity. The
term "Affiliate" when used in this Section 6.1(b) with respect to the General
Partners shall not include the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership.
6.2 CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP. The Managing General Partner has
caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of
State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act and shall use all
reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as
may be determined by the Managing General Partner in its sole discretion to be
reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation,
qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which
the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any
other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property.
To the extent that such action is determined by the Managing General Partner in
its sole discretion to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the Managing
General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of
Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited
partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited
liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in
which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the
terms of Section 7.5(a), the
A-38
<PAGE>
Managing General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to
deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any
qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner or
Assignee.
6.3 RESTRICTIONS ON GENERAL PARTNERS' AUTHORITY. (a) The General Partners
may not, without written approval of the specific act by all of the Outstanding
Units or by other written instrument executed and delivered by all of the
Outstanding Units subsequent to the date of this Agreement, take any action in
contravention of this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) any act that
would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Partnership,
except as otherwise provided in this Agreement; (ii) possess Partnership
property, or assign any rights in specific Partnership property, for other than
a Partnership purpose; (iii) admit a Person as a Partner, except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement; (iv) amend this Agreement in any manner, except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement; or (v) transfer its interest as a general
partner of the Partnership, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.
(b) Except as provided in Articles XIV and XVI, no General Partner may sell,
exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Partnership's
assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions or approve on
behalf of the Partnership the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Operating Partnership, without the
approval of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units (excluding, during the
Subordination Period, Units held by the General Partners and their Affiliates);
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this provision shall not preclude or limit the Managing
General Partner's ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security
interest in all or substantially all of the Partnership's assets and shall not
apply to any forced sale of any or all of the Partnership's assets pursuant to
the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance. Without the
approval of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units (excluding during the
Subordination Period, Units held by the General Partners and their Affiliates),
the Managing General Partner shall not, on behalf of the Partnership, (i)
consent to any amendment to the Operating Partnership Agreement or, except as
expressly permitted by Section 6.9(d), take any action permitted to be taken by
a partner of the Operating Partnership, in either case, that would have a
material adverse effect on the Partnership as a partner of the Operating
Partnership or (ii) except as permitted under Sections 11.2, 13.1 and 13.2,
elect or cause the Partnership to elect a successor general partner of the
Operating Partnership.
(c) Unless approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a
majority of each class of Outstanding Units, including a majority of the Common
Units (excluding, during the Subordination Period, Common Units owned by the
General Partners and their Affiliates), no General Partner shall take any action
or refuse to take any reasonable action the effect of which, if taken or not
taken, as the case may be, would be to cause the Partnership or the Operating
Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes; PROVIDED
that this Section 6.3(c) shall not be construed to apply to amendments to this
Agreement (which are governed by Article XV) or mergers or consolidations of the
Partnership with any Person (which are governed by Article XVI).
(d) At all times while serving as the general partners of the Partnership,
neither General Partner shall (except as provided below) (i) make any dividend
or distribution on, or repurchase any shares of, its stock or partnership
interests, as the case may be, unless it shall first receive an Opinion of
Counsel that the effect of such dividend, distribution, repurchase or other
action would not reduce its net worth below an amount such that the Partnership
will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income
tax purposes or (ii) take any other action within its control if the effect of
such other action would be to reduce its net worth below an amount necessary to
receive an Opinion of Counsel that the Partnership will be treated as a
partnership for federal income tax purposes. The Partnership shall bear the
expense of any such Opinion of Counsel required to be obtained by the Managing
General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.3.
A-39
<PAGE>
6.4 REIMBURSEMENT OF THE GENERAL PARTNERS. (a) Except as provided in this
Section 6.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement or in the Operating Partnership
Agreement, the General Partners shall not be compensated for their services as
general partners of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that for so long as Fremont owns an interest in the Managing General
Partner, Fremont shall be entitled to receive from the Managing General Partner
an annual amount equal to $100,000, payable semi-annually in arrears on January
15 and July 15 of each calendar year, in consideration for management services,
which fee shall be reimbursed by the Partnership.
(b) Each of the General Partners shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or
such other basis as the Managing General Partner may determine in its sole
discretion, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it
makes on behalf of the Partnership (including, without limitation, salary,
bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person to perform
services for the Partnership or for such General Partner in the discharge of its
duties to the Partnership), and (ii) all other necessary or appropriate expenses
allocable to the Partnership or otherwise reasonably incurred by such General
Partner in connection with operating the Partnership's business (including,
without limitation, expenses allocated to such General Partner by its
Affiliates). The Managing General Partner shall determine the fees and expenses
that are allocable to the Partnership in any reasonable manner determined by the
Managing General Partner in its sole discretion. Reimbursements pursuant to this
Section 6.4 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partners as
a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 6.7.
(c) Except as provided in Section 4.3(c), the Managing General Partner in
its sole discretion and without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall
have no right to vote in respect thereof) may propose and adopt on behalf of the
Partnership, employee benefit and incentive plans (including, without
limitation, plans involving the issuance of Units), or issue Partnership
Securities pursuant to any employee benefit or incentive plan maintained or
sponsored by either of the General Partners or one of their Affiliates, in each
case for the benefit of employees of either of the General Partners, the
Partnership, the Operating Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them in
respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the
Partnership or the Operating Partnership. The Partnership agrees to issue and
sell to the General Partners any Units or other Partnership Securities that the
General Partners are obligated to provide to any employees pursuant to any such
benefit or incentive plans. Expenses incurred by the General Partners in
connection with any such plans (including the net cost to the General Partners
of Units purchased by the General Partners from the Partnership to fulfill
options or awards under such plans) shall be reimbursed in accordance with
Section 6.4(b). Any and all obligations of the General Partners under any
employee benefit or incentive plans adopted by the Managing General Partner as
permitted by this Section 6.4(c) shall constitute obligations of the General
Partners hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partners
approved pursuant to Section 13.1, 13.2 or 13.4 or the transferee of or
successor to all of the Partnership Interest of the Managing General Partner or
the Special General Partner, as the case may be, in the Partnership pursuant to
Section 11.2.
6.5 OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES. (a) After the Closing Date, the Managing General
Partner, for so long as it is a general partner of the Partnership, (i) agrees
that its sole business will be to act as a general partner of the Partnership,
the Operating Partnership, and any other partnership of which the Partnership or
the Operating Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner and to undertake
activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a limited
partner in the Partnership), (ii) shall not enter into or conduct any business
or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A)
its performance of the activities required or authorized by this Agreement or
the Operating Partnership Agreement or described in or contemplated by the
Registration Statement and (B) the acquisition, ownership or disposition of
Partnership Interests in the Partnership or partnership interests in the
Operating Partnership or any other partnership of which the Partnership or the
Operating Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner, except that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, employees of the Managing General Partner may
perform limited services for the Special General Partner and its Affiliates (it
being understood that full time employees of the Managing
A-40
<PAGE>
General Partner shall devote substantially all their employment services to the
Partnership and the Operating Partnership), and (iii) shall not, and shall cause
its Affiliates not to, engage in any Restricted Activity.
(b) Except as described in Section 6.5(a), each Indemnitee (other than the
Managing General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every
type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and
possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or
description, independently or with others, whether in the businesses engaged in
by the Partnership or the Operating Partnership or anticipated to be engaged in
by the Partnership, the Operating Partnership or otherwise, including, without
limitation, in the case of any Affiliates of the General Partners, business
interests and activities (other than Restricted Activities) in direct
competition with the business and activities of the Partnership or the Operating
Partnership, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or
any duty to the Partnership, the Operating Partnership or any Partner or
Assignee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Fremont, Sequoia and their subsidiaries
may make or maintain (i) a non-controlling investment in any entity that engages
in Restricted Activities and (ii) a controlling investment in any entity that
engages in Restricted Activities (A) if such Restricted Activities do not
directly and materially compete with the Partnership, (B) if such Restricted
Activities (except as provided in clause (C) below) are conducted in North
America and directly and materially compete with the Partnership, provided that
prior to making such investment Fremont, Sequoia or their subsidiaries first
offer the Partnership the opportunity to make such investment or (C) if such
entity conducts all of its operations outside of North America except for the
marketing and sale of logs, lumber, plywood or other wood products (including
manufactured, engineered or substitute wood products) in North America. None of
Fremont, Sequoia or their subsidiaries will be so restricted if and when none of
them any longer own an interest in either of the General Partners. Neither the
Partnership, the Operating Partnership, any Limited Partner nor any other Person
shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement, the Operating Partnership
Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby or thereby in any
business ventures of any Indemnitee (subject, in the case of the General
Partners, to compliance with Section 6.5(c)) and such Indemnitees shall have no
obligation to offer any interest in any such business ventures to the
Partnership, the Operating Partnership, any Limited Partner or any other Person.
The General Partners and any other Persons affiliated with the General Partners
may acquire Units or other Partnership Securities in addition to those acquired
by any of such Persons on the Closing Date, and, except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise all rights of an Assignee or
Limited Partner, as applicable, relating to such Units or Partnership
Securities, as the case may be.
(c) Subject to the terms of Sections 6.5(a) and (b) but otherwise
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the engaging in
competitive activities by any of the Indemnitees (other than the Managing
General Partner) in accordance with Sections 6.5(a) and (b) is hereby approved
by the Partnership and all Partners and (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a
breach of the General Partners' fiduciary duties or any other obligation of any
type whatsoever of the General Partners for the General Partners to permit their
Affiliates to engage, or for any such Affiliate to engage, in business interests
and activities (other than Restricted Activities) in preference to or to the
exclusion of the Partnership.
(d) The term "Affiliates" when used in this Section 6.5 with respect to the
General Partners shall not include the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the
Partnership.
6.6 LOANS FROM THE GENERAL PARTNERS; CONTRACTS WITH AFFILIATES. (a) Each
of the General Partners or any Affiliate thereof may lend to the Partnership or
the Operating Partnership, and the Partnership and the Operating Partnership may
borrow, funds needed or desired by the Partnership and the Operating Partnership
for such periods of time as the Managing General Partner may determine;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in any such case the lending party may not charge the
borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged
the borrowing party, or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than
would be imposed on the borrowing party, by unrelated lenders on comparable
loans made on an arms'-length basis (without reference to the
A-41
<PAGE>
lending party's financial abilities or guarantees). Subject to the preceding
proviso, the borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs
(other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in
connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 6.6(a)
and Section 6.6(b), the term "Partnership" shall include any Affiliate of the
Partnership that is controlled by the Partnership and the term "Operating
Partnership" shall include any Affiliate of the Operating Partnership that is
controlled by the Operating Partnership. The Partnership and the Operating
Partnership shall not lend funds to the General Partners or any of their
Affiliates.
(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to the Operating Partnership, and
the Operating Partnership may borrow, funds on terms and conditions established
in the sole discretion of the Managing General Partner; PROVIDED, HOWEVER that
the Partnership may not charge the Operating Partnership interest at a rate
greater than the rate that would be charged to the Operating Partnership, or
impose terms less favorable to the Operating Partnership than would be imposed
on the Operating Partnership, by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on
an arm's-length basis (without reference to the Managing General Partner's
financial abilities or guarantees). The foregoing authority shall be exercised
by the Managing General Partner in its sole discretion and shall not create any
right or benefit in favor of the Operating Partnership or any other Person.
(c) The General Partners may, or may enter into agreements with any of their
Affiliates to, render services to the Partnership or to the General Partners in
the discharge of their duties as general partners of the Partnership. Any
services rendered to the Partnership by the General Partners or any of their
Affiliates shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the requirements of this Section 6.6(c) shall be deemed
satisfied as to (i) any transaction approved by Special Approval, (ii) any
transaction, the terms of which are no less favorable to the Partnership than
those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or
(iii) any transaction that, taking into account the totality of the
relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that
may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership), is fair and
equitable to the Partnership. The provisions of Section 6.4 shall apply to the
rendering of services described in this Section 6.6(c).
(d) The Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other
partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies or other business
entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and
subject to such conditions as are consistent with this Agreement and applicable
law.
(e) Neither of the General Partners nor any of their Affiliates shall sell,
transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the
Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that are
fair and reasonable to the Partnership; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the requirements
of this Section 6.6(e) shall be deemed to be satisfied as to (i) the
transactions effected pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3, and any other
transactions described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, (ii)
any transaction approved by Special Approval, (iii) any transaction, the terms
of which are no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being
provided to or available from unrelated third parties, or (iv) any transaction
that, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties
involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or
advantageous to the Partnership), is fair and equitable to the Partnership.
(f) The General Partners and their Affiliates will have no obligation to
permit the Partnership or the Operating Partnership to use any facilities or
assets of the General Partners and their Affiliates, except as may be provided
in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use,
nor shall there be any obligation on the part of the General Partners or their
Affiliates to enter into such contracts.
(g) Subject to the General Partners' compliance with their obligations
contained herein, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the
Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners.
A-42
<PAGE>
6.7 INDEMNIFICATION. (a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but
subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees
shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any
and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (joint or several), expenses
(including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines,
penalties, interest, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all
claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is
threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as
(i) a General Partner or Departing Partner (or any general partner thereof), or
an Affiliate of either, (ii) an officer, director, employee, partner, member,
manager, agent, trustee or member of the partnership board of the Partnership, a
General Partner or Departing Partner (or any general partner thereof) or an
Affiliate of either or (iii) a Person serving at the request of the Partnership
in another entity in a similar capacity, PROVIDED, that in each case the
Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which such Indemnitee reasonably
believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership and,
with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe its
conduct was unlawful; PROVIDED FURTHER, no indemnification pursuant to this
Section 6.7 shall be available to the General Partners, Fremont, Sequoia, Peter
W. Stott or Roger L. Krage with respect to their respective obligations incurred
pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (other than obligations incurred by the
General Partners, Fremont, Sequoia, Peter W. Stott or Roger L. Krage on behalf
of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership). The termination of any action,
suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of
nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that the
Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified above. Any
indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall be made only out of the
assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partners shall not
be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to
contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to
effectuate such indemnification.
(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including, without
limitation, legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is
indemnified pursuant to Section 6.7(a) in defending any claim, demand, action,
suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership
prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding
upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the
Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is
not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 6.7.
(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.7 shall be in addition to
any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement,
pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, as a matter of law or
otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee's capacity as (i) a General
Partner or Departing Partner (or any general partner thereof) or an Affiliate
thereof, (ii) an officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager, agent,
trustee or member of the partnership board of the Partnership, a General Partner
or Departing Partner (or any general partner thereof) or an Affiliate thereof or
(iii) a Person serving at the request of the Partnership in another entity in a
similar capacity, and as to actions in any other capacity (including, without
limitation, any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue
as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to
the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the
Indemnitee.
(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General
Partners or their Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the
General Partners and such other Persons as the Managing General Partner shall
determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that
may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership's activities,
regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such
Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
(e) For purposes of this Section 6.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to
have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan
whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes
duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or
A-43
<PAGE>
participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an
Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law
shall constitute "fines" within the meaning of Section 6.7(a); and action taken
or omitted by it with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of
its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the
participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose
which is in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership.
(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal
liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this
Agreement.
(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part
under this Section 6.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction
with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was
otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
(h) The provisions of this Section 6.7 are for the benefit of the
Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not
be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.7 or any
provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of
any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor
the obligation of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.7 as in effect immediately
prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising
from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such
amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or
be asserted.
6.8 LIABILITY OF INDEMNITEES. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages
to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, the Assignees or any other Persons who
have acquired interests in the Units, for losses sustained or liabilities
incurred as a result of any act or omission if such Indemnitee acted in good
faith.
(b) Subject to its obligations and duties as Managing General Partner set
forth in Section 6.1(a), the Managing General Partner may exercise any of the
powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed
upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the Managing
General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the
part of any such agent appointed by the Managing General Partner in good faith.
(c) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.8 or any
provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the
limitations on the liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners of the
General Partners (or any general partner thereof), their directors, officers,
employees, partners, members, managers and agents under this Section 6.8 as in
effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect
to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part,
prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims
may arise or be asserted.
6.9 RESOLUTION OF CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. (a) Unless otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement or the Operating Partnership Agreement, whenever a
potential conflict of interest exists or arises between a General Partner or any
of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, the Operating
Partnership, any Partner or any Assignee, on the other, any resolution or course
of action in respect of such conflict of interest (not otherwise constituting a
breach of this Agreement) shall be permitted and deemed approved by all
Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of the Operating
Partnership Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of
any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of
action is, or by operation of this Agreement is deemed to be, fair and
reasonable to the Partnership. The Managing General Partner shall be authorized
but not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest
to seek Special Approval of a resolution of such conflict or course of action.
Any conflict of interest and
A-44
<PAGE>
any resolution of such conflict of interest shall be conclusively deemed fair
and reasonable to the Partnership if such conflict of interest or resolution is
(i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) on terms no less favorable to the
Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated
third parties or (iii) fair to the Partnership, taking into account the totality
of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions
that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The
Managing General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of action that
has not received Special Approval. The Managing General Partner (including the
Audit Committee in connection with Special Approval) shall be authorized in
connection with its determination of what is "fair and reasonable" to the
Partnership and in connection with its resolution of any conflict of interest to
consider (A) the relative interests of any party to such conflict, agreement,
transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interest;
(B) any customary or accepted industry practices and any customary or historical
dealings with a particular Person; (C) any applicable generally accepted
accounting practices or principles; and (D) such additional factors as the
Managing General Partner (including such Audit Committee) determines in its sole
discretion to be relevant, reasonable or appropriate under the circumstances.
Nothing contained in this Agreement, however, is intended to nor shall it be
construed to require the Managing General Partner (including such Audit
Committee) to consider the interests of any Person other than the Partnership.
In the absence of bad faith by the Managing General Partner, the resolution,
action or terms so made, taken or provided by the Managing General Partner with
respect to such matter shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any
other agreement contemplated herein or a breach of any standard of care or duty
imposed herein or therein or, to the extent permitted by law, under the Delaware
Act or any other law, rule or regulation.
(b) Whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby
provides that the Managing General Partner or any of its Affiliates is permitted
or required to make a decision (i) in its "sole discretion" or "discretion,"
that it deems "necessary or appropriate" or under a grant of similar authority
or latitude, except as otherwise provided herein, the Managing General Partner
or such Affiliate shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors
as it desires and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to
any interest of, or factors affecting, the Partnership, the Operating
Partnership, any Limited Partner or any Assignee, (ii) unless another express
standard is provided for herein, it may make such decision in its sole
discretion (regardless of whether there is a reference to "sole discretion" or
"discretion"), in which event the provisions of preceding clause (i) shall apply
or (iii) in "good faith" or under another express standard, the Managing General
Partner or such Affiliate shall act under such express standard and shall not be
subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, the
Operating Partnership Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or
under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation. In addition, any
actions taken by the Managing General Partner or such Affiliate consistent with
the standards of "reasonable discretion" set forth in the definitions of
Available Cash or Cash from Operations shall not constitute a breach of any duty
of the Managing General Partner to the Partnership or the Limited Partners. The
Managing General Partner shall have no duty, express or implied, to sell or
otherwise dispose of any asset of the Operating Partnership or of the
Partnership, other than in the ordinary course of business. No borrowing by the
Partnership or the Operating Partnership or the approval thereof by the Managing
General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty of the
Managing General Partner to the Partnership or the Limited Partners by reason of
the fact that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly
to hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any
Subordinated Units into Common Units except as provided in Section 5.7(b)
hereto.
(c) Whenever a particular transaction, arrangement or resolution of a
conflict of interest is required under this Agreement to be "fair and
reasonable" to any Person, the fair and reasonable nature of such transaction,
arrangement or resolution shall be considered in the context of all similar or
related transactions.
A-45
<PAGE>
(d) The Limited Partners hereby authorize the Managing General Partner, on
behalf of the Partnership as a partner of the Operating Partnership, to approve
of actions by the general partner of the Operating Partnership similar to those
actions permitted to be taken by the Managing General Partner pursuant to this
Section 6.9.
6.10 OTHER MATTERS CONCERNING THE GENERAL PARTNERS. (a) A General Partner
may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice,
request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by
it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or
parties.
(b) A General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants,
appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and
advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance
upon the opinion (including, without limitation, an Opinion of Counsel) of such
Persons as to matters that such General Partner reasonably believes to be within
such Person's professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed
to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.
(c) A General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers
or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a
duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of
the Partnership. Each such attorney shall, to the extent provided by such
General Partner in the power of attorney, have full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and duty that is permitted or required to be done
by such General Partner hereunder.
(d) Any standard of care and duty imposed by this Agreement or under the
Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation shall be modified, waived
or limited, to the extent permitted by law, as required to permit the General
Partners to act under this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated by this
Agreement and to make any decision pursuant to the authority prescribed in this
Agreement so long as such action is reasonably believed by the Managing General
Partner to be in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of the
Partnership.
6.11 TITLE TO PARTNERSHIP ASSETS. Title to Partnership assets, whether
real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to
be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner or Assignee,
individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such
Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the
Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the Managing
General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the
Managing General Partner may determine. The Managing General Partner hereby
declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held
in the name of the Managing General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or
one or more nominees shall be held by the Managing General Partner or such
Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Managing
General Partner shall use its reasonable efforts to cause record title to such
assets (other than those assets in respect of which the Managing General Partner
determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing taking into account
the value of the assets makes transfer of record title to the Partnership
impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably
practicable; PROVIDED THAT, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the Managing
General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the Managing General
Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to
the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of
such assets in a manner satisfactory to the Partnership. All Partnership assets
shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records,
irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is
held. The Managing General Partner covenants and agrees that at the Closing
Date, the Partnership and the Operating Partnership shall have all licenses,
permits, certificates, franchises, or other governmental authorizations or
permits necessary for the ownership of their properties or for the conduct of
their businesses, except for such licenses, permits, certificates, franchises,
or other governmental authorizations or permits, failure to have obtained which
will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on
the Partnership or the Operating Partnership.
A-46
<PAGE>
6.12 PURCHASE OR SALE OF UNITS. The Managing General Partner may cause the
Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Units; PROVIDED THAT, except as
permitted pursuant to Section 11.6, the Managing General Partner may not cause
the Partnership to purchase Subordinated Units. As long as Units are held by the
Partnership or the Operating Partnership, such Units shall not be considered
Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General
Partners or any of their Affiliates may also purchase or otherwise acquire and
sell or otherwise dispose of Units for their own account, subject to the
provisions of Articles XI and XII.
6.13 REGISTRATION RIGHTS OF THE GENERAL PARTNERS, THEIR AFFILIATES AND THE
PARTICIPATING INVESTORS. (a) If (i) either of the General Partners or any
Affiliate of either of the General Partners (including, without limitation, for
purposes of this Section 6.13, any Person that is an Affiliate of either of the
General Partners at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may later cease to
be an Affiliate of either of the General Partners) or any Participating Investor
holds Common Units that it desires to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities
Act (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from
registration is not available to enable such holder of Common Units (the
"Holder") to dispose of the number of Common Units it desires to sell at the
time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then
upon the request of Holders holding Common Units with an aggregate Current
Market Price of at least $20 million (or upon the request of Holders holding at
least 80% of the Common Units held by Participating Investors other than the
General Partners, Fremont and their respective Affiliates, subject to a minimum
aggregate Current Market Price of at least $10 million), the Partnership shall
file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such
request, and use all reasonable efforts to cause to become effective, a
registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offering and
sale of the number of Common Units specified by the Holder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the Partnership shall use all reasonable efforts to cause the registration
statement to remain effective for a period of not less than six months or such
shorter period which will terminate when all Common Units covered by such
registration statement have been sold (but not before the expiration of the
90-day period referred to in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174
thereunder, if applicable); PROVIDED, that not more than one such request by
Holders shall be made within any period of 270 consecutive days; PROVIDED
FURTHER that the Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three
registrations pursuant to this Section 6.13(a), two of which may be exercised by
the General Partners, Fremont and their respective Affiliates (which
registrations may include Common Units held by Participating Investors other
than the General Partners, Fremont and their respective Affiliates for purposes
of satisfying the aforesaid $20 million minimum) and the other one of which may
be exercised by the other Participating Investors; and PROVIDED FURTHER that if
the Managing General Partner or, if at the time a request pursuant to this
Section 6.13 is submitted to the Partnership the Holder requesting registration
is an Affiliate of the Managing General Partner, the Audit Committee in
connection with Special Approval determines in its good faith judgment that a
postponement of the requested registration for up to six months would be in the
best interests of the Partnership and its Partners due to a pending transaction,
investigation or other event, the filing of such registration statement or the
effectiveness thereof may be deferred for up to six months, but not thereafter.
In connection with any registration pursuant to the immediately preceding
sentence, the Partnership shall promptly prepare and file (x) such documents as
may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such
registration under the securities laws of such states as the Holder shall
reasonably request; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such qualification shall be
required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would
become subject to general service of process or to taxation or qualification to
do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such
jurisdiction, and (y) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or
to list the securities subject to such registration on such National Securities
Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts
and things that may reasonably be necessary or advisable to enable the Holder to
consummate a public sale of such Common Units in such states. Except as set
forth in Section 6.13(c), all costs and expenses of any such registration and
offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions for Common Units
sold by the Holders) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by
the Holder.
A-47
<PAGE>
(b) If the Partnership shall at any time before the third anniversary of the
Initial Closing Date propose to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act for an offering of equity securities of the Partnership for cash
(other than an offering relating solely to an employee benefit plan), whether
for its own account or at the request of one or more Holders pursuant to Section
6.13(a), the Partnership shall give prompt written notice of such proposed
registration to all Holders and shall use all reasonable efforts to include such
number or amount of Common Units held by the Holders in such registration
statement as the Holders shall request. If the proposed offering pursuant to
this Section 6.13(b) shall be an underwritten offering by the Partnership for
its own account, then, in the event that the managing underwriter of such
offering advises the Partnership and the Holders in writing that in its opinion
the inclusion of all or some of the Holders' Common Units would adversely and
materially affect the success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in
such offering only that number or amount, if any, of Common Units held by the
Holders which, in the opinion of the managing underwriter, will not so adversely
and materially affect the offering. If the proposed offering pursuant to this
Section 6.13(b) shall be an underwritten offering made at the request of one or
more Holders (the "Requesting Holder") pursuant to Section 6.13(a), then, in the
event that the managing underwriter of such offering advises the Partnership and
the Holders (other than the Requesting Holder) in writing that in its opinion
the inclusion of all or some of the Holders' Common Units would adversely and
materially affect the success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in
such offering only that number or amount, if any, of Common Units held by
Holders (other than the Requesting Holder) which, in the opinion of the managing
underwriter, will not so adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as
set forth in Section 6.13(c), all costs and expenses of any registration and
offering pursuant to this Section 6.13(b) (other than the underwriting discounts
and commissions for Common Units sold by the Holders) shall be paid by the
Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.
(c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any registration referred
to in this Section 6.13, the Partnership shall provide indemnification,
representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters. Further, in
addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership's obligation under Section
6.7, the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify
and hold harmless the Holder, its officers, directors and each Person who
controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent
thereof (collectively, "Indemnified Persons") against any losses, claims,
demands, actions, causes of action, assessments, damages, liabilities (joint or
several), costs and expenses (including, without limitation, interest, penalties
and reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements), resulting to, imposed upon,
or incurred by the Indemnified Persons, directly or indirectly, under the
Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 6.13(c) as
a "claim" and in the plural as "claims"), based upon, arising out of, or
resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material
fact contained in any registration statement under which any Common Units were
registered under the Securities Act or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in
any preliminary prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of such
registration statement), or in any summary or final prospectus or in any
amendment or supplement thereto (if used during the period the Partnership is
required to keep the registration statement current), or arising out of, based
upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
made therein not misleading; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Partnership shall not
be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out
of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement,
such preliminary, summary or final prospectus or such amendment or supplement,
in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in
the preparation thereof.
(d) The provisions of Sections 6.13(a) and 6.13(b) shall continue to be
applicable with respect to the General Partners (and any of the General
Partners' Affiliates) after they cease to be Partners of the Partnership, during
a period of two years subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for
A-48
<PAGE>
so long thereafter as is required for the Holder to sell all of the Common Units
or other securities of the Partnership with respect to which it has requested
during such two-year period that a registration statement be filed; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Partnership shall not be required to file successive
registration statements covering the same Common Units for which registration
was demanded during such two-year period. The provisions of Section 6.13(c)
shall continue in effect thereafter.
(e) Any request to register Common Units pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall
(i) specify the Common Units intended to be offered and sold by the Person
making the request, (ii) express such Person's present intent to offer such
Common Units for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the
proposed offer and sale of Common Units, and (iv) contain the undertaking of
such Person to provide all such information and materials and take all action as
may be required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable
requirements in connection with the registration of such Common Units.
6.14 RELIANCE BY THIRD PARTIES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to
assume that the Managing General Partner and any officer of the Partnership
authorized by the Managing General Partner to act on behalf and in the name of
the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use
in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any
contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to
deal with the Managing General Partner or any such officer as if it were the
Partnership's sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each
Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be
available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the
Managing General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such
dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the Managing General Partner
or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the
terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity
or expedience of any act or action of the Managing General Partner or any such
officer. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on
behalf of the Partnership by the Managing General Partner or any such officer
shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or
claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such
certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and
effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or
instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the
Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed
and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and
is binding upon the Partnership.
ARTICLE VII
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
7.1 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. The Limited Partners and the Assignees shall
have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this
Agreement or the Delaware Act.
7.2 MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS. No Limited Partner or Assignee (other than a
General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, director, employee,
partner, member, manager, agent or trustee of a General Partner or any of its
Affiliates or of any general partner thereof, in its capacity as such, if such
Person shall also be a Limited Partner or Assignee) shall participate in the
operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the
Partnership's business, transact any business in the Partnership's name or have
the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. The
transaction of any such business by a General Partner, any of its Affiliates or
any officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager, agent or trustee of
such General Partner or any of its Affiliates or of any general partner thereof,
in its capacity as such, shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations
on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees under this Agreement.
7.3 OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.5, which
shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless
of whether such Persons shall also be Limited
A-49
<PAGE>
Partners or Assignees, any Limited Partner or Assignee shall be entitled to and
may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to
those relating to the Partnership, including, without limitation, business
interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership or the
Operating Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners or
Assignees shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business
ventures of any Limited Partner or Assignee.
7.4 RETURN OF CAPITAL. No Limited Partner or Assignee shall be entitled to
the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if
any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of
the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent
provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent provided by Article V or as
otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Limited Partner or Assignee
shall have priority over any other Limited Partner or Assignee either as to the
return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any
such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners and Assignees agree
within the meaning of Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.
7.5 RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS RELATING TO THE PARTNERSHIP. (a) In
addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by applicable law, and
except as limited by Section 7.5(b), each Limited Partner shall have the right,
for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner's interest as a limited
partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable demand and at such Limited Partner's
own expense:
(i) to obtain true and full information regarding the status of the
business and financial condition of the Partnership;
(ii) promptly after becoming available, to obtain a copy of the
Partnership's federal, state and local tax returns for each year;
(iii) to have furnished to him, upon notification to the Managing General
Partner, a current list of the name and last known business, residence or
mailing address of each Partner;
(iv) to have furnished to him, upon notification to the Managing General
Partner, a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership
and all amendments thereto, together with a copy of the executed copies of
all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of
Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto have been executed;
(v) to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and
a description and statement of the Agreed Value of any other Capital
Contribution by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute
in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner; and
(vi) to obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the
Partnership as is just and reasonable.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Managing
General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners and Assignees,
for such period of time as the Managing General Partner deems reasonable, any
information that the Managing General Partner reasonably believes to be in the
nature of trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which the
Managing General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interests of
the Partnership or the Operating Partnership or could damage the Partnership or
the Operating Partnership or that the Partnership or the Operating Partnership
are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential
(other than agreements with Affiliates the primary purpose of which is to
circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 7.5).
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
8.1 RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING. The Managing General Partner shall keep or
cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books
and records with respect to the Partnership's
A-50
<PAGE>
business, including, without limitation, all books and records necessary to
provide to the Limited Partners any information, lists and copies of documents
required to be provided pursuant to Section 7.5(a). Any books and records
maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its
business, including, without limitation, the record of the Record Holders and
Assignees of Units or other Partnership Securities, books of account and records
of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer
disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or
any other information storage device; provided, that the books and records so
maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable
period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for both tax
and financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.
8.2 FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar
year.
8.3 REPORTS. (a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120
days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the Managing
General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a
date selected by the Managing General Partner in its sole discretion, an annual
report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year
of the Partnership, presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partners'
equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent
public accountants selected by the Managing General Partner.
(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the
close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each year, the Managing General
Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date
selected by the Managing General Partner in its sole discretion, a report
containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other
information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any
National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed for trading, or as
the Managing General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
ARTICLE IX
TAX MATTERS
9.1 PREPARATION OF TAX RETURNS. The Managing General Partner shall arrange
for the preparation and timely filing of all returns required of the Partnership
for federal and state tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to
furnish, within 90 days of the close of each calendar year, the tax information
reasonably required by holders of Outstanding Units for federal and state income
tax reporting purposes. The classification, realization and recognition of
income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual
method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. The taxable year of the
Partnership shall be the calendar year.
9.2 TAX ELECTIONS. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Managing
General Partner shall, in its sole discretion, determine whether to make any
available election pursuant to the Code; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Managing
General Partner shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in
accordance with applicable regulations thereunder. The Managing General Partner
shall have the right to seek to revoke any such election (including, without
limitation, the election under Section 754 of the Code) upon the Managing
General Partner's determination in its sole discretion that such revocation is
in the best interests of the Limited Partners and Assignees. For purposes of
computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the Managing General
Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the
price paid by a transferee of Units will be deemed to be the lowest quoted
closing price of the Units on any National Securities Exchange on which such
Units are traded during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to
occur pursuant to Section 5.2(g) without regard to the actual price paid by such
transferee.
9.3 TAX CONTROVERSIES. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Managing
General Partner is designated the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in Section
6231 of the Code), and is authorized and
A-51
<PAGE>
required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership's expense) in
connection with all examinations of the Partnership's affairs by tax
authorities, including, without limitation, resulting administrative and
judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services
and costs associated therewith. Each Partner and Assignee agrees to cooperate
with the Managing General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all
things reasonably required by the Managing General Partner to conduct such
proceedings.
9.4 ORGANIZATIONAL EXPENSES. The Partnership shall elect to deduct
expenses, if any, incurred by it in organizing the Partnership ratably over a
60-month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.
9.5 WITHHOLDING. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the Managing General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines
in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership
and the Operating Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements
established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including,
without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code.
To the extent that the Partnership is required to withhold and pay over to any
taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of
income to any Partner or Assignee (including, without limitation, by reason of
Section 1446 of the Code), the amount withheld may be treated as a distribution
of Available Cash in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.
9.6 ENTITY-LEVEL TAXATION. If legislation is enacted or the interpretation
of existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that causes the
Partnership or the Operating Partnership to be treated as an association taxable
as a corporation or otherwise subjects the Partnership or the Operating
Partnership to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income tax
purposes, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and each Target Distribution, as
the case may be, shall be reduced to an amount equal to the product obtained by
multiplying (a) the amount thereof by (b) one minus the sum of (i) the maximum
effective federal income tax rate to which the Partnership is subject as an
entity plus (ii) any increase that results from such legislation in the
effective overall state and local income tax rate to which the Partnership is
subject as an entity for the taxable year in which such event occurs (after
taking into account the benefit of any deduction allowable for federal income
tax purposes with respect to the payment of state and local income taxes), but
only to the extent of the increase in such rates resulting from such legislation
or interpretation. Such effective overall state and local income tax rate shall
be determined for the taxable year next preceding the first taxable year during
which the Partnership or the Operating Partnership is taxable for federal income
tax purposes as an association taxable as a corporation or is otherwise subject
to entity-level taxation by determining such rate as if the Partnership or the
Operating Partnership had been subject to such state and local taxes during such
preceding taxable year.
9.7 ENTITY-LEVEL ARREARAGE COLLECTIONS. If the Partnership is required by
applicable law to pay any federal, state or local income tax on behalf of, or
withhold such amount with respect to, any Partner or Assignee or any former
Partner or Assignee (a) the Managing General Partner shall cause the Partnership
to pay such tax on behalf of such Partner or Assignee or former Partner or
Assignee from the funds of the Partnership; (b) any amount so paid on behalf of,
or withheld with respect to, any Partner or Assignee shall constitute a
distribution out of Available Cash to such Partner or Assignee pursuant to
Section 5.3; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the discretion of the Managing General
Partner, such taxes (if pertaining to all Partners) may be considered to be cash
disbursements of the Partnership which reduce Available Cash, but the payment or
withholding thereof shall not be deemed to be a distribution of Available Cash
to such Partners; and (c) to the extent any such Partner or Assignee (but not a
former Partner or Assignee) is not then entitled to such distribution under this
Agreement, the Managing General Partner shall be authorized, without the
approval of any Partner or Assignee, to amend this Agreement insofar as is
necessary to maintain the uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics as to all
Units and to make subsequent adjustments to distributions in a manner which, in
the reasonable judgment of the Managing General Partner, will make as little
alteration as practicable in the priority and amount of distributions otherwise
applicable under this Agreement, and will not
A-52
<PAGE>
otherwise alter the distributions to which Partners and Assignees are entitled
under this Agreement. If the Partnership is permitted (but not required) by
applicable law to pay any such tax on behalf of, or withhold such amount with
respect to, any Partner or Assignee or former Partner or Assignee, the Managing
General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to cause the Partnership
to pay such tax from the funds of the Partnership and to take any action
consistent with this Section 9.7. The Managing General Partner shall be
authorized (but not required) to take all necessary or appropriate actions to
collect all or any portion of a deficiency in the payment of any such tax that
relates to prior periods and that is attributable to Persons who were Limited
Partners or Assignees when such deficiencies arose, from such Persons.
9.8 OPINIONS OF COUNSEL. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, if the Partnership or the Operating Partnership is treated as an
association taxable as a corporation at any time or is otherwise taxable for
federal income tax purposes as an entity at any time and, pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement, an Opinion of Counsel would otherwise be required
to the effect that an action will not cause the Partnership or the Operating
Partnership to become so treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes, such requirement
for an Opinion of Counsel shall be deemed automatically waived.
ARTICLE X
CERTIFICATES
10.1 CERTIFICATES. Upon the Partnership's issuance of Common Units or
Subordinated Units to any Person, the Partnership shall issue one or more
Certificates in the name of such Person evidencing the number of such Units
being so issued. Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by
the Managing General Partner. No Common Unit Certificate shall be valid for any
purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent. The Partners
holding Certificates evidencing Subordinated Units may exchange such
Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units on or after the date on
which such Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the
terms of Section 5.7.
10.2 REGISTRATION, REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE. (a) The Managing
General Partner shall cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register
in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject
to the provisions of Section 10.2(b), the Managing General Partner will provide
for the registration and transfer of Units. The Transfer Agent is hereby
appointed registrar and transfer agent for the purpose of registering Units and
transfers of such Units as herein provided. The Partnership shall not recognize
transfers of Certificates representing Units unless such transfers are effected
in the manner described in this Section 10.2. Upon surrender for registration of
transfer of any Units evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions
of Section 10.2(b), the Managing General Partner on behalf of the Partnership
shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name
of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant
to the holder's instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same
aggregate number of Units as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.5, the Partnership shall not
recognize any transfer of Units until the Certificates evidencing such Units are
surrendered for registration of transfer and such Certificates are accompanied
by a Transfer Application duly executed by the transferee (or the transferee's
attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing). No charge shall be imposed by the
A-53
<PAGE>
Partnership for such transfer, PROVIDED, that as a condition to the issuance of
any new Certificate under this Section 10.2, the Managing General Partner may
require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed with respect thereto.
10.3 MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES. (a) If any
mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the Managing General
Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and upon its request the
Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new
Certificate evidencing the same number of Units as the Certificate so
surrendered.
(b) The Managing General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute,
and upon its request the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver a new
Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued if the Record Holder
of the Certificate:
(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Managing General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been
lost, destroyed or stolen;
(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the Partnership
has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value
in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;
(iii) if requested by the Managing General Partner, delivers to the
Partnership a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing
General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as
the Managing General Partner may reasonably direct, in its sole discretion,
to indemnify the Partnership, the Managing General Partner and the Transfer
Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss,
destruction or theft of the Certificate; and
(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Managing
General Partner.
If a Limited Partner or Assignee fails to notify the Partnership within a
reasonable time after he has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a
Certificate, and a transfer of the Units represented by the Certificate is
registered before the Partnership, the Managing General Partner or the Transfer
Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner or Assignee shall be
precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the Managing General
Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.
(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section
10.3, the Managing General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto and any other expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and
expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.
10.4 RECORD HOLDER. In accordance with Section 10.2(b), the Partnership
shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Limited Partner or
Assignee with respect to any Units and, accordingly, shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Units on the part
of any other Person, whether or not the Partnership shall have actual or other
notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule,
regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on
which the Units are listed for trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a
Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or
an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other
representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Units, as
between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons, on the other,
such representative Person (a) shall be the Limited Partner or Assignee (as the
case may be) of record and beneficially, (b) must execute and deliver a Transfer
Application and (c) shall be bound by this Agreement and shall have the rights
and obligations of a Limited Partner or Assignee (as the case may be) hereunder
and as provided for herein.
A-54
<PAGE>
ARTICLE XI
TRANSFER OF INTERESTS
11.1 TRANSFER. (a) The term "transfer," when used in this Article XI with
respect to a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by
which a General Partner assigns its Partnership Interest as a general partner in
the Partnership to another Person, by which the holder of a Unit assigns such
Unit to another Person who is or becomes an Assignee, and includes a sale,
assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any
other disposition by law or otherwise.
(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part,
except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article XI.
Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in
accordance with this Article XI shall be null and void.
(c) Nothing contained in this Article XI, or elsewhere in this Partnership
Agreement, shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Common
Units entered into through the facilities of the New York Stock Exchange.
(d) Nothing contained in this Article XI shall be construed to prevent a
disposition by an owner of a General Partner of any or all of the issued and
outstanding capital stock or partnership interests, as the case may be, of such
General Partner.
11.2 TRANSFER OF GENERAL PARTNERS' PARTNERSHIP INTEREST. Except for a
transfer by a General Partner of all, but not less than all, of its Partnership
Interest as a general partner in the Partnership to (a) an Affiliate of such
General Partner or (b) another Person in connection with the merger or
consolidation of such General Partner with or into another Person or the
transfer by such General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to
another Person, the transfer by a General Partner of all or any part of its
Partnership Interest as a general partner in the Partnership to a Person prior
to December 31, 2004 shall be subject to the prior approval of at least a
majority of the Outstanding Units (excluding, during the Subordination Period,
Units owned by the General Partners and their Affiliates). Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by a General Partner of all or any
part of its Partnership Interest as a general partner in the Partnership to
another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the
rights and duties of such General Partner under this Agreement and, in the case
of the Managing General Partner, the Operating Partnership Agreement and to be
bound by the provisions of this Agreement and, in the case of the Managing
General Partner, the Operating Partnership Agreement, (ii) the Partnership
receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss
of limited liability of any Limited Partner or of any limited partner of the
Operating Partnership or cause the Partnership or the Operating Partnership to
be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed
as an entity for federal income tax purposes, (iii) in the case of a transfer of
the Managing General Partner's Partnership Interest, such transferee also agrees
to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the
partnership interest of the Managing General Partner as the general partner of
the Operating Partnership and (iv) in the case of a transfer of the Special
General Partner's Partnership Interest, the Managing General Partner consents to
such transfer. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this
Section 11.2, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to
compliance with the terms of Section 12.3, be admitted to the Partnership as a
General Partner immediately prior to the transfer of the Partnership Interest,
and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.
11.3 TRANSFER OF UNITS. (a) Units may be transferred only in the manner
described in Section 10.2. The transfer of any Units and the admission of any
new Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.
(b) Until admitted as a Substitute Limited Partner pursuant to Article XII,
the Record Holder of a Unit shall be an Assignee in respect of such Unit.
Limited Partners may include custodians, nominees, or any other individual or
entity in its own or any representative capacity.
A-55
<PAGE>
(c) Each distribution in respect of Units shall be paid by the Partnership,
directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent,
only to the Record Holders thereof as of the Record Date set for the
distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the
Partnership's liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of
any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment
or otherwise.
(d) A transferee who has completed and delivered a Transfer Application
shall be deemed to have (i) requested admission as a Substitute Limited Partner,
(ii) agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed this Agreement,
(iii) represented and warranted that such transferee has the right, power and
authority and, if an individual, the capacity to enter into this Agreement, (iv)
granted the powers of attorney set forth in this Agreement and (v) given the
consents and approvals and made the waivers contained in this Agreement.
11.4 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS. Notwithstanding the other provisions of
this Article XI, no transfer of any Unit or interest therein of any Limited
Partner or Assignee shall be made if such transfer would (a) violate the then
applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the
Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental
authorities with jurisdiction over such transfer, (b) result in the taxation of
the Partnership or the Operating Partnership as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise subject the Partnership or the Operating Partnership to
entity-level taxation for federal income tax purposes or (c) affect the
Partnership's or the Operating Partnership's existence or qualification as a
limited partnership under the Delaware Act.
11.5 CITIZENSHIP CERTIFICATES; NON-CITIZEN ASSIGNEES. (a) If the
Partnership or the Operating Partnership is or becomes subject to any federal,
state or local law or regulation that, in the reasonable determination of the
Managing General Partner, creates a substantial risk of cancellation or
forfeiture of any property in which the Partnership or the Operating Partnership
has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of
a Limited Partner or Assignee, the Managing General Partner may request any
Limited Partner or Assignee to furnish to the Managing General Partner, within
30 days after receipt of such request, an executed Citizenship Certification or
such other information concerning his nationality, citizenship or other related
status (or, if the Limited Partner or Assignee is a nominee holding for the
account of another Person, the nationality, citizenship or other related status
of such Person) as the Managing General Partner may request. If a Limited
Partner or Assignee fails to furnish to the Managing General Partner within the
aforementioned 30-day period such Citizenship Certification or other requested
information or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other
requested information the Managing General Partner determines, with the advice
of counsel, that a Limited Partner or Assignee is not an Eligible Citizen, the
Units owned by such Limited Partner or Assignee shall be subject to redemption
in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6. In addition, the Managing
General Partner may require that the status of any such Limited Partner or
Assignee be changed to that of a Non-citizen Assignee, and, thereupon, the
Managing General Partner shall be substituted for such Non-citizen Assignee as
the Limited Partner, in respect of his Units.
(b) The Managing General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in
respect of Units held by it on behalf of Non-citizen Assignees, distribute the
votes in the same ratios as the votes of Limited Partners in respect of Units
other than those of Non-citizen Assignees are cast, either for, against or
abstaining as to the matter.
(c) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, a Non-citizen Assignee shall have
no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 14.4 but shall be
entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Managing General Partner shall
provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Non-citizen Assignee's share
of the distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for
Partnership purposes as a purchase by the Managing General Partner from the
Non-citizen Assignee of his Partnership Interest (representing his right to
receive his share of such distribution in kind).
A-56
<PAGE>
(d) At any time after he can and does certify that he has become an Eligible
Citizen, a Non-citizen Assignee may, upon application to the Managing General
Partner, request admission as a Substitute Limited Partner with respect to any
Units of such Non-citizen Assignee not redeemed pursuant to Section 11.6, and
upon his admission pursuant to Section 12.2 the General Partner shall cease to
be deemed to be the Limited Partner in respect of the Non-citizen Assignee's
Units.
11.6 REDEMPTION OF INTERESTS. (a) If at any time a Limited Partner or
Assignee fails to furnish a Citizenship Certification or other information
requested within the 30-day period specified in Section 11.5(a), or if upon
receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other information the Managing
General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner
or Assignee is not an Eligible Citizen, the Partnership may, unless the Limited
Partner or Assignee establishes to the satisfaction of the Managing General
Partner that such Limited or Assignee is an Eligible Citizen or has transferred
his Units to a Person who furnishes a Citizenship Certification to the Managing
General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem
the Partnership Interest of such Limited Partner or Assignee as follows:
(i) The Managing General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day
before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the
Limited Partner or Assignee, at his last address designated on the records
of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, by registered or certified mail,
postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so
mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Units, the date fixed for
redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will
be made upon surrender of the Certificate(s) evidencing the Redeemable Units
and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations
or distributions to which the Limited Partner or Assignee would otherwise be
entitled in respect of the Redeemable Units will accrue or be made.
(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Units shall be an
amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which
shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Units of the class to be so
redeemed multiplied by the number of Units of each such class included among
the Redeemable Units. The redemption price shall be paid, in the sole
discretion of the Managing General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a
promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption
price, bearing interest at the rate of 10% annually and payable in three
equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest,
commencing one year after the redemption date.
(iii) Upon surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner or Assignee,
at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the Certificate
evidencing the Redeemable Units, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an
assignment duly executed in blank, the Limited Partner or Assignee or his
duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment
therefor.
(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Units shall no longer
constitute issued and Outstanding Units.
(b) The provisions of this Section 11.6 shall also be applicable to Units
held by a Limited Partner or Assignee as nominee of a Person determined to be
other than an Eligible Citizen.
(c) Nothing in this Section 11.6 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of
redemption from transferring his Units before the redemption date if such
transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of
such a transfer, the Managing General Partner shall withdraw the notice of
redemption, provided, the transferee of such Units certifies in the Transfer
Application that he is an Eligible Citizen. If the transferee fails to make such
certification, such redemption shall be effected from the transferee on the
original redemption date.
A-57
<PAGE>
ARTICLE XII
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
12.1 ADMISSION OF INITIAL LIMITED PARTNERS. The Initial Limited Partners
were admitted to the Partnership on the Initial Closing Date.
12.2 ADMISSION OF SUBSTITUTE LIMITED PARTNERS. By transfer of a Unit in
accordance with Article XI, the transferor shall be deemed to have given the
transferee the right to seek admission as a Substitute Limited Partner, subject
to the conditions of, and in the manner permitted under, this Agreement. A
transferor of a Certificate shall, however, only have the authority to convey to
a purchaser or other transferee who does not execute and deliver a Transfer
Application (a) the right to negotiate such Certificate to a purchaser or other
transferee and (b) the right to transfer the right to request admission as a
Substitute Limited Partner, to such purchaser or other transferee who executes
and delivers a Transfer Application in respect of the transferred Units. Each
transferee of a Unit (including, without limitation, any nominee holder or an
agent acquiring such Unit for the account of another Person) who executes and
delivers a Transfer Application shall, by virtue of such execution and delivery,
be an Assignee and be deemed to have applied to become a Substitute Limited
Partner, with respect to the Units so transferred to such Person. Such Assignee
shall become a Substitute Limited Partner, (x) at such time as the Managing
General Partner consents thereto, which consent may be given or withheld in the
Managing General Partner's sole discretion, and (y) when any such admission is
shown on the books and records of the Partnership. If such consent is withheld,
such transferee shall be an Assignee. An Assignee shall have an interest in the
Partnership equivalent to that of a Limited Partner, with respect to allocations
and distributions, including, without limitation, liquidating distributions, of
the Partnership. With respect to voting rights attributable to Units that are
held by Assignees, the Managing General Partner shall be deemed to be the
Limited Partner with respect thereto and shall, in exercising the voting rights
in respect of such Units on any matter, vote such Units at the written direction
of the Assignee who is the Record Holder of such Units. If no such written
direction is received, such Units will not be voted. An Assignee shall have no
other rights of a Limited Partner.
12.3 ADMISSION OF SUCCESSOR GENERAL PARTNERS. A successor General Partner
approved pursuant to Section 13.1, 13.2 or 13.4 or the transferee of or
successor to all of such General Partner's Partnership Interest as a general
partner in the Partnership pursuant to Section 11.2 who is proposed to be
admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as
the Managing General Partner or the Special General Partner, as the case may be,
effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the Managing General
Partner or the Special General Partner, as the case may be, pursuant to Section
13.1, 13.2 or 13.4 or the transfer of such General Partner's Partnership
Interest as a general partner in the Partnership pursuant to Section 11.2;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership
until compliance with the terms of Section 11.2 has occurred and such successor
has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be
required to effect such admission. Any such successor shall, subject to the
terms hereof, carry on the business of the Partnership and, in the case of the
Managing General Partner, Operating Partnership without dissolution.
12.4 ADMISSION OF ADDITIONAL LIMITED PARTNERS. (a) A Person (other than a
General Partner, an Initial Limited Partner or a Substitute Limited Partner) who
makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in accordance with this
Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner
only upon furnishing to the Managing General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance
in form satisfactory to the Managing General Partner of all of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of
attorney granted in Section 1.4, and (ii) such other documents or instruments as
may be required in the discretion of the Managing General Partner to effect such
Person's admission as an Additional Limited Partner.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.4, no Person
shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the consent of the
Managing General Partner, which consent
A-58
<PAGE>
may be given or withheld in the Managing General Partner's sole discretion. The
admission of any Person as an Additional Limited Partner shall become effective
on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded as such in the books
and records of the Partnership, following the consent of the Managing General
Partner to such admission.
12.5 AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT AND CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP. To
effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the Managing General
Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Delaware Act to
amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if
necessary, to prepare as soon as practical an amendment of this Agreement and,
if required by law, to prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of
Limited Partnership and may for this purpose, among others, exercise the power
of attorney granted pursuant to Section 1.4.
ARTICLE XIII
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
13.1 WITHDRAWAL OF THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER. (a) The Managing General
Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the
occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred
to as an "Event of Withdrawal");
(i) the Managing General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the
Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners (and it shall be
deemed that the Managing General Partner has withdrawn pursuant to this
Section 13.1(a)(i) if the Managing General Partner voluntarily withdraws as
general partner of the Operating Partnership);
(ii) the Managing General Partner transfers all of its rights as
Managing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.2;
(iii) the Managing General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 13.2;
(iv) the Managing General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition; (C) files a
petition or answer seeking for itself a reorganization, arrangement,
composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under
any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to
contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the Managing
General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C) of
this Section 13.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the
appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Managing General
Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;
(v) a final and non-appealable judgment is entered by a court with
appropriate jurisdiction ruling that the Managing General Partner is
bankrupt or insolvent, or a final and non-appealable order for relief is
entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction against the Managing
General Partner, in each case under any federal or state bankruptcy or
insolvency laws as now or hereafter in effect; or
(vi) a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the
Managing General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the
Managing General Partner of revocation of its charter without a
reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation.
If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 13.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)
occurs, the withdrawing Managing General Partner shall give notice to the
Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree
that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 13.1 shall result
in the withdrawal of the Managing General Partner from the Partnership.
(b) Withdrawal of the Managing General Partner from the Partnership upon the
occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this
Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period
beginning on the Initial Closing Date and ending at 5:00 p.m., Pacific Standard
Time, on December 31, 2004, the Managing General Partner voluntarily
A-59
<PAGE>
withdraws by giving at least 90 days' advance notice of its intention to
withdraw to the Limited Partners, PROVIDED, that prior to the effective date of
such withdrawal the withdrawal is approved by Limited Partners holding at least
two-thirds of the Outstanding Units (excluding Units owned by the General
Partners and their Affiliates) and the Managing General Partner delivers to the
Partnership an Opinion of Counsel ("Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel") that such
withdrawal (following the selection of the successor Managing General Partner)
would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or
of the limited partner of the Operating Partnership or cause the Partnership or
the Operating Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax
purposes; (ii) at any time after 5:00 p.m., Pacific Standard Time, on December
31, 2004, the Managing General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least
90 days' advance notice to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect
on the date specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the Managing
General Partner ceases to be the Managing General Partner pursuant to Section
13.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 13.2; or (iv) notwithstanding
clause (i) of this sentence, at any time that the Managing General Partner
voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days' advance notice of its
intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on
the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person
and its Affiliates (other than the General Partners and their Affiliates) own
beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The
withdrawal of the Managing General Partner from the Partnership upon the
occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the
Managing General Partner as general partner of the Operating Partnership. If the
Managing General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section
13.1(a)(i), holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units (excluding
for purposes of such determination Units owned by the General Partners and their
Affiliates) may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a
successor Managing General Partner. If, prior to the effective date of the
Managing General Partner's withdrawal, a successor is selected by the Limited
Partners as provided herein, the Partnership, as the limited partner of the
Operating Partnership, shall cause such Person to become the successor general
partner of the Operating Partnership, as provided in the Operating Partnership
Agreement. If, prior to the effective date of the Managing General Partner's
withdrawal, a successor is not selected by the Limited Partners as provided
herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the
Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 14.1. Any successor
Managing General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section
13.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 12.3.
13.2 REMOVAL OF THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER. The Managing General Partner
may be removed if such removal is approved by Limited Partners holding at least
two-thirds of the Outstanding Units (excluding Units owned by the General
Partners and their Affiliates). Any such action by such Limited Partners for
removal of the Managing General Partner must also provide for the election of a
successor Managing General Partner by Limited Partners holding at least a
majority of the Outstanding Units (excluding Units held by the General Partners
and their Affiliates). Such removal shall be effective immediately following the
admission of a successor Managing General Partner pursuant to Article XII. The
removal of the Managing General Partner shall also automatically constitute the
removal of the Managing General Partner as general partner of the Operating
Partnership, as provided in the Operating Partnership Agreement. If a Person is
elected as the successor Managing General Partner in accordance with the terms
of this Section 13.2, the Partnership, as the limited partner of the Operating
Partnership, shall cause such Person to become the successor general partner of
the Operating Partnership, as provided in the Operating Partnership Agreement.
The right of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units to remove the
Managing General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership
has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal
Opinion of Counsel. Any successor Managing General Partner elected in accordance
with the terms of this Section 13.2 shall be subject to the provisions of
Section 12.3.
13.3 INTEREST OF DEPARTING PARTNER AND SUCCESSOR GENERAL PARTNERS. (a) In
the event of (i) withdrawal of a General Partner under circumstances where such
withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of a General Partner
by the Limited Partners under circumstances where
A-60
<PAGE>
Cause does not exist, if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance
with the terms of Section 13.1, 13.2 or 13.4, the Departing Partner shall have
the option exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such
Departing Partner to require its successor to purchase its Partnership Interest
as a general partner in the Partnership and, in case of the Managing General
Partner, its partnership interest as the general partner in the Operating
Partnership (the "Interest") in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair
market value of such Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of
the effective date of its departure. If a General Partner is removed by the
Limited Partners under circumstances where Cause exists or if a General Partner
withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement or,
in case of the Managing General Partner, the Operating Partnership Agreement,
and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of
Section 13.1, 13.2 or 13.4, such successor shall have the option, exercisable
prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing Partner, to
purchase the Interest of the Departing Partner for such fair market value of
such Interest. In either event, the Departing Partner shall be entitled to
receive all reimbursements due such Departing Partner pursuant to Section 6.4,
including, without limitation, any employee-related liabilities (including,
without limitation, severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the
termination of any employees employed by the General Partner for the benefit of
the Partnership or the Operating Partnership. Subject to Section 13.3(b), the
Departing Partner shall, as of the effective date of its departure, cease to
share in any allocations or distributions with respect to its Partnership
Interest as a General Partner of the Partnership and Partnership income, gain,
loss, deduction and credit will be prorated and allocated as set forth in
Section 5.2(g).
For purposes of this Section 13.3(a), the fair market value of a Departing
Partner's Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing
Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the
effective date of such Departing Partner's departure, by an independent
investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing
Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts and the
determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties
cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent
expert within 45 days after the effective date of such departure, then the
Departing Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or
other independent expert, the Departing Partner's successor shall designate an
independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms
or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or
independent expert, which shall determine the fair market value of the Interest.
In making its determination, such independent investment banking firm or other
independent expert shall consider the then current trading price of Units on any
National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed, the value of the
Partnership's assets, the rights and obligations of the General Partner and
other factors it may deem relevant.
(b) If the Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section
13.3(a), the Departing Partner shall become a Limited Partner and the Interest
shall be converted into Common Units equal to the fair market value of such
interest pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other
independent expert selected pursuant to Section 13.3(a), without reduction in
such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of
the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify
the Departing Partner as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising
on or after the date on which the Departing Partner becomes a Limited Partner.
For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of a General Partner's Interest to
Common Units will be characterized as if the General Partner contributed its
Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.
(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms
of Section 13.1, 13.2 or 13.4 and the option described in Section 13.3(a) is not
exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall,
at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the
capital of the Partnership cash in an amount such that its Capital Account,
after giving effect to such contribution and any adjustments made to the Capital
Accounts of all Partners pursuant to
A-61
<PAGE>
Section 4.5(b)(vii), shall be equal to that percentage of the Capital Accounts
of all Partners that is equal to its Percentage Interest as such General
Partner. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the
following sentence, be entitled to such Percentage Interest of all Partnership
allocations and distributions and any other allocations and distributions to
which the Departing Partner was entitled. In addition, a successor Managing
General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from
and after the date of such successor Managing General Partner's admission, the
successor Managing General Partner's interest in all Partnership distributions
and allocations shall be .99%.
13.4 WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF SPECIAL GENERAL PARTNER. (a) The Special
General Partner may withdraw from the Partnership in the capacity of Special
General Partner (i) upon 90 days' advance written notice to the Managing General
Partner or (ii) by transferring its general partner interest in the Partnership
pursuant to Section 11.2 hereof. Such withdrawal shall take effect on the date
specified in such notice. Upon receiving such notice, the Managing General
Partner shall select a successor Special General Partner within such 90-day
period. Any withdrawal of the Special General Partner shall not become effective
unless the Partnership has received by the end of such 90-day period an Opinion
of Counsel that such withdrawal will not result in the loss of limited liability
of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as a corporation
or as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
Following any withdrawal of the Special General Partner, the business and
operations of the Partnership shall be continued by the Managing General
Partner.
(b) In addition to the voluntary withdrawal described above, the Special
General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn (i) when and if, the Special
General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (B)
files a voluntary bankruptcy petition, (C) files a petition or answer seeking
for itself a reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment,
liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any law, (D) files an answer or
other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a
petition filed against the Special General Partner in a proceeding of the type
described in clauses (A)-(C) of this subsection, or (E) seeks, consents to or
acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the
Special General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties; or
(ii), when a final and non-appealable judgment is entered by a court with
appropriate jurisdiction ruling that the Special General Partner is bankrupt or
insolvent, or a final and non-appealable order for relief is entered by a court
with appropriate jurisdiction against the Special General Partner, in each case
under any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency laws as now or hereinafter
in effect; or (iii) when a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed
for the Special General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to
the Special General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement
of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation.
(c) The Special General Partner may be removed only if such removal is
approved by the written consent or affirmative vote of Limited Partners holding
at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Units (excluding Units owned by the General
Partners and their Affiliates). Any such action by the Limited Partners for
removal of the Special General Partner must also provide for the approval of a
successor Special General Partner. Such removal shall be effective immediately
following the admission of the successor Special General Partner pursuant to
Article XII hereof. The right of the Limited Partners to remove the Special
General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has
received an Opinion of Counsel that the removal of the Special General Partner
and the selection of a successor Special General Partner will not result in (i)
the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or (ii) the taxation of the
Partnership as a corporation or the treatment of the Partnership as an
association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes unless
already so taxed.
(d) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 13.4, a successor
Special General Partner need not be selected if the Partnership has received an
Opinion of Counsel that the failure to select a successor would not cause the
Partnership to be treated as a corporation or as an association taxable as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes.
A-62
<PAGE>
13.5 WITHDRAWAL OF LIMITED PARTNERS. No Limited Partner shall have any
right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however, that when a
transferee of a Limited Partner's Units becomes a Record Holder, such
transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner or with respect
to the Units so transferred.
ARTICLE XIV
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
14.1 DISSOLUTION. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission
of Substitute Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners, by the admission
of a successor Managing General Partner or successor Special General Partner in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement or by the withdrawal of the Special
General Partner pursuant to Section 13.4 hereof. Upon the removal or withdrawal
of the Managing General Partner, if a successor Managing General Partner is
elected pursuant to Section 13.1 or 13.2, the Partnership shall not be dissolved
and such successor Managing General Partner shall continue the business of the
Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 14.2) its
affairs shall be wound up, upon:
(a) the expiration of its term as provided in Section 1.5;
(b) an Event of Withdrawal of the Managing General Partner as provided
in Section 13.1(a) (other than Section 13.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is
elected and an Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 13.1(b)
or 13.2 and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to
Section 12.3;
(c) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the Managing General
Partner that is approved by at least a majority of the Outstanding Units
(excluding, during the Subordination Period, Units held by the General
Partners and their Affiliates) (and all Limited Partners hereby expressly
consent that such approval may be effected upon written consent of said
applicable percentage of the Outstanding Units);
(d) entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership
pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or
(e) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of
the Partnership and the Operating Partnership taken as a whole.
14.2 CONTINUATION OF THE BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP AFTER
DISSOLUTION. Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of
Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the Managing General Partner
as provided in Section 13.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to
select a successor to such Departing Partner pursuant to Section 13.1 or 13.2,
then within 90 days thereafter or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an
event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 13.1(a)(iv), (v)
or (vi), then within 180 days thereafter, a majority of the Outstanding Units
(excluding, during the Subordination Period, Units held by the General Partners
and their Affiliates) may elect to reconstitute the Partnership and continue its
business on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by forming
a new limited partnership on terms identical to those set forth in this
Agreement and having as the successor managing general partner a Person approved
by the holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units (excluding, during the
Subordination Period, Units held by the General Partners and their Affiliates).
Upon any such election by the holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units
(excluding, during the Subordination Period, Units held by the General Partners
and their Affiliates), all Partners shall be bound thereby and shall be deemed
to have approved thereof. Unless such an election is made within the applicable
time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities
necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:
(i) the reconstituted Partnership shall continue until the end of the
term set forth in Section 1.5 unless earlier dissolved in accordance with
this Article XIV;
A-63
<PAGE>
(ii) if the successor Managing General Partner is not the former
Managing General Partner, then the interest of the former Managing General
Partner shall be treated thenceforth as the interest of a Limited Partner
and converted into Common Units in the manner provided in Section 13.3(b);
and
(iii) all necessary steps shall be taken to cancel this Agreement and the
Certificate of Limited Partnership and to enter into and, as necessary, to
file a new partnership agreement and certificate of limited partnership, and
the successor managing general partner may for this purpose exercise the
powers of attorney granted the Managing General Partner pursuant to Section
1.4; PROVIDED, that the right of a majority of Outstanding Units (excluding,
during the Subordination Period, Units held by the General Partners and
their Affiliates) to approve a successor Managing General Partner and to
reconstitute and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist
and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of
Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of
limited liability of any Limited Partner and (y) neither the Partnership,
the reconstituted limited partnership nor the Operating Partnership would be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable
as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right
to continue.
14.3 LIQUIDATION. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the
Partnership is continued under an election to reconstitute and continue the
Partnership pursuant to Section 14.2, the Managing General Partner, or in the
event the Managing General Partner has been dissolved or removed, become
bankrupt as set forth in Section 13.1 or withdrawn from the Partnership, a
liquidator or liquidating committee approved by a majority of the Outstanding
Units, shall be the Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the Managing
General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services
as may be approved by a majority of the Outstanding Units. The Liquidator shall
agree not to resign at any time without 15 days' prior notice and (if other than
the Managing General Partner) may be removed at any time, with or without cause,
by notice of removal approved by the holders of a majority of the Outstanding
Units. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor
and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and
duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved
by a majority of the Outstanding Units. The right to approve a successor or
substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer
also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner
herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XIV, the
Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise,
without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of
the powers conferred upon the Managing General Partner under the terms of this
Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and
otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale
set forth in Section 6.3(b)) to the extent necessary or desirable in the good
faith judgment of the Liquidator to carry out the duties and functions of the
Liquidator hereunder for and during such period of time as shall be reasonably
required in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to complete the winding up
and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein. The Liquidator shall
liquidate the assets of the Partnership, and apply and distribute the proceeds
of such liquidation in the following order of priority, unless otherwise
required by mandatory provisions of applicable law:
(a) the payment to creditors of the Partnership, including, without
limitation, Partners who are creditors, in the order of priority provided by
law; and the creation of a reserve of cash or other assets of the
Partnership for contingent liabilities in an amount, if any, determined by
the Liquidator to be appropriate for such purposes;
(b) to all Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the
positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after
taking into account all Capital Account adjustments pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement, in accordance with the requirements of
Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2); and
(c) to all Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage
Interests.
A-64
<PAGE>
14.4 DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND. (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
14.3, which require the liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but
subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if prior to or upon
dissolution of the Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale
of part or all of the Partnership's assets would be impractical or would cause
undue loss to the Partners, the Liquidator may, in its absolute discretion,
defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary
to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership (including, without limitation, those
to Partners as creditors) and/or distribute to the Partners or to specific
classes of Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance
with the provisions of Section 14.3, undivided interests in such Partnership
assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such
distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the
Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Limited
Partners, and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition
and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and
equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at
such time. The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property
distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.
(b) In accordance with Section 704(c)(1)(B) of the Code, in the case of any
deemed distribution occurring as a result of a termination of the Partnership
pursuant to Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code, to the maximum extent possible
consistent with the priorities of Section 14.3, the Managing General Partner
shall have sole discretion to treat the deemed distribution of Partnership
assets to Partners as occurring in a manner that will not cause a shift of the
Book-Tax Disparity attributable to a Partnership asset existing immediately
prior to the deemed distribution to another asset upon the deemed contribution
of assets to the reconstituted Partnership, including, without limitation,
deeming the distribution of any Partnership assets to be made either to the
Partner who contributed such assets or to the transferee of such Partner.
14.5 CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP. Upon the
completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in
Sections 14.3 and 14.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership,
the Partnership shall be terminated and the Certificate of Limited Partnership
and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in
jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other
actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.
14.6 REASONABLE TIME FOR WINDING UP. A reasonable time shall be allowed
for the orderly winding up of business and affairs of the Partnership and the
liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 14.3 or distributions in kind
pursuant to Section 14.4 in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant
upon such winding up, and the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in
effect between the Partners during the period of liquidation.
14.7 RETURN OF CAPITAL. No General Partner shall be personally liable for,
nor shall have any obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to
the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital
Contributions of the Limited Partners, or any portion thereof, it being
expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership
assets.
14.8 CAPITAL ACCOUNT RESTORATION. No Limited Partner shall have any
obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon
liquidation of the Partnership. Each General Partner shall be obligated to
restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of its
interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable year of the Partnership
during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the
date of such liquidation.
14.9 WAIVER OF PARTITION. Each Partner hereby waives any right to
partition of the Partnership property.
A-65
<PAGE>
ARTICLE XV
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT;
MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
15.1 AMENDMENT TO BE ADOPTED SOLELY BY MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER. Each
Limited Partner agrees that the Managing General Partner (pursuant to its powers
of attorney from the Limited Partners and Assignees), without the approval of
any Limited Partner or Assignee, may amend any provision of this Agreement, and
execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may
be required in connection therewith, to reflect:
(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the
principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the
Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;
(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in
accordance with this Agreement;
(c) a change that, in the sole discretion of the Managing General
Partner, is necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the
qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership
in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any
state or that is necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Managing
General Partner to ensure that the Partnership and the Operating Partnership
will not be treated as associations taxable as a corporation or otherwise
taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes;
(d) a change (i) that, in the sole discretion of the Managing General
Partner, does not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material
respect, (ii) that is necessary or desirable to satisfy any requirements,
conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling
or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or
contained in any federal or state statute (including, without limitation,
the Delaware Act) or that is necessary or desirable to facilitate the
trading of the Units (including, without limitation, the division of
Outstanding Units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax
consequences within such classes of Units) or comply with any rule,
regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on
which the Units are or will be listed for trading, compliance with any of
which the Managing General Partner determines in its sole discretion to be
in the best interests of the Partnership and the Limited Partners or (iii)
that is necessary or desirable to implement certain tax-related provisions
of the Partnership Agreement, or (iv) that is required to effect the intent
of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this
Agreement;
(e) a change in the fiscal year and taxable year of the Partnership and
any changes that, in the sole discretion of the Managing General Partner,
are necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year and
taxable year of the Partnership including, without limitation, if the
Managing General Partner shall so determine, a change in the definition of
"Quarter" and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the
Partnership;
(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to
prevent the Partnership or either of the General Partners (or any general
partner thereof) or their directors, officers or managers acting on their
behalf (or on behalf of any general partner thereof) from in any manner
being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or "plan asset"
regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset
regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of
Labor;
(g) subject to the terms of Section 4.3, an amendment that, in the sole
discretion of the Managing General Partner, is necessary or desirable in
connection with the authorization for issuance of any class or series of
Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 4.3;
A-66
<PAGE>
(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by
the Managing General Partner acting alone;
(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger
Agreement approved in accordance with Section 16.3;
(j) an amendment that, in the sole discretion of the Managing General
Partner, is necessary or desirable to reflect, account for and deal with
appropriately the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the
Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited
liability company or other entity other than the Operating Partnership, in
connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by
the terms of Section 3.1; or
(k) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.
15.2 AMENDMENT PROCEDURES. Except as provided in Sections 15.1 and 15.3,
all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following
requirements. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by or with the
consent of the Managing General Partner. A proposed amendment shall be effective
upon its approval by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding
Units, unless a greater or different percentage is required under this
Agreement. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of
a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that
contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed,
the Managing General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite
percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Limited Partners to
consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The Managing General Partner shall
notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any such proposed amendments.
15.3 AMENDMENT REQUIREMENTS. (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of
Sections 15.1 and 15.2, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a
percentage of Outstanding Units required to take any action shall be amended,
altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the
effect of reducing such voting requirement unless such amendment is approved by
the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units
whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting
requirement sought to be reduced.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 15.1 and 15.2, no amendment
to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without
its consent, (ii) enlarge the obligations of either of the General Partners
without its consent, which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion,
(iii) modify the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to the
General Partners by the Partnership or the Operating Partnership, (iv) change
Section 14.1(a) or (c), (v) restrict in any way any action by or rights of the
Managing General Partner as set forth in this Agreement or (vi) change the term
of the Partnership or, except as set forth in Section 14.1(c), give any Person
the right to dissolve the Partnership.
(c) Except as otherwise provided, and without limitation of the Managing
General Partner's authority to adopt amendments to this Agreement as
contemplated in Section 15.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse
effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Outstanding Units in
relation to other classes of Units must be approved by the holders of not less
than a majority of the Outstanding Units of the class affected (excluding,
during the Subordination Period, Units owned by the General Partners and their
Affiliates).
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for
amendments pursuant to Section 6.3 or 15.1 and except as otherwise provided by
Section 16.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of
the holders of at least 95% of the Outstanding Units unless the Partnership
obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (a) such amendment will not
cause the Partnership or the Operating Partnership to be treated as an
association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for
federal income tax purposes and (b) such amendment will not affect the limited
liability of any Limited Partner or any limited partner of the Operating
Partnership under applicable law.
A-67
<PAGE>
(e) This Section 15.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders
of not less than 95% of the Outstanding Units.
15.4 MEETINGS. All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this
Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XV. Meetings of
the Limited Partners may be called by the Managing General Partner or by Limited
Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for
which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a meeting by delivering
to the Managing General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the
signing Limited Partners, wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or
specific purposes for which the meeting is to be called. Within 60 days after
receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may
be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules,
regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of
a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the Managing
General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners,
either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be
held at a time and place determined by the Managing General Partner on a date
not more than 60 days after the mailing of notice of the meeting. Limited
Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be
deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and
affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the limited liability of the
Limited Partners under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which
the Partnership is qualified to do business.
15.5 NOTICE OF A MEETING. Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section
15.4 shall be given to the Record Holders in writing by mail or other means of
written communication in accordance with Section 18.1. The notice shall be
deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by
other means of written communication.
15.6 RECORD DATE. For purposes of determining the Limited Partners
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give
approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 15.11, the Managing General
Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60
days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with
any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities
Exchange on which the Units are listed for trading, in which case the rule,
regulation, guideline or requirement of such exchange shall govern) or (b) in
the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited
Partners are requested in writing by the Managing General Partner to give such
approvals.
15.7 ADJOURNMENT. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place,
notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not
be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which
the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45
days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which
might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for
more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a
notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article
XV.
15.8 WAIVER OF NOTICE; APPROVAL OF MEETING; APPROVAL OF MINUTES. The
transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and
whenever held, shall be as valid as if had at a meeting duly held after regular
call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if,
either before or after the meeting, Limited Partners representing such quorum
who were present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote, sign a written
waiver of notice or an approval of the holding of the meeting or an approval of
the minutes thereof. All waivers and approvals shall be filed with the
Partnership records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of
a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the
meeting, except when the Limited Partner does not approve, at the beginning of
the meeting, of the transaction of any business because the meeting is not
lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a
waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be
included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval
is expressly made at the meeting.
A-68
<PAGE>
15.9 QUORUM. The holders of two-thirds of the Outstanding Units of the
class or classes for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or
by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such
class or classes, unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires
approval by holders of a majority in interest of such Units, in which case the
quorum shall be a majority of such Outstanding Units (excluding, if such are to
be excluded from the vote, Outstanding Units owned by the General Partners and
their Affiliates). At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held
in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of
Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent a
majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote and be present in person or
by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited
Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to
such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the
Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent at
least such greater or different percentage shall be required. The Limited
Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present
may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the
withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action
taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of
Outstanding Units specified in this Agreement. In the absence of a quorum, any
meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the Outstanding Units represented either in
person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided
in Section 15.7.
15.10 CONDUCT OF MEETING. The Managing General Partner shall have full
power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the
Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including, without
limitation, the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a
quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 15.4, the conduct of
voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any
controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the
meeting or voting. The Managing General Partner shall designate a Person to
serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take
the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the
Partnership maintained by the Managing General Partner. The Managing General
Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this
Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the
Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including, without
limitation, regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment
and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination
of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of
approvals in writing.
15.11 ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action that may be taken at a meeting
of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing
setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less
than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Units that would be necessary to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners
were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting
shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The
Managing General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to
Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be
returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than
20 days, specified by the Managing General Partner. If a ballot returned to the
Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partner, the
Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units
that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited
Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the Managing
General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and
until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the Managing
General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated
as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are
deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the
Managing General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the
action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not
cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and
control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the
Limited
A-69
<PAGE>
Partners' limited liability, (ii) will not jeopardize the status of the
Partnership as a partnership under applicable tax laws and regulations and (iii)
is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights,
duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.
15.12 VOTING AND OTHER RIGHTS. (a) Only those Record Holders of Units on
the Record Date set pursuant to Section 15.6 (and also subject to the
limitations contained in the definition of "Outstanding") shall be entitled to
notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect
to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to
vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that
may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the
votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.
(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person's account by another
Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation,
or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered,
such broker, dealer or other agent shall, in exercising the voting rights in
respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such
Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction
of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be
entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of
this Section 15.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are
subject to the provisions of Section 10.4.
ARTICLE XVI
MERGER
16.1 AUTHORITY. The Partnership may merge or consolidate with one or more
corporations, business trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts,
common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including, without limitation, a
general partnership or limited partnership, formed under the laws of the State
of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a
written agreement of merger or consolidation ("Merger Agreement") in accordance
with this Article XVI.
16.2 PROCEDURE FOR MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION. Merger or consolidation of the
Partnership pursuant to this Article XVI requires the prior approval of the
Managing General Partner. If the Managing General Partner shall determine, in
the exercise of its sole discretion, to consent to the merger or consolidation,
the Managing General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set
forth:
(a) The names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each of
the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;
(b) The name and jurisdictions of formation or organization of the
business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the
"Surviving Business Entity");
(c) The terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;
(d) The manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity
securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property
or general or limited partnership interests, rights, securities or
obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any general or
limited partnership interests, securities or rights of any constituent
business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into,
cash, property or general or limited partnership interests, rights,
securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash,
property or general or limited partnership interests, rights, securities or
obligations of any limited partnership, corporation, trust or other entity
(other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such general
or limited partnership interests, securities or rights are to receive in
exchange for, or upon conversion of, their general or limited partnership
interests, securities or rights, and (ii) in the case of securities
represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which
cash,
A-70
<PAGE>
property or general or limited partnership interests, rights, securities or
obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited
partnership, corporation, trust or other entity (other than the Surviving
Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;
(e) A statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the
adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of
incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or
agreement of limited partnership or other similar charter or governing
document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or
consolidation;
(f) The effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the
filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 16.4 or a later date
specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement
(provided, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the
date of the filing of the certificate of merger, the effective time shall be
fixed no later than the time of the filing of the certificate of merger and
stated therein); and
(g) Such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or
consolidation as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Managing General
Partner.
16.3 APPROVAL BY LIMITED PARTNERS OF MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION. (a) The
Managing General Partner of the Partnership, upon its approval of the Merger
Agreement, shall direct that the Merger Agreement be submitted to a vote of
Limited Partners whether at a meeting or by written consent, in either case in
accordance with the requirements of Article XV. A copy or a summary of the
Merger Agreement shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a meeting
or the written consent.
(b) The Merger Agreement shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative
vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units
(excluding for the purpose of such determination during the Subordination Period
Units owned by the General Partners and their Affiliates) unless the Merger
Agreement contains any provision which, if contained in an amendment to this
Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement or the Delaware Act would require
the vote or consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Units or of any
class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent
shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement; PROVIDED that, in the
case of a merger or consolidation in which the surviving entity is a corporation
or other entity intended to be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes,
if in the opinion of the Managing General Partner it is necessary to effect, in
contemplation of such merger or consolidation, an amendment that would otherwise
require a vote pursuant to Section 15.3(d), no such vote pursuant to Section
15.3(d) shall be required unless such amendment by its terms will be applicable
to the Partnership in the event the merger or consolidation is abandoned or
unless such amendment will be applicable to the Partnership during a period in
excess of ten days prior to the merger or consolidation.
(c) After such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at
any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section
16.4, the merger or consolidation may be abandoned pursuant to provisions
therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement.
16.4 CERTIFICATE OF MERGER. Upon the required approval by the Managing
General Partner and the Limited Partners of a Merger Agreement, a certificate of
merger shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act.
16.5 EFFECT OF MERGER. (a) At the effective time of the certificate of
merger:
(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business
entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal
and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other
things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities
shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or
consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the
extent they were of each constituent business entity;
A-71
<PAGE>
(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any
of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any
way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;
(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in
property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved
unimpaired; and
(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business
entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity, and may be enforced
against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had
been incurred or contracted by it.
(b) A merger or consolidation effected pursuant to this Article shall not be
deemed to result in a transfer or assignment of assets or liabilities from one
entity to another having occurred.
ARTICLE XVII
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE UNITS
17.1 RIGHT TO ACQUIRE UNITS. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, if at any time not more than 10% of the total Units of any class
then Outstanding are held by Persons other than the General Partners and their
Affiliates, the Managing General Partner shall then have the right, which right
it may assign and transfer to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the Managing
General Partner, exercisable in its sole discretion, to purchase all, but not
less than all, of the Units of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other
than the General Partners and their Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the
Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice
described in Section 17.1(b) is mailed, and (y) the highest cash price paid by a
General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Unit purchased during the
90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 17.1(b) is
mailed. As used in this Agreement, (i) "Current Market Price" as of any date of
any class of Partnership Interests listed or admitted to trading on any National
Securities Exchange means the average of the daily Closing Prices (as
hereinafter defined) for Partnership Interests of such class for the 20
consecutive Trading Days (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such
date; (ii) "Closing Price" for any day means the last sale price on such day,
regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, in either case as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect
to securities listed on the principal National Securities Exchange on which the
Partnership Interests of such class are listed or admitted to trading or if the
Partnership Interests of such class are not listed or admitted to trading on any
National Securities Exchange, the last quoted price on such day or, if not so
quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the
over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or such other system then in use, or if
on any such day the Partnership Interests of such class are not quoted by any
such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day
as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Partnership
Interests of such class selected by the Managing General Partner, or if on any
such day no market maker is making a market in the Partnership Interests of such
class, the fair value of such Partnership Interests on such day as determined
reasonably and in good faith by the Managing General Partner; and (iii) "Trading
Day" means a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which
the Partnership Interests of any class are listed or admitted to trading is open
for the transaction of business or, if Partnership Interests of a class are not
listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on
which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.
(b) If the Managing General Partner, any Affiliate of the Managing General
Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Units
granted pursuant to Section 17.1(a), the Managing General Partner shall deliver
to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the "Notice of
Election to Purchase") and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such
Notice of
A-72
<PAGE>
Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Units (as of a Record Date
selected by the Managing General Partner) at least 30, but not more than 60,
days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also
be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two
daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language and
published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to
Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance
with Section 17.1(a) at which Units will be purchased and state that the
Managing General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be,
elects to purchase such Units, upon surrender of Certificates representing such
Units in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent
as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National
Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading. Any
such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Units at his
address as reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively
presumed to have been given whether or not the owner receives such notice. On or
prior to the Purchase Date, the Managing General Partner, its Affiliate or the
Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in
an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of the Units to
be purchased in accordance with this Section 17.1. If the Notice of Election to
Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the
Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in
the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Units
subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date,
notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for
purchase, all rights of the holders of such Units (including, without
limitation, any rights pursuant to Articles IV, V and XIV) shall thereupon
cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance
with Section 17.1(a)) for Units therefor, without interest, upon surrender to
the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Units, and such Units
shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the Managing General Partner, its
Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record books of the
Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the Managing General Partner or any
Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall
be deemed to be the owner of all such Units from and after the Purchase Date and
shall have all rights as the owner of such Units (including, without limitation,
all rights as owner of such Units pursuant to Articles IV, V and XIV).
(c) At any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding
Unit subject to purchase as provided in this Section 17.1 may surrender his
Certificate, as the case may be, evidencing such Unit to the Transfer Agent in
exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 17.1(a), therefor,
without interest thereon.
ARTICLE XVIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
18.1 ADDRESSES AND NOTICES. Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy
materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee
under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when
delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other
means of written communication to the Partner or Assignee at the address
described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner
or Assignee hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made,
and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall
be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such
notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Unit at his address as
shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records
of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an
interest in such Unit or the Partnership Interest of a General Partner by reason
of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of making of any
notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 18.1
executed by the Managing General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing
organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such
notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a
Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books and
records of the Transfer Agent
A-73
<PAGE>
or the Partnership is returned by the United States Post Office marked to
indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such
notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall
be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such
time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the
Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Partner or
Assignee at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year
from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the
other Partners and Assignees. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed
given if received by the Managing General Partner at the principal office of the
Partnership designated pursuant to Section 1.3. The Managing General Partner may
rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a
Partner, Assignee or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.
18.2 REFERENCES. Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to
"Articles" and "Sections" are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.
18.3 PRONOUNS AND PLURALS. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun
used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or
neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include
the plural and vice versa.
18.4 FURTHER ACTION. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents,
provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be
necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
18.5 BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
18.6 INTEGRATION. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among
the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.
18.7 CREDITORS. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the
benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.
18.8 WAIVER. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance
of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise
any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of
any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
18.9 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of
which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto,
notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the
same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately
upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Unit,
upon accepting the certificate evidencing such Unit or executing and delivering
a Transfer Application as herein described, independently of the signature of
any other party.
18.10 APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the
principles of conflicts of law.
18.11 INVALIDITY OF PROVISIONS. If any provision of this Agreement is or
becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be
affected thereby.
A-74
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first written above.
MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER:
CROWN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: __________________________________
Roger L. Krage, Secretary,
HS Corp. of Oregon,
a general partner
SPECIAL GENERAL PARTNER:
CROWN PACIFIC, LTD.
By: __________________________________
Roger L. Krage, Secretary
LIMITED PARTNERS:
All Limited Partners now and
hereafter admitted as limited
partners of the Partnership,
pursuant to Powers of Attorney now
and hereafter executed in favor
of, and granted and delivered to,
the Managing General Partner.
By: CROWN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Managing General Partner, as
attorney-in-fact for all Limited
Partners pursuant to the Powers
of Attorney granted pursuant to
Section 1.4.
By: __________________________________
Roger L. Krage, Secretary,
HS Corp. of Oregon,
a general partner
A-75
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
CERTIFICATE EVIDENCING COMMON UNITS
REPRESENTING LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
No. _________ Common Units
CROWN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited
partnership, as the Managing General Partner of CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership (the "Partnership"), hereby certifies that
(the "Holder") is the registered owner of Common Units representing limited
partner interests in the Partnership (the "Common Units") transferable on the
books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon
surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed and accompanied by a properly
executed application for transfer of the Common Units represented by this
Certificate. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set
forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are
issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the
Agreement of Limited Partnership of CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P., as amended,
supplemented or restated from time to time (the "Partnership Agreement"). Copies
of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without
charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal
office of the Partnership located at 121 S.W. Morrison Street, Suite 1500,
Portland, Oregon 97204. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have
the meaning given them in the Partnership Agreement.
The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (i) requested
admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to
comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (ii)
represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority
and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership
Agreement, (iii) granted the powers of attorney provided for in the Partnership
Agreement and (iv) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals
contained in the Partnership Agreement.
This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been
countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
Dated:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
CROWN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
as Managing General Partner
Countersigned and Registered by:
_______________________________, By: ____________________________
as Transfer Agent and Registrar PRESIDENT
By: ___________________________ By: ____________________________
Authorized Signature SECRETARY
</TABLE>
A-76
<PAGE>
[REVERSE OF CERTIFICATE]
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of
this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or
regulations:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
TEN COM- as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-
TEN ENT- as tenants by the entireties Custodian
JT TEN- as joint tenants with right of (Cust)(Minor)
survivorship and not as under Uniform Gifts to Minors
tenants in common Act
State
</TABLE>
Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.
ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS
IN
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING INVESTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
DUE TO TAX SHELTER STATUS OF CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
You have acquired an interest in Crown Pacific Partners, L.P., 121 S.W.
Morrison Street, Portland, Oregon 97204, whose taxpayer identification number is
93-1154285. The Internal Revenue Service has issued Crown Pacific Partners, L.P.
the following tax shelter registration number: .
YOU MUST REPORT THIS REGISTRATION NUMBER TO THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE IF
YOU CLAIM ANY DEDUCTION, LOSS, CREDIT, OR OTHER TAX BENEFIT OR REPORT ANY INCOME
BY REASON OF YOUR INVESTMENT IN CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
You must report the registration number as well as the name and taxpayer
identification number of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. on Form 8271. FORM 8271
MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE RETURN ON WHICH YOU CLAIM THE DEDUCTION, LOSS, CREDIT,
OR OTHER TAX BENEFIT OR REPORT ANY INCOME BY REASON OF YOUR INVESTMENT IN CROWN
PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
If you transfer your interest in Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. to another
person, you are required by the Internal Revenue Service to keep a list
containing (a) that person's name, address and taxpayer identification number,
(b) the date on which you transferred the interest and (c) the name, address and
tax shelter registration number of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. If you do not
want to keep such a list, you must (1) send the information specified above to
the Partnership, which will keep the list for this tax shelter, and (2) give a
copy of this notice to the person to whom you transfer your interest. Your
failure to comply with any of the above-described responsibilities could result
in the imposition of a penalty under Section 6707(b) or 6708(a) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, unless such failure is shown to be due to
reasonable cause.
ISSUANCE OF A REGISTRATION NUMBER DOES NOT INDICATE THAT THIS INVESTMENT OR
THE CLAIMED TAX BENEFITS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED, EXAMINED, OR APPROVED BY THE
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.
A-77
<PAGE>
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ______ hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
_______________________________ _______________________________________
(Please print or typewrite name (Please insert Social Security or other
and address of Assignee) identifying number of Assignee)
_______ Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate,
subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
_______ as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on
the books of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P.
Date: NOTE: The signature to any endorsement hereon
must correspond with the name as written upon
the face of this Certificate in every
particular, without alteration, enlargement
or change.
SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A MEMBER --------------------------------------------
FIRM OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF (Signature)
SECURITIES DEALERS, INC. OR BY A COMMERCIAL
BANK OR TRUST COMPANY
--------------------------------------------
(Signature)
</TABLE>
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED
No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the
books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to
be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer and an Application
for Transfer of Common Units has been executed by a transferee either (a) on the
form set forth below or (b) on a separate application that the Partnership will
furnish on request without charge. A transferor of the Common Units shall have
no duty to the transferee with respect to execution of the transfer application
in order for such transferee to obtain registration of the transfer of the
Common Units.
A-78
<PAGE>
APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER OF COMMON UNITS
The undersigned ("Assignee") hereby applies for transfer to the name of the
Assignee of the Common Units evidenced hereby.
The Assignee (a) requests admission as a Substitute Limited Partner and
agrees to comply with and be bound by, and hereby executes, the Agreement of
Limited Partnership of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. (the "Partnership"), as
amended, supplemented or restated to the date hereof (the "Partnership
Agreement"), (b) represents and warrants that the Assignee has all right, power
and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the
Partnership Agreement, (c) grants the powers of attorney provided for in the
Partnership Agreement and (d) makes the waivers and gives the consents and
approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.
Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings assigned to such
terms in the Partnership Agreement.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Date:
------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
Signature of Assignee
- ------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
Social Security or other identifying Name and Address of Assignee
number of Assignee
- -------------------------------------------
Purchase Price
including commissions, if any
</TABLE>
Type of Entity (check one)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Individual Partnership Corporation
- --------- --------- ---------
Trust Other (specify)
- --------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
Nationality (check one):
____ U.S. Citizen, Resident or Domestic Entity
____ Foreign Corporation, or ____ Non-resident alien
If the U.S. Citizen, Resident or Domestic Entity box is checked, the
following certification must be completed.
Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), the Partnership must withhold tax with respect to certain transfers of
property if a holder of an interest in the Partnership is a foreign person. To
inform the Partnership that no withholding is required with respect to the
undersigned interest holder's interest in it, the undersigned hereby certifies
the following (or, if applicable, certifies the following on behalf of the
interest holder).
A-79
<PAGE>
Complete Either A or B:
A. Individual Interest Holder
1. I am not a non-resident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.
2. My U.S. taxpayer identifying number (Social Security Number) is
____________________________________________________________________.
3. My home address is
____________________________________________________________________.
B. Partnership, Corporate or Other Interest-Holder
1. ________________________ is not a foreign corporation, foreign
(Name of interest-holder)
partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as those terms are
defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations).
2. The interest-holder's U.S. employer identification number is
____________________________________________________________________.
3. The interest-holder's office address and place of incorporation (if
applicable) is
____________________________________________________________________.
The interest-holder agrees to notify the Partnership within 60 days of the
date the interest-holder becomes a foreign person.
The interest-holder understands that this certificate may be disclosed to
the Internal Revenue Service by the Partnership and that any false statement
contained herein could be punishable by fine, imprisonment or both.
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this
certification and to the best of my knowledge and belief it is true, correct and
complete and, if applicable, I further declare that I have authority to sign
this document on behalf of
--------------------------------------
(Name of Interest-Holder)
--------------------------------------
Signature and Date
--------------------------------------
Title (if applicable)
Note: If the Assignee is a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing
corporation, other nominee holder or an agent of any of the foregoing and is
holding for the account of any other person, this application should be
completed by an officer thereof or, in the case of a broker or dealer, by a
registered representative who is a member of a registered national securities
exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,
or, in the case of any other nominee holder, a person performing a similar
function. If the Assignee is a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing
corporation, other nominee owner or an agent of any of the foregoing, the above
certification as to any person for whom the Assignee will hold the Common Units
shall be made to the best of the Assignee's knowledge.
A-80
<PAGE>
APPENDIX B
No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the
books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing such Common Units is
surrendered for registration of transfer and an Application for Transfer of
Common Units has been executed by a transferee either (a) on the form set forth
below or (b) on a separate application that the Partnership will furnish on
request without charge. A transferor of the Common Units shall have no duty to
the transferee with respect to execution of the transfer application in order
for such transferee to obtain registration of the transfer of the Common Units.
APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER OF COMMON UNITS
The undersigned ("Assignee") hereby applies for transfer to the name of the
Assignee of the interests evidenced hereby.
The Assignee (a) requests admission as a Substitute Limited Partner and
agrees to comply with and be bound by, and hereby executes, the Amended and
Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. (the
"Partnership"), as amended, supplemented or restated to the date hereof (the
"Partnership Agreement"), (b) represents and warrants that the Assignee has all
right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to
enter into the Partnership Agreement, (c) appoints the Managing General Partner
and, if a Liquidator shall be appointed, the Liquidator of the Partnership as
the Assignee's attorney-in-fact to execute, swear to, acknowledge and file any
document, including, without limitation, the Partnership Agreement and any
amendment thereto and the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership
and any amendment thereto, necessary or appropriate for the Assignee's admission
as a Substitute Limited Partner and as a party to the Partnership Agreement, (d)
gives the powers of attorney provided for in the Partnership Agreement and (e)
makes the waivers and gives the consents and approvals contained in the
Partnership Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings
assigned to such terms in the Partnership Agreement.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Date:
Signature of Assignee
Social Security or other identifying Name and Address of Assignee
number of Assignee
Purchase Price, including commissions,
if any
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Type of Entity (Check One):
/ /
/ / Individual / / Partnership Corporation
/ / Trust / / Other (specify)
Nationality (Check One):
/ / U.S. Citizen, Resident or Domestic Entity
/ / Foreign Corporation, or / / Non-resident Alien
</TABLE>
If the U.S. Citizen, Resident or Domestic Entity box is checked, the
following certification must be completed.
B-1
<PAGE>
Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), the Partnership must withhold tax with respect to certain transfers of
property if a holder of an interest in the Partnership is a foreign person. To
inform the Partnership that no withholding is required with respect to the
undersigned interestholder's interest in it, the undersigned hereby certifies
the following (or, if applicable, certifies the following on behalf of the
interestholder).
Complete either A or B:
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
A. Individual Interestholder
1. I am not a non-resident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.
2. My U.S. taxpayer identification number (Social Security Number) is .
3. My home address is .
B. Partnership, Corporation or Other Interestholder
1. is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership,
(Name of Interestholder)
foreign trust or foreign estate (as those terms are defined in the Code
and Treasury Regulations).
2. The interestholder's U.S. employer identification number is
.
3. The interestholder's office address and place of incorporation (if
applicable) is
.
</TABLE>
The interestholder agrees to notify the Partnership within sixty (60) days
of the date the interestholder becomes a foreign person.
The interestholder understands that this certificate may be disclosed to the
Internal Revenue Service by the Partnership and that any false statement
contained herein could be punishable by fine, imprisonment or both.
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this
certification and to the best of my knowledge and belief it is true, correct and
complete and, if applicable, I further declare that I have authority to sign
this document on behalf of
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
(Name of Interestholder)
Signature and Date
Title (if applicable)
</TABLE>
Note: If the Assignee is a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing
corporation, other nominee holder or an agent of any of the foregoing, and is
holding for the account of any other person, this application should be
completed by an officer thereof or, in the case of a broker or dealer, by a
registered representative who is a member of a registered national securities
exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,
or, in the case of any other nominee holder, a person performing a similar
function. If the Assignee is a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing
corporation, other nominee holder or an agent of any of the foregoing, the above
certification as to any Person for whom the Assignee will hold the Common Units
shall be made to the best of the Assignee's knowledge.
B-2
<PAGE>
APPENDIX C
GLOSSARY
INDUSTRY TERMS
"6/4 lumber" means lumber having a nominal thickness of 1 1/2".
"BBF" means one billion board feet.
"Board" (BD) means yard lumber, a term generally applied to lumber when the
size is 1 inch thick or 2 or more inches wide.
"Board Foot" (BF) means a unit of lumber measurement 1 foot square and 1"
thick.
"Board Lumber" means a piece of lumber less than two inches in nominal
thickness and one inch or more in width, e.g., 1" x 2" or 1" x 4".
"Bone Dry Unit" means a ton of lumber or derivatives of lumber that is free
of moisture.
"Chips" means wood generated either in a whole log chip mill or as a
by-product of the manufacture of lumber and plywood and used in the manufacture
of pulp and paper and various composite panel products such as medium density
fiberboard, particle board and oriented strand board.
"Common" means the ordinary grades of knotty lumber.
"DBH" means "diameter breast height," a term frequently used to describe a
tree measurement taken 4 1/2 feet above ground level.
"Dimension Lumber" means framing lumber sawed to a nominal size of 2" thick
and 2" or more wide.
"Even age harvesting" means a timber management practice in which trees
planted in a stand of uniform age are harvested at the time of maximum growth.
Even age harvesting is practiced by Crown Pacific in the Washington Region and
involves the use of clear-cutting.
"Fee Timber" means timber which is located on property owned in fee, as
opposed to timber that is located on lands owned by other parties and is
acquired pursuant to cutting contracts.
"Finger-joint" means pieces of lumber machined on the ends and bonded
together with glue. The joint is similar to slipping the fingers of two hands
together.
"Hardwoods" means trees that usually have broad leaves and are deciduous
(losing leaves every year).
"Joist" means pieces (dimensions 2" to 4" in thickness by 5" and wider) of
rectangular cross section graded with respect to strength in bending when loaded
on the narrow face (edge); used as supporting members under a floor or roof.
"Logs" means the stem of the tree after it has been felled. The raw material
from which lumber, plywood and other wood products are processed.
"MBF" means one thousand board feet. A common unit of measure for pricing
standing timber as well as lumber.
"MMBF" means one million board feet.
"MMSF" means one million surface feet on 3/8" basis.
"Merchantable Timber" means timber for which there is a commercial market.
Timber may be merchantable even if it has not reached its optimum sale value.
C-1
<PAGE>
"Millwork" means generally wood remanufactured to produce such items as
inside and outside doors, windows and door frames, blinds, porch-work, mantels,
panel work, stairways, mouldings and interior trim. This term does not include
flooring, ceiling or siding.
"Non-fee Timber" means timber that is acquired by contract or by conveyance
of timber rights rather than by virtue of its location on lands owned in fee.
"Plywood" means a flat panel made up of a number of thin sheets or veneers
of wood in which the grain direction of each ply, or layer, is at right angles
to the one adjacent to it. The veneer sheets are united under pressure by a
bonding agent.
"Remanufacture" means reworking larger pieces of lumber into smaller pieces.
"Salvage" means logging or removing dead or high-risk trees.
"Second Growth" means timber that has regrown after a virgin stand was
logged or burned.
"Shop Lumber" means lumber intended to be cut up for use in further
manufacture.
"Silviculture" means the practice of cultivating forest crops based on the
knowledge of forestry; more particularly, controlling the establishment,
composition and growth of forests.
"Softwoods" means coniferous trees, usually evergreen and having needles or
scalelike leaves, such as Ponderosa pine, Douglas fir, white pine and spruce.
"Stand" means an area of trees possessing sufficient uniformity of age, size
and composition to be distinguished from adjacent areas so as to form a
management unit. The term is usually applied to forests of commercial value.
"Studs" means lumber used for framing interior or exterior wall sections,
usually measuring 2" x 4" x 8 feet.
"Stumpage" means standing timber (timber as it stands uncut in the woods).
"Thinning" means removal of selected trees, usually to eliminate
overcrowding, to remove dead, dying, deformed or diseased trees and to promote
more rapid growth of desired trees. "Pre-commercial thinning" refers to thinning
that does not directly produce merchantable timber. "Commercial thinning"
results directly in merchantable timber.
"Timber" means standing trees not yet harvested.
"Timber Cruise" means the procedure for calculating the volume (MBF) of
timber on a tract, involving field inspections and systematic data collection.
"Veneer" means wood peeled, sawn or sliced into thin sheets of a given
thickness and used in the production of plywood.
OFFERING TERMS
"Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
"Available Cash" means, generally, with respect to any quarter and without
duplication:
(i) the sum of all cash receipts of the Partnership during such quarter
from all sources;
(ii) any reductions in cash reserves either by reversal or utilization;
and
(iii) any utilization with respect to such quarter of the Working Capital
Reserve
LESS the sum of:
(i) all cash disbursements of the Partnership during such quarter, and
C-2
<PAGE>
(ii) any cash reserves established with respect to such quarter, and any
increase in cash reserves established with respect to prior quarters, in
such amounts as the Managing General Partner determines in its reasonable
discretion to be necessary or appropriate.
Taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect
to, all or less than all of the Partners shall not be considered cash
disbursements of the Partnership that reduce Available Cash, but the payment or
withholding thereof shall be deemed to be a distribution of Available Cash to
such Partners. Alternatively, in the discretion of the Managing General Partner,
such taxes (if pertaining to all Partners) may be considered to be cash
disbursements of the Partnership which reduce Available Cash, but the payment or
withholding thereof shall not be deemed to be a distribution of Available Cash
to such Partners.
"Cash from Interim Capital Transactions" means on any distribution date,
amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership in excess of the
aggregate amount of all Cash from Operations generated by the Partnership since
December 22, 1994 through the close of the immediately preceding quarter.
"Cash from Operations" means, generally, at the close of any quarter on a
cumulative basis and without duplication,
(a) the sum of all cash receipts of the Partnership and the Operating
Partnership since December 22, 1994 (including the cash balance of the
Partnership on December 22, 1994, but excluding any Cash from Interim
Capital Transactions),
(b) LESS the sum of:
(i) all cash operating expenditures of the Partnership and the
Operating Partnership during such period, including, without limitation,
taxes, if any, and amounts owed to the General Partners as reimbursement
pursuant to the Partnership Agreement,
(ii) with certain exceptions, all cash debt service payments of the
Partnership and the Operating Partnership during such period,
(iii) all cash capital expenditures (as described in the Partnership
Agreement) of the Partnership and the Operating Partnership during such
period, except those relating to acquisitions, capital additions and
improvements and Interim Capital Transactions,
(iv) any cash reserves of the Partnership and the Operating
Partnership that the Managing General Partner deems in its reasonable
discretion to be necessary or appropriate to provide funds for the future
cash payment of items of the type referred to in clauses (i) through
(iii) above, and
(v) any other cash reserves of the Partnership or the Operating
Partnership outstanding as of such date that the Managing General Partner
deems in its reasonable discretion to be necessary or appropriate to
provide funds for distributions with respect to Units and any general
partner interests in the Partnership in respect of any one or more of the
next four quarters,
all as determined on a consolidated basis and after taking into account the
Managing General Partner's interest therein attributable to its general partner
interest in the Operating Partnership. Taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf
of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or less than all of the Partners
shall not be considered cash operating expenditures of the Partnership that
reduce Cash from Operations, but the payment or withholding thereof shall be
deemed to be a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners. Alternatively,
in the discretion of the Managing General Partner, such taxes (if pertaining to
all Partners) may be considered to be cash operating expenditures of the
Partnership which reduce Cash from Operations, but the payment or withholding
thereof shall not be deemed to be a distribution of Available Cash to such
Partners.
"Cavenham" means Cavenham Forest Industries, Inc.
C-3
<PAGE>
"Cavenham Acquisition" means the Partnership's purchase of approximately
207,000 acres of timberlands in Oregon and Washington containing approximately
1,485 MMBF of merchantable timber from Cavenham on May 15, 1996.
"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Common Unit Arrearage" means as to any quarter within the Subordination
Period, the amount by which the Minimum Quarterly Distribution in such quarter
exceeds the amount of Available Cash actually distributed on a Common Unit for
such quarter. Common Unit Arrearages are calculated on a cumulative basis for
all quarters during the Subordination Period. Common Unit Arrearages do not
accrue interest.
"Common Units" means common limited partner interests in the Partnership.
"Conversion Date" means the first day of any quarter beginning on or after
January 1, 2000 in respect of which (a) distributions of Available Cash on all
Units equaled or exceeded the Second Target Distribution for each of the
preceding three consecutive non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately
preceding such date and (b) there are no arrearages on the Common Units.
"CPL" means Crown Pacific, Ltd., an Oregon corporation and the Special
General Partner of the Partnership.
"Crown Pacific" means the Partnership and its predecessors, together with
its subsidiaries.
"Current Market Price" means with respect to a limited partner interest as
of any date the average of the daily Closing Prices (as hereinafter defined) for
the 20 consecutive Trading Days (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to
such date. "Closing Price" for any day means the last sale price on such day,
regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, in either case as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect
to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal national securities
exchange on which the limited partner interests of such class are listed or
admitted to trading or, if the limited partner interests of such class are not
listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last
quoted price on such day, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and
low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or
such other system then in use, or if on any such day the limited partner
interests of such class are not quoted by any such organization, the average of
the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional
market maker making a market in the interests of such class selected by the
Managing General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a
market in the interests of such class, the fair value of such limited partner
interests on such day as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Managing
General Partner. "Trading Day" means a day on which the principal national
securities exchange on which such limited partner interests are listed or
admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the limited
partner interests of such class are not listed or admitted to trading on any
national securities exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York
City generally are open.
"DAW" means DAW Forest Products Company, L.P.
"Delaware Act" means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.
"Fifth Target Distribution" means $0.904 per Unit.
"First Target Distribution" means $0.524 per Unit.
"Fourth Target Distribution" means $0.679 per Unit.
"Fremont" means Fremont Investors, Inc., a Nevada corporation (formerly
known as Fremont Group, Inc.).
"General Partners" means the Managing General Partner and the Special
General Partner.
C-4
<PAGE>
"Initial Unit Price" means $21.50 per Unit.
"Interim Capital Transactions" means (a) borrowings, refinancings or
refundings of indebtedness and sales of debt securities (other than for working
capital purposes and other than for items purchased on open account in the
ordinary course of business) by the Partnership or the Operating Partnership,
(b) sales of equity interests by the Partnership or the Operating Partnership
and (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of
the Partnership or the Operating Partnership (other than (x) sales or other
dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary
course of business, including land exchanges, and (y) sales or other
dispositions of assets as a part of normal retirements or replacements), in each
case prior to the liquidation date.
"IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service.
"Managing General Partner" means Crown Pacific Management Limited
Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership.
"Manufacturing Facilities" means the Partnership's sawmills, remanufacturing
facility and chipping facility.
"Minimum Quarterly Distribution" means $0.51 per Unit.
"NYSE" means the New York Stock Exchange.
"Operating Partnership" means Crown Pacific Limited Partnership, a Delaware
limited partnership and other subsidiary operating partnerships and
corporations.
"Partnership" means Crown Pacific Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership.
"Partnership Agreement" means the agreement of limited partnership of the
Partnership, as amended.
"SAU" means a special allocation limited partner interest in the Partnership
that will be redeemed upon the closing of this offering.
"Second Target Distribution" means $0.538 per Unit.
"Special General Partner" means CPL, in its capacity as the special general
partner of the Partnership.
"Subordinated Units" means subordinated limited partner interests in the
Partnership.
"Subordination Period" means the period beginning on December 22, 1994 and
ending on the Conversion Date. In addition, the Subordination Period ends if the
Managing General Partner is removed other than for cause.
"Third Target Distribution" means $0.566 per Unit.
"Timberlands" means the timber properties of the Partnership.
"Transfer Application" means the Application for Transfer of Common Units, a
form of which is included in the Prospectus as Appendix B, which must be
executed and delivered by all purchasers of Common Units in this offering or in
the open market (or subsequent transferees of Common Units) who wish to become
holders of record.
"Unitholders" means holders of outstanding Units.
"Units" means the Common Units and the Subordinated Units.
"Unrecovered Initial Unit Price" means the amount by which the Initial Unit
Price exceeds the aggregate per Unit distributions of Cash from Interim Capital
Transactions on the Units and any distributions of cash in connection with the
dissolution or liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of a
Unit, as adjusted to give effect to any split, combination or other similar
change to the Units.
C-5
<PAGE>
"W-I" means W-I Forest Products Limited Partnership.
"Working Capital Reserve" means the amount available to be borrowed at the
time of determination under the Partnership's or the Operating Partnership's
working capital facility, subject in any case to a maximum amount of $40
million.
C-6
<PAGE>
- ---------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE
SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN
OFFER TO BUY SUCH SECURITIES IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE
MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE
HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE PARTNERSHIP SINCE THE DATE HEREOF, OR
THAT INFORMATION CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF
ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
---------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
---------
<S> <C>
Available Information............................. 5
Incorporation of Certain Documents................ 5
Prospectus Summary................................ 7
Risk Factors...................................... 20
Use of Proceeds................................... 30
Capitalization.................................... 31
Price Range of Common Units and Distributions..... 31
Cash Distribution Policy.......................... 32
Selected Historical Financial and Operating
Data............................................. 41
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of
Operations....................................... 43
Business and Properties........................... 55
Management........................................ 73
Selling Unitholders and Security Ownership........ 75
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary
Responsibility................................... 76
Description of Common Units....................... 80
The Partnership Agreement......................... 81
Tax Considerations................................ 92
Investment in the Partnership by Employee Benefit
Plans............................................ 109
Underwriting...................................... 110
Validity of the Common Units...................... 111
Experts........................................... 111
Index to Financial Statements..................... F-1
Form of Second Amended and Restated Agreement of
Limited Partnership.............................. A-1
Form of Application for Transfer of Common
Units............................................ B-1
Glossary.......................................... C-1
</TABLE>
[LOGO]
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
10,297,800 COMMON UNITS
REPRESENTING
LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
-------------------
PROSPECTUS
, 1996
---------------------
SMITH BARNEY INC.
LEHMAN BROTHERS
DEAN WITTER REYNOLDS INC.
A.G. EDWARDS & SONS, INC.
PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED
- ---------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
Set forth below are the expenses expected to be incurred in connection with
the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the
exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the
NASD filing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee............ $ 81,966
NASD filing fee................................................ 24,271
New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Listing Fee...................... 30,000
Printing and engraving expenses................................ 1,000,000
Legal fees and expenses........................................ 500,000
Accounting fees and expenses................................... 100,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses..................................... 10,000
Transfer agent fees and expenses............................... 20,000
Miscellaneous expenses......................................... 233,763*
----------
Total...................................................... $2,000,000
----------
----------
</TABLE>
*Includes fees and expenses related to the new bank facilities.
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The Section of the Prospectus entitled "The Partnership Agreement --
Indemnification" is incorporated herein by reference.
Reference is made to Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement filed as
Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement.
Subject to the terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the
Partnership Agreement, the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act
empowers Delaware limited partnerships to indemnify and hold harmless any patner
or other person from and against claims and demands incurred in its capacity as
a partner or other representative of the Partnership.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
- ----------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
*1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1 Form of Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P.
(attached as Appendix A to the Prospectus)
++4.1 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of December 1, 1994 (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 33-85066)
++4.2 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 15, 1995 (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995)
4.3 Amended and Restated Facility B Credit Agreement dated as of May 13, 1996
4.4 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 13, 1996
*4.5 Form of Amended and Restated Facility B Credit Agreement
*4.6 Form of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
*5.1 Opinion of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered
*8.1 Opinion of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P. relating to tax matters
23.1 Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP
*23.2 Consent of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
*23.3 Consent of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 8.1)
+23.4 Consent of Mason, Bruce & Girard, Inc.
23.5 Consent of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.
</TABLE>
II-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
- ----------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
+24.1 Powers of Attorney, pursuant to which amendments to this Registration Statement may be filed,
included on the signature page contained in Part II of this Registration Statement
99.1 Fairness opinion of Dillon, Read & Co., Inc.
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* To be filed by Amendment
+ Filed previously as a part of this Registration Statement
++ Incorporated by reference
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
of the registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430a and contained in a
form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of the
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
The Registration undertakes (a) to file any prospectuses required by Section
10(a)(3) as post-effective amendments to the registration statement, (b) that
for the purpose of determining any liability under the act each such
post-effective amendment may be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities
at that time may be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof, (c)
that all post-effective amendments will comply with the applicable forms, rules
and regulations of the Commission in effect at the time such post-effective
amendments are filed, and (d) to remove from registration by means of a
post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remains at
the termination of the offering.
The Registrant undertakes to send to each limited partner at least on an
annual basis a detailed statement of any transactions with either of the General
Partners or their affiliates, and of fees, commissions, compensation and other
benefits paid, or accrued to the General Partners or their affiliates for the
fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and
the services performed.
II-2
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment to Form S-3 Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Portland, Oregon, on the 12th day of July, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CROWN PACIFIC PARTNERS, L.P.
<S> <C> <C>
By: Crown Pacific Management Limited
Partnership, as Managing General Partner
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
By: /s/ ROGER L. KRAGE
-----------------------------------
Roger L. Krage
Secretary of HS Corp. of Oregon, a
general partner of Crown Pacific
Management Limited Partnership
By: /s/ ROBERT JAUNICH II
-----------------------------------
Robert Jaunich II
President of Fremont Timber, Inc., a
general partner of Crown Pacific
Management Limited Partnership
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE>
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
AMENDMENT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-3 HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING
PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES ON JULY 12, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE
- --------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
*
------------------------------- President, Chief Executive Officer and Board of Control Member, Crown
Peter W. Stott Pacific Management Limited Partnership (Principal Executive Officer)
* Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Crown Pacific
------------------------------- Management Limited Partnership (Principal Financial and Accounting
Richard D. Snyder Officer)
*
------------------------------- Member, Board of Control
Robert Jaunich II
*
------------------------------- Member, Board of Control
James A. Bondoux
*
------------------------------- Member, Board of Control
Richard B. Keller
*
------------------------------- Member, Board of Control
John W. Larson
*
------------------------------- Member, Board of Control
Christopher G. Mumford
*
------------------------------- Member, Board of Control
William L. Smith
*By: /s/ ROGER L. KRAGE
-------------------------------
Roger L. Krage
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 4.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMENDED AND RESTATED
FACILITY B
CREDIT AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF MAY 13, 1996
AMONG
CROWN PACIFIC LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP
BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
AS AGENT,
ISSUING BANK
AND
SWINGLINE BANK
ABN AMRO BANK, N.V.
AS DOCUMENTATION AGENT
AND
THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO
ARRANGED BY
BA SECURITIES, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1. Certain Defined Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
1.3. Accounting Principles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
ARTICLE II. THE CREDITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
2.1. Amounts and Terms of Commitments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
2.2. Loan Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
2.3. Procedure for Borrowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
2.4. Conversion and Continuation Elections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
2.5. Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments. . . . . . . . . . . .34
2.6. Optional Prepayments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
2.7. Mandatory Prepayments of Loans; Mandatory Commitment Reductions. . . . .35
2.8. Repayment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
2.9. Interest.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
2.10. Swingline Loans.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
2.11. Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
2.12. Computation of Fees and Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
2.13. Payments by the Company.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
2.14. Payments by the Banks to the Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
2.15. Sharing of Payments, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
2.16. Quarterly Adjustments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
2.17. Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
ARTICLE III. THE LETTERS OF CREDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
3.1. The Letter of Credit Subfacility.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
3.2. Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit.. . . . . . . . . .45
3.3. Risk Participations, Drawings and Reimbursements.. . . . . . . . . . . .47
3.4. Repayment of Participations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
3.5. Role of the Issuing Bank.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
3.6. Obligations Absolute.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
3.7. Cash Collateral Pledge.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
3.8. Letter of Credit Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
3.9. Uniform Customs and Practice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
ARTICLE IV. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
4.1. Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
4.2. Illegality.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
4.3. Increased Costs and Reduction of Return. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
i
<PAGE>
4.4. Funding Losses.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
4.5. Inability to Determine Rates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
4.6. Certificates of Banks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
4.7. Survival.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
ARTICLE V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
5.1. Conditions of Initial Credit Extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
5.2. Conditions to All Credit Extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
ARTICLE VI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
6.1. Existence and Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
6.2. Authorization; No Contravention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
6.3. Governmental Authorization.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
6.4. Binding Effect.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
6.5. Litigation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
6.6. No Default.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
6.7. ERISA Compliance.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
6.8. Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
6.9. Title to Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
6.10. Taxes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
6.11. Financial Condition.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
6.12. Environmental Matters.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
6.13. Regulated Entities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
6.14. No Burdensome Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
6.15. Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . .64
6.16. Subsidiaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
6.17. Insurance.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
6.18. Labor Relations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
6.19. Partnership Interests.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
6.20. Full Disclosure.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
6.21. Solvency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
6.22. Swap Obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
6.23. Collateral Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
ARTICLE VII. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
7.1. Financial Statements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
7.2. Certificates; Other Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
7.3. Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
7.4. Preservation of Partnership Existence, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
7.5. Maintenance of Property. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
7.6. Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
7.7. Payment of Obligations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
7.8. Compliance with Laws.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
7.9. Inspection of Property and Books and Records.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
ii
<PAGE>
7.10. Environmental Laws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
7.11. Use of Proceeds.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
7.12. Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
ARTICLE VIII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
8.1. Limitation on Liens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
8.2. Asset Dispositions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
8.3. Consolidations and Mergers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
8.4. Harvesting Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
8.5. Loans and Investments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
8.6. Limitation on Indebtedness.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
8.7. Transactions with Affiliates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
8.8. Use of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
8.9. Contingent Obligations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
8.10. Joint Ventures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
8.11. Restricted Payments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
8.12. Change in Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
8.13. Fiscal Year Changes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
8.14. Amendments to Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
8.15. Limitation on Voluntary Payments of Senior Notes, Etc.. . . . . . . . .83
8.16. Cash Flow to Interest Expense Ratio.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
8.17. Total Debt to Cash Flow Ratio.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
8.18. Cash Coverage Ratio.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
ARTICLE IX. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
9.1. Event of Default.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
9.2. Remedies.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
9.3. Rights Not Exclusive.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
ARTICLE X. THE AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
10.1. Appointment and Authorization.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
10.2. Delegation of Duties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
10.3. Liability of Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
10.4. Reliance by Agent.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
10.5. Notice of Default.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
10.6. Credit Decision.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
10.7. Indemnification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
10.8. Agent in Individual Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
10.9. Successor Agent.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
10.10. Collateral Matters.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
10.11. Withholding Tax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
10.12. Documentation Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
iii
<PAGE>
11.1. Amendments and Waivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
11.2. Notices.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
11.3. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
11.4. Costs and Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
11.5. Indemnity.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
11.6. Marshalling; Payments Set Aside.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
11.7. Successors and Assigns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
11.8. Assignments, Participations, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
11.9. Set-off.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
11.10. Automatic Debits of Fees.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
11.11. Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . 100
11.12. Counterparts.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
11.13. Severability.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
11.14. No Third Parties Benefited.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
11.15. Governing Law and Jurisdiction.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
11.16. Waiver of Jury Trial.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
11.17. Recourse.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
11.18. Entire Agreement.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
iv
<PAGE>
SCHEDULES
Schedule 1.1 Investment Policy
Schedule 2.1 Commitments
Schedule 6.5 Litigation
Schedule 6.7 ERISA
Schedule 6.12 Environmental Matters
Schedule 6.16 Subsidiaries and Minority Interests
Schedule 8.1 Permitted Liens
Schedule 8.5 Permitted Loans and Investments
Schedule 8.6 Permitted Indebtedness
Schedule 8.9 Contingent Obligations
Schedule 11.2 Lending Offices; Addresses for Notices
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit B Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit C Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit D Form of Legal Opinion of Company's Counsel
Exhibit E Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit F Form of Note
Exhibit G Form of Escrow Agreement
v
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
FACILITY B CREDIT AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED FACILITY B CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into
as of May 13, 1996, among Crown Pacific Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited
partnership (the "COMPANY"), the several financial institutions from time to
time party to this Agreement (collectively, the "BANKS"; individually, a
"BANK"), ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., as documentation agent for the Banks, and Bank of
America National Trust and Savings Association, as letter of credit issuing bank
and as agent for the Banks.
WHEREAS, the Company, the Existing Banks and BofA as letter of credit
issuing bank and as agent for the Existing Banks entered into a Facility B
Credit Agreement dated as of May 22, 1995 (the "Original Facility B Credit
Agreement");
WHEREAS, the Company, the Agent and the Existing Banks, except for
the Departing Bank, desire to enter into this Agreement to amend and restate the
Original Facility B Credit Agreement and the Documentation Agent and the Banks
desire to become parties to this Agreement upon the terms and conditions set
forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions
and covenants contained herein, the Company, the Agent and the Existing Banks,
except for the Departing Bank, hereby amend and restate the Original Facility B
Credit Agreement in its entirety and, together with the Documentation Agent and
the Banks that are not Existing Banks, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
1.1. CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS.
The following terms have the following meanings:
"ACQUISITION" means any transaction or series of related transactions
for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition
of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of any business or
division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the capital
stock, partnership interests or equity of any Person or otherwise causing any
Person, to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other
combination with another Person (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary)
provided that the Company or the Subsidiary is the surviving entity.
"AFFILIATE" means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly
or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control
with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the
controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or
cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
1
<PAGE>
"AGENT" means BofA in its capacity as agent for the Banks hereunder,
and any successor agent arising under Section 10.9.
"AGENT-RELATED PERSONS" means BofA, BofA as agent under the Original
Facility B Credit Agreement, and any successor agent arising under Section 10.9
and any successor letter of credit issuing bank or Swingline Bank hereunder,
together with their respective Affiliates (including, in the case of BofA, the
Arranger), and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact
of such Persons and Affiliates.
"AGENT'S PAYMENT OFFICE" means the address for payments set forth on
SCHEDULE 11.2 in relation to the Agent, or such other address as the Agent may
from time to time specify.
"AGGREGATE COMMITMENT" means the combined Commitments of the Banks,
as such amount may be increased or reduced from time to time pursuant to this
Agreement.
"AGREEMENT" means this Amended and Restated Facility B Credit
Agreement.
"ANNUAL TIMBER INCREASE" and "ANNUAL TIMBER DECREASE" have the
meanings specified in Section 8.4.
"APPLICABLE MARGIN" means, in respect of all Loans outstanding on any
date (A) 2.5% for Offshore Rate Loans and 1.5% for Base Rate Loans from the
Closing Date through the earlier of (x) December 31, 1996, or (y) the receipt by
the Company of Equity Proceeds of at least $ 125,000,000 and repayment in full
of the Bridge Term Loan; and (B) thereafter, (x) if the Company has received
Equity Proceeds of at least $125,000,000 by December 31, 1996, 2.5% for Offshore
Rate Loans and 1.5% for Base Rate Syndicated Loans until the repayment in full
of the Bridge Term Loan, after which the Applicable Margin shall be determined
in accordance with the chart below based upon the Total Debt to Cash Flow Ratio
on a trailing four fiscal quarter basis as set forth below; or (y) if the
Company has not received Equity Proceeds of at least $125,000,000 by
December 31, 1996, 3.5% for Offshore Rate Loans and 2.5% for Base Rate Loans
until delivery of financial reports pursuant to subsections 6.1(a) or (b) and
the certificate delivered pursuant to subsection 6.2(b) with respect to a fiscal
quarter as of which the Total Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is equal to or less than
4.0 to 1.0, after which the Applicable Margin shall be determined in accordance
with the chart below based upon the Total Debt to Cash Flow Ratio on a trailing
four fiscal quarter basis as set forth below.
2
<PAGE>
Total Debt to Cash Flow Ratio
at End of Fiscal Quarter Applicable Margin
----------------------------- -----------------
Offshore Base
Rate Loans Rate Loans
---------- ----------
Less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 1.6250% 0.6250%
Greater than 3.50 to 1.00 but less
than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 2.0000% 1.0000%
Greater than 4.00 to 1.00 but less
than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 2.2500% 1.2500%
Greater than 4.50 to 1.00 2.5000% 1.5000%
For all periods that the Applicable Margin is based upon the foregoing chart,
the Applicable Margin for each fiscal quarter shall be calculated in reliance on
the financial reports delivered pursuant to subsections 7.1(a) and (b) and the
certificate delivered with respect thereto pursuant to subsection 7.2(b) with
respect to the fiscal quarter ending immediately before the fiscal quarter in
question (e.g., June 30 financials determine the Applicable Margin for the
fiscal quarter beginning July 1). As such financial reports and certificate are
not required to be delivered hereunder until 60 days (or 90 days in the case of
fiscal year-end financial reports) after the end of the applicable fiscal
quarter, the Applicable Margin for each fiscal quarter that the Applicable
Margin is based upon the foregoing chart shall be assumed for interim
calculation and collection purposes, until delivery of such financial reports
and certificate, to be the same as for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.
If such financial reports and certificate are delivered before the beginning of
the next succeeding fiscal quarter, then the Applicable Margin will be adjusted
retroactively to the beginning of the fiscal quarter in question. If the
Company fails to deliver such financial reports and certificate to the Agent for
any fiscal quarter by the beginning of the next succeeding fiscal quarter (e.g.,
by October 1 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30), then the Applicable Margin
for the following fiscal quarter (e.g., October 1 through December 31) shall be
assumed for interim calculation and collection purposes, until delivery of such
financial reports and certificates, to be the Applicable Margin applicable to
the next higher Total Debt to Cash Flow Ratio; thus, if the Applicable Margin
had previously been 2.0% for Offshore Rate Loans and 1.0% for the Base Rate
Syndicated Loans and Swingline Loans, a failure to deliver quarterly financials
by the first day of the next fiscal quarter would cause the Applicable Margin to
be 2.25% and 1.25%, respectively, until such delivery. Upon delivery of such
delinquent financial reports and certificate, the Applicable Margin will be
adjusted retroactively to the beginning of the immediately preceding fiscal
quarter, with any payment adjustments being made pursuant to Section 2.16.
Whether or not the Applicable Margin is based upon the foregoing chart, the
Applicable Margin shall be adjusted automatically as to all Loans then
outstanding (without regard to the timing of Interest Periods) as of the
effective date of any change in the Applicable Margin.
3
<PAGE>
"ARRANGER" means BA Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"ASSIGNEE" has the meaning specified in subsection 11.8(a).
"ATTORNEY COSTS" means and includes all reasonable fees and
disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel, the reasonable
allocated cost of internal legal services and all disbursements of internal
counsel.
"AVAILABLE CASH" means, with respect to any fiscal quarter and
without duplication:
(a) the sum of:
(i) all cash receipts of the Company during such fiscal quarter
from all sources;
(ii) any reduction with respect to such fiscal quarter in a cash
reserve (other than an SAU Reserve (as defined in the Master Partnership
Agreement)) previously established pursuant to clause (b)(ii) below (either
by reversal or utilization) from the level of such reserve at the end of
the prior fiscal quarter; and
(iii) the amount available to be borrowed on the last day of such
fiscal quarter under this Agreement but only so long as the conditions
relating to a Borrowing set forth in subsections 5.2(b) and (c) would be
satisfied or waived on such date;
(b) LESS the sum of:
(i) all cash disbursements of the Company during such fiscal
quarter, including, without limitation, disbursements for operating
expenses (including, without limitation, the amounts described in the
second sentence of Section 8.7), taxes, if any, debt service (including,
without limitation, the payment of principal, premium and interest),
redemption of Partnership Interests (as defined in the Company Partnership
Agreement), capital expenditures and cash distributions to Partners (as
defined in the Company Partnership Agreement) (but only to the extent that
such cash distributions to Partners exceed Available Cash for the
immediately preceding fiscal quarter); and
(ii) any cash reserves established with respect to such fiscal
quarter, and any increase with respect to such fiscal quarter in a cash
reserve established pursuant to this clause (b)(ii) from the level of such
reserve at the end of the prior fiscal quarter, in such amounts as the
Managing General Partner determines in its reasonable discretion to be
necessary or appropriate (A) to provide for the proper conduct of the
business of the Company (including, without limitation, reserves for future
capital expenditures and those established with respect to the Obligations
hereunder, the "Obligations" under and as defined in the Facility A Credit
Agreement, and the Senior Notes), PROVIDED that the reserves established
during such fiscal quarter pursuant to this clause (b)(ii) shall include an
amount not less than (x) 50% of the aggregate amount of all interest in
respect of the
4
<PAGE>
Senior Notes to be paid on the interest payment date immediately following
such fiscal quarter, (y) 100% of the aggregate amount of all accrued and
unpaid interest in respect of the Loans and Facility A Loans on the date of
determination, and (z) 25% of the aggregate amount of all principal in
respect of the Senior Notes scheduled to be paid during the nine calendar
month period immediately following such fiscal quarter, (B) to establish or
add to an SAU Reserve in accordance with the Master Partnership Agreement,
(C) to provide funds for distributions to the Partners in respect of any
one or more of the next four fiscal quarters or (D) because the
distribution of such amounts would be prohibited by applicable law or by
any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other
agreement or obligation to which the Company is a party or by which it is
bound or its assets are subject.
Taxes paid by the Company on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all
or less than all of the Partners (as defined in the Company Partnership
Agreement) shall not be considered cash disbursements of the Company that reduce
Available Cash, but the payment or withholding thereof shall be deemed to be a
distribution of Available Cash to such Partners. Alternatively, in the
discretion of the Managing General Partner, such taxes (if pertaining to all
Partners) may be considered to be cash disbursements of the Company which reduce
Available Cash, but the payment or withholding thereof shall not be deemed to be
a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners.
"BANK" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause hereto.
References to the "Banks" shall include BofA, including in its capacity as the
Issuing Bank and the Swingline Bank; for purposes of clarification only, to the
extent that BofA may have any rights or obligations in addition to those of the
Banks due to its status as the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Bank, its status as
such will be specifically referenced.
"BANKRUPTCY CODE" means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978
(11 U.S.C. Section 101, ET SEQ.).
"BASE RATE" means, for any day, the higher of: (a) 0.50% per annum
above the latest Federal Funds Rate; and (b) the rate of interest in effect for
such day as publicly announced from time to time by BofA in San Francisco,
California, as its "reference rate." (The "reference rate" is a rate set by
BofA based upon various factors including BofA's costs and desired return,
general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point
for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced
rate.) Any change in the reference rate announced by BofA shall take effect at
the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such
change.
"BASE RATE SYNDICATED LOAN" means a Syndicated Loan or an L/C Advance
that bears interest based on the Base Rate.
"BOFA" means Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association,
a national banking association.
5
<PAGE>
"BORROWING" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Syndicated
Loans of the same Type made to the Company on the same day by the Banks, or a
Swingline Loan or Loans made to the Company on the same day by the Swingline
Bank, in each case pursuant to Article II, and, other than in the case of Base
Rate Syndicated Loans and Swingline Loans, having the same Interest Period.
"BORROWING DATE" means any date on which a Borrowing occurs under
Section 2.3 and 2.10.
"BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which commercial banks in Portland, Oregon, New York City or San
Francisco are authorized or required by law to close and, if the applicable
Business Day relates to any Offshore Rate Loan, means such a day on which
dealings are carried on in the applicable offshore dollar interbank market.
"CAPITAL ADDITIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS" means (a) additions or
improvements to the capital assets owned by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or (b) the acquisition of existing or the construction of new
capital assets (including, without limitation, timberlands and timber processing
and manufacturing facilities and related assets) made to increase the Operating
Capacity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from the
Operating Capacity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement, acquisition or
construction.
"CAPITAL ADEQUACY REGULATION" means any guideline, request or
directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other law,
rule or regulation, whether or not having the force of law, in each case,
regarding capital adequacy of any bank or of any corporation controlling a bank.
"CASH COLLATERALIZE" means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to
the Agent, for the benefit of (i) in the case of L/C Obligations, the Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Banks, and (ii) in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, the
Agent and the Banks, in each case as collateral for the L/C Obligations or the
Offshore Rate Loans, as the case may be, cash or deposit account balances
pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Agent and, if applicable, the Issuing Bank (which documents are hereby consented
to by the Banks). The Company hereby grants to the Agent, for the benefit of
(i) the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks in the case of L/C Obligations,
and (ii) the Agent and the Banks in the case of the Offshore Rate Loans, a
security interest in all such cash and deposit account balances. Derivatives of
such term shall have corresponding meaning. Cash collateral shall be maintained
in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at BofA.
"CASH COVERAGE RATIO" means the ratio of (a) EBITDA, plus the Net
Proceeds from the sale or other disposition of assets permitted under
subsections 8.2(a), (b), (c), (d) or (f)(ii)(C) to the extent not otherwise
included in determining EBITDA, plus Permitted Inclusions, plus any decreases
and minus any increases to the reserves described in clauses (c)(i), (ii) and
(iii) of the definition of Cash Provided by Operating Activity, plus any
decreases and minus any increases in the amount available to be borrowed under
the Working Capital Facility
6
<PAGE>
at the end of the relevant period, minus capital expenditures (excluding capital
expenditures financed with Indebtedness incurred for such purpose concurrently
with or within 20 days after such capital expenditures), to (b) cash
distributions to partners, plus interest expense, plus all payments of principal
or Indebtedness other than the Working Capital Facility. All such calculations
shall be on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries and shall
be based upon the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most
recent fiscal quarter for which financial reports pursuant to subsections 7.1(a)
and (b) and a certificate pursuant to subsection 7.2(b) have been delivered.
"CASH FLOW" means, at any date of determination, the sum of the
following calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most
recent quarter for which financial reports pursuant to subsections 7.1(a) and
(b) and a certificate pursuant to subsection 7.2(b) have been delivered:
(i) EBITDA for such period; (ii) PLUS the Net Proceeds from the sale or other
disposition of assets permitted under subsections 8.2(a), (b), (c), (d) or
(f)(ii)(C) during such period, to the extent not otherwise included in
determining EBITDA, plus Permitted Inclusions; (iii) PLUS or MINUS, as
applicable, in connection with any timberlands acquired by the Company with the
proceeds of Indebtedness within such period, an amount equal to a good faith
estimate of such additional amounts that would be included in determining EBITDA
had such timberlands been owned by the Company for such period, as certified (in
a certificate containing such detail as the Required Banks may reasonably
request) by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company based upon such Chief
Financial Officer's good faith estimates of applicable revenues and expenses
arising from such timberlands and assuming aggregate timber harvests in an
amount that does not require proceeds to be placed in an escrow account pursuant
to Section 8.4.
"CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITY" means, at any date of
determination, the sum of the following calculated for the Company and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four fiscal quarter period ending
as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial reports
pursuant to subsections 7.1(a) and (b) and a certificate pursuant to
subsection 7.2(b) have been delivered:
(a) the sum of all cash receipts of the Company and its Subsidiaries
during such period (excluding any cash proceeds from any Interim Capital
Transactions),
(b) LESS the sum of:
(i) all cash operating expenditures of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during such period, including, without limitation, taxes, if
any, and amounts owed to the Master Partnership for management services
rendered to the Company for which the Master Partnership is obligated to
reimburse the Managing General Partner or the Special General Partner
pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Master Partnership Agreement,
(ii) all cash debt service payments of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during such period (other than payments or prepayments of
principal and premium (A) required by reason of loan agreements (including,
without limitation, covenants and default provisions therein) or by
lenders, in each case in connection with sales or other
7
<PAGE>
dispositions of assets or (B) made in connection with refinancings or
refundings of indebtedness with the proceeds from new indebtedness or from
the sale of equity interests, PROVIDED, that any payment or prepayment of
principal and premium, whether or not then due, shall be deemed, at the
election and in the discretion of the Managing General Partner, to be
refunded or refinanced by any indebtedness incurred or to be incurred by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries simultaneously with or within 180
days prior to or after such payment or prepayment to the extent of the
principal amount of such indebtedness so incurred), and
(iii) all cash capital expenditures of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during such period, including, without limitation, cash
capital expenditures made in respect of Maintenance Capital Expenditures,
but excluding (A) cash capital expenditures made in respect of Operating
Capacity Acquisitions and Capital Additions and Improvements and (B) cash
expenditures made in payment of transaction expenses relating to Interim
Capital Transactions,
(c) LESS any additions and PLUS any reductions to the following
reserves during such period:
(i) any cash reserves of the Company and its Subsidiaries that
the Managing General Partner deems in its reasonable discretion to be
necessary or appropriate to provide for the future cash payment of items of
the type referred to in clauses (b)(i) through (iii) above including,
without limitation, those reserves established with respect to the
Obligations hereunder, the "Obligations" under and as defined in the
Facility A Credit Agreement, and the Senior Notes and as set forth in
clause (b)(ii)(A) of the definition of "Available Cash",
(ii) any amounts held in the SAU Reserve (as defined in the
Master Partnership Agreement), and
(iii) any other cash reserves of the Company and its Subsidiaries
that the Managing General Partner deems in its reasonable discretion to be
necessary or appropriate to provide funds for distributions with respect to
Units (as defined in the Master Partnership Agreement), any general partner
interests in the Master Partnership and any Partnership Interests in
respect of any one or more of the next four fiscal quarters,
all as determined on a consolidated basis with respect to the Company and its
Subsidiaries and after taking into account the Managing General Partner's
interest therein attributable to its general partner interest in the Company.
Where cash capital expenditures are made in part in respect of Operating
Capacity Acquisitions or Capital Additions and Improvements and in part for
other purposes, the Managing General Partner's good faith allocation thereof
between the portion made for Operating Capacity Acquisitions or Capital
Additions and Improvements and the portion made for other purposes shall be
conclusive. Taxes paid by the Company on behalf of, or amounts withheld with
respect to, all or less than all of the Partners shall not be considered cash
operating expenditures of the Company that reduce Cash Provided by Operating
Activity,
8
<PAGE>
but the payment or withholding thereof shall be deemed to be a distribution of
Available Cash to such Partners. Alternatively, in the discretion of the
Managing General Partner, such taxes (if pertaining to all Partners) may be
considered to be cash operating expenditures of the Company which reduce Cash
Provided by Operating Activity, but the payment or withholding thereof shall
not be deemed to be a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners.
"CERCLA" has the meaning specified in the definition of
"Environmental Laws."
"CLOSING DATE" means the date on which all conditions precedent set
forth in Section 5.1 are satisfied or waived by all Banks (or, in the case of
subsection 5.1(e), waived by the Person entitled to receive such payment).
"CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
"COLLATERAL" means all property and interests in property and
proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company in or upon which
a Lien now or hereafter exists in favor of the Banks, or the Agent on behalf of
the Banks, whether under this Agreement or under any other documents executed by
any such Person and delivered to the Agent or the Banks.
"COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS" means, collectively, the Security Agreement,
and all other security agreements, and other similar agreements between the
Company and the Banks or the Agent for the benefit of the Banks now or hereafter
delivered to the Banks or the Agent pursuant to or in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby, and all financing statements (or comparable
documents now or hereafter filed in accordance with the UCC or comparable law)
against the Company as debtor in favor of the Banks or the Agent for the benefit
of the Banks as secured party.
"COMMITMENT", as to each Bank, has the meaning specified in
subsection 2.1.
"COMMITMENT FEE PERCENTAGE" means a rate per annum equal to 0.50%.
"COMPANY" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause
hereto.
"COMPANY'S KNOWLEDGE" shall mean the actual knowledge of any Person
holding an office of divisional manager of the Company or any Person holding an
office senior to a divisional manager including, without limitation, any senior
executive or officer of the Company.
"COMPANY PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Company dated as of December 22, 1994,
between the Managing General Partner and the Master Partnership.
"COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" means a certificate substantially in the
form of EXHIBIT C.
"CONTINGENT OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, any direct or
indirect liability of that Person, whether or not contingent, with or without
recourse, (a) with respect to any
9
<PAGE>
Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation (the
"primary obligations") of another Person (the "primary obligor"), including any
obligation of that Person (i) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such
primary obligations or any security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds
for the payment or discharge of any such primary obligation, or to maintain
working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to
maintain the net worth or solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or
financial condition of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property,
securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any
such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of
such primary obligation, or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder
of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof (each, a
"GUARANTY OBLIGATION"); (b) with respect to any Surety Instrument issued for the
account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for
reimbursement of drawings or payments; (c) to purchase any materials, supplies
or other property from, or to obtain the services of, another Person if the
relevant contract or other related document or obligation requires that payment
for such materials, supplies or other property, or for such services, shall be
made regardless of whether delivery of such materials, supplies or other
property is ever made or tendered, or such services are ever performed or
tendered, or (d) in respect of any Swap Contract. The amount of any Contingent
Obligation shall, in the case of Guaranty Obligations, be deemed equal to the
stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such
Guaranty Obligation is made or, if not stated or if undeterminable, the maximum
reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof, and in the case of other
Contingent Obligations, shall be equal to the maximum reasonably anticipated
liability in respect thereof.
"CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, any provision of
any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking, contract,
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or agreement to
which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
"CONVERSION/CONTINUATION DATE" means any date on which, under
Section 2.4, the Company (a) converts Syndicated Loans of one Type to another
Type, or (b) continues as Syndicated Loans of the same Type, but with a new
Interest Period, Syndicated Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such date.
"CONVERSION FACILITIES" means, collectively, those assets of the
Company consisting of six lumber mills in the States of Oregon, Idaho and
Montana, and the plywood facility and remanufacturing facility in the State of
Oregon.
"CPI" means the Consumer Price Index For All Urban Consumers (CPI-U),
All Cities, (1982-84 equals 100), as published by the U.S. Department of Labor,
Bureau of Labor Statistics, or any successor publication. If the CPI should
hereafter be changed, then the new base shall be converted to the 1982-84 base
and the base so converted shall be used.
"CREDIT EXTENSION" means and includes (a) the making of any
Syndicated Loans or Swingline Loans hereunder, including any conversion or
continuation thereof, and (b) the Issuance of any Letters of Credit hereunder.
10
<PAGE>
"DEFAULT" means any event or circumstance which, with the giving of
notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured or otherwise remedied
during such time) constitute an Event of Default.
"DEPARTING BANK" means AgAmerica, FCB.
"DESIGNATED ACRES" means up to an aggregate during the term of this
Agreement of 50,000 acres owned by the Company which (based on the good faith
determination of, and as certified to the Agent and the Banks in writing by, a
Responsible Officer that such acres have at the time such determination is made
a higher value as recreational, commercial, residential, grazing or agricultural
property than for timber production) may reasonably be designated by the
Managing General Partner at the time of the sale thereof as constituting
Designated Acres.
"DOCUMENTATION AGENT" means ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., in its capacity as
documentation agent for the Banks.
"DOLLARS", "DOLLARS" and "$" each mean lawful money of the United
States.
"EBITDA" means, as measured quarterly on the last day of each fiscal
quarter for the four fiscal quarter period then ending, and determined in
accordance with GAAP for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis, an amount equal to the sum of (i) consolidated net income (or net loss)
for such period, PLUS (ii) all amounts treated as expenses for depreciation,
depletion and interest and the amortization of intangibles of any kind to the
extent included in the determination of such consolidated net income (or loss),
PLUS (iii) all accrued taxes on or measured by income to the extent included in
the determination of such consolidated net income (or loss); PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that consolidated net income (or loss) shall be computed for these purposes
without giving effect to extraordinary losses or extraordinary gains.
"EFFECTIVE AMOUNT" means (i) with respect to any Syndicated Loans or
Swingline Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof
after giving effect to any Borrowing and prepayments or repayments thereof
occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any outstanding L/C Obligations
on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect
to any Issuances of Letters of Credit occurring on such date and any other
changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date,
including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under
any Letters of Credit or any reductions in the maximum amount available for
drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.
"EFFECTIVE DATE" has the meaning specified in Section 8.4.
"ELIGIBLE ASSIGNEE" means (i) a commercial bank organized under the
laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and having a combined capital
and surplus of at least $250,000,000; (ii) a commercial bank organized under
the laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"), or a political subdivision of any such
country, and having a combined capital and surplus of at least
11
<PAGE>
$250,000,000, provided that such bank is acting through a branch or agency
located in the United States; and (iii) a Person that is primarily engaged
in the business of commercial banking and that is (A) a Subsidiary of a Bank,
(B) a Subsidiary of a Person of which a Bank is a Subsidiary, or (C) a Person
of which a Bank is a Subsidiary.
"ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS" means all claims, however asserted, by any
Governmental Authority or other Person alleging potential liability or
responsibility for (i) violation of any Environmental Law, or (ii) release or
injury to the environment or threat to public health, personal injury (including
sickness, disease or death), property damage, natural resources damage, or
(iii) damages (punitive or otherwise), cleanup, removal, remedial or response
costs, restitution, civil or criminal penalties, injunctive relief, or other
type of relief resulting from or based upon the presence, placement, discharge,
emission or release (including intentional and unintentional, negligent and non-
negligent, sudden or non-sudden, accidental or non-accidental placement, spills,
leaks, discharges, emissions or releases of any Hazardous Material at, in, or
from property, whether or not owned by the Company.
"ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means all federal, state or local laws,
statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together
with all administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses,
authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental
Authorities, in each case relating to environmental, health, safety, natural
resource and land use matters; including the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"), the Clean Air Act,
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the Solid Waste Disposal Act,
the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Control
Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, the Endangered
Species Act and similar state laws.
"EQUITY ISSUANCE" means issuance of equity in consequence of a
primary offering by the Master Partnership.
"EQUITY PROCEEDS" means proceeds contributed to the Company by the
Master Partnership from an Equity Issuance calculated net of fees and expenses.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
and regulations promulgated thereunder.
"ERISA AFFILIATE" means any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) under common control with the Company within the meaning of
Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code.
"ERISA EVENT" means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension
Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan
subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a
substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation
of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of
ERISA; (c) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate the treatment of a plan
amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA or the
commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan subject to
Title IV of ERISA;
12
<PAGE>
(d) a failure by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to make required
contributions to a Pension Plan or other Plan subject to Section 412 of the
Code; (e) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute
grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment
of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (f) the imposition of any
liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not
delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company; or (g) an application
for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to
Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan.
"ESCROW AGREEMENT" means an agreement or agreements entered into by
the Company pursuant to subsections 8.2(f) or 8.4, substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT G.
"EURODOLLAR RESERVE PERCENTAGE" has the meaning specified in the
definition of "Offshore Rate".
"EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any of the events or circumstances specified
in Section 8.1.
"EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
"EXISTING BANKS" means, collectively, BofA, ABN AMRO Bank, N.V.,
Societe Generale, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Banque Paribas, Union Bank of
California, N.A. (as successor to The Bank of California, N.A.), Key Bank of
Washington and AgAmerica, FCB.
"EXISTING TIMBERLANDS" has the meaning specified in Section 8.4.
"FACILITY A CREDIT AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement dated as of the date hereof between the Company, the Banks, the
Documentation Agent and the Agent.
"FACILITY A LOAN" means a "Loan" as defined in the Facility A Credit
Agreement.
"FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and any
Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
"FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" means, for any day, the rate set forth in the
weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor
publication, published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any
such successor, "H.15(519)") on the preceding Business Day opposite the caption
"Federal Funds (Effective)"; or, if for any relevant day such rate is not so
published on any such preceding Business Day, the rate for such day will be the
arithmetic mean as determined by the Agent of the rates for the last transaction
in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) on
that day by each of three leading brokers of Federal funds transactions in New
York City selected by the Agent.
13
<PAGE>
"FEE LETTERS" means the letter agreement between the Company, the
Documentation Agent, the Arranger and the Agent, dated April 3, 1996, as
supplemented by a letter agreement between the Agent and the Company of even
date herewith, and the fee letter between the Company, the Arranger and the
Agent, dated April 3, 1996.
"FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and
any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
"FREMONT" means Fremont Timber, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from
time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles
Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements
and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with
similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting
profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of
determination.
"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any nation or government, any state or
other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or
regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government,
and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or
capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.
"GUARANTY OBLIGATION" has the meaning specified in the definition of
"Contingent Obligation."
"HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" means all those substances that are regulated
by, or which may form the basis of liability under, any Environmental Law,
including all substances identified under any Environmental Law as a pollutant,
contaminant, hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, special waste, hazardous
substance, hazardous material, or toxic substance, or petroleum or petroleum
derived substance or waste.
"HONOR DATE" has the meaning specified in subsection 3.3(b).
"HS CORP." means HS Corp. of Oregon, an Oregon corporation.
"INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all
indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued, undertaken or
assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade
payables entered into in the ordinary course of business on ordinary terms);
(c) all non-contingent reimbursement or payment obligations with respect to
Surety Instruments; (d) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or
similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection
with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (e) all indebtedness
created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to property
acquired by the Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or
bank under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or
sale of such
14
<PAGE>
property); (f) all obligations with respect to capital leases; (g) all
indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above secured by (or for
which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or
otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts
and contracts rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not
assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; and (h) all
Guaranty Obligations in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of the
kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above.
"INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES" has the meaning specified in Section 11.5.
"INDEMNIFIED PERSON" has the meaning specified in Section 11.5.
"INDEPENDENT AUDITOR" has the meaning specified in subsection 7.1(a).
"INSOLVENCY PROCEEDING" means (a) any case, action or proceeding
before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up
or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of
creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or other, similar
arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of
its creditors; undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including
the Bankruptcy Code.
"INTEREST EXPENSE" means, at any date of determination, the sum of
the following calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most
recent quarter for which financial reports pursuant to subsection 7.1(a) and a
certificate pursuant to subsection 7.2(b) have been delivered: (a) the interest
expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries, PLUS (b) the additional interest
expense that would have accrued on the Indebtedness incurred to acquire the
timberlands described in clause (iii) of the definition of "Cash Flow" had such
Indebtedness been outstanding for the full four fiscal quarter period, based
upon the interest rate applicable on such date of determination to such
Indebtedness (unless a higher interest rate is scheduled to apply during the
next four fiscal quarters, in which case such higher interest rate shall be
employed for such portion of the prior four fiscal quarters as is scheduled to
apply during the next four fiscal quarters).
"INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means, (a) with respect to any Offshore Rate
Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan, (b) with
respect to any Base Rate Syndicated Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar
quarter and each date such Loan is converted into another Type of Syndicated
Loan, and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the Business Day agreed upon
by the Company and the Swingline Bank, which will not be later than the
fourteenth Business Day following the Borrowing Date thereof or, if sooner, the
Revolving Termination Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if any Interest Period for
an Offshore Rate Loan exceeds three months, the date that falls three months
after the beginning of such Interest Period and after each Interest Payment Date
thereafter is also an Interest Payment Date.
"INTEREST PERIOD" means, as to any Offshore Rate Loan, the period
commencing on the Borrowing Date of such Loan or on the Conversion/Continuation
Date on which the Loan is converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan,
and ending on the date one, two, three or
15
<PAGE>
six months thereafter as selected by the Company in the Notice of Borrowing or
Notice of Conversion/Continuation; PROVIDED THAT:
(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is
not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the following
Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such
Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest
Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;
(ii) any Interest Period pertaining to an Offshore Rate Loan
that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for
which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at
the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the
calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
(iii) no Interest Period for any Loan shall extend beyond the
Revolving Termination Date.
"INTERIM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS" means (a) borrowings, refinancings or
refundings of indebtedness and sales of debt securities (other than for working
capital purposes and other than for items purchased on open account in the
ordinary course of business) by the Company, (b) sales of equity interests by
the Company, and (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any
assets of the Company (other than (x) sales or other dispositions of inventory,
accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business,
including the exchange of timber or real property for other timber or real
property, to the extent that the timber or real property received in exchange is
of equal or greater value, or the sale of timber or real property, to the extent
the proceeds from which are invested within 180 days in other timber or real
property (including such investments not consummated during such 180 days if a
binding agreement for such investment is completed within 90 days after the
expiry of such 180 day period), (y) sales or other dispositions of assets to the
extent the proceeds from which do not exceed cash expenditures by the Company
for the purchase of timber or real property during the preceding 90 days
(excluding any purchase to the extent financed by a Loan), and (z) sales or
other dispositions of assets as a part of normal retirements or replacements).
"INVESTMENT POLICY" means the Investment Policy of the Company as
attached hereto as SCHEDULE 1.1 (without giving effect to any later amendments
thereto unless such amendments are approved in writing by the Required Banks).
"IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service, and any Governmental
Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
"ISSUANCE DATE" has the meaning specified in subsection 3.1(a)."
"ISSUE" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, to issue or to
extend the expiry of, or to renew or increase the amount of, such Letter of
Credit; and the terms "ISSUED," "ISSUING" and "ISSUANCE" have corresponding
meanings.
16
<PAGE>
"ISSUING BANK" means BofA in its capacity as issuer of one or more
Letters of Credit hereunder, together with any replacement letter of credit
issuer arising under subsection 10.1(b) or Section 10.9.
"JOINT VENTURE" means a single-purpose corporation, partnership,
joint venture or other similar legal arrangement (whether created by contract or
conducted through a separate legal entity) now or hereafter formed by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries with another Person in order to conduct a
common venture or enterprise with such Person.
"L/C ADVANCE" means each Bank's participation in any L/C Borrowing in
accordance with its Pro Rata Share.
"L/C AMENDMENT APPLICATION" means an application form for amendment
of outstanding standby letters of credit as shall at any time be in use at the
Issuing Bank, as the Issuing Bank shall request.
"L/C APPLICATION" means an application form for issuances of standby
letters of credit as shall at any time be in use at the Issuing Bank, as the
Issuing Bank shall request.
"L/C BORROWING" means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing
under any Letter of Credit which shall not have been reimbursed on the date when
made nor converted into a Borrowing of Syndicated Loans under subsection 3.3(c).
"L/C COMMITMENT" means the commitment of the Issuing Bank to Issue,
and the commitment of the Banks severally to participate in, Letters of Credit
from time to time Issued or outstanding under Article III, in an aggregate
amount not to exceed on any date the amount of $10,000,000, as the same shall be
reduced as a result of a reduction in the L/C Commitment pursuant to
Section 2.7; provided that the L/C Commitment is a part of the Aggregate
Commitment, rather than a separate, independent commitment.
"L/C OBLIGATIONS" means at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate
undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding, plus (b) the amount of
all unreimbursed drawings under all Letters of Credit, including all outstanding
L/C Borrowings.
"L/C-RELATED DOCUMENTS" means the Letters of Credit, the L/C
Applications, the L/C Amendment Applications and any other document relating to
any Letter of Credit, including any of the Issuing Bank's standard form
documents for letter of credit issuances.
"LENDING OFFICE" means, as to any Bank and the Swingline Bank, the
office or offices of such Bank and the Swingline Bank specified as its "Lending
Office" or "Domestic Lending Office" or "Offshore Lending Office", as the case
may be, on SCHEDULE 11.2, or such other office or offices as such Bank or the
Swingline Bank may from time to time notify the Company and the Agent.
"LETTERS OF CREDIT" means any standby letters of credit Issued by the
Issuing Bank pursuant to Article III.
17
<PAGE>
"LETTER OF CREDIT RATE" means (A) 2.5% from the Closing Date through
the earlier of (x) December 31, 1996, or (y) the receipt by the Company of
Equity Proceeds of at least $125,000,000 and repayment in full of the Bridge
Term Loan (as defined in the Facility A Credit Agreement); and (B) thereafter,
(x) if the Company has received Equity Proceeds of at least $125,000,000 by
December 31, 1996, 2.5% until the repayment in full of the Bridge Term Loan (as
defined in the Facility A Credit Agreement), after which the Letter of Credit
Rate shall be determined in accordance with the chart below based upon the Total
Debt to Cash Flow Ratio on a trailing four fiscal quarter basis as set forth
below; or (y) if the Company has not received Equity Proceeds of at least
$125,000,000 by December 31, 1996, 3.5% until delivery of financial reports
pursuant to subsections 6.1(a) or (b) and the certificate delivered pursuant to
subsection 6.2(b) with respect to a fiscal quarter as of which the Total Debt to
Cash Flow Ratio is equal to or less than 4.0 to 1.0, after which the Letter of
Credit Rate shall be determined in accordance with the chart below based upon
the Total Debt to Cash Flow Ratio on a trailing four fiscal quarter basis as set
forth below.
Total Debt to Cash Flow Ratio Letter of
at End of Fiscal Quarter Credit Rate
----------------------------- -----------
Less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 1.6250%
Greater than 3.50 to 1.00 but less 2.0000%
than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00
Greater than 4.00 to 1.00 but less
than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 2.2500%
Greater than 4.50 to 1.00 2.5000%
For all periods that the Letter of Credit Rate is based upon the foregoing
chart, the Letter of Credit Rate for each fiscal quarter shall be calculated in
reliance on the financial reports delivered pursuant to subsections 7.1(a) and
(b) and the certificate delivered with respect thereto pursuant to
subsection 7.2(b) with respect to the fiscal quarter ending immediately before
the fiscal quarter in question (e.g., June 30 financials determine the Letter of
Credit Rate for the fiscal quarter beginning July 1). As such financial reports
and certificate are not required to be delivered hereunder until 60 days (or 90
days in the case of fiscal year-end financial reports) after the end of the
applicable fiscal quarter, the Letter of Credit Rate for each fiscal quarter
that the Letter of Credit Rate is based upon the foregoing chart shall be
assumed for interim calculation and collection purposes, until delivery of such
financial reports and certificate, to be the same as for the immediately
preceding fiscal quarter. If such financial reports and certificate are
delivered before the beginning of the next succeeding fiscal quarter, then the
Letter of Credit Rate will be adjusted retroactively to the beginning of the
fiscal quarter in question. If the Company fails to deliver such financial
reports and certificate to the Agent for any fiscal quarter by the beginning of
the next succeeding fiscal quarter (e.g., by October 1 for the fiscal quarter
18
<PAGE>
ending June 30), then the Letter of Credit Rate for the following fiscal quarter
(e.g., October 1 through December 31) shall be assumed for interim calculation
purposes, until delivery of such financial reports and certificate, to be the
Letter of Credit Rate applicable to the next higher Total Debt to Cash Flow
Ratio; thus if the Letter of Credit Rate had previously been 2.25%, a failure to
deliver quarterly financials by the first day of the next fiscal quarter would
cause the Letter of Credit Rate to be 2.50% until such delivery. Upon delivery
of such delinquent financial reports and certificate, the Letter of Credit Rate
will be adjusted retroactively to the beginning of the immediately preceding
fiscal quarter, with any payment adjustments being made pursuant to
Section 2.16. Whether or not the Letter of Credit Rate is based upon the
foregoing chart, the Letter of Credit Rate shall be adjusted automatically as to
all Letters of Credit then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in
the Letter of Credit Rate.
"LIEN" means any security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge,
hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien
(statutory or other) or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
whatsoever in respect of any property (including those created by, arising under
or evidenced by any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, the
interest of a lessor under a capital lease, any financing lease having
substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, or the filing of
any financing statement naming the owner of the asset to which such lien relates
as debtor, under the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable law) and any
contingent or other agreement to provide any of the foregoing, but not including
the interest of a lessor under an operating lease.
"LOAN" means an extension of credit by a Bank or the Swingline Bank,
as the case may be, to the Company under Article II or Article III in the form
of a Syndicated Loan, a Swingline Loan or L/C Advance.
"LOAN DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, any Notes, the Collateral
Documents, the Fee Letters, the L/C-Related Documents, and all other documents
delivered to the Agent or any Bank in connection herewith or therewith; PROVIDED
that, Loan Documents shall not include the Facility A Credit Agreement and any
exhibits thereto that are not also exhibits to this Agreement.
"MAINTENANCE CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" means cash capital expenditures
made to maintain, up to the level thereof that existed at the time of such
expenditure, the Operating Capacity of the capital assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as such assets existed at the time of such
expenditure and shall, therefore, not include cash capital expenditures made in
respect of Operating Capacity Acquisitions, and Capital Additions and
Improvements. Where cash capital expenditures are made in part to maintain the
Operating Capacity level referred to in the immediately preceding sentence and
in part for other purposes, the Managing General Partner's good faith allocation
thereof between the portion used to maintain such Operating Capacity level and
the portion used for other purposes shall be conclusive.
"MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER" means Crown Pacific Management Limited
Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership and (i) the sole general partner of
the Company and
19
<PAGE>
(ii) the sole managing general partner of the Master Partnership, and any
successor general partner of the Company or managing general partner of the
Master Partnership, as applicable.
"MARGIN STOCK" means "margin stock" as such term is defined in
Regulation G, T, U or X of the FRB.
"MASTER PARTNERSHIP" means Crown Pacific Partners, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership.
"MASTER PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means the Amended Restated Agreement
of Limited Partnership of the Master Partnership dated as of December 22, 1994,
between the Managing General Partner, the Special General Partner and the
limited partners party thereto.
"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means (a) a material adverse change in, or
a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, condition
(financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company or the Company and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the Master Partnership; (b) a material
impairment of the ability of the Company to perform under any Loan Document and
to avoid any Event of Default; or (c) a material adverse effect upon (i) the
legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Company of any
Loan Document or (ii) the protection or priority of any Lien granted under any
of the Collateral Documents.
"MGP GENERAL PARTNERS" means, collectively, Fremont and HS Corp., the
sole general partners of the Managing General Partner, and any successor general
partner of the Managing General Partner.
"MGP PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated Agreement
of Limited Partnership of the Managing General Partner dated as of December 1,
1994, between the MGP General Partners and the limited partners party thereto.
"NET PROCEEDS" means, as to any disposition of assets by a Person,
proceeds in cash, checks or other cash equivalent financial instruments as and
when received by such Person, net of: (a) the direct costs relating to such
disposition excluding amounts payable to such Person or any Affiliate of such
person, (b) sale, use or other transaction taxes paid or payable by such Person
as a direct result thereof, and (c) amounts required to be applied to repay
principal, interest and prepayment premiums and penalties on Indebtedness
secured by a Permitted Lien on the asset which is the subject of such
disposition.
"1995 FACILITY A CREDIT AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement among the Company, the Existing Banks and BofA as agent for the
Existing Banks, dated as of May 22, 1995.
"1994 SENIOR NOTES" means those certain senior promissory notes in
the aggregate principal amount of $275,000,000 issued and sold pursuant to the
1994 Senior Note Agreement.
"1995 SENIOR NOTES" means those certain senior promissory notes in
the aggregate principal amount of $25,000,000 issued and sold pursuant to the
1995 Senior Note Agreement.
20
<PAGE>
"1994 SENIOR NOTE AGREEMENT" means the Note Agreement dated as of
December 1, 1994, providing for the issuance and sale by the Company of the 1994
Senior Notes to the purchasers listed in the schedule of purchasers attached
thereto as Schedule I.
"1995 SENIOR NOTE AGREEMENT" means the Note Agreement dated as of
March 15, 1995, providing for the issuance and sale by the Company of the 1995
Senior Notes to the purchasers listed in the schedule of purchasers attached
thereto as Schedule I.
"NOTE" means the promissory note executed by the Company in favor of
a Bank pursuant to subsection 2.2(b), in substantially the form of EXHIBIT F.
"NOTICE OF BORROWING" means a notice in substantially the form of
EXHIBIT A.
"NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION" means a notice in substantially
the form of EXHIBIT B.
"OBLIGATIONS" means all advances, debts, liabilities, obligations,
covenants and duties arising under any Loan Document, owing by the Company to
any Bank, the Documentation Agent, the Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline
Bank, or any Indemnified Person, whether direct or indirect (including those
acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now
existing or hereafter arising.
"OFFSHORE RATE" means, for any Interest Period with respect to
Offshore Rate Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing, the rate of interest
per annum (rounded upward to the next 1/16th of 1%) determined by the Agent as
follows:
Offshore Rate = LIBO Rate
-----------------------------------------------------
1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage
Where,
"EURODOLLAR RESERVE PERCENTAGE" means for any day for any
Interest Period the maximum reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal,
rounded upward to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on such day (whether or
not applicable to any Bank) under regulations issued from time to time by
the FRB for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any
emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect
to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency
liabilities") having a term comparable to such Interest Period; and
"LIBO RATE" for any Interest Period, with respect to an Offshore
Rate Loan, means:
(i) the rate of interest per annum determined by the Agent to
be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest per annum appearing on
Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor publication) for Dollar deposits in
the approximate amount of the Offshore Rate Loan to be made, continued or
converted by BofA, and having a maturity
21
<PAGE>
comparable to such Interest Period, at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London
time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period,
subject to clause (ii) below; or
(ii) if for any reason rates are not available as provided in
the preceding clause (i) of this definition, the "LIBO RATE" instead means
the rate of interest per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic
mean (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) of the rates of interest
per annum notified to the Agent by BofA as the rate of interest at which
Dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the Offshore Rate Loan to be
made, continued or converted by BofA, and having a maturity comparable to
such Interest Period, would be offered to major banks in the London
interbank market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time)
two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
The Offshore Rate shall be adjusted automatically as to all Offshore
Rate Loans then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in the
Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
"OFFSHORE RATE LOAN" means a Syndicated Loan that bears interest
based on the Offshore Rate.
"OPERATING CAPACITY" means the operating capacity and resources
(including, without limitation, the capacity to grow timber or process logs) of
the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
"OPERATING CAPACITY ACQUISITION" means any transaction in which the
Company or any Subsidiary acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock
acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the
assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing
the Operating Capacity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
from the Operating Capacity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, existing immediately prior to such transaction.
"ORGANIZATION DOCUMENTS" means, (i) for any corporation, the
certificate or articles of incorporation, the bylaws, any certificate of
determination or instrument relating to the rights of preferred shareholders of
such corporation, any shareholder rights agreement, and all applicable
resolutions of the board of directors (or any committee thereof) of such
corporation; and, (ii) for any limited partnership, the certificate of limited
partnership, the limited partnership agreement, all applicable partnership
resolutions, and all other agreements among the general or limited partners (or
any of them) of such partnership relating thereto (but not including agreements
solely between the limited partners of the Master Partnership).
"ORIGINAL CREDIT AGREEMENT" means the Credit Agreement dated as of
December 13, 1994 among the Company, the financial institutions party thereto,
and BofA, as agent, as amended by the Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of
February 21, 1995.
"OTHER TAXES" means any present or future stamp or documentary taxes
or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise
from any payment made
22
<PAGE>
hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with
respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Documents.
"PARTICIPANT" has the meaning specified in subsection 11.8(d).
"PARTNER ENTITIES" means the Managing General Partner, the MGP
General Partners and the Master Partnership.
"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any
Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under ERISA.
"PENSION PLAN" means a pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of
ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate
sponsors, maintains, or to which it makes, is making, or is obligated to make
contributions, or in the case of a multiple employer plan (as described in
Section 4064(a) of ERISA) has made contributions at any time during the
immediately preceding five (5) plan years.
"PERMITTED BUSINESS" means any business engaged in by the Company on
the Closing Date, and any business substantially similar or related to any such
business, which shall not include pulp or paper manufacturing.
"PERMITTED INCLUSIONS" means the aggregate Net Proceeds from the sale
or other disposition of assets permitted under subsection 7.2(f)(ii)(A) or (B)
to the extent that such Net Proceeds (a) in any four fiscal quarters do not
exceed (i) 2.5% of the wholesale value of the inventory of standing timber owned
by the Company and its Subsidiaries as determined for purposes of calculating
the Asset Coverage Ratio under Section 8.4 at the end of the most recent
calendar year for which a Compliance Certificate has been delivered calculating
such Asset Coverage Ratio or (ii) $25,000,000 before the delivery of the first
such Compliance Certificate, and (b) are not otherwise included in determining
EBITDA.
"PERMITTED LIENS" has the meaning specified in Section 8.1.
"PERMITTED SWAP OBLIGATIONS" means all obligations (contingent or
otherwise) of the Company or any Subsidiary existing or arising under Swap
Contracts, provided that each of the following criteria is satisfied: (a) such
obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of
business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with
liabilities, commitments or assets held by such Person, or changes in the value
of securities issues by such Person in conjunction with a securities repurchase
program not otherwise prohibited hereunder, and not for purposes of speculation
or taking a "market view;" (b) such Swap Contracts do not contain any provision
("walk-away" provision) exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation
to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party.
"PERSON" means an individual, partnership, corporation, business
trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or
Governmental Authority.
23
<PAGE>
"PLAN" means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA) which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate sponsors or maintains or to
which the Company makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions and
includes any Pension Plan.
"PLANNED VOLUME" has the meaning specified in Section 8.4.
"PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW" means, at any date of
determination, the sum of the following calculated on a pro forma basis for the
Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four fiscal quarter
period ending on the last day of the most recent quarter for which financial
reports pursuant to subsections 7.1(a) and (b) and a certificate pursuant to
subsection 7.2(b) having been delivered:
(i) Cash Provided by Operating Activity;
(ii) PLUS all cash debt service payments of the Company and it
Subsidiaries during such period to the extent subtracted in determining
Cash Provided by Operating Activity;
(iii) PLUS all cash capital expenditures of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during such period, except those relating to Operating
Capacity Acquisitions, Capital Additions and Improvements and Interim
Capital Transactions, to the extent subtracted in determining Cash Provided
by Operating Activity;
(iv) MINUS any additions and PLUS any reductions during such
period to any cash reserves of the Company and its Subsidiaries established
to provide funds for the future cash payment of items of the type referred
to in clauses (ii) and (iii) above, to the extent added or subtracted in
determining Cash Provided by Operating Activity;
(v) PLUS any additions and MINUS any reductions during such
period to the SAU Reserve (as defined in the Master Partnership Agreement)
and any other cash reserves of the Company and its Subsidiaries established
to provide funds for distributions with respect to Units (as defined in the
Master Partnership Agreement), any general partner interests in the Master
Partnership and any Partnership Interests, to the extent subtracted or
added in determining Cash Provided by Operating Activity; and
(vi) PLUS and MINUS, as applicable, in connection with any
timberlands to be acquired by the Company with the proceeds of a Facility A
Loan or previously acquired within such four fiscal quarters, an amount
equal to a good faith estimate of such additional amounts that would be
included in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above had such timberlands
been owned by the Company for such four fiscal quarters, as certified (in a
certificate containing such detail as the Required Banks may reasonably
request) by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company based upon such
Chief Financial Officer's good faith estimates of applicable revenues and
expenses arising from such timberlands and assuming aggregate timber
harvests in an amount that does not require proceeds to be placed in an
escrow or cash collateral account pursuant to Section 8.4.
24
<PAGE>
"PRO FORMA INTEREST EXPENSE" means, at any date of determination, the
sum of the following calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of
the most recent quarter for which financial reports pursuant to
subsections 7.1(a) and (b) and a certificate pursuant to subsection 7.2(b) have
been delivered:
(a) interest expense payable during such four fiscal quarter period
on all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries; PLUS
(b) interest expense that would have been payable during such four
fiscal quarter period in respect of (i) any Indebtedness proposed to be incurred
on such date of determination, including any Loan requested hereunder or other
Senior Debt, and (ii) Indebtedness incurred after the end of such four fiscal
quarter period and before such date of determination, in each case based upon
the interest rate applicable on such date of determination to such Indebtedness
and giving effect as of the beginning of such four fiscal quarter period (y) to
the incurrence of all such Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii), and
(z) to the application of any such Indebtedness to the substantially concurrent
repayment of any other Indebtedness outstanding during such four fiscal quarter
period.
"PRO FORMA MAXIMUM DEBT SERVICE" means, as of any date of
determination, the sum of (a) the highest amount that will be payable by the
Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, during any consecutive
four fiscal quarters, commencing with the fiscal quarter during which such
determination occurs and ending on December 31, 2009, in respect of scheduled
principal and interest (including payments under capital leases) with respect to
all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the date of
determination other than Loans hereunder, after giving effect to any such
Indebtedness proposed to be incurred on such date and to the substantially
concurrent repayment of any other Indebtedness, (i) assuming, in the case of
such Indebtedness having a variable interest rate, that the rate in effect on
the date of determination will remain in effect throughout such period,
(ii) treating the principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding as of such
date under a revolving credit or similar agreement (other than Loans) as
maturing and becoming due and payable on the scheduled maturity date or dates
thereof (including the maturity of any payment required by any commitment
reduction or similar amortization provision), without regard to any provision
permitting such maturity date to be extended, and (iii) treating the principal
amount of any Indebtedness that is payable upon demand as maturing and becoming
due and payable at the end of any such four fiscal quarters for which such
determination may be made and treating the principal amount of any Indebtedness
that is otherwise callable during any four fiscal quarters as maturing and
becoming due and payable on the last date for such call during those four fiscal
quarters; PLUS (b) interest expense accrued on Facility A Loans during the most
recent four fiscal quarters with respect to which financial reports pursuant to
subsections 7.1(a) and (b) and the certificates pursuant to subsection 7.2(b)
have been delivered.
"PROPERTY" has the meaning specified in Section 7.11.
25
<PAGE>
"PRO RATA SHARE" means, as to any Bank (a) at any time prior to the
Revolving Termination Date, or after the Revolving Termination Date if no
Syndicated Loans are then outstanding, the percentage equivalent (expressed as a
decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) at such time of such Bank's
Commitment divided by the Aggregate Commitment, and (b) otherwise, the
percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal
place) at such time of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Bank's
Loans divided by the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans.
"PURCHASE AGREEMENT" has the meaning specified in subsection 5.1(g).
"REPORTABLE EVENT" means any of the events set forth in
Section 4043(b) of ERISA or the regulations thereunder, other than any such
event for which the 30-day notice requirement under ERISA has been waived in
regulations issued by the PBGC.
"REQUIRED BANKS" means (a) if no Syndicated Loans are outstanding,
one or more Banks then having at least 66-2/3% of the Aggregate Commitment, and
(b) otherwise, one or more Banks then holding at least 66-2/3% of the then
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans.
"REQUIREMENT OF LAW" means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or
common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a
Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Person or
any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property is subject.
"RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means, as to the Company, the chief executive
officer, the president, the chief financial officer or the Person serving as the
secretary and general counsel of the Company, or any other officer having
substantially the same authority and responsibility; or, with respect to
compliance with financial covenants, the chief financial officer or the
treasurer of the Company, or any other officer having substantially the same
authority and responsibility. With respect to a partnership, a Responsible
Officer of a general partner shall constitute a Responsible Officer of such
Partnership.
"RESTRICTED PAYMENT" has the meaning specified in Section 8.11.
"REVOLVING TERMINATION DATE" means the earlier to occur of:
(a) June 30, 2002; and
(b) the date on which the Aggregate Commitment terminates in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any
Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
"SECURITY AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated Security
Agreement dated as of the date hereof between the Company and the Agent.
26
<PAGE>
"SENIOR DEBT" means, as to the Company, as of any date of
determination, without duplication, all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company
for borrowed money, including Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes, this
Agreement (including L/C Obligations) and the Facility A Credit Agreement, but
not including any subordinated Indebtedness.
"SENIOR NOTES" means the 1994 Senior Notes and the 1995 Senior Notes.
"SENIOR NOTE AGREEMENTS" means the 1994 Senior Note Agreement and the
1995 Senior Note Agreement.
"SOLVENT" means, as to any Person at any time, that (a) (i) in the
case of a Person that is not a partnership, the fair value of the property of
such Person is greater than the amount of such Person's liabilities (including
disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities), and (ii) in the case of a
Person that is a partnership, the sum of (A) the fair value of the property of
such Person plus (B) the sum of the excess of the fair value of each general
partner's non-partnership property over such partner's non-partnership debts
(together the "APPLICABLE PROPERTY") is greater than the amount of such Person's
liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities), as
such value for purposes of both (i) and (ii) is established and liabilities
evaluated for purposes of Section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code and, in the
alternative, for purposes of the California Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act;
(b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person (or, in the
case of a partnership, the Applicable Property of such Person) is not less than
the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on
its debts as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person is able to
realize upon its property and pay its debts and other liabilities (including
disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as they mature in the normal
course of business; (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe
that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person's ability to pay as
such debts and liabilities mature; and (e) such Person is not engaged in
business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a
transaction, for which such Person's property would constitute unreasonably
small capital.
"SPECIAL GENERAL PARTNER" means Crown Pacific, Ltd., an Oregon
corporation and a special general partner of the Master Partnership, and any
successor special general partner.
"SUBSIDIARY" of a Person means any corporation, association,
partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which such Person or any
Subsidiary of such Person either (i) in respect of a corporation, more than 50%
of the voting stock is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Person,
or one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Person, or a combination thereof or
(ii) in respect of an association, partnership, joint venture or other business
entity, is the general partner or is entitled to share in more than 50% of the
profit, however determined.
"SURETY INSTRUMENTS" means all letters of credit (including standby
and commercial), banker's acceptances, bank guaranties, shipside bonds, surety
bonds and similar instruments.
"SWAP CONTRACT" means any agreement, whether or not in writing,
relating to any transaction that is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate
transaction, commodity swap,
27
<PAGE>
commodity option, equity or equity index swap or option, bond, note or bill
option, interest rate option, forward foreign exchange transaction, cap, collar
or floor transaction, currency swap, cross-currency rate swap, swaption,
currency option or any other, similar transaction (including any option to enter
into any of the foregoing) or any combination of the foregoing, and, unless the
context otherwise clearly requires, any master agreement relating to or
governing any or all of the foregoing.
"SWAP TERMINATION VALUE" means, in respect of any one or more Swap
Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable
netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after
the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s)
determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any
date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) the amount(s) determined as the
mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as reasonably determined by the
Required Banks based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available
quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may
include any Bank).
"SWINGLINE BANK" means BofA.
"SWINGLINE BORROWING" means a Borrowing hereunder consisting of one
or more Swingline Loans made to the Company on the same day by the Swingline
Bank.
"SWINGLINE CLEAN-UP DAY" has the meaning specified in
subsection 2.7(a)(iv).
"SWINGLINE COMMITMENT" has the meaning specified in Section 2.10.
"SWINGLINE LOAN" has the meaning specified in Section 2.10.
"SYNDICATED LOAN" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1, and may
be a Base Rate Syndicated Loan or an Offshore Rate Loan (each a "Type" of
Syndicated Loan).
"TAXES" means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts,
deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto,
excluding, in the case of each Bank and the Agent, such taxes (including income
taxes or franchise taxes) as are imposed on or measured by each Bank's net
income by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws
of which such Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a
lending office.
"TOTAL DEBT" means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the
interest-bearing Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, including all obligations with respect to capitalized leases
and all L/C Obligations and the entire undrawn face amount of letters of credit
other than Letters of Credit with respect to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries are liable for reimbursement obligations, except that Total Debt
shall not include obligations that are entirely Contingent Obligations (other
than L/C Obligations and such obligations with respect to letters of credit
other than L/C Obligations).
28
<PAGE>
"TOTAL DEBT TO CASH FLOW RATIO" means, for any fiscal quarter, the
ratio of (i) Total Debt outstanding at the end of such quarter to (ii) Cash Flow
for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of such quarter.
"TYPE" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Syndicated
Loan."
"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of
California, except to the extent that the validity or perfection of the security
interests hereunder or under any Collateral Documents, or remedies hereunder or
under any Collateral Documents in respect of any particular Collateral are
governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of California, in
which case "UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such
state.
"UCP" has the meaning specified in Section 3.9.
"UNFUNDED PENSION LIABILITY" means the excess of a Pension Plan's
benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value
of that Pension Plan's assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions
used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the
applicable plan year.
"UNITED STATES" and "U.S." each means the United States of America.
1.2. OTHER INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS.
(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the
singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
(b) The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and similar words refer
to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement; and subsection, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this
Agreement unless otherwise specified.
(c) (i) The term "documents" includes any and all instruments,
documents, agreements, certificates, indentures, notices and other
writings, however evidenced.
(ii) The term "including" is not limiting and means "including
without limitation."
(iii) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date
to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including"; the
words "to" and "until" each mean "to but excluding", and the word "through"
means "to and including."
(iv) The term "property" includes any kind of property or asset,
real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible.
(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to
agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be
deemed to include all
29
<PAGE>
subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent
such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any
Loan Document, (ii) references to defined terms and cross-references to
particular sections of the Company Partnership Agreement or the Master
Partnership Agreement shall be deemed references to such terms and such sections
in their current form without giving effect to any future amendments or
modifications thereto unless such amendments or modifications shall have been
approved in writing by the Required Banks, and (iii) references to any statute
or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory
provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the
statute or regulation.
(e) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience
of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
(f) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several
different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar
matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall
each be performed in accordance with their terms.
(g) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of
negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to the Agent, the Company
and the other parties, and are the products of all parties. Accordingly, they
shall not be construed against the Banks, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing
Bank, the Swingline Bank or the Agent merely because of the Agent's, the Issuing
Bank's, the Swingline Bank's, the Documentation Agent's or the Banks'
involvement in their preparation.
1.3. ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.
(a) Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, all accounting
terms not expressly defined herein shall be construed, and all financial
computations required under this Agreement shall be made, in accordance with
GAAP.
(b) References herein to "fiscal year" and "fiscal quarter" refer to
such fiscal periods of the Company.
ARTICLE II.
THE CREDITS
2.1 AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS.
(a) Each Bank severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth
herein, to make loans to the Company (each such loan, a "SYNDICATED LOAN") from
time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the
Revolving Termination Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time
outstanding the amount set forth on SCHEDULE 2.1 under the heading "Commitment"
(such amount, as the same may be reduced under Sections 2.5
30
<PAGE>
or 2.7 or as a result of one or more assignments under Section 11.8, the Bank's
"COMMITMENT"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, after giving effect to any Borrowing of
Syndicated Loans, the Effective Amount of all outstanding Syndicated Loans and
Swingline Loans and the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not at any
time exceed the Aggregate Commitment; AND PROVIDED FURTHER, that the Effective
Amount of the Syndicated Loans of any Bank plus such Bank's participation in the
Effective Amount of all Swingline Loans, if any, and all L/C Obligations shall
not at any time exceed such Bank's Commitment. Within the limits of each Bank's
Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company
may borrow under this Section 2.1, prepay under Section 2.6 and reborrow under
this Section 2.1.
(b) APPLICATION OF LOANS. The Agent is authorized and directed to
apply the proceeds of the Loans on the Closing Date directly to the repayment of
amounts outstanding under the Original Facility B Credit Agreement to the full
extent necessary to effect such repayment.
2.2. LOAN ACCOUNTS.
(a) The Loans made by each Bank (including the Swingline Bank and the
Letters of Credit Issued by the Issuing Bank) shall be evidenced by one or more
accounts or records maintained by such Bank, Swingline Bank or Issuing Bank, as
the case may be, in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records
maintained by the Agent, the Swingline Bank, the Issuing Bank and each Bank
shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the
Banks to the Company and the Letters of Credit Issued for the account of the
Company, and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure so to record or any
error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation
of the Company hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Loans or
any Letter of Credit.
(b) Upon the request of any Bank or the Swingline Bank made through
the Agent, the Loans made by such Bank or the Swingline Bank may be evidenced by
one or more Notes, instead of loan accounts. Each such Bank shall endorse on
the schedules annexed to its Note(s) the date, amount and maturity of each Loan
made by it and the amount of each payment of principal made by the Company with
respect thereto. Each such Bank is irrevocably authorized by the Company to
endorse its Note(s) and each Bank's record shall be conclusive absent manifest
error; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure of a Bank to make, or an error in
making, a notation thereon with respect to any Loan shall not limit or otherwise
affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or under any such Note to such
Bank.
2.3. PROCEDURE FOR BORROWING.
(a) Each Borrowing of Syndicated Loans shall be made upon the
Company's irrevocable written notice (which notice may be delivered
telephonically and confirmed in writing on the same day) delivered to the Agent
in the form of a Notice of Borrowing which notice must be received by the Agent
(i) prior to 10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) at least three Business Days prior
to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans; and
(ii) prior to 8:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) on the requested Borrowing Date, in
the case of Base Rate Syndicated Loans, specifying:
31
<PAGE>
(A) the amount of the Borrowing, which shall be in an aggregate
minimum amount of $3,000,000 or any integral multiple of $500,000 in excess
thereof;
(B) the requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day;
(C) the Type of Syndicated Loans comprising the Borrowing; and
(D) the duration of the Interest Period applicable to such
Syndicated Loans included in such notice. If the Notice of Borrowing fails
to specify the duration of the Interest Period for any Borrowing comprised
of Offshore Rate Loans, such Interest Period shall be three months;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that with respect to any Borrowing to be made on the Closing
Date, the Notice of Borrowing shall be delivered to the Agent not later than
(i) 10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) three Business Days before the Closing Date,
in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, and (ii) 8:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) on
the Closing Date, in the case of Base Rate Syndicated Loans; FURTHER PROVIDED
that the Borrowing to be made on the Closing Date may consist of Offshore Rate
Loans only if this Agreement has been fully executed before the giving of such
notice or the Notice of Borrowing is accompanied by an indemnity letter signed
by the Company and acceptable to the Agent and the Banks.
(b) The Agent will promptly notify each Bank of its receipt of any
Notice of Borrowing and of the amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of that
Borrowing.
(c) Each Bank will make the amount of its Pro Rata Share of each
Borrowing available to the Agent for the account of the Company at the Agent's
Payment Office by 11:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) on the Borrowing Date
requested by the Company in funds immediately available to the Agent. The
proceeds of all such Syndicated Loans will then be made available to the Company
by the Agent at such office by crediting the account of the Company on the books
of BofA with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Agent by the
Banks and in like funds as received by the Agent, unless on the date of the
Borrowing all or any portion of the proceeds thereof shall then be required to
be applied to the repayment of any outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to
Section 2.10 or the reimbursement of any outstanding drawings under Letters of
Credit pursuant to Section 3.3, in which case such proceeds or portion thereof
shall be applied to the repayment of such Swingline Loans or the reimbursement
of such Letter of Credit drawings, as the case may be.
(d) Unless the Required Banks shall otherwise agree, during the
existence of a Default or Event of Default, the Company may not elect to have a
Syndicated Loan be made as, or converted into or continued as, an Offshore Rate
Loan.
(e) After giving effect to any Borrowing, there may not be more than
five different Interest Periods in effect with respect to all Syndicated Loans
together then outstanding.
32
<PAGE>
2.4. CONVERSION AND CONTINUATION ELECTIONS.
(a) The Company may, upon irrevocable written notice to the Agent in
accordance with subsection 2.4(b):
(i) elect as of any Business Day, in the case of Base Rate
Syndicated Loans, or as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period,
in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, to convert any such Syndicated Loans
(or any part thereof in an aggregate minimum amount of $3,000,000, or any
integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof) into Syndicated Loans of
any other Type; or
(ii) elect as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period,
to continue any Syndicated Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such
day (or any part thereof in an aggregate minimum amount of $3,000,000, or
any integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof);
PROVIDED, that if at any time the aggregate amount of Offshore Rate Loans in
respect of any Borrowing is reduced, by payment, prepayment, or conversion of
part thereof to be less than $500,000, such Offshore Rate Loans shall
automatically convert into Base Rate Syndicated Loans, and on and after such
date the right of the Company to continue such Loans as, and convert such Loans
into, Offshore Rate Loans shall terminate.
(b) The Company shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation
(which notice may be delivered telephonically and confirmed in writing on the
same day) to be received by the Agent (i) not later than 10:00 a.m. (San
Francisco time) at least three Business Days in advance of the Conversion/
Continuation Date, if the Syndicated Loans are to be converted into or continued
as Offshore Rate Loans; and (ii) not later than 10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time)
at least one Business Day in advance of the Conversion/ Continuation Date, if
the Loans are to be converted into Base Rate Syndicated Loans, specifying:
(A) the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;
(B) the aggregate amount of Syndicated Loans to be converted or
renewed;
(C) the Type of Syndicated Loans resulting from the proposed
conversion or continuation; and
(D) other than in the case of conversions into Base Rate
Syndicated Loans, the duration of the requested Interest Period.
(c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to
Offshore Rate Loans, the Company has failed to select timely a new Interest
Period to be applicable to such Offshore Rate Loans, or if any Default or Event
of Default then exists or if the Company has not delivered to the Agent a notice
of prepayment with respect thereto, the Company shall be deemed
33
<PAGE>
to have elected to convert such Offshore Rate Loans into Base Rate Syndicated
Loans effective as of the expiration date of such Interest Period.
(d) The Agent will promptly notify each Bank of its receipt of a
Notice of Conversion/Continuation, or, if no timely notice is provided by the
Company, the Agent will promptly notify each Bank of the details of any
automatic conversion. All conversions and continuations shall be made ratably
according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Syndicated
Loans with respect to which the notice was given held by each Bank.
(e) Unless the Required Banks otherwise agree, during the existence
of a Default or Event of Default, the Company may not elect to have a Syndicated
Loan converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan.
(f) After giving effect to any conversion or continuation of
Syndicated Loans, there may not be more than five different Interest Periods in
effect in respect of all Syndicated Loans together then outstanding.
2.5. VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OR REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS.
The Company may, upon not less than five Business Days' prior notice to the
Agent, terminate the Commitments, or permanently reduce the Commitments by an
aggregate minimum amount of $5,000,000 or any integral multiple of $5,000,000 in
excess thereof, UNLESS, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of
Loans made on the effective date thereof, (a) the Effective Amount of all
Syndicated Loans, Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations together would exceed the
amount of the Aggregate Commitment then in effect, or (b) the Effective Amount
of all L/C Obligations then outstanding would exceed the L/C Commitment. Once
reduced in accordance with this Section, the Commitments may not be increased.
Any reduction of the Aggregate Commitment shall be applied to each Bank
according to its Pro Rata Share. All accrued commitment fees and letter of
credit fees to, but not including, the effective date of any reduction or
termination of the Aggregate Commitment, shall be paid on the effective date of
such reduction or termination.
2.6. OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS.
Subject to Section 4.4, the Company may, at any time or from time to time,
upon irrevocable notice (which notice may be delivered telephonically and
confirmed in writing on the same day) delivered to the Agent not later than
10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) at least three Business Days prior to such
prepayment in the case of Offshore Rate Loans and not later than 8:00 a.m.
(San Francisco) time on the date of such prepayment in the case of Base Rate
Syndicated Loans and Swingline Loans, (i) ratably prepay Syndicated Loans in
whole or in part, in minimum amounts of $3,000,000 or any integral multiple of
$500,000 in excess thereof, and (ii) prepay in whole or in part Swingline Loans,
in minimum principal amounts of $250,000 or any integral multiple of $100,000 in
excess thereof. Such notice of prepayment shall specify (i) the date and amount
of such prepayment, and (ii) whether such prepayment is of Offshore Rate Loans,
Base Rate Syndicated Loans or Swingline Loans, or any combination thereof. The
Agent will promptly notify each Bank of its receipt of any such notice, and of
such Bank's Pro
34
<PAGE>
Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Company, the
Company shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such
notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with
accrued interest to each such date on the amount prepaid and any amounts
required pursuant to Section 4.4.
2.7. MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS OF LOANS; MANDATORY COMMITMENT REDUCTIONS.
(a) MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS.
(i) If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall at any time
or from time to time make or agree to make a sale of properties permitted
by subsection 8.2(f), or harvest excess timber permitted by Section 8.4,
then (A) the Net Proceeds of such sale shall either be paid by the Company
as a prepayment of such Senior Debt as the Company may elect to so prepay
or reinvested as required by subsection 8.2(f), and (B) the net proceeds of
such excess harvest shall either be paid by the Company as a prepayment of
such Senior Debt as the Company may elect to so prepay or reinvested as
required by Section 8.4; PROVIDED that, in each case, the Company may not
prepay Senior Debt other than the Loans and the Facility A Loans pursuant
to this subsection 2.7(a)(i) unless the Company shall also prepay the Loans
and the Facility A Loans in an aggregate amount as shall be necessary to
cause the Banks together with the "Banks" as defined in the Facility A
Credit Agreement to share such prepayment with the other Senior Debt at
least pro rata. Prepayments to be made with respect to the Loans and the
Facility A Loans pursuant to this subsection 2.7(a)(i) shall be applied
FIRST to any Facility A Loans then outstanding in accordance with
Section 2.6(a) of the Facility A Credit Agreement, SECOND, to any Base Rate
Syndicated Loans, THIRD, to prepay Swingline Loans, and FOURTH, at the
Company's option, to Cash Collateralize (which cash collateral shall be
applied on the maturity date of their Interest Periods to prepay then
outstanding Offshore Rate Loans in the order of their maturities) or to
prepay any Offshore Rate Loans then outstanding (in the order of the
maturity of their Interest Periods).
(ii) If on any date the Effective Amount of L/C Obligations
exceeds the L/C Commitment, the Company shall Cash Collateralize on such
date the outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the excess of
the maximum amount then available to be drawn under the Letters of Credit
over the aggregate L/C Commitment.
(iii) Subject to payment of any amounts owing under Section 4.4,
if the Effective Amount of all Syndicated Loans and Swingline Loans then
outstanding plus the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations (excluding the
Effective Amount of L/C Obligations to the extent Cash Collateralized
pursuant to the preceding clause (ii)) exceeds the Aggregate Commitment,
the Company shall immediately, and without notice or demand, prepay the
outstanding principal amount of the Syndicated Loans, Swingline Loans and
L/C Advances by an amount equal to the applicable excess. Any such
prepayment shall be applied FIRST to any Base Rate Syndicated Loans then
outstanding, SECOND, to prepay Swingline Loans, and THIRD, at the Company's
option, to Cash Collateralize (which cash collateral shall be applied on
the maturity date of their Interest
35
<PAGE>
Periods to prepay then outstanding Offshore Rate Loans in the order of their
maturity) or to prepay Offshore Rate Loans (in the order of the maturity of
their Interest Periods).
(iv) The Company shall be required to prepay Swingline Loans
(A) if following any reduction of the Swingline Commitment pursuant to
subsection 2.7(b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Swingline
Loans would exceed the Swingline Commitment as reduced, the Company shall
prepay without notice or demand on the reduction date of the Swingline
Commitment the outstanding principal amount of the Swingline Loans in an
amount equal to the excess of the Swingline Loans over the Swingline
Commitment, and (B) so that for one Business Day during each successive two
calendar week period the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans
shall be $0 (a "SWINGLINE CLEAN-UP DAY"), the Company shall prepay without
notice or demand on the Swingline Clean-Up Day the outstanding principal
amount of the Swingline Loans (which Swingline Loans may not be reborrowed
until such Swingline Clean-Up Day has ended).
(v) The Company shall prepay in full the outstanding Syndicated
Loans and Swingline Loans, and shall not borrow Syndicated Loans or
Swingline Loans, so as to cause there always to have been a period of
30 consecutive days during the 12 calendar months immediately preceding the
date of such determination (including periods before the Closing Date)
during which the Effective Amount of Syndicated Loans and Swingline Loans
was $0.
(b) MANDATORY COMMITMENT REDUCTIONS.
(i) The Aggregate Commitment shall be permanently reduced from
time to time by the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Loans required by
subsection 2.7(a)(i); PROVIDED that to the extent such sale of assets or
harvest of excess timber shall not result in any prepayment pursuant to
subsection 2.7(a)(i) because the Senior Debt has been repaid in full, the
Aggregate Commitment shall be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the
amount that would otherwise be applied to a prepayment of the Facility A
Loans by operation of subsection 2.7(a)(i) of the Facility A Credit
Agreement and the Loans by operation of subsection 2.7(a)(i) hereof, as the
case may be. Such permanent reduction shall take effect upon the date such
mandatory prepayment is required by subsection 2.7(a)(i) or, in the case of
funds actually deposited as cash collateral under that subsection, upon the
application of such cash collateral to the Loans. Upon any such permanent
reduction in the Aggregate Commitment, the Commitment of each Bank shall
automatically be reduced by an amount equal to such Bank's ratable share of
the reduction, effective as of the earlier of the date that any
corresponding prepayment is made or the date by which such prepayment is
due and payable hereunder. All accrued commitment fees to, but not
including the effective date of any reduction or termination of the
Commitments, shall be paid on the effective date of such reduction or
termination.
36
<PAGE>
(ii) No reduction in the Aggregate Commitment pursuant to
Section 2.5 or subsection 2.7(b)(i) shall reduce the L/C Commitment unless
and until the Aggregate Commitment has been reduced to $10,000,000;
thereafter, any reduction in the Aggregate Commitment pursuant to
Section 2.5 shall equally reduce the L/C Commitment.
(iii) At no time shall the Swingline Commitment exceed the
Aggregate Commitment, and any reduction of the Aggregate Commitment which
reduces the Aggregate Commitment below the then current amount of the
Swingline Commitment shall result in an automatic corresponding reduction
of the Swingline Commitment to the amount of the Aggregate Commitment, as
so reduced, without any action on the part of the Swingline Bank.
(c) GENERAL. The Company shall pay, together with each prepayment
under this Section 2.7, accrued interest on the amount prepaid and any amounts
required pursuant to Section 3.4.
2.8. REPAYMENT.
(a) SYNDICATED LOANS. The Company shall repay to the Banks in full
on the Revolving Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of the
Syndicated Loans outstanding on such date.
(b) SWINGLINE. The Company shall repay to the Swingline Bank in full
on the Revolving Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of the
Swingline Loans outstanding on the Revolving Termination Date.
2.9. INTEREST.
(a) Subject to subsection 2.9(c), (i) each Syndicated Loan shall bear
interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable
Borrowing Date at a rate per annum equal to the Offshore Rate or the Base Rate,
as the case may be (and subject to the Company's right to convert to other Types
of Loans under Section 2.4), PLUS the Applicable Margin and (ii) each Swingline
Loan shall bear interest on the principal amount thereof from the date when made
until it becomes due at a rate of per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the
Applicable Margin.
(b) The Company shall pay interest on each Loan in arrears on each
Interest Payment Date. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any
prepayment of Loans under Section 2.6 or 2.7 for the portion of the Loans so
prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof and, during the
existence of any Event of Default, interest shall be paid on demand of the Agent
at the request or with the consent of the Required Banks.
(c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section, while any Event
of Default exists or after acceleration, the Company shall pay interest (after
as well as before entry of judgment thereon to the extent permitted by law) on
the principal amount of all outstanding
37
<PAGE>
Obligations, at a rate per annum which is determined by adding 2% per annum to
the Applicable Margin then in effect for such Loans and, in the case of
Obligations not subject to an Applicable Margin, at a rate per annum equal to
the Base Rate plus 2%; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, on and after the expiration of
any Interest Period applicable to any Offshore Rate Loan outstanding on the date
of occurrence of such Event of Default or acceleration, the principal amount of
such Loan shall, during the continuance of such Event of Default or after
acceleration, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate, plus the
Applicable Margin for Base Rate Syndicated Loans, plus 2%.
(d) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations
of the Company to any Bank hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that
payments of interest shall not be required for any period for which interest is
computed hereunder, to the extent (but only to the extent) that contracting for
or receiving such payment by such Bank would be contrary to the provisions of
any law applicable to such Bank limiting the highest rate of interest that may
be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such Bank, and in such event
the Company shall pay such Bank interest at the highest rate permitted by
applicable law.
2.10. SWINGLINE LOANS.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Bank
severally agrees to make a portion of the Aggregate Commitment available to the
Company by making swingline loans (individually, a "Swingline Loan";
collectively, the "Swingline Loans") to the Company on any Business Day during
the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date in accordance
with the procedures set forth in this Section in an aggregate principal amount
at any one time outstanding not to exceed $10,000,000, notwithstanding the fact
that such Swingline Loans, when aggregated with the Swingline Bank's outstanding
Syndicated Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the L/C Obligations, may exceed the
Swingline Bank's Commitment (the amount of such commitment of the Swingline Bank
to make Swingline Loans to the Company pursuant to this subsection 2.10(a), as
the same shall be reduced pursuant to subsection 2.7(b) or as a result of any
assignment pursuant to Section 11.8, the Swingline Bank's "Swingline
Commitment"); PROVIDED, that at no time shall (i) the sum of the Effective
Amount of all Swingline Loans PLUS the Effective Amount of all Syndicated Loans
PLUS the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations exceed the Aggregate
Commitment, or (ii) the Effective Amount of all Swingline Loans exceed the
Swingline Commitment. Additionally, no more than four Swingline Loans may be
outstanding at any one time. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the
other terms and conditions hereof, the Company may borrow under this
subsection 2.10(a), prepay pursuant to subsection 2.6 and reborrow pursuant to
this subsection 2.10(a).
(b) The Company shall provide the Agent (with a copy to the Swingline
Bank) irrevocable written notice (including notice via facsimile confirmed
immediately by a telephone call) in the form of a Notice of Borrowing of any
Swingline Loan requested hereunder (which notice must be received by the
Swingline Bank and the Agent prior to 12:00 noon (San Francisco time) on the
requested Borrowing date) specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed, and (ii) the
requested Borrowing date, which must be a Business Day. Upon receipt of the
Notice of
38
<PAGE>
Borrowing, the Swingline Bank will immediately confirm with the Agent (by
telephone or in writing) that the Agent has received a copy of the Notice of
Borrowing from the Company and, if not, the Swingline Bank will provide the
Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the Swingline Bank has received notice prior
to 2:00 p.m. (San Francisco time) on such Borrowing date from the Agent
(A) directing the Swingline Bank not to make the requested Swingline Loan as a
result of the limitations set forth in the PROVISO set forth in the first
sentence of subsection 2.10(a); or (B) that one or more applicable conditions
specified in Article V are not then satisfied; then, subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, the Swingline Bank will, not later than 3:00 p.m.
(San Francisco time) on the Borrowing date specified in such Notice of
Borrowing, make the amount of its Swingline Loan available to the Agent for the
account of the Company at the Agent's Payment Office in funds immediately
available to the Agent. The proceeds of such Swingline Loan will then be made
available to the Company by the Agent crediting the account of the Company on
the books of BofA with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Agent
by the Swingline Bank and in like funds as received by the Agent. Each
Borrowing pursuant to this Section shall be in an aggregate principal amount
equal to $250,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, unless
otherwise agreed by the Swingline Bank.
(c) If (i) any Swingline Loans shall remain outstanding at 9:00 a.m.
(San Francisco time) on the Business Day immediately prior to a Swingline Clean-
Up Day and by such time on such Business Day the Agent shall have received
neither (A) a Notice of Borrowing delivered pursuant to Section 2.3 requesting
that Syndicated Loans be made pursuant to Section 2.1 on the Swingline Clean-Up
Day in an amount at least equal to the aggregate principal amount of such
Swingline Loans, nor (B) any other notice indicating the Company's intent to
repay such Swingline Loans with funds obtained from other sources, or (ii) any
Swingline Loans shall remain outstanding during the existence of a Default or
Event of Default and the Swingline Bank shall in its sole discretion notify the
Agent that the Swingline Bank desires that such Swingline Loans be converted
into Syndicated Loans, then the Agent shall be deemed to have received a Notice
of Borrowing from the Company pursuant to Section 2.3 requesting that Base Rate
Syndicated Loans be made pursuant to Section 2.1 on such Swingline Clean-Up Day
(in the case of the circumstances described in clause (i) above) or on the first
Business Day subsequent to the date of such notice from the Swingline Bank (in
the case of the circumstances described in clause (ii) above) in an amount equal
to the aggregate amount of such Swingline Loans, and the procedures set forth in
subsections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c) shall be followed in making such Base Rate
Syndicated Loans; PROVIDED, that such Base Rate Syndicated Loans shall be made
notwithstanding the Company's failure to comply with subsections 5.2(b) and
5.2(c); and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that if a Borrowing of Syndicated Loans becomes
legally impracticable and if so required by the Swingline Bank at the time such
Syndicated Loans are required to be made by the Banks in accordance with this
subsection 2.10(c), each Bank agrees that in lieu of making Syndicated Loans as
described in this subsection 2.10(c), such Bank shall purchase a participation
from the Swingline Bank in the applicable Swingline Loans in an amount equal to
such Bank's Pro Rata Share of such Swingline Loans, and the procedures set forth
in subsections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c) shall be followed in connection with the
purchases of such participations. Upon such purchases of participations, the
prepayment requirements of subsection 2.7(a)(iv) shall be deemed waived with
respect to such Swingline Loans. The proceeds of such Base Rate Syndicated
Loans, or participations purchased, shall be applied to
39
<PAGE>
repay such Swingline Loans. A copy of each notice given by the Agent to the
Banks pursuant to this subsection 2.10(c) with respect to the making of
Syndicated Loans, or the purchases of participations, shall be promptly
delivered by the Agent to the Company. Each Bank's obligation in accordance
with this Agreement to make the Syndicated Loans, or purchase the
participations, as contemplated by this subsection 2.10(c), shall be absolute
and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including
(1) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such
Bank may have against the Swingline Bank, the Company or any other Person for
any reason whatsoever; (2) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, an Event
of Default or a Material Adverse Effect; or (3) any other circumstance,
happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
2.11. FEES.
In addition to certain fees described in Section 3.8:
(a) AGENCY FEES. The Company shall pay the Agent administrative
agency fees in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Fee Letters.
(b) SYNDICATION, UNDERWRITING FEES. The Company shall pay the Agent,
the Arranger and the Documentation Agent syndication fees, commitment fees and
underwriting fees in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Fee Letters.
(c) COMMITMENT FEES. The Company shall pay to the Agent for the
account of each Bank a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of
such Bank's Commitment, computed on a quarterly basis in arrears on the last
Business Day of each calendar quarter based upon the daily utilization for that
quarter as calculated by the Agent, equal to the Commitment Fee Percentage. For
purposes of calculating utilization under this subsection, (i) the Aggregate
Commitment shall be deemed used to the extent of the Effective Amount of
Syndicated Loans then outstanding plus the Effective Amount of L/C Obligations
then outstanding, and (ii) with respect to the Commitment of the Swingline Bank,
the making of any Swingline Loan shall not be considered a use of a portion of
such Swingline Bank's Commitment. Such commitment fee shall accrue from the
Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date and shall be due and payable
quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter
commencing on the first such day after this Agreement is executed by the Company
through the Revolving Termination Date, with the final payment to be made on the
Revolving Termination Date; PROVIDED that, in connection with any reduction or
termination of Commitments under Section 2.5 or Section 2.7, the accrued
commitment fee calculated for the period ending on such date shall also be paid
on the date of such reduction or termination, with the following quarterly
payment being calculated on the basis of the period from such reduction or
termination date to such quarterly payment date. The commitment fees provided
in this subsection shall accrue at all times after the above-mentioned
commencement date, including at any time during which one or more conditions in
Article IV are not met.
40
<PAGE>
2.12. COMPUTATION OF FEES AND INTEREST.
(a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Syndicated Loans and
Swingline Loans when the Base Rate is determined by BofA's "reference rate"
shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and
actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made
on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more
interest being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest
and fees shall accrue during each period during which interest or such fees are
computed from the first day thereof to the last day thereof.
(b) Each determination of an interest rate, commitment fee or letter
of credit fee by the Agent shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
the Banks in the absence of manifest error. The Agent will, at the request of
the Company or any Bank, deliver to the Company or such Bank, as the case may
be, a statement showing the quotations used by the Agent in determining any
interest rate and the resulting interest rate.
2.13. PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.
(a) All payments to be made by the Company shall be made without set-
off, recoupment or counterclaim. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein,
all payments by the Company shall be made to the Agent for the account of the
Banks at the Agent's Payment Office, and shall be made in dollars and in
immediately available funds, no later than 11:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) on
the date specified herein. The Agent will promptly distribute to each Bank its
Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as expressly provided herein) of such
payment in like funds as received. Any payment received by the Agent later than
11:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) shall be deemed to have been received on the
following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to
accrue.
(b) Subject to the provisions set forth in the definition of
"Interest Period" herein, whenever any payment is due on a day other than a
Business Day, such payment shall be made on the following Business Day, and such
extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest
or fees, as the case may be.
(c) Unless the Agent receives notice from the Company prior to the
date on which any payment is due to the Banks that the Company will not make
such payment in full as and when required, the Agent may assume that the Company
has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date in immediately available
funds and the Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such
assumption, distribute to each Bank on such due date an amount equal to the
amount then due such Bank. If and to the extent the Company has not made such
payment in full to the Agent, each Bank shall repay to the Agent on demand such
amount distributed to such Bank, together with interest thereon at the Federal
Funds Rate for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Bank
until the date repaid.
41
<PAGE>
2.14. PAYMENTS BY THE BANKS TO THE AGENT.
(a) Unless the Agent receives notice from a Bank on or prior to the
Closing Date or, with respect to any Borrowing after the Closing Date, at least
one Business Day prior to the date of such Borrowing, that such Bank will not
make available as and when required hereunder to the Agent for the account of
the Company the amount of that Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, the Agent
may assume that each Bank has made such amount available to the Agent in
immediately available funds on the Borrowing Date and the Agent may (but shall
not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the
Company on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent any Bank
shall not have made its full amount available to the Agent in immediately
available funds and the Agent in such circumstances has made available to the
Company such amount, that Bank shall on the Business Day following such
Borrowing Date make such amount available to the Agent, together with interest
at the Federal Funds Rate for each day during such period. A notice of the
Agent submitted to any Bank with respect to amounts owing under this
subsection (a) shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the
information contained therein. If such amount is so made available, such
payment to the Agent shall constitute such Bank's Loan on the date of Borrowing
for all purposes of this Agreement. If such amount is not made available to the
Agent on the Business Day following the Borrowing Date, the Agent will notify
the Company of such failure to fund and, upon demand by the Agent, the Company
shall pay such amount to the Agent for the Agent's account, together with
interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date of such Borrowing, at a
rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans
comprising such Borrowing.
(b) The failure of any Bank to make any Loan on any Syndicated
Borrowing Date shall not relieve any other Bank of any obligation hereunder to
make a Syndicated Loan on such Borrowing Date, but no Bank shall be responsible
for the failure of any other Bank to make the Syndicated Loan to be made by such
other Bank on any Borrowing Date.
2.15. SHARING OF PAYMENTS, ETC.
If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Bank shall
obtain on account of the Syndicated Loans made by it any payment (whether
voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or
otherwise) in excess of its Pro Rata Share, such Bank shall immediately
(a) notify the Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Banks such
participations in the Syndicated Loans made by them as shall be necessary to
cause such purchasing Bank to share the excess payment pro rata with each of
them; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is
thereafter recovered from the purchasing Bank, such purchase shall to that
extent be rescinded and each other Bank shall repay to the purchasing Bank the
purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying
Bank's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such
paying Bank's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the
purchasing Bank) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the
purchasing Bank in respect of the total amount so recovered. The Company agrees
that any Bank so purchasing a participation from another Bank may, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including
the right of set-off,
42
<PAGE>
but subject to Section 11.9) with respect to such participation as fully as if
such Bank were the direct creditor of the Company in the amount of such
participation. The Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and
binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this
Section and will in each case notify the Banks following any such purchases or
repayments. Any Bank or Swingline Bank having outstanding both Syndicated Loans
and Swingline Loans at any time a right of set-off is exercised by such Bank or
Swingline Bank shall apply the proceeds of such set-off first to such Bank's
Syndicated Loans, until its Syndicated Loans are reduced to zero, thereafter to
its Swingline Loans.
2.16. QUARTERLY ADJUSTMENTS.
(a) If the financial reports delivered pursuant to subsections 7.1(a)
and (b) and the certificate delivered pursuant to subsection 7.2(b) when
delivered with respect to any fiscal quarter indicate that the Applicable
Margin, Commitment Fee Percentage or Letter of Credit Rate for any such period
should have been higher than the Applicable Margin, Commitment Fee Percentage or
Letter of Credit Rate assumed for such period pursuant to the definitions of
such terms, and the interest or fee that would have been collected hereunder
based upon the actual Applicable Margin, Commitment Fee Percentage or Letter of
Credit Rate exceeds the interest or fee actually collected hereunder, then the
Company shall pay on or before the third Business Day after delivery of such
financial reports and certificate an amount equal to such excess.
(b) If (i) the financial reports delivered pursuant to
subsections 7.1(a) and (b) and the certificate delivered pursuant to
subsection 7.2(b) when delivered with respect to any fiscal quarter indicate
that the Applicable Margin, Commitment Fee Percentage or Letter of Credit Rate
for any such period should have been lower than the Applicable Margin,
Commitment Fee Percentage or Letter of Credit Rate assumed for such period
pursuant to the definitions of such terms, and (ii) the interest or fee actually
collected hereunder exceeds the interest or fee that would have been collected
hereunder based upon the actual Applicable Margin, Commitment Fee Percentage or
Letter of Credit Rate, then the Agent shall credit such excess to interest and
fees owing hereunder (including any interest owing under subsection 2.9(c))
during the calendar quarter when such financial reports and certificate were
received and, if all such excess is not credited by the end of such calendar
quarter, upon request of the Company, each Bank, severally, if no Default or
Event of Default exists, shall refund to the Agent for distribution to the
Company the amount of such excess actually received and retained by such Bank.
2.17. SECURITY.
All Obligations of the Company under this Agreement and all other Loan
Documents shall be secured in accordance with the Collateral Documents.
43
<PAGE>
ARTICLE III.
THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
3.1. THE LETTER OF CREDIT SUBFACILITY.
(a) On the terms and conditions set forth herein (i) the Issuing Bank
agrees, (A) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the
Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date to issue Letters of Credit for
the account of the Company, and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously
issued by it, in accordance with subsections 3.2(c) and 3.2(d), and (B) to honor
drafts under the Letters of Credit; and (ii) the Banks severally agree to
participate in Letters of Credit Issued for the account of the Company;
PROVIDED, that the Issuing Bank shall not be obligated to Issue, and no Bank
shall be obligated to participate in, any Letter of Credit if as of the date of
Issuance of such Letter of Credit (the "ISSUANCE DATE") (1) the Effective Amount
of all L/C Obligations plus the Effective Amount of all Syndicated Loans and
Swingline Loans exceeds the Aggregate Commitment, (2) the participation of any
Bank in the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations plus the Effective Amount of
the Syndicated Loans of such Bank plus the participation of such Bank, if any,
in the Effective Amount of all Swingline Loans exceeds such Bank's Commitment,
or (3) the Effective Amount of L/C Obligations exceeds the L/C Commitment.
Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions
hereof, the Company's ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully
revolving, and, accordingly, the Company may, during the foregoing period,
obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit which have expired or
which have been drawn upon and reimbursed.
(b) The Issuing Bank is under no obligation to Issue (and, in the
case of clause (ii) and (iii) below, shall not Issue) any Letter of Credit if:
(i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority
or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing
Bank from Issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Requirement of Law
applicable to the Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction
over the Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Bank
refrain from, the Issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of
Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank with respect to
such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for
which the Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in
effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank any
unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing
Date and which the Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it;
(ii) the Issuing Bank has received written notice from any Bank,
the Agent or the Company, on or prior to the Business Day prior to the
requested date of Issuance of such Letter of Credit, that one or more of
the applicable conditions contained in Article V is not then satisfied;
(iii) the expiry date of any requested Letter of Credit is
(A) more than two years after the date of Issuance, unless the Required
Banks have approved such
44
<PAGE>
expiry date in writing, or (B) less than 30 days prior to the Revolving
Termination Date, unless all of the Banks have approved such expiry date in
writing;
(iv) the expiry date of any requested Letter of Credit is prior
to the maturity date of any financial obligation to be supported by the
requested Letter of Credit, unless all of the Banks have approved such
expiry date in writing;
(v) any requested Letter of Credit does not provide for drafts,
or is not otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Issuing Bank,
or the Issuance of a Letter of Credit may violate any policies of the
Issuing Bank applicable to customers and credits of a type similar to the
Company and to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
(vi) any standby Letter of Credit is for the purpose of
supporting the issuance of any letter of credit by any other Person;
(vii) such Letter of Credit is in a face amount less than
$250,000 or to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or
(viii)the requested Letter of Credit provides for payment
thereunder sooner than the Business Day following the presentation to the
Issuing Bank of the documentation required thereunder.
3.2. ISSUANCE, AMENDMENT AND RENEWAL OF LETTERS OF CREDIT.
(a) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued upon the irrevocable
written request of the Company received by the Issuing Bank (with a copy sent by
the Company to the Agent) at least five days (or such shorter time as the
Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to
the proposed date of issuance. Each such request for issuance of a Letter of
Credit shall be made by an original writing or by facsimile, confirmed
immediately in an original writing, in the form of an L/C Application, and shall
specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Bank: (i) the proposed
date of issuance of the Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day);
(ii) the face amount of the Letter of Credit; (iii) the expiry date of the
Letter of Credit; (iv) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (v) the
documents to be presented by the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit in case of
any drawing thereunder; (vi) the full text of any certificate to be presented by
the beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (vii) such other matters
as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require.
(b) At least three Business Days prior to the Issuance of any Letter
of Credit, the Issuing Bank will confirm with the Agent (by telephone or in
writing) that the Agent has received a copy of the L/C Application or L/C
Amendment Application from the Company and, if not, the Issuing Bank will
provide the Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the Issuing Bank has received
notice on or before the Business Day immediately preceding the date the Issuing
Bank is to issue a requested Letter of Credit from the Agent (A) directing the
Issuing Bank not to issue such Letter of Credit because such issuance is not
then permitted under subsection 3.1(a) as a result of the limitations set forth
in clauses (1) through (3) thereof or subsection 3.1(b)(ii); or
45
<PAGE>
(B) that one or more applicable conditions specified in Article V are not then
satisfied; then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Bank
shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the
Company in accordance with the Issuing Bank's usual and customary business
practices.
(c) From time to time while a Letter of Credit is outstanding and
prior to the Revolving Termination Date, the Issuing Bank will, upon the written
request of the Company received by the Issuing Bank (with a copy sent by the
Company to the Agent) at least five days (or such shorter time as the Issuing
Bank may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the
proposed date of amendment, amend any Letter of Credit issued by it. Each such
request for amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be made by an original writing
or by facsimile, confirmed immediately in an original writing, made in the form
of an L/C Amendment Application and shall specify in form and detail
satisfactory to the Issuing Bank:
(i) the Letter of Credit to be amended;
(ii) the proposed date of amendment of the Letter of Credit
(which shall be a Business Day);
(iii) the nature of the proposed amendment; and
(iv) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may require.
The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if:
(A) the Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter
of Credit in its amended form under the terms of this Agreement; or (B) the
beneficiary of any such letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment
to the Letter of Credit. In addition, the Issuing Bank shall not amend any
Letter of Credit if the Issuing Bank would be prohibited at such time from
issuing such Letter of Credit in its amended form under subsection 3.1(b). The
Agent will promptly notify the Banks of the receipt by it of any L/C Application
or L/C Amendment Application.
(d) The Issuing Bank and the Banks agree that, while a Letter of
Credit is outstanding and prior to the Revolving Termination Date, at the option
of the Company and upon the written request of the Company received by the
Issuing Bank (with a copy sent by the Company to the Agent) at least five days
(or such shorter time as the Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in
its sole discretion) prior to the proposed date of notification of renewal, the
Issuing Bank shall be entitled to authorize the automatic renewal of any Letter
of Credit issued by it; PROVIDED that no such automatic renewal shall extend the
expiry date of such Letter of Credit beyond the expiry dates set forth in
subsection 3.1(b)(iii). Each such request for renewal of a Letter of Credit
shall be made by an original writing or by facsimile, confirmed immediately in
an original writing, in the form of an L/C Amendment Application, and shall
specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Bank:
(i) the Letter of Credit to be renewed;
46
<PAGE>
(ii) the proposed date of notification of renewal of the Letter
of Credit (which shall be a Business Day);
(iii) the revised expiry date of the Letter of Credit; and
(iv) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may require.
The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation so to renew any Letter of Credit
if: (A) the Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue or amend
such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms of this Agreement; or
(B) the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed
renewal of the Letter of Credit. In addition, the Issuing Bank shall not renew
any Letter of Credit if the Issuing Bank would be prohibited at such time from
issuing such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under subsection 3.1(b). If
any outstanding Letter of Credit shall provide that it shall be automatically
renewed unless the beneficiary thereof receives notice from the Issuing Bank
that such Letter of Credit shall not be renewed, and if at the time of renewal
the Issuing Bank would be entitled to authorize the automatic renewal of such
Letter of Credit in accordance with this subsection 3.2(d) upon the request of
the Company but the Issuing Bank shall not have received any L/C Amendment
Application from the Company with respect to such renewal or other written
direction by the Company with respect thereto, the Issuing Bank shall
nonetheless be permitted to allow such Letter of Credit to renew, and the
Company and the Banks hereby authorize such renewal, and, accordingly, the
Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have received an L/C Amendment Application from
the Company requesting such renewal.
(e) The Issuing Bank may, at its election (or as required by the
Agent at the direction of the Required Banks), deliver any notices of
termination or other communications to any Letter of Credit beneficiary or
transferee, and take any other action as necessary or appropriate, at any time
and from time to time, in order to cause the expiry date of such Letter of
Credit to be a date not later than 30 days prior to the Revolving Termination
Date.
(f) This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with
any L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit).
(g) The Issuing Bank will also deliver to the Agent, concurrently or
promptly following its delivery of a Letter of Credit, or amendment to or
renewal of a Letter of Credit, to an advising bank or a beneficiary, a true and
complete copy of each such Letter of Credit or amendment to or renewal of a
Letter of Credit.
3.3. RISK PARTICIPATIONS, DRAWINGS AND REIMBURSEMENTS.
(a) Immediately upon the Issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Bank
shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to,
purchase from the Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit and each
drawing thereunder in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Pro Rata Share
of such Bank, times (ii) the maximum amount available to be drawn under such
Letter of Credit and the amount of such drawing, respectively. For
47
<PAGE>
purposes of Section 2.1, each Issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to
utilize the Commitment of each Bank by an amount equal to the amount of such
participation.
(b) In the event of any request for a drawing under a Letter of
Credit by the beneficiary or transferee thereof, the Issuing Bank will promptly
notify the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Issuing Bank, directly or
with the proceeds of a Syndicated Loan, prior to 10:00 a.m. (San Francisco
time), on each date that any amount is paid by the Issuing Bank under any Letter
of Credit (each such date, an "HONOR DATE"), in an amount equal to the amount so
paid by the Issuing Bank. In the event the Company fails to reimburse the
Issuing Bank for the full amount of any drawing under any Letter of Credit by
10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) on the Honor Date, the Issuing Bank will
promptly notify the Agent and the Agent will promptly notify each Bank thereof,
and the Company shall be deemed to have requested that Base Rate Syndicated
Loans be made by the Banks to be disbursed on the Honor Date under such Letter
of Credit, subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate
Commitment and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.2. Any notice
given by the Issuing Bank or the Agent pursuant to this subsection 3.3(b) may be
oral if immediately confirmed in writing (including by facsimile); provided that
the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness
or binding effect of such notice.
(c) Each Bank shall upon any notice pursuant to subsection 3.3(b)
make available to the Agent for the account of the relevant Issuing Bank an
amount in Dollars and in immediately available funds equal to its Pro Rata Share
of the amount of the drawing, whereupon the participating Banks shall (subject
to subsection 3.3(d)) each be deemed to have made a Loan consisting of a Base
Rate Syndicated Loan to the Company in that amount. If any Bank so notified
fails to make available to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank the
amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the amount of the drawing by no later
than 12:00 noon (San Francisco time) on the Honor Date, then interest shall
accrue on such Bank's obligation to make such payment, from the Honor Date to
the date such Bank makes such payment, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal
Funds Rate in effect from time to time during such period. The Agent will
promptly give notice of the occurrence of the Honor Date, but failure of the
Agent to give any such notice on the Honor Date or in sufficient time to enable
any Bank to effect such payment on such date shall not relieve such Bank from
its obligations under this Section 3.3.
(d) With respect to any unreimbursed drawing that is not converted
into Loans consisting of Base Rate Syndicated Loans to the Company in whole or
in part, because of the Company's failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in
Section 5.2 or for any other reason, the Company's reimbursement liability with
respect thereto shall constitute an L/C Borrowing from the Issuing Bank in the
amount of such drawing, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand
(together with interest) and shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to
the Base Rate plus 2% per annum, and each Bank's payment to the Issuing Bank
pursuant to subsection 3.3(c) shall be deemed payment in respect of its
participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from
such Bank in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this
Section 3.3.
48
<PAGE>
(e) Each Bank's obligation in accordance with this Agreement to make
the Syndicated Loans or L/C Advances, as contemplated by this Section 3.3, as a
result of a drawing under a Letter of Credit, shall be absolute and
unconditional and without recourse to the Issuing Bank and shall not be affected
by any circumstance, including (i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment,
defense or other right which such Bank may have against the Issuing Bank, the
Company or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or
continuance of a Default, an Event of Default or a Material Adverse Effect; or
(iii) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not
similar to any of the foregoing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each Bank's obligation
to make Syndicated Loans under this Section 3.3 is subject to the conditions set
forth in Section 5.2.
3.4. REPAYMENT OF PARTICIPATIONS.
(a) Upon (and only upon) receipt by the Agent for the account of the
Issuing Bank of immediately available funds from the Company (i) in
reimbursement of any payment made by the Issuing Bank under the Letter of Credit
with respect to which any Bank has paid the Agent for the account of the Issuing
Bank for such Bank's participation in the Letter of Credit pursuant to
Section 3.3 or (ii) in payment of interest thereon, the Agent will pay to each
Bank, in the same funds as those received by the Agent for the account of the
Issuing Bank, the amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of such funds, and the
Issuing Bank shall receive the amount of the Pro Rata Share of such funds of any
Bank that did not so pay the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank.
(b) If the Agent or the Issuing Bank is required at any time to
return to the Company, or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian, or any
official in any Insolvency Proceeding, any portion of the payments made by the
Company to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank pursuant to
subsection 3.4(a) in reimbursement of a payment made under the Letter of Credit
or interest or fee thereon, each Bank shall, on demand of the Agent, forthwith
return to the Agent or the Issuing Bank the amount of its Pro Rata Share of any
amounts so returned by the Agent or the Issuing Bank plus interest thereon from
the date such demand is made to the date such amounts are returned by such Bank
to the Agent or the Issuing Bank, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds
Rate in effect from time to time.
3.5. ROLE OF THE ISSUING BANK.
(a) Each Bank and the Company agree that, in paying any drawing under
a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall not have any responsibility to obtain
any document (other than any sight draft and certificates expressly required by
the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy
of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any
such document.
(b) No Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents,
participants or assignees of the Issuing Bank shall be liable to any Bank for:
(i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with
the approval of the Banks (including the Required Banks, as applicable);
(ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross
49
<PAGE>
negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness,
validity or enforceability of any L/C-Related Document.
(c) The Company hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of
any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not,
preclude the Company's pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against
the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. No Agent-
Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or
assignees of the Issuing Bank, shall be liable or responsible for any of the
matters described in clauses (i) through (vii) of Section 3.6; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, that the
Company may have a claim against the Issuing Bank (but in no event an offset to
the Company's obligations to the Banks and the Issuing Bank), and the Issuing
Bank may be liable to the Company, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any
direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the
Company which the Company proves were caused by the Issuing Bank's willful
misconduct or gross negligence or the Issuing Bank's willful failure to pay
under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a
sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions
of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing:
(i) the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in
order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any
notice or information to the contrary; and (ii) the Issuing Bank shall not be
responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or
assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights
or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove
to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
3.6. OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.
The obligations of the Company under this Agreement and any L/C-Related
Document to reimburse the Issuing Bank for a drawing under a Letter of Credit,
and to repay any L/C Borrowing and any drawing under a Letter of Credit
converted into Syndicated Loans shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and
shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and each
such other L/C-Related Document under all circumstances, including the
following:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any
L/C-Related Document;
(ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in
any other term of, all or any of the obligations of the Company in respect of
any Letter of Credit or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to
departure from all or any of the L/C-Related Documents;
(iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right
that the Company may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee
of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such
transferee may be acting), the Issuing Bank or any other Person, whether in
connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by the
L/C-Related Documents or any unrelated transaction;
50
<PAGE>
(iv) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented
under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or
insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate
in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any
document required in order to make a drawing under any Letter of Credit;
(v) any payment by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit
against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply
with the terms of any Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the Issuing Bank
under any Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in
bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors,
liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary
or any transferee of any Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection
with any Insolvency Proceeding;
(vi) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or
any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other
guarantee, for all or any of the obligations of the Company in respect of any
Letter of Credit; or
(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not
similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might
otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Company or a
guarantor.
3.7. CASH COLLATERAL PLEDGE.
Upon (i) the request of the Agent, (A) if the Issuing Bank has honored any
full or partial drawing request on any Letter of Credit and such drawing has
resulted in an L/C Borrowing hereunder, or (B) if, as of the Revolving
Termination Date, any Letters of Credit may for any reason remain outstanding
and partially or wholly undrawn, or (ii) the occurrence of the circumstances
described in subsection 2.7 requiring the Company to Cash Collateralize Letters
of Credit, then, the Company shall immediately Cash Collateralize the L/C
Obligations in an amount equal to the L/C Obligations. The Company hereby
grants to the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the
Banks, a security interest in all such cash and deposit account balances used to
Cash Collateralize the Company's obligations hereunder.
3.8. LETTER OF CREDIT FEES.
(a) The Company shall pay to the Agent for the account of each of the
Banks a letter of credit fee with respect to the Letters of Credit on the
average daily maximum amount available to be drawn of the outstanding Letters of
Credit, computed on a quarterly basis in arrears on the last Business Day of
each calendar quarter based upon Letters of Credit outstanding for that quarter
as calculated by the Agent, equal to the Letter of Credit Rate. Such letter of
credit fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business
Day of each calendar quarter during which Letters of Credit are outstanding,
commencing on the first such quarterly date to occur after the Closing Date,
through the Revolving Termination Date (or such later date upon which the
outstanding Letters of Credit shall expire), with the final payment to be made
on the Revolving Termination Date (or such later expiration date).
51
<PAGE>
(b) The Company shall pay to the Issuing Bank a letter of credit
fronting fee for each Letter of Credit Issued by the Issuing Bank equal to
0.125% of the face amount (or increased face amount, as the case may be) of such
Letter of Credit. Such Letter of Credit fronting fee shall be due and payable
on each date of Issuance of a Letter of Credit.
(c) The Company shall pay to the Issuing Bank from time to time on
demand the normal issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees,
and other standard costs and charges, of the Issuing Bank relating to letters of
credit as from time to time in effect.
3.9. UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE.
The Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits as published by
the International Chamber of Commerce ("UCP") most recently at the time of
issuance of any Letter of Credit shall (unless otherwise expressly provided in
the Letters of Credit) apply to the Letters of Credit.
ARTICLE IV.
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
4.1 TAXES.
(a) Any and all payments by the Company to each Bank or the Agent
under this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear
of, and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes. In addition, the
Company shall pay all Other Taxes.
(b) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Bank and
the Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including any Taxes or
Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section)
paid by the Bank or the Agent and any liability (including penalties, interest,
additions to tax and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto,
whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted.
Payment under this indemnification shall be made within 30 days after the date
the Bank or the Agent makes written demand therefor.
(c) If the Company shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any
Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Bank
or the Agent, then:
(i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that
after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions
and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section)
such Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the
sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been
made;
(ii) the Company shall make such deductions and withholdings;
52
<PAGE>
(iii) the Company shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld
to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with
applicable law; and
(iv) the Company shall also pay to each Bank or the Agent for
the account of such Bank, at the time interest is paid, all additional
amounts which the respective Bank specifies as necessary to preserve the
after-tax yield the Bank would have received if such Taxes or Other Taxes
had not been imposed.
(d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment by the Company of
Taxes or Other Taxes, the Company shall furnish the Agent the original or a
certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof, or other evidence of
payment satisfactory to the Agent.
(e) If the Company is required to pay additional amounts to any Bank
or the Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, then such Bank shall
use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to
change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office so as to eliminate any such
additional payment by the Company which may thereafter accrue, if such change in
the judgment of such Bank is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.
4.2. ILLEGALITY.
(a) If any Bank determines that the introduction of any Requirement
of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or in the interpretation or
administration of any Requirement of Law, has made it unlawful, or that any
central bank or other Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful,
for any Bank or its applicable Lending Office to make Offshore Rate Loans, then,
on notice thereof by the Bank to the Company through the Agent, any obligation
of that Bank to make Offshore Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Bank
notifies the Agent and the Company that the circumstances giving rise to such
determination no longer exist.
(b) If a Bank determines that it is unlawful to maintain any Offshore
Rate Loan, the Company shall, upon receipt of notice of such fact and demand
from such Bank (with a copy to the Agent), prepay in full such Offshore Rate
Loans of that Bank then outstanding, together with interest accrued thereon and
amounts required under Section 4.4, either on the last day of the Interest
Period thereof, if the Bank may lawfully continue to maintain such Offshore Rate
Loans to such day, or immediately, if the Bank may not lawfully continue to
maintain such Offshore Rate Loan. If the Company is required to so prepay any
Offshore Rate Loan, then concurrently with such prepayment, the Company shall
borrow from the affected Bank, in the amount of such repayment, a Base Rate
Syndicated Loan.
(c) If the obligation of any Bank to make or maintain Offshore Rate
Loans has been so terminated or suspended, the Company may elect, by giving
notice to the Bank through the Agent that all Loans which would otherwise be
made by the Bank as Offshore Rate Loans shall be instead Base Rate Syndicated
Loans.
(d) Before giving any notice to the Agent under this Section, the
affected Bank shall designate a different Lending Office with respect to its
Offshore Rate Loans if such
53
<PAGE>
designation will avoid the need for giving such notice or making such demand and
will not, in the judgment of the Bank, be illegal or otherwise disadvantageous
to the Bank.
4.3. INCREASED COSTS AND REDUCTION OF RETURN.
(a) If any Bank determines that, due to either (i) the introduction
of or any change (other than any change by way of imposition of or increase in
reserve requirements included in the calculation of the Offshore Rate) in or in
the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance by that Bank
with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental
Authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase
in the cost to such Bank of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining
any Offshore Rate Loans or participating in Letters of Credit, or, in the case
of the Issuing Bank, any increase in the cost to the Issuing Bank of agreeing to
issue, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or of agreeing to make or
making, funding or maintaining any unpaid drawing under any Letter of Credit,
then the Company shall be liable for, and shall from time to time, upon demand
(with a copy of such demand to be sent to the Agent), pay to the Agent for the
account of such Bank, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate such
Bank for such increased costs.
(b) If any Bank shall have determined that (i) the introduction of
any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital Adequacy
Regulation, (iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of any
Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental Authority
charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by
the Bank (or its Lending Office) or any corporation controlling the Bank with
any Capital Adequacy Regulation, affects or would affect the amount of capital
required or expected to be maintained by the Bank or any corporation controlling
the Bank and (taking into consideration such Bank's or such corporation's
policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Bank's desired return on
capital) determines that the amount of such capital is increased as a
consequence of its Commitment, loans, credits or obligations under this
Agreement, then, upon demand of such Bank to the Company through the Agent, the
Company shall pay to the Bank, from time to time as specified by the Bank,
additional amounts sufficient to compensate the Bank for such increase.
4.4. FUNDING LOSSES.
The Company shall reimburse each Bank and hold each Bank harmless from any
loss or expense which the Bank may sustain or incur as a consequence of:
(a) the failure of the Company to make on a timely basis any payment
of principal of any Offshore Rate Loan;
(b) the failure of the Company to borrow, continue or convert a Loan
after the Company has given (or are deemed to have given) a Notice of Borrowing
or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation;
(c) the failure of the Company to make any prepayment in accordance
with any notice delivered under Section 2.6;
54
<PAGE>
(d) the prepayment (including pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.7) or
other payment (including after acceleration thereof) of an Offshore Rate Loan on
a day that is not the last day of the relevant Interest Period; or
(e) the automatic conversion under Section 2.4 of any Offshore Rate
Loan to a Base Rate Syndicated Loan on a day that is not the last day of the
relevant Interest Period;
including any such loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment
of funds obtained by it to maintain its Offshore Rate Loans or from fees payable
to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. For purposes of
calculating amounts payable by the Company to the Banks under this Section and
under subsection 4.3(a), (i) each Offshore Rate Loan made by a Bank (and each
related reserve, special deposit or similar requirement) shall be conclusively
deemed to have been funded at the LIBO Rate used in determining the Offshore
Rate for such Offshore Rate Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the
interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period,
whether or not such Offshore Rate Loan is in fact so funded.
4.5. INABILITY TO DETERMINE RATES.
If the Required Banks determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable
means do not exist for determining the Offshore Rate for any requested Interest
Period with respect to a proposed Offshore Rate Loan, or that the Offshore Rate
applicable pursuant to subsection 2.9(a) for any requested Interest Period with
respect to a proposed Offshore Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect
the cost to such Banks of funding such Loan, the Agent will promptly so notify
the Company and each Bank. Thereafter, the obligation of the Banks to make or
maintain Offshore Rate Loans, as the case may be, hereunder shall be suspended
until the Agent upon the instruction of the Required Banks revokes such notice
in writing. Upon receipt of such notice, the Company may revoke any Notice of
Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation then submitted by it. If the
Company does not revoke such Notice, the Banks shall make, convert or continue
the Loans, as proposed by the Company, in the amount specified in the applicable
notice submitted by the Company, but such Loans shall be made, converted or
continued as Base Rate Syndicated Loans instead of Offshore Rate Loans, as the
case may be.
4.6. CERTIFICATES OF BANKS.
Any Bank claiming reimbursement or compensation under this Article IV shall
deliver to the Company (with a copy to the Agent) a certificate setting forth in
reasonable detail the amount payable to the Bank hereunder and such certificate
shall be conclusive and binding on the Company in the absence of manifest error.
4.7. SURVIVAL.
The agreements and obligations of the Company in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3,
4.4 and 4.5 shall survive the payment of all other Obligations and any
assignment and delegation by a Bank.
55
<PAGE>
ARTICLE V.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
5.1. CONDITIONS OF INITIAL CREDIT EXTENSIONS.
The obligation of each Bank to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder
is subject to the condition that the Agent have received on or before the
Closing Date all of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Agent and each Bank, and in sufficient copies for each Bank:
(a) CREDIT AGREEMENT. This Agreement executed by each party thereto;
(b) RESOLUTIONS; INCUMBENCY.
(i) Copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of each
MGP General Partner, as general partners of the Managing General Partner,
as general partner of the Company, and the executive committee of the Board
of Control of the Managing General Partner, in each case approving and
authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by the Managing General
Partner on behalf of the Company of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, certified
as of the Closing Date by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such
MGP General Partner and the Managing General Partner, as the case may be;
and
(ii) A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of
the Managing General Partner certifying the names and true signatures of
the officers of the Managing General Partner, as general partner of the
Company, authorized to execute, deliver and perform, as applicable, this
Agreement on behalf of the Company, and all other Loan Documents to be
delivered hereunder;
(c) ORGANIZATION DOCUMENTS; GOOD STANDING. Each of the following
documents:
(i) the partnership certificate of the Company, the Managing
General Partner and the Master Partnership as in effect on the Closing
Date, certified by the Secretary of State (or similar, applicable
Governmental Authority) of the state of formation of such entities as of a
recent date and by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Managing
General Partner as of the Closing Date, and each of the Company Partnership
Agreement, the MGP Partnership Agreement and the Master Partnership
Agreement as in effect on the Closing date, certified by the Secretary or
Assistant Secretary of the Managing General Partner as of the Closing Date;
(ii) the articles or certificate of incorporation of each MGP
General Partner as in effect on the Closing Date, certified by the
Secretary of State (or similar applicable Governmental Authority) of the
state of incorporation of such MGP General
56
<PAGE>
Partner as of a recent date and by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of
such MGP General Partner as of the Closing Date, and the bylaws of each MGP
General Partner as in effect on the Closing Date, certified by the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such MGP General Partner as of the
Closing Date; and
(iii) a good standing certificate for the Company, the Managing
General Partner, the MGP General Partners and the Master Partnership from
the Secretary of State (or similar, applicable Governmental Authority) of
its state of incorporation or formation, as applicable, and each state
where the Company and the Partner Entities are qualified to do business as
a foreign corporation or limited partnership, as applicable, as of a recent
date, together with a bring-down certificate by facsimile, dated the
Closing Date;
(d) LEGAL OPINION. An opinion of Ball, Janik & Novack as counsel to
the Company and the Partner Entities and addressed to the Agent and the Banks,
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT D;
(e) PAYMENT OF FEES. Payment by the Company of all accrued and
unpaid fees, costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable on the
Closing Date, together with Attorney Costs of BofA to the extent invoiced prior
to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of Attorney Costs as
shall constitute BofA's reasonable estimate of Attorney Costs incurred or to be
incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate
shall not thereafter preclude final settling of accounts between the Company and
BofA); including any such costs, fees and expenses arising under or referenced
in Sections 2.11 and 11.4;
(f) CERTIFICATE. A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer,
dated as of the Closing Date, stating that:
(i) the representations and warranties contained in Article VI
are true and correct on and as of such date, as though made on and as of
such date;
(ii) no Default or Event of Default exists or would result from
the initial Credit Extension; and
(iii) there has occurred since December 31, 1995, no event or
circumstance that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in
a Material Adverse Effect;
(g) PURCHASE AGREEMENT. A certified copy of the Asset Sale, Purchase
and Transfer Agreement between Willamette Industries, Inc., an Oregon
corporation, and the Company (the "Purchase Agreement"), evidencing an aggregate
purchase price of the Property not to exceed $205,000,000;
(h) FACILITY A CREDIT AGREEMENT. All conditions precedent to the
initial extension of credit set forth in Section 4.1 of the Facility A Credit
Agreement shall have occurred prior to or simultaneously with the closing
hereunder;
57
<PAGE>
(i) COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS. The Collateral Documents, executed by the
Company, in appropriate form for recording, where necessary, together with:
(i) acknowledgment copies of all UCC-1 financing statements
filed, registered or recorded to perfect the security interests of the
Agent for the benefit of the Banks, or other evidence satisfactory to the
Agent that there has been filed, registered or recorded all financing
statements and other filings, registrations and recordings necessary and
advisable to perfect the Liens of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks in
accordance with applicable law;
(ii) written advice relating to such Lien and judgment searches
as the Agent shall have requested, and such termination statements or other
documents as may be necessary to confirm that the Collateral is subject to
no other Liens in favor of any Persons (other than Permitted Liens);
(iii) funds sufficient to pay any filing or recording tax or fee
in connection with any and all UCC-1 financing statements;
(iv) such consents, estoppels, subordination agreements and
other documents and instruments executed by any Persons party to material
contracts relating to any Collateral as to which the Agent shall be granted
a Lien for the benefit of the Banks, as requested by the Agent or any Bank;
and
(v) all other actions necessary or, in the opinion of the Agent
or the Banks, desirable to perfect and protect the first priority Lien
created by the Collateral Documents, and to enhance the Agent's ability to
preserve and protect its interests in and access to the Collateral, shall
have been taken;
(j) INSURANCE POLICIES. A certificate of a reputable insurance
broker setting forth the nature and extent of all insurance maintained by the
Company in accordance with Section 4.4 of the Security Agreement;
(k) OTHER DOCUMENTS. Such other approvals, opinions, documents or
materials as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably request;
(l) REPAYMENT OF LOANS OUTSTANDING. Evidence that all "Loans" as
defined in the 1995 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as defined in the
Facility A Credit Agreement), including any loss or expense sustained or
incurred as a consequence of such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.4 thereof and
interest accrued thereunder, and all "Loans" as defined in the Original Facility
B Credit Agreement, including any loss or expense sustained or incurred as a
consequence of such prepayment pursuant to Section 4.4 thereof and interest
accrued thereunder, shall have been repaid in full or shall immediately be
repaid in full with the proceeds from the Loans and the Facility A Loans; and
(m) CONSENT TO AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT. The consent to this
amendment and restatement of the Original Facility B Credit Agreement executed
by the Departing Bank.
58
<PAGE>
5.2. CONDITIONS TO ALL CREDIT EXTENSIONS.
The obligation of each Bank and the Swingline Bank to make any Syndicated
Loan and Swingline Loan to be made by it (including its initial Loan) or to
continue or convert any Syndicated Loan under Section 2.4 and the obligation of
the Issuing Bank to Issue any Letter of Credit (including the initial Letter of
Credit) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on
the relevant Borrowing Date, Conversion/Continuation Date or Issuance Date, as
applicable:
(a) NOTICE, APPLICATION. As to any Syndicated Loan or Swingline
Loan, the Agent shall have received (with, in the case of the initial Loan only,
a copy for each Bank) a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of
Conversion/Continuation, as applicable, or in the case of any Issuance of any
Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Agent shall have received an L/C
Application or L/C Amendment Application, as required under Section 3.2;
(b) CONTINUATION OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The
representations and warranties in Article VI shall be true and correct on and as
of such Borrowing Date or Conversion/Continuation Date with the same effect as
if made on and as of such Borrowing Date or Conversion/Continuation Date (except
to the extent such representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier
date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date);
(c) NO EXISTING DEFAULT. No Default or Event of Default shall exist
or shall result from such Borrowing or continuation or conversion; and
(d) NO FURTHER ADVANCE NOTICE. Neither the Agent nor any Bank
shall have received from the Company any notice that any Collateral Document
will no longer secure on a first priority basis future advances or future
Loans to be made or extended under this Agreement.
Each Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Conversion/Continuation and L/C
Application or L/C Amendment Application submitted by the Company hereunder
shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company hereunder, as
of the date of each such notice and as of each Borrowing Date,
Conversion/Continuation Date, or Issuance Date, as applicable, that the
conditions in Section 5.2 are satisfied.
ARTICLE VI.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Company represents and warrants to the Agent and each Bank that:
59
<PAGE>
6.1. EXISTENCE AND POWER.
The Company and each Partner Entity:
(a) is a limited partnership (or in the case of each MGP General
Partner, a corporation) duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation;
(b) has the power and authority and all governmental licenses,
authorizations, consents and approvals to own its assets, carry on its business
and to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents;
(c) is duly qualified as a foreign limited partnership and is
licensed and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its
ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business
requires such qualification or license; and
(d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law; except, in each
case referred to in clause (c) or clause (d), to the extent that the failure to
do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.2. AUTHORIZATION; NO CONTRAVENTION.
The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement
and each other Loan Document to which the Company is a party, have been duly
authorized by all necessary partnership and corporate action, and do not and
will not:
(a) contravene the terms of any Organization Documents of the Company
or the Partner Entities;
(b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the
creation of any Lien under, any document evidencing any Contractual Obligation
to which the Company or any of the Partner Entities are a party or any order,
injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which such Person or
its property is subject; or
(c) violate any Requirement of Law.
6.3. GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATION.
No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or
notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority (except for recordings or
filings in connection with the Liens granted to the Agent under the Collateral
Documents) is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery
or performance by, or enforcement against, the Company or any Partner Entity of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
60
<PAGE>
6.4. BINDING EFFECT.
This Agreement and each other Loan Document to which the Company is a party
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company (to the
extent it is a party thereto), enforceable against the Company in accordance
with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating to
enforceability.
6.5. LITIGATION.
Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.5, there are no actions,
suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending, or to the Company's Knowledge,
threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any
Governmental Authority, against the Company or any of the Partner Entities, or
any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties
which:
(a) purport to affect or pertain to the Equity Issuance, this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby; or
(b) have a reasonable probability of success on the merits and which,
if determined adversely to such Person or its Subsidiaries, would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No injunction, writ, temporary
restraining order or any order of any nature has been issued by any court or
other Governmental Authority purporting to enjoin or restrain the execution,
delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or
directing that the transactions provided for herein or therein not be
consummated as herein or therein provided.
6.6. NO DEFAULT.
No Default or Event of Default exists or would result from the incurring of
any Obligations by the Company or from the grant or perfection of the Liens of
the Agent and the Banks on the Collateral. As of the Closing Date, none of the
Company, the Partner Entities, or any of their respective Subsidiaries is in
default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation in any respect
which, individually or together with all such defaults, could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or that would, if such default had
occurred after the Closing Date, create an Event of Default under
subsection 9.1(f).
6.7. ERISA COMPLIANCE.
(a) SCHEDULE 6.7 lists all Plans. All written descriptions thereof
provided to the Agent are true and complete in all material respects.
(b) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.7, each Plan is in
compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal
or state law, except for such non-compliance which would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan which is intended to
qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has
61
<PAGE>
received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for
such a determination letter will be submitted no later than the expiration of
the remedial amendment period for effecting amendments required by reason of
Section 1140 of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, as amended, and to the Company's
Knowledge, nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such
qualification.
(c) There are no pending, or to the Company's Knowledge, threatened
claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with
respect to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result
in a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or other
violation of the fiduciary responsibility rule with respect to any Plan which
could reasonably result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(d) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.7, no ERISA Event
has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Pension
Plan.
(e) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.7, no Pension Plan
(other than multiemployer plans within the meaning of Section 3(38) of ERISA)
has any Unfunded Pension Liability.
(f) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.7, neither the
Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, nor does it reasonably expect to
incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan
(other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA).
(g) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.7, neither the
Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has transferred any Unfunded Pension Liability
to any Person or otherwise engaged in a transaction that could be subject to
Section 4069 of ERISA.
6.8. USE OF PROCEEDS; MARGIN REGULATIONS.
The proceeds of the Loans are to be used solely for the purposes set forth
in and permitted by Section 7.11 and Section 8.8. None of the Company, the
Partner Entities nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is generally engaged
in the business of purchasing or selling Margin Stock or extending credit for
the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.
6.9. TITLE TO PROPERTIES.
The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have good record and marketable
title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property
necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of their respective businesses, except
for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a
Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, the property of the Company
and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens.
62
<PAGE>
6.10. TAXES.
The Company, each Partner Entity, and their respective Subsidiaries have
filed all Federal and other material tax returns and reports required to be
filed, and have paid all Federal and other material taxes, assessments, fees and
other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties,
income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate
reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax
assessment against the Company, the Partner Entities or any of their
Subsidiaries that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.11. FINANCIAL CONDITION.
(a) The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and
its Subsidiaries dated December 31, 1995, and the related consolidated
statements of income or operations, partners' capital and cash flows for the
fiscal year ended on that date:
(i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied
throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted
therein;
(ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Company and
its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and results of operations for the
period covered thereby; and
(iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities,
direct or contingent, of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as
of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments
and Contingent Obligations.
(b) Since December 31, 1995, there has been no Material Adverse
Effect.
6.12. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.
(a) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.12, the on-going
operations of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries comply in all respects
with all Environmental Laws, except such non-compliance which would not (if
enforced in accordance with applicable law) reasonably be expected to result in
liability in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate.
(b) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.12, the Company
and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all material licenses, permits,
authorizations and registrations required under any Environmental Law
("Environmental Permits") and necessary for their respective ordinary course
operations, all such Environmental Permits are in good standing, and the Company
and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all material terms and
conditions of such Environmental Permits.
(c) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.12, none of the
Company or its Subsidiaries, any Partner Entity or any of its Subsidiaries, or
any of their respective present
63
<PAGE>
property or operations, is subject to any outstanding written order from or
agreement with any Governmental Authority, nor subject to any judicial or
docketed administrative proceeding, respecting any Environmental Law,
Environmental Claim or Hazardous Material.
(d) To the Company's Knowledge, except as specifically disclosed in
SCHEDULE 6.12, there are no Hazardous Materials or other conditions or
circumstances existing with respect to any property of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, that would reasonably be expected to give rise to Environmental
Claims with a potential liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries in excess
of $10,000,000 in the aggregate for any such condition, circumstance or
property. In addition, (i) to the Company's Knowledge, neither the Company nor
any of its Subsidiaries has any underground storage tanks (x) that are not
properly registered or permitted under applicable Environmental Laws, or
(y) that are leaking or disposing of Hazardous Materials, and (ii) to the extent
required under any Requirement of Law, the Company and its Subsidiaries have
notified all of their employees of the existence, if any, of any health hazard
arising from the conditions of their employment and have met all notification
requirements under the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, and
all other Environmental Laws.
(e) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.12, there are no
disputes, litigation, investigations, or proceedings to which the Company, the
Partner Entities or any of their respective Subsidiaries are a party relating to
any Environmental Law or environmental condition that could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and, to the Company's Knowledge,
there are no other disputes, litigation, investigations, or proceedings and no
rulemaking or legislation pending relating to any Environmental Law or
environmental condition that could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
6.13. REGULATED ENTITIES.
None of the Company, the Partner Entities, any Person controlling such
Person, or any Subsidiary, is (a) an "Investment Company" within the meaning of
the Investment Company Act of 1940; or (b) is subject to regulation under the
Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the
Interstate Commerce Act, any state public utilities code, or any other Federal
or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.
6.14. NO BURDENSOME RESTRICTIONS.
Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by
any Contractual Obligation, or subject to any restriction in any Organization
Document, or any Requirement of Law, which could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect.
6.15. COPYRIGHTS, PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES, ETC.
The Company or its Subsidiaries own or are licensed or otherwise have the
right to use all of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names,
copyrights, contractual franchises, authorizations and other rights that are
reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without
conflict with the rights of any other Person. To the Company's Knowledge, no
slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or
other material
64
<PAGE>
now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries infringes upon any rights held by any other Person. Except as
specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.5, no claim or litigation regarding any of
the foregoing is pending or threatened, and no patent, invention, device,
application, principle or any statute, law, rule, regulation, standard or code
is pending or, to the Company's Knowledge, proposed, which, in either case,
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.16. SUBSIDIARIES.
As of the Closing Date, the Company has no Subsidiaries other than those
specifically disclosed in part (a) of SCHEDULE 6.16 hereto and has no equity
investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically
disclosed in part (b) of SCHEDULE 6.16.
6.17. INSURANCE.
The properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries are insured with
financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the
Company, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are
customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning
similar properties in localities where the Company or such Subsidiary operates.
6.18. LABOR RELATIONS.
There are no material strikes, lockouts or other labor disputes against the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Company's Knowledge, threatened
against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and no significant
unfair labor practice complaint is pending against the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or, to the Company's Knowledge, threatened against any of them
before any Government Authority.
6.19. PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.
As of the Closing Date, the only general partner of the Company is the
Managing General Partner. As of the Closing Date, the only general partners of
the Managing General Partner are Fremont and HS Corp.
6.20. FULL DISCLOSURE.
None of the representations or warranties made by the Company, any Partner
Entity or any of their Subsidiaries in the Loan Documents as of the date such
representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and none of the
statements contained in any exhibit, report, statement or certificate furnished
by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the
Loan Documents (including the offering and disclosure materials delivered by or
on behalf of the Company to the Banks prior to the Closing Date), contains any
untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the time when made
or delivered.
65
<PAGE>
6.21. SOLVENCY.
The Company and each of the Partner Entities is Solvent.
6.22. SWAP OBLIGATIONS.
Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any
outstanding obligations under any Swap Contracts, other than Permitted Swap
Obligations. The Company has undertaken its own independent assessment of its
consolidated assets, liabilities and commitments and has considered appropriate
means of mitigating and managing risks associated with such matters and has not
relied on any swap counterparty or any Affiliate of any swap counterparty in
determining whether to enter into any Swap Contract.
6.23. COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS.
(a) The provisions of each of the Collateral Documents are effective
to create in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks, a legal, valid and
enforceable first priority security interest in all right, title and interest of
the Company in the collateral described therein; and financing statements
executed by the Company to be filed in the offices in all of the jurisdictions
listed in the schedule to the Security Agreement have been delivered to the
Agent.
(b) All representations and warranties of the Company contained in
the Collateral Documents are true and correct.
ARTICLE VII.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Bank shall have any Commitment hereunder, or the
Swingline Bank shall have any Swingline Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or
other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit
shall remain outstanding, unless the Required Banks waive compliance in
writing:
7.1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
The Company shall deliver to the Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to
the Agent and the Required Banks, with sufficient copies for each Bank:
(a) as soon as available, but not later than 90 days after the end of
each fiscal year, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the
Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related
consolidated statements of income or operations, partners' equity and cash flows
for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for
the previous fiscal year, identifying any material change in accounting policies
or financial reporting practices by the Company or any of its consolidated
Subsidiaries, and accompanied by the opinion of Price Waterhouse LLP or another
nationally-recognized independent public accounting firm ("INDEPENDENT AUDITOR")
which report shall state that such consolidated financial
66
<PAGE>
statements present fairly the financial position for the periods indicated in
conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years. Such
opinion shall not be qualified or limited because of a restricted or limited
examination by the Independent Auditor of any material portion of the
Company's or any Subsidiary's records and shall be delivered to the Agent
pursuant to a reliance agreement between the Agent and Banks and such
Independent Auditor in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Banks;
(b) as soon as available, but not later than 60 days after the end of
each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, a copy of the
unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of
the end of such quarter and the related consolidated statements of income,
partners' equity and cash flows for the period commencing on the first day and
ending on the last day of such quarter, identifying any material change in
accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Company or any of
its consolidated Subsidiaries, and certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly
presenting, in accordance with GAAP (subject to ordinary, good faith year-end
audit adjustments), the financial position and the results of operations of the
Company and its Subsidiaries;
(c) as soon as available, but not later than 90 days after the end of
each fiscal year, a copy of an unaudited consolidating balance sheet of the
Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related
consolidating statement of income for such year, certified by a Responsible
Officer as having been developed and used in connection with the preparation of
the financial statements referred to in subsection 7.1(a);
(d) as soon as available, but not later than 60 days after the end of
each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, a copy of the
unaudited consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and
the related consolidating statements of income for such quarter, all certified
by a Responsible Officer as having been developed and used in connection with
the preparation of the financial statements referred to in subsection 7.1(b);
(e) as soon as available, but not later than 90 days after the end of
each fiscal year, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Master
Partnership and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related
consolidated statements of income or operations, partners' equity and cash flows
for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for
the previous fiscal year, and accompanied by the opinion of the Independent
Auditor which report shall state that such consolidated financial statements
present fairly the financial position for the periods indicated in conformity
with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years. Such opinion shall
not be qualified or limited because of a restricted or limited examination by
the Independent Auditor of any material portion of the Master Partnership's or
any Subsidiary's records and shall be delivered to the Agent pursuant to a
reliance agreement between the Agent and Banks and such Independent Auditor in
form and substance satisfactory to the Required Banks;
(f) as soon as available, but not later than 60 days after the end of
each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, a copy of the
unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Master Partnership and its
Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and the related
67
<PAGE>
consolidated statements of income, partners' equity and cash flows for the
period commencing on the first day and ending on the last day of such quarter,
and certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting, in accordance with
GAAP (subject to ordinary, good faith year-end audit adjustments), the financial
position and the results of operations of the Master Partnership and its
Subsidiaries;
(g) as soon as available, but not later than January 31 of each year,
a business plan which shall include (i) pro-forma financial projections of the
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the related
consolidated statements of income or operations, partners' equity and cash
flows, (x) in 1996, for the calendar year 1997, and (y) in every year
thereafter, for the five-year period beginning January 1 of the year of delivery
of such business plan, and (ii) timber inventories, timber harvests, lumber and
other wood product shipments, projected average prices for logs and lumber by
species and type, a timber log flow report and an outside timber harvest/log
procurement contract summary; which projections shall be accompanied by
appropriate assumptions and sufficient supporting details on which such
projections are based, certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting
management's good faith projection of probable results for such period;
(h) as soon as available, but no later than 30 days after the end of
each month, a copy of the monthly operating summary in form substantially
similar to that currently provided to management;
(i) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the
end of each calendar year, the report entitled "Fair Market Value of Timber Cut,
determined for Section 631(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, Capital Gains
Treatment" prepared with respect to the prior calendar year by Mason, Bruce and
Girard, or another nationally recognized timber appraiser reasonably acceptable
to the Required Banks.
7.2. CERTIFICATES; OTHER INFORMATION.
The Company shall furnish to the Agent, with sufficient copies for each
Bank:
(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in subsection 7.1(a), a certificate of the Independent Auditor
stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was
obtained of any Default or Event of Default under Sections 8.13, 8.16, 8.17 and
8.18 except as specified in such certificate;
(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in subsections 7.1(a) and (b), a Compliance Certificate executed by
a Responsible Officer;
(c) promptly, copies of all financial statements and reports that the
Company or the Master Partnership sends to its limited partners, and, if
applicable, promptly, within 15 days of any such filing, copies of all financial
statements and regular, periodical or special reports (including Forms 10K, 10Q
and 8K) and registration statements that the Company or any Subsidiary or the
Master Partnership may make to, or file with, the SEC; and
68
<PAGE>
(d) promptly, such additional information regarding the business,
financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the
Master Partnership as the Agent, at the request of any Bank, may from time to
time reasonably request.
7.3. NOTICES.
The Company shall promptly notify the Agent and each Bank:
(a) of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, and of the
occurrence or existence of any event or circumstance that foreseeably will
become a Default or Event of Default;
(b) of any matter that has resulted or if adversely determined would
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including
(i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation
of any of the Company, the Partner Entities or any of their Subsidiaries;
(ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension which may
exist at any time between the Company, the Partner Entities or any of their
Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or
any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Company,
the Partner Entities or any of their Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any
applicable Environmental Laws;
(c) of any of the following events affecting the Company or any ERISA
Affiliate, together with a copy of any notice with respect to such event that
may be required to be filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice
delivered by a Governmental Authority to the Company or any ERISA Affiliate with
respect to such event:
(i) an ERISA Event;
(ii) if any of the representations and warranties in Section 6.7
ceases to be true and correct;
(iii) the adoption by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
or, upon the Company's Knowledge thereof, by any other ERISA Affiliate of
any new Pension Plan or other Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code;
(iv) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan or other
Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or, upon the Company's Knowledge thereof, by any other ERISA
Affiliate, if such amendment results in a material increase in either
contributions by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Unfunded Pension
Liability; or
(v) the commencement of contributions by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries or, upon the Company's Knowledge thereof, by any other
ERISA Affiliate to any Pension Plan or other Plan subject to Section 412 of
the Code;
69
<PAGE>
(d) any Material Adverse Effect subsequent to the date of the most
recent audited financial statements of the Company delivered to the Banks
pursuant to subsection 7.1(a);
(e) of any material labor controversy resulting in or threatening to
result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other labor disruption
against or involving the Company, the Partner Entities or any of their
Subsidiaries; or
(f) of any assertion or determination by any Governmental Authority
that the Company shall no longer be classified as a partnership not taxable as a
corporation under the Code.
Each notice under this Section shall be accompanied by a written
statement by a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence
referred to therein, and stating what action the Company or any affected
Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto and at what time. Each notice
under subsection 7.3(a) shall describe with particularity any and all clauses or
provisions of this Agreement or other Loan Document that have been (or
foreseeably will be) breached or violated.
7.4. PRESERVATION OF PARTNERSHIP EXISTENCE, ETC.
The Company shall, except as permitted by Section 8.3, and shall cause each
of its Subsidiaries and each of the Partner Entities to:
(a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its partnership or
corporate existence and good standing under the laws of its state or
jurisdiction of formation or incorporation;
(b) preserve and maintain in full force and effect all governmental
rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises necessary
or desirable in the normal conduct of its business except in connection with
transactions permitted by Section 8.3 and sales of assets permitted by
Section 8.2;
(c) use reasonable efforts, in the ordinary course of business, to
preserve its business organization and goodwill; and
(d) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks,
trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
PROVIDED that the Company shall not be obligated to preserve its status as a
partnership not taxable as a corporation if (i) the Company's failure to
preserve such status shall be the result of an amendment to the tax laws enacted
by the Congress of the United States and (ii) after giving effect to the loss of
such status, the ratio of Pro Forma Consolidated Cash Flow to Pro Forma Maximum
Debt Service, determined as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately
preceding the loss of such status, would be greater than 1.1 to 1.0, assuming
for the purposes of the
70
<PAGE>
computation of Pro Forma Consolidated Cash Flow, that Pro Forma Consolidated
Cash Flow would be reduced by taxes at the applicable tax rate of the Company
for such period had the Company been taxable as a corporation.
7.5. MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY.
The Company shall maintain, and shall cause each Subsidiary to maintain,
and preserve all its property which is used or useful in its business in good
working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and make all
necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the
failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect or except as permitted by Section 8.2.
7.6. INSURANCE.
The Company shall maintain, and shall cause each Subsidiary to maintain,
with financially sound and reputable independent insurers, insurance with
respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds
customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business,
of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar
circumstances by such other Persons; including public liability and property and
casualty insurance.
7.7. PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS.
The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, pay and discharge as
the same shall become due and payable, all their respective obligations and
liabilities, including:
(a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or
levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance
with GAAP are being maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary;
(b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien
upon its property, unless the same are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being
maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary; and
(c) all trade payables owing to Persons that are not Affiliates of
the Company in the ordinary course of business, unless the same are contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with
GAAP are being maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary.
7.8. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.
The Company shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to
comply, in all material respects with all Requirements of Law of any
Governmental Authority having
71
<PAGE>
jurisdiction over it or its business (including the Federal Fair Labor Standards
Act), except such as may be contested in good faith or as to which a bona fide
dispute may exist.
7.9. INSPECTION OF PROPERTY AND BOOKS AND RECORDS.
The Company shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to
maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct
entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all
financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the
Company and such Subsidiary. The Company shall permit, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to permit, representatives and independent contractors of the Agent
or any Bank to visit and inspect any of their respective properties, to examine
their respective corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies
thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs,
finances and accounts with their respective directors, officers, and independent
public accountants, all at the expense of the Company and at such reasonable
times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired,
upon reasonable advance notice to the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, when an Event
of Default exists the Agent or any Bank may do any of the foregoing at the
expense of the Company at any time during normal business hours and without
advance notice.
7.10. ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS.
(a) The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, conduct
its operations and keep and maintain its property in material compliance with
all Environmental Laws, the non-compliance with which would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Upon the written request of the Agent or any Bank, the Company
shall submit and cause each of its Subsidiaries to submit, to the Agent with
sufficient copies for each Bank, at the Company's sole cost and expense, at
reasonable intervals, a report providing an update of the status of any
environmental, health or safety compliance, hazard or liability issue identified
in any notice or report required pursuant to subsection 7.3(b), that could,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in liability
in excess of $10,000,000.
7.11. USE OF PROCEEDS.
The Company shall use the proceeds of the Loans (i) to repay on the Closing
Date "Loans" under and as defined in the Original Facility B Credit Agreement,
(ii) for the cost (including related fees, commissions and expenses) of the
acquisition of certain timberlands, standing timber, and related assets located
on such timberlands previously owned by Cavenham Forest Industries, a division
of Hanson Natural Resources Company, to be sold to the Company indirectly
through Willamette Industries, Inc., pursuant to the Purchase Agreement a
certified copy of which is delivered to the Banks pursuant to subsection 5.1(g)
(the "PROPERTY") and (iii) for working capital (including standby letters of
credit) and other general partnership purposes, in all cases not in
contravention of any Requirement of Law or of any Loan Document.
72
<PAGE>
7.12. FURTHER ASSURANCES.
(a) The Company shall ensure that all written information, exhibits
and reports furnished to the Agent or the Banks do not and will not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact and do not and will not omit to state any
material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not
misleading in light of the circumstances in which made, and will promptly
disclose to the Agent and the Banks and correct any defect or error that may be
discovered therein or in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment
or recordation thereof.
(b) Promptly upon request by the Agent or the Required Banks, the
Company shall do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-
file, register and re-register, any and all such further acts, deeds,
conveyances, security agreements, mortgages, assignments, estoppel certificates,
financing statements and continuations thereof, termination statements, notices
of assignment, transfers, certificates, assurances and other instruments the
Agent or such Banks, as the case may be, may reasonably require from time to
time in order (i) to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement
or any other Loan Document, (ii) to subject to the Liens created by any of the
Collateral Documents any of the properties, rights or interests covered by any
of the Collateral Documents, (iii) to perfect and maintain the validity,
effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and the Liens
intended to be created thereby, and (iv) to better assure, convey, grant,
assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm to the Agent and Banks the
rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Banks under any
Loan Document or under any other document executed in connection therewith.
ARTICLE VIII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Bank shall have any Commitment hereunder, or the
Swingline Bank shall have any Swingline Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or
other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit
shall remain outstanding, unless the Required Banks waive compliance in writing:
8.1. LIMITATION ON LIENS.
The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make, create, incur, assume or suffer
to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any part of its property, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following ("PERMITTED LIENS"):
(a) any Lien existing on property of such Person on the Closing Date
and set forth in SCHEDULE 8.1 securing Indebtedness outstanding on such date;
(b) any Lien created under any Loan Document;
73
<PAGE>
(c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges
which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty, or to the extent
that non-payment thereof is permitted by Section 7.7, provided that no notice of
lien has been filed or recorded under the Code;
(d) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', landlords', materialmen's,
repairmen's or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have
the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;
(e) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of
pledges or deposits required in the ordinary course of business in connection
with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security
legislation;
(f) Liens on the property of such Person securing (i) the non-
delinquent performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money),
leases, statutory obligations, (ii) contingent obligations on surety and appeal
bonds, and (iii) other non-delinquent obligations of a like nature; in each
case, incurred in the ordinary course of business, provided all such Liens in
the aggregate would not (even if enforced) cause a Material Adverse Effect;
(g) Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment liens,
provided that the enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and all such
liens in the aggregate at any time outstanding for the Company and its
Subsidiaries do not exceed $5,000,000;
(h) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar
encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which do not impose
material financial obligations on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and
which do not in any case materially detract from the value of a material asset
subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of such
Person;
(i) purchase money security interests on any property acquired or
held by such Person in the ordinary course of business, securing Indebtedness
incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of
acquiring such property; PROVIDED THAT (i) any such Lien attaches to such
property concurrently with or within 20 days after the acquisition thereof,
(ii) such Lien attaches solely to the property so acquired in such transaction,
(iii) the principal amount of the debt secured thereby does not exceed 85% (or
100% in the case of capital leases) of the cost of such property, and (iv) the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by any and
all such purchase money security interests shall not at any time exceed
$25,000,000;
(j) Liens securing obligations in respect of capital leases on assets
subject to such leases, PROVIDED THAT such capital leases are otherwise
permitted hereunder;
(k) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law
provision relating to banker's liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and
remedies as to deposit accounts or
74
<PAGE>
other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution; PROVIDED THAT
(i) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not
subject to restrictions against access by the Company in excess of those set
forth by regulations promulgated by the FRB, and (ii) such deposit account is
not intended by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to provide collateral to
the depository institution;
(l) Liens securing Contingent Obligations permitted under
subsection 8.9(d); and
(m) other Liens that secure claims or Indebtedness of less than
$1,000,000 in the aggregate and that exist no more than 10 days before being
released or terminated.
8.2. ASSET DISPOSITIONS.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell,
transfer, lease, contribute or otherwise convey, or grant options, warrants or
other rights with respect to, all or any part of its assets (including accounts
receivable and capital stock of Subsidiaries) to any Person, other than:
(a) sales of timber, logs, lumber and other inventory in the ordinary
course of business for fair market value;
(b) sales for fair market value of equipment, which is surplus, worn-
out or obsolete or no longer useful in the ordinary course of business;
(c) sales of assets other than standing timber for fair market value,
the gross sale proceeds of which, together with the gross sale proceeds of all
other assets sold, transferred, leased, contributed, or conveyed pursuant to
this clause by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not exceed in the
aggregate an amount (the "Annual Sales Amount") equal to (i) in calendar year
1996, $10,000,000 and (ii) in each calendar year thereafter, the sum of (A) the
Annual Sales Amount for the preceding calendar year PLUS (B) an increase equal
to the percentage increase, if any, in the CPI for such preceding calendar year,
multiplied by such Annual Sales Amount; PROVIDED that the cumulative amount of
such sales during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed an amount (the
"Cumulative Sales Amount") equal to (y) $51,500,000 PLUS (z) an increase equal
to the percentage increase, if any, in the CPI from January 1, 1996 to the date
of determination, multiplied by such Cumulative Sales Amount;
(d) sales of Designated Acres for the fair market value thereof;
(e) exchanges of timberland for other timberland in the ordinary
course of business with Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company, if:
(i) the aggregate fair market value of all timberland so
exchanged by the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, collectively, does
not exceed on a cumulative basis $400,000,000 during the term of this
Agreement;
75
<PAGE>
(ii) the timberland to be received in exchange is of at least an
equivalent fair market value to the timberland to be exchanged or, if such
timberland is not of at least an equivalent fair market value, the amount
of any shortfall shall constitute a permitted disposition under
subsection 8.2(c) or (f);
(iii) the timberland to be received in exchange is located
in the United States, Canada, Mexico or New Zealand, PROVIDED that the
aggregate fair market value of such timberlands received in such exchanges
and located in Canada, Mexico or New Zealand does not exceed in the
aggregate, together with the Net Proceeds invested in productive assets in
such foreign countries pursuant to subsection 8.2(f)(ii) and the net
proceeds of harvesting used to purchase timber or timberlands in such
foreign countries pursuant to Section 8.4, $50,000,000 during the term of
this Agreement; and
(iv) at the time of such exchange, no Default or Event of Default
exists or shall result from such exchange;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any exchange permitted by this subsection 8.2(e) may be
in the form of a tax deferred exchange so long as such tax deferred exchange is
completed within 180 days; and
(f) dispositions for fair market value thereof of assets not
otherwise permitted hereunder to Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company
if:
(i) at the time of such disposition no Default or Event of
Default exists or shall result from such disposition; and
(ii) the Net Proceeds of such disposition (A) are applied within
180 days of such disposition to the purchase of productive assets in a
Permitted Business (including purchases not consummated during such 180
days if a binding agreement for such purchase is entered into during such
period and such purchase is completed within 90 days after the expiry of
such 180 day period) located in the United States, Canada, Mexico and New
Zealand, PROVIDED that the aggregate Net Proceeds applied to such purchases
of such assets located in Canada, Mexico and New Zealand do not exceed,
together with the fair market value of assets in such foreign countries
obtained in an exchange pursuant to subsection 8.2(e) and the net proceeds
of harvesting used to purchase timber or timberlands in such foreign
countries pursuant to Section 8.4, $50,000,000 during the term of this
Agreement, (B) do not exceed cash expenditures by the Company for the
purchase of productive assets in a Permitted Business during the preceding
90 days (excluding any purchase to the extent financed by a Facility A
Loan) or (C) are applied within 180 days of such disposition to the
repayment of such Senior Debt as the Company may elect to so prepay
PROVIDED that (x) at any time the Company shall elect to repay Senior Debt
other than the Loans and the Facility A Loans, the Company shall also repay
Loans and Facility A Loans by at least a pro rata amount (based on the then
outstanding principal of amount of all Senior Debt), (y) a Responsible
Officer shall have notified the Agent promptly after its determination to
so apply the Net Proceeds and shall have certified the receipt of fair
market value for such assets and the proper application of such Net
Proceeds in accordance with this subsection 8.2(f), and (z)
76
<PAGE>
if, during the aforementioned periods, the Net Proceeds of all such
dispositions which have not been applied to the purchase of productive
assets in a Permitted Business or distributed to the holders of Senior Debt
for application to the repayment of such Senior Debt exceeds $25,000,000 in
the aggregate at any time, all such net proceeds in excess of $25,000,000
shall be placed immediately upon receipt thereof in an escrow account,
pursuant to an Escrow Agreement, for the purpose of application in
accordance with clauses (A) and (C) above. The Company shall apply any Net
Proceeds withdrawn from escrow pursuant to an Escrow Agreement to the
applications required by clauses (A) or (C) above within three Business
Days after such withdrawal.
8.3. CONSOLIDATIONS AND MERGERS.
The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any Subsidiary to,
merge, consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose
of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or
substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or
in favor of any Person, except:
(a) any Subsidiary of the Company may merge with the Company,
provided that the Company (i) shall be the continuing or surviving partnership
and (ii) shall have a consolidated net worth immediately following such merger
equal to or greater than the consolidated net worth of the Company immediately
preceding such merger;
(b) any Subsidiary of the Company may sell all or substantially all
of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise), to the Company; or
(c) any Subsidiary of the Company may merge with any other Subsidiary
of the Company, provided that the surviving Subsidiary shall have a consolidated
net worth immediately following such merger equal to or greater than the
consolidated net worth of the surviving Subsidiary immediately preceding such
merger;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in each case (i) no Default or Event of Default exists or
shall result from such merger or sale and (ii) immediately after such merger or
sale, the ratio of (A) Pro Forma Consolidated Cash Flow to Pro Forma Interest
Expense is greater than 2.50 to 1.00, and (B) Pro Forma Consolidated Cash Flow
to Pro Forma Maximum Debt Service is greater than 1.25 to 1.00.
8.4. HARVESTING RESTRICTIONS.
The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, in any calendar year, commencing with 1996, harvest timber or
sell standing timber on (i) the timberlands owned by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, including the Property ("Existing
Timberlands"), (ii) timberlands owned as a result of a permitted exchange of
Existing Timberlands pursuant to subsection 8.2(e), (iii) timberlands purchased
pursuant to clause (z) below, or (iv) other timberlands acquired by the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date other than as described in
clauses (ii) and (iii) above, in excess of:
77
<PAGE>
(a) in any one such calendar year, 150% of the Planned Volume for
that calendar year;
(b) in any two such consecutive calendar years, 140% of the Planned
Volume for such calendar years;
(c) in any three such consecutive calendar years, 130% of the Planned
Volume for such calendar years; and
(d) in any four such consecutive calendar years, 120% of the Planned
Volume for such calendar years;
unless the net proceeds from such excess harvest (which shall be determined
based upon the average prices received on the sale of all timber harvested
during such period and a reasonable allocation of direct cash expenses incurred
in connection with the harvesting and sale of timber during such period), are,
within ten Business Days after the end of such period, placed in an escrow
account, pursuant to an Escrow Agreement, to be applied within 180 days after
the end of such period (y) to the repayment of such Senior Debt as the Company
may elect to so prepay PROVIDED that at any time the Company shall elect to
repay Senior Debt other than the Loans and the Facility A Loans, the Company
shall also repay Loans and Facility A Loans by at least a pro rata amount (based
on the outstanding principal of all Senior Debt), or (z) to purchase or commit
to purchase timber or timberlands located in the United States, Canada, Mexico
or New Zealand (including purchases not consummated during such 180 days if a
binding agreement for such purchase is entered into during such period and such
purchase is completed within 90 days after the expiry of such 180 day period)
for not more than fair market value (in the good faith judgment of the
Responsible Officer as certified in writing to the Agent and the Banks),
PROVIDED that the aggregate of such net proceeds used to purchase timber or
timberlands located in Canada, Mexico and New Zealand shall not exceed, together
with the fair market value of assets in such foreign countries obtained in an
exchange pursuant to subsection 8.2(e) and the Net Proceeds invested in
productive assets in such foreign countries pursuant to subsection 8.2(f)(ii),
$50,000,000 during the term of this Agreement, and PROVIDED, further that the
Company shall have notified the Agent promptly after its determination to so
apply the net proceeds. The Company shall apply any such net proceeds withdrawn
from the escrow account pursuant to an Escrow Agreement to the applications
required by clauses (y) or (z) above within three Business Days after such
withdrawal.
"PLANNED VOLUME" shall mean for each calendar year 250,000,000 board feet
of timber, and shall be increased for any Annual Timber Increase, from the
Effective Date for such Annual Timber Increase, by increasing such per annum
amount by an amount equal to 15% of such Annual Timber Increase per annum for a
period of 6 and 2/3rds years from such Effective Date. In addition, such per
annum amounts for any year after 1996 shall be decreased by 20% (calculated
after giving effect to any Annual Timber Increases) for the entirety of such
calendar year if the Asset Coverage Ratio at the end of the prior calendar year
is less than 2.0 : 1.0, until the Asset Coverage Ratio returns to 2.0 : 1.0 at
the end of a calendar year, at which time the per annum amount for the next
calendar year shall be restored to 250,000,000 board feet of timber
78
<PAGE>
plus any otherwise applicable increases. For example, an Asset Coverage Ratio
of 1.75 : 1.0 at the end of 1996 and a 1996 Annual Timber Increase of
100,000,000 board feet would cause the Planned Volume for 1997 to be 212,000,000
board feet (250,000,000 plus 15% of 100,000,000 less 20%). The same Asset
Coverage Ratio at the end of 1997 (assuming no additional Annual Timber
Increases) would cause the Planned Volume for 1998 to be 169,600,000 board feet
(212,000,000 less 20%); while an Asset Coverage Ratio of 2.0 : 1.0 at the end of
1997 (assuming no additional Annual Timber Increases) would cause the Planned
Volume for 1998 to be 265,000,000 board feet (250,000,000 plus 15% of
100,000,000). For purposes of the foregoing:
"ANNUAL TIMBER INCREASE" shall mean, for any calendar year, the
amount, in board feet, by which the number of board feet of timber acquired
by the Company and its Subsidiaries during such calendar year (excluding
timber acquired with the net proceeds of an excess harvest pursuant to
Section 8.4) shall exceed the number of board feet of timber sold by the
Company and its Subsidiaries during such calendar year.
"EFFECTIVE DATE" for any Annual Timber Increase shall be July 1 of
the calendar year for which such Annual Timber Increase occurs.
"ASSET COVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, for any calendar year, the ratio
of (a) the wholesale value of the inventory of standing timber owned by the
Company and its Subsidiaries at the end of such calendar year to (b)
Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries at the end of such
calendar year. For purposes of this definition, the inventory of standing
timber owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries at the end of any calendar
year shall be equal to (1) the inventory of standing timber owned by the
Company and its Subsidiaries at the end of the prior calendar year, plus
(2) the Annual Timber Increase for the calendar year in question, plus (3)
the growth during such calendar year of standing timber owned by the
Company and its Subsidiaries at the end of such calendar year, minus (4)
the volume of standing timber owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries and
harvested during such calendar year, and minus (5) the inventory of
standing timber disposed of by the Company and its Subsidiares during such
calendar year. For purposes of this definition, the wholesale value of the
inventory of standing timber owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries at
the end of any calendar year shall be equal to 60% of its retail value,
which shall be based upon the volume of each species of standing timber so
owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries and the retail prices for each
such species as of the end of such calendar year. The calculations
referred to herein shall be based upon the good faith estimates of a
Responsible Officer contained in the Compliance Certificate delivered with
respect to each annual financial statement and shall be consistent with the
report delivered pursuant to subsection 7.1(i) with respect to that
calendar year.
8.5. LOANS AND INVESTMENTS.
The Company shall not purchase or acquire, or suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to purchase or acquire, or make any commitment therefor, any
capital stock, equity interest, or any obligations or other securities of, or
any interest in, any Person, or make or commit to make any
79
<PAGE>
Acquisitions, or make or commit to make any advance, loan, extension of credit
or capital contribution to or any other investment in, any Person including any
Affiliate of the Company, except for:
(a) investments of the type specified in, and in accordance with the
requirements and limitations of, the Investment Policy;
(b) the loans existing on the Closing Date and set forth on
SCHEDULE 8.5;
(c) extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or
notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or services in the
ordinary course of business or from sale of assets sold in compliance with
Section 8.2;
(d) extensions of credit by the Company to any of its Subsidiaries or
by any of its Subsidiaries to another of its Subsidiaries;
(e) advances or deposits in the ordinary course of business to owners
of timber or timberlands to acquire the right to harvest timber;
(f) investments not otherwise permitted hereunder in a Person as long
as (x) such Person is domiciled in, and substantially all of its assets are
located in, the United States, Canada, Mexico or New Zealand and its only
material activities consist of Permitted Businesses, (y) such investments do not
exceed in the aggregate an amount (the "Annual Investment Amount") equal to
(i) in calendar year 1996, $10,000,000 and (ii) in each calendar year
thereafter, the sum of (A) the Annual Investment Amount for the preceding
calendar year PLUS (B) an increase equal to the percentage increase, if any, in
the CPI for such preceding calendar year, multiplied by such Annual Investment
Amount, and (z) the cumulative amount of such investments during the term of
this Agreement shall not exceed an amount (the "Cumulative Investment Amount")
equal to (i) $51,500,000 PLUS (ii) an increase equal to the percentage increase,
if any, in the CPI from January 1, 1996 to the date of determination, multiplied
by such Cumulative Investment Amount; and
(g) Investments constituting Permitted Swap Obligations or payments
or advances under Swap Contracts relating to Permitted Swap Obligations.
8.6. LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS.
The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, suffer to exist, or otherwise become or
remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Senior Notes and any
refunding or refinancing thereof so long as (i) the first principal repayment
date under such refunding or refinancing shall not be earlier than the first
principal repayment date under the Senior Notes as originally issued, and
(ii) the average life of the Indebtedness incurred under such refunding or
refinancing shall not be shorter than the average life of the Senior Notes as
originally issued;
80
<PAGE>
(b) Indebtedness consisting of Contingent Obligations permitted
pursuant to Section 8.9;
(c) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth in
SCHEDULE 8.6;
(d) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by subsection 8.1(i);
(e) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary owing to the Company;
(f) Indebtedness incurred by the Company pursuant to this Agreement;
(g) other unsecured Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of
business, PROVIDED, that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such
Indebtedness shall not at any time exceed $10,000,000 and provided further that
such Indebtedness is expressly subordinate to the Obligations hereunder by
subordination provisions acceptable to the Agent and the Required Banks; and
(h) Facility A Loans.
8.7. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.
The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of the Company,
except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or such
Subsidiary than would obtain in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a
Person not an Affiliate of the Company or such Subsidiary. The Company shall be
entitled to reimburse the Managing General Partner for (i) all direct and
indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Company
(including without limitation salary, bonus, incentive compensation, and other
amounts paid to any Person to perform services for the Company or for the
Managing General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Company), and
(ii) all other necessary or appropriate expenses reasonably allocable to the
Company or otherwise reasonably incurred by the Managing General Partner in
connection with operating the Company's business (including expenses allocated
to the Managing General Partner by its Affiliates and, for so long as Fremont
Group, Inc., owns an interest in the Managing General Partner, an annual fee of
$100,000, payable semi-annually in arrears, in consideration of management
services).
8.8. USE OF PROCEEDS.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, use any portion of the proceeds of the Loans or any Letter of
Credit, directly or indirectly, (i) to purchase or carry Margin Stock, (ii) to
repay or otherwise refinance indebtedness of the Company or others incurred to
purchase or carry Margin Stock, (iii) to extend credit for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, or (iv) to acquire any security in any
transaction that is subject to Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act.
81
<PAGE>
(b) The Company shall not and shall not suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to use any portion of the proceeds of the Loans or any Letter of
Credit, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly to purchase Ineligible Securities
from a Section 20 Subsidiary during any period in which such Section 20
Subsidiary makes a market in such Ineligible Securities, (ii) knowingly to
purchase during the underwriting or placement period Ineligible Securities being
underwritten or privately placed by a Section 20 Subsidiary, or (iii) to make
payments of principal or interest on Ineligible Securities underwritten or
privately placed by a Section 20 Subsidiary and issued by or for the benefit of
the Company or any Affiliate of the Company. As used in this Section, "Section
20 Subsidiary" means the Subsidiary of the bank holding company controlling any
Bank, which Subsidiary has been granted authority by the Federal Reserve Board
to underwrite and deal in certain Ineligible Securities; and "Ineligible
Securities" means securities which may not be underwritten or dealt in by member
banks of the Federal Reserve System under Section 16 of the Banking Act of 1933
(as 12 U.S.C. Section 24, Seventh), as amended.
8.9. CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS.
The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Contingent
Obligations except:
(a) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business;
(b) Permitted Swap Obligations;
(c) Contingent Obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries
existing as of the Closing Date and listed in SCHEDULE 8.9; and
(d) Contingent Obligations of the Company under timber harvest and
log procurement contracts to acquire timber from private and government owners
in the ordinary course of business and reimbursement obligations with respect to
bonds issued to secure the Company's performance thereunder.
8.10. JOINT VENTURES.
The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to enter into any Joint Venture, other than Joint Ventures in
Permitted Businesses and so long as any such Joint Ventures are not entered into
for the purpose of evading any covenant or restriction in any Loan Document.
8.11. RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.
The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any Subsidiary to,
declare or make any limited partner or general partner distribution or dividend
payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations
or securities on account of any, limited or general partnership interest or
shares of any class of capital stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire
for value any partnership interest or shares of capital stock or any warrants,
rights or options to acquire such partnership interest or shares, now or
hereafter outstanding (each a
82
<PAGE>
"Restricted Payment"); EXCEPT THAT: (a) the Company may declare and make
distributions payable solely in general or limited partnership interests or
units; and (b) if no Default or Event of Default exists or would result from
such action, the Company may make during each fiscal quarter one or more
Restricted Payments if such Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount do not
exceed Available Cash for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.
8.12. CHANGE IN BUSINESS.
The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, engage in any material line of business other than a Permitted
Business. The Company shall not suffer or permit the Managing General Partner
to engage in any business other than being the general partner of the Company,
the managing general partner of the Master Partnership or the general partner in
any other Subsidiary of the Master Partnership.
8.13. FISCAL YEAR CHANGES.
The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to change the fiscal year of the Company or of any of its
Subsidiaries.
8.14. AMENDMENTS TO AGREEMENTS.
The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to amend, modify, supplement, waive or otherwise modify any of the
terms and provisions contained in the Company Partnership Agreement, the Master
Partnership Agreement (or any document executed or delivered in connection with
such Partnership Agreements), or the partnership certificate of the Company or
the Master Partnership, if such amendment, supplement or other modification
shall impair the Company's ability to perform its obligations under the Loan
Documents or increase any of its financial obligations to any of its general or
limited partners or to any Affiliate.
8.15. LIMITATION ON VOLUNTARY PAYMENTS OF SENIOR NOTES, ETC.
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to make
any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment on or redemption or acquisition
for value of (including, without limitation, by way of depositing with respect
thereto money or securities before due for the purpose of paying when due) the
Senior Notes other than (i) the refunding or refinancing in full of the Senior
Notes permitted by subsection 8.6(a) and (ii) pro rata prepayments thereof with
the Loans and the Facility A Loans as permitted by subsection 2.7(a)(i).
8.16. CASH FLOW TO INTEREST EXPENSE RATIO.
The Company shall not permit the ratio of Cash Flow to Interest Expense to
be less than (a) 1.5 to 1.0 at the end of any fiscal quarter ending on or before
December 31, 1996, (b) 2.0 to 1.0 at the end of any fiscal quarter ending after
December 31, 1996 and on or before December 31, 1997, and (c) 2.25 to 1.0 at the
end of any fiscal quarter ending thereafter.
83
<PAGE>
8.17. TOTAL DEBT TO CASH FLOW RATIO.
(a) With respect to each fiscal quarter ending before receipt by the
Company of Equity Proceeds, the Company shall not permit the Total Debt to Cash
Flow Ratio to be greater than (i) 5.75 to 1.0 at the end of any such fiscal
quarter ending on or before September 30, 1996, (ii) 5.5 to 1.0 at the end of
any such fiscal quarter ending on or before June 30, 1997, (iii) 4.5 to 1.0 at
the end of any such fiscal quarter ending on or before December 31, 1997, and
(iv) 4.25 to 1.0 at the end of any such fiscal quarter thereafter.
(b) With respect to each fiscal quarter ending after receipt by the
Company of Equity Proceeds, the Company shall not permit the Total Debt to Cash
Flow Ratio to be greater than (i) 4.5 to 1.0 at the end of any such fiscal
quarter ending on or before December 31, 1997, and (ii) 4.0 to 1.0 at the end of
any such fiscal quarter thereafter.
8.18. CASH COVERAGE RATIO.
The Company shall not permit the Cash Coverage Ratio at the end of any
fiscal quarter to be less than 1.0 to 1.0.
ARTICLE IX.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
9.1. EVENT OF DEFAULT.
Any of the following shall constitute an "EVENT OF DEFAULT":
(a) NON-PAYMENT. The Company fails to pay, (i) when and as required
to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or of any L/C Obligation,
or (ii) within 5 days after the same becomes due, any interest, fee or any other
amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
(b) REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY. Any representation or warranty by
the Company, any Partner Entity or any of its Subsidiaries made or deemed made
herein, in the Original Facility B Credit Agreement, in any other Loan Document,
or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other
statement by such Person, or any Responsible Officer, furnished at any time
under this Agreement, in or under any other Loan Document, or in or under the
Original Facility B Credit Agreement is incorrect in any material respect on or
as of the date made or deemed made; or
(c) SPECIFIC DEFAULTS. The Company fails to perform or observe any
term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 7.3 or 7.9 or in
Article VIII; or
(d) OTHER DEFAULTS. The Company fails to perform or observe any
other term or covenant contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 20 days after the
earlier of (i) the date upon which a
84
<PAGE>
Responsible Officer knew or reasonably should have known of such failure or
(ii) the date upon which written notice thereof is given to the Company by the
Agent or any Bank shall exist; or
(e) FACILITY A CREDIT AGREEMENT CROSS-DEFAULT. An "Event of Default"
shall exist as that term is defined in the Facility A Credit Agreement.
(f) CROSS-DEFAULT. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) fails
to make any payment in respect of any Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation
(other than in respect of Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount
(including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to
all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than
$5,000,000 when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment,
acceleration, demand, or otherwise) and such failure continues after the
applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the relevant document on
the date of such failure; or (ii) fails to perform or observe any other
condition or covenant, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, under
any agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness or Contingent
Obligation, if the effect of such failure, event or condition described in
clause (ii) is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness
or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on
behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause such
Indebtedness to be declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity,
or such Contingent Obligation to become payable or cash collateral in respect
thereof to be demanded; or (iii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early
Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (1) any event
of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is
the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (2) any Termination
Event (as so defined) as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is an Affected
Party (as so defined), and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by
the Company or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than $5,000,000;
or
(g) INSOLVENCY; VOLUNTARY PROCEEDINGS. The Company, any Partner
Entity, or any of their Subsidiaries (i) ceases or fails to be Solvent, or
generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as
they become due, subject to applicable grace periods, if any, whether at stated
maturity or otherwise; (ii) voluntarily ceases to conduct its business in the
ordinary course; (iii) commences any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to
itself; or (iv) takes any action to effectuate or authorize any of the
foregoing; or
(h) INVOLUNTARY PROCEEDINGS. (i) Any involuntary Insolvency
Proceeding is commenced or filed against the Company, any Partner Entity or any
of their Subsidiaries, or any writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution
or similar process, is issued or levied against a substantial part of such
Person's properties, and any such proceeding or petition shall not be dismissed,
or such writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process
shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after
commencement, filing or levy; (ii) the Company, any Partner Entity or any of
their Subsidiaries admits the material allegations of a petition against it in
any Insolvency Proceeding, or an order for relief (or similar order under non-
U.S. law) is ordered in any Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii) the Company, any
Partner Entity or any of their Subsidiaries acquiesces in the appointment of a
receiver, trustee, custodian,
85
<PAGE>
conservator, liquidator, mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor), or other
similar Person for itself or a substantial portion of its property or business;
or
(i) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan
which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of
either Company under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan or the PBGC in an
aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000; or (ii) the commencement or increase
of contributions to, or the adoption of or the amendment of a Pension Plan by
the Company or any ERISA Affiliate which has resulted or could reasonably be
expected to result in an increase in Unfunded Pension Liability among all
Pension Plans in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000; or
(j) MONETARY JUDGMENTS. One or more non-interlocutory judgments,
non-interlocutory orders, decrees or arbitration awards is entered against the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (to
the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the
insurer does not dispute coverage) as to any single or related series of
transactions, incidents or conditions, of $5,000,000 or more, and the same shall
remain unsatisfied, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a period of
30 consecutive days after the entry thereof; or
(k) NON-MONETARY JUDGMENTS. Any non-monetary judgment, order or
decree is entered against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which does or
would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall
be any period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such
judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in
effect; or
(l) CHANGE OF CONTROL. Without the prior written consent of the
Required Banks, Peter W. Stott shall cease to be the Chief Executive Officer or
the Chairman of the Managing General Partner or the Master Partnership shall
cease to be the sole limited partner of the Company; or
(m) ADVERSE CHANGE. There occurs a Material Adverse Effect; or
(n) AUDITORS. The Agent or any Bank shall receive notice from the
Independent Auditor that the Agent and the Banks should no longer use or rely
upon any audit report or other financial data provided by the Independent
Auditor; or
(o) COLLATERAL.
(i) any provision of any Collateral Document shall for any
reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against the Company
or the Company shall so state in writing or bring an action to limit its
obligations or liabilities thereunder; or
(ii) any Collateral Document shall for any reason (other than
pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid security interest
in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby
or such security interest in any material portion
86
<PAGE>
of the Collateral shall for any reason cease to be a perfected and first
priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens; or
(p) EQUITY ISSUANCE. The Company shall fail, on or before June 30,
1997, to have received and applied in repayment of the Loans pursuant to
subsection 2.6(b) Equity Proceeds in the amount of at least $100,000,000.
9.2. REMEDIES.
If any Event of Default occurs, the Agent shall, at the request of, or may,
with the consent of, the Required Banks,
(a) declare the Commitment of each Bank and the Swingline Commitment
of the Swingline Bank to make Loans and any obligation of the Issuing Bank to
Issue Letters of Credit to be terminated, whereupon such Commitment and
obligation shall be terminated;
(b) declare an amount equal to the maximum aggregate amount that is
or at any time thereafter may become available for drawing under any outstanding
Letters of Credit (whether or not any beneficiary shall have presented, or shall
be entitled at such time to present, the drafts or other documents required to
draw under such Letters of Credit) to be immediately due and payable, and
declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest
accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or
under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without
presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived by the Company; and
(c) exercise on behalf of itself and the Banks all rights and
remedies available to it and the Banks under the Loan Documents or applicable
law;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon the occurrence of any event specified in
subsection (g) or (h) of Section 9.1 (in the case of clause (i) of
subsection (h) upon the expiration of the 60-day period mentioned therein), the
obligation of each Bank and the Swingline Bank to make Loans and any obligation
of the Issuing Bank to Issue Letters of Credit shall automatically terminate and
the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other
amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable without further
act of the Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Bank, or any Bank.
9.3. RIGHTS NOT EXCLUSIVE.
The rights provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are
cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights, powers, privileges or
remedies provided by law or in equity, or under any other instrument, document
or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.
87
<PAGE>
ARTICLE X.
THE AGENT
10.1. APPOINTMENT AND AUTHORIZATION.
(a) Each Bank hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes
the Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this
Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform
such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in
this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the Agent shall not have any
duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall
the Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Bank,
and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or
liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
otherwise exist against the Agent. The Company acknowledges that the Agent has
made no assertions of implied authority to act for the Banks and that the Agent
has only the authority expressly granted herein. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term "agent" in this
Agreement with reference to the Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary
or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any
applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom,
and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between
independent contracting parties.
(b) The Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Banks with respect to
any Letters of Credit Issued by it and the documents associated therewith until
such time and except for so long as the Agent may agree at the request of the
Required Banks to act for such Issuing Bank with respect thereto; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Issuing Bank shall have all of the benefits and immunities
(i) provided to the Agent in this Article X with respect to any acts taken or
omissions suffered by the Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit
Issued by it or proposed to be Issued by it and the application and agreements
for letters of credit pertaining to the Letters of Credit as fully as if the
term "Agent", as used in this Article X, included the Issuing Bank with respect
to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement
with respect to the Issuing Bank.
10.2. DELEGATION OF DUTIES.
The Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other
Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be
entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.
The Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent
or attorney-in-fact that it selects with reasonable care.
10.3. LIABILITY OF AGENT.
None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (i) be liable for any action taken
or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement
or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for
its own gross negligence or willful misconduct),
88
<PAGE>
or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any of the Banks for any recital,
statement, representation or warranty made by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliate of the Company, or any officer thereof, contained in
this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report,
statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the
Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or
for the value of or title to any Collateral, or the validity, effectiveness,
genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or for any failure of the Company or any other party to any Loan
Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related
Person shall be under any obligation to any Bank to ascertain or to inquire as
to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or
conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the
properties, books or records of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
Affiliates.
10.4. RELIANCE BY AGENT.
(a) The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected
in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate,
affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, statement or
other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to
have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice
and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Company), independent
accountants and other experts selected by the Agent. The Agent shall be fully
justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of
the Required Banks as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall
first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Banks against any and all
liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or
continuing to take any such action. The Agent shall in all cases be fully
protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required
Banks and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto
shall be binding upon all of the Banks.
(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions
specified in Section 5.1, each Bank that has executed this Agreement shall be
deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each
document or other matter either sent by the Agent to such Bank for consent,
approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to
or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Bank.
10.5. NOTICE OF DEFAULT.
The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence
of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the
payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Agent for the
account of the Banks, unless the Agent shall have received written notice from a
Bank or the Company referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or
Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default". The
Agent will notify the Banks of its receipt of any such notice. The Agent shall
take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be
requested by the Required Banks in
89
<PAGE>
accordance with Article IX; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that unless and until the Agent
has received any such request, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to)
take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such
Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest
of the Banks.
10.6. CREDIT DECISION.
Each Bank acknowledges that none of the Agent-Related Persons has made any
representation or warranty to it, and that no act by the Agent hereinafter
taken, including any review of the affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-
Related Person to any Bank. Each Bank represents to the Agent that it has,
independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on
such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations,
property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, the value of and title to any Collateral, and all applicable
bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made
its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the
Company hereunder. Each Bank also represents that it will, independently and
without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and
information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own
credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as
it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations,
property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Company.
Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly herein required to be
furnished to the Banks by the Agent, the Agent shall not have any duty or
responsibility to provide any Bank with any credit or other information
concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other
condition or creditworthiness of the Company which may come into the possession
of any of the Agent-Related Persons.
10.7. INDEMNIFICATION.
Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the
Banks shall indemnify upon demand the Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not
reimbursed by or on behalf of the Company and without limiting the obligation of
the Company to do so), pro rata, from and against any and all Indemnified
Liabilities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Bank shall be liable for the payment to
the Agent-Related Persons of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities
resulting from such Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without
limitation of the foregoing, each Bank shall reimburse the Agent upon demand for
its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney
Costs) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution,
delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether
through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in
respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, the Original
Facility B Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document
contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Agent is not
reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Company. The undertaking
90
<PAGE>
in this Section shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and the
resignation or replacement of the Agent.
10.8. AGENT IN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.
BofA and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the
account of, enter Swap Contracts with, accept deposits from, acquire equity
interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial
advisory, underwriting or other business with the Company and its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates as though BofA were not the Agent, the Swingline Bank or the
Issuing Bank hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Banks. The Banks
acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, BofA or its Affiliates may
receive information regarding the Company or its Affiliates (including
information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of the
Company or such Subsidiary) and acknowledge that the Agent shall be under no
obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, BofA
shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Bank and
may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent or the Issuing Bank and
the terms "Bank" and "Banks" include BofA in its individual capacity.
10.9. SUCCESSOR AGENT.
The Agent may, and at the request of the Required Banks shall, resign as
Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Banks. If the Agent resigns under this
Agreement, the Required Banks shall appoint from among the Banks a successor
agent for the Banks. If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective
date of the resignation of the Agent, the Agent may appoint, after consulting
with the Banks and the Company, a successor agent from among the Banks. Upon
the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, such successor
agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Agent
and the term "Agent" shall mean such successor agent and the retiring Agent's
appointment, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring
Agent's resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article X and
Sections 11.4 and 11.5 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or
omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement. If no
successor agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is 30 days
following a retiring Agent's notice of resignation, the retiring Agent's
resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Banks shall
perform all of the duties of the Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the
Required Banks appoint a successor agent as provided for above. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, however, BofA may not be removed as the Agent at the request of
the Required Banks unless BofA shall also simultaneously be replaced as "Issuing
Bank" hereunder pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to BofA.
10.10. COLLATERAL MATTERS.
(a) The Agent is authorized on behalf of all the Banks, without the
necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Banks, from time to time
to take any action with respect to any Collateral or the Collateral Documents
which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens upon the
Collateral granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents. Each of the Banks
authorizes and directs the Agent to execute the Security Agreement.
91
<PAGE>
(b) The Banks irrevocably authorize the Agent, at its option and in
its discretion, to release any Lien granted to or held by the Agent upon any
Collateral (i) upon termination of the Commitments and payment and performance
in full of all Loans and all other Obligations then due and payable under this
Agreement and under any other Loan Document and the expiration or termination of
all Letters of Credit; (ii) constituting property sold or to be sold or disposed
of as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder; or
(iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Banks or
all the Banks, as the case may be, as provided in subsection 11.1(f). Upon
request by the Agent at any time, the Required Banks will confirm in writing the
Agent's authority to release particular types of items of Collateral pursuant to
this clause (b) of this Section 10.10.
(c) Each Bank agrees with and in favor of each other (which agreement
shall not be for the benefit of the Company) that the Company's obligation to
such Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents is not and shall not
be secured by any real property collateral now or hereafter acquired by each
Bank.
10.11. WITHHOLDING TAX.
(a) If any Bank is a "foreign corporation, partnership or trust"
within the meaning of the Code and such Bank claims exemption from, or a
reduction of, U.S. withholding tax under Sections 1441 or 1442 of the Code, such
Bank agrees with and in favor of the Agent, to deliver to the Agent:
(i) if such Bank claims an exemption from, or a reduction of,
withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, properly completed IRS
Forms 1001 and W-8 before the payment of any interest in the first calendar
year and before the payment of any interest in each third succeeding
calendar year during which interest may be paid under this Agreement;
(ii) if such Bank claims that interest paid under this Agreement
is exempt from United States withholding tax because it is effectively
connected with a United States trade or business of such Bank, two properly
completed and executed copies of IRS Form 4224 before the payment of any
interest is due in the first taxable year of such Bank and in each
succeeding taxable year of such Bank during which interest may be paid
under this Agreement, and IRS Form W-9; and
(iii) such other form or forms as may be required under the
Code or other laws of the United States as a condition to exemption from,
or reduction of, United States withholding tax.
Such Bank agrees to promptly notify the Agent of any change in circumstances
which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.
(b) If any Bank claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding
tax under a United States tax treaty by providing IRS Form 1001 and such Bank
sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of
the Obligations of the Company to such
92
<PAGE>
Bank, such Bank agrees to notify the Agent of the percentage amount in which it
is no longer the beneficial owner of Obligations of the Company to such Bank.
To the extent of such percentage amount, the Agent will treat such Bank's IRS
Form 1001 as no longer valid.
(c) If any Bank claiming exemption from United States withholding tax
by filing IRS Form 4224 with the Agent sells, assigns, grants a participation
in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of the Company to such
Bank, such Bank agrees to undertake sole responsibility for complying with the
withholding tax requirements imposed by Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code.
(d) If any Bank is entitled to a reduction in the applicable
withholding tax, the Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Bank
an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking into account
such reduction. If the forms or other documentation required by subsection (a)
of this Section are not delivered to the Agent, then the Agent may withhold from
any interest payment to such Bank not providing such forms or other
documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.
(e) If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United
States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Agent did not properly
withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Bank (because the
appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such
Bank failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the
exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other
reason) such Bank shall indemnify the Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly
or indirectly, by the Agent as tax or otherwise, including penalties and
interest, and including any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts
payable to the Agent under this Section, together with all costs and expenses
(including Attorney Costs). The obligation of the Banks under this subsection
shall survive the payment of all Obligations and the resignation or replacement
of the Agent.
10.12. DOCUMENTATION AGENT.
The Documentation Agent shall have no right, power, obligation, liability,
responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all
Banks as such, excepting only its rights under subsection 2.11(b). Without
limiting the foregoing, the Documentation Agent shall not have or be deemed to
have any fiduciary relationship with any Bank. Each Bank acknowledges that it
has not relied, and will not rely, on the Documentation Agent in deciding to
enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.
93
<PAGE>
ARTICLE XI.
MISCELLANEOUS
11.1. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.
No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, and no consent with respect to any departure by the Company therefrom,
shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the
Required Banks (or by the Agent at the written request of the Required Banks)
and the Company, and acknowledged by the Agent, and then any such waiver or
consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific
purpose for which given; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such waiver, amendment, or
consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Banks and the Company and
acknowledged by the Agent, do any of the following:
(a) increase or extend the Commitment of any Bank or the Swingline
Commitment of the Swingline Bank (or reinstate any such Commitment terminated
pursuant to subsection 9.2(a));
(b) postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other
Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due
to the Banks (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document;
(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein
on any Loan, or (subject to clause (iii) below) any fees or other amounts
payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document;
(d) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the Loans which is required for the Banks or any of
them to take any action hereunder;
(e) amend this Section, or Section 2.15, or any provision herein
providing for consent or other action by all Banks; or
(f) release any Collateral except as otherwise may be provided by the
Loan Documents or except where the consent of the Required Banks only is
specifically provided for;
and, PROVIDED FURTHER, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in
writing and signed by the Issuing Bank in addition to the Required Banks or all
the Banks, as the case may be, affect the rights or duties of the Issuing Bank
under this Agreement or any L/C-Related Document relating to any Letter of
Credit Issued or to be Issued by it, (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall,
unless in writing and signed by the Agent in addition to the Required Banks or
all the Banks, as the case may be, affect the rights or duties of the Agent
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (iii) no amendment, waiver or
consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swingline Bank in addition to
the Required Banks or all the Banks, as the case may be, affect the rights or
duties of the Swingline Bank under this Agreement or any other Loan
94
<PAGE>
Document, and (iv) the Fee Letters may be amended, or rights or privileges
thereunder waived, in a writing executed by the parties thereto.
11.2. NOTICES.
(a) All notices, requests and other communications shall be in
writing (including, unless the context expressly otherwise provides, by
facsimile transmission, provided that any matter transmitted by the Company by
facsimile (i) shall be immediately confirmed by a telephone call to the
recipient at the number specified on SCHEDULE 11.2, and (ii) shall be followed
promptly by delivery of a hard copy original thereof) and mailed, faxed or
delivered, to the address or facsimile number specified for notices on
SCHEDULE 11.2; or, as directed to the Company or the Agent, to such other
address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other
parties, and as directed to any other party, at such other address as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to the Company and the Agent.
(b) All such notices, requests and communications shall, when
transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for
overnight (next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile
machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date
deposited into the U.S. mail, or if delivered, upon delivery; except that
notices pursuant to Article II, III or X shall not be effective until actually
received by the Agent, and notices pursuant to Article III to the Issuing Bank
shall not be effective until actually received by the Issuing Bank at the
address specified for the "Issuing Bank" on SCHEDULE 11.2.
(c) Any agreement of the Agent and the Banks herein to receive
certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience and at
the request of the Company. The Agent and the Banks shall be entitled to rely
on the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the
Company to give such notice and the Agent and the Banks shall not have any
liability to the Company or other Person on account of any action taken or not
taken by the Agent or the Banks in reliance upon such telephonic or facsimile
notice. The obligation of the Company to repay the Loans and L/C Obligations
shall not be affected in any way or to any extent by any failure by the Agent
and the Banks to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile
notice or the receipt by the Agent and the Banks of a confirmation which is at
variance with the terms understood by the Agent and the Banks to be contained in
the telephonic or facsimile notice.
11.3. NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.
No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Agent
or any Bank, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a
waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy,
power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.
95
<PAGE>
11.4. COSTS AND EXPENSES.
The Company shall:
(a) whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated, pay or reimburse the Arranger and BofA (including in its capacity
as Agent and Issuing Bank) within five Business Days after demand (subject to
subsection 5.1(e)) for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the
Arranger and BofA (including in its capacity as Agent and Issuing Bank) in
connection with the development, preparation, delivery, administration and
execution of, and any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to (in each
case, whether or not consummated), this Agreement, the Original Facility B
Credit Agreement, any Loan Document and any other documents prepared in
connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby, including reasonable Attorney Costs incurred by
BofA (including in its capacity as Agent and Issuing Bank) with respect thereto;
(b) pay or reimburse the Agent, the Arranger and each Bank within
five Business Days after demand (subject to subsection 5.1(e)) for all costs and
expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by them in connection with the
enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document during the existence of an Event
of Default or after acceleration of the Loans (including in connection with any
"workout" or restructuring regarding the Loans, and including in any Insolvency
Proceeding or appellate proceeding); and
(c) pay or reimburse BofA (including in its capacity as Agent) within
five Business Days after demand (subject to subsection 5.1(e)) for all appraisal
(including the allocated cost of internal appraisal services), audit,
environmental inspection and review (including the allocated cost of such
internal services), search and filing costs, fees and expenses, incurred or
sustained by BofA (including in its capacity as Agent) in connection with the
matters referred to under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.
11.5. INDEMNITY.
(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated, the Company shall indemnify, defend and hold the Agent-Related
Persons, and each Bank and each of its respective officers, directors,
employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (each, an "INDEMNIFIED
PERSON") harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges,
expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature
whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following repayment
of the Loans, the termination of the Letters of Credit and the termination,
resignation or replacement of the Agent or replacement of any Bank) be
imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Person in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Original Facility B Credit
Agreement or any document contemplated by or referred to herein or therein,
or the transactions contemplated hereby, or any action taken or omitted by
any such Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing, including
with respect to any investigation, litigation or proceeding (including any
Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to or arising out of
this Agreement, the Original Facility B Credit
96
<PAGE>
Agreement or the Loans or Letters of Credit or the use of the proceeds
thereof, whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the
foregoing, collectively, the "INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES"); PROVIDED, that the
Company shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person
with respect to Indemnified Liabilities resulting from the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person.
(b) The obligations in this Section shall survive payment of all
other Obligations and any assignment and delegation by a Bank. At the election
of any Indemnified Person, the Company shall defend such Indemnified Person
using legal counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in such Person's
sole discretion, at the sole cost and expense of the Company. All amounts owing
under this Section shall be paid within 30 days after demand.
11.6. MARSHALLING; PAYMENTS SET ASIDE.
Neither the Agent nor the Banks shall be under any obligation to marshall
any assets in favor of the Company or any other Person or against or in payment
of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that the Company makes a
payment to the Agent or the Banks, or the Agent or the Banks exercise their
right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part
thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential,
set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the
Agent or such Bank in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any
other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then
(a) to the extent of such recovery the obligation or part thereof originally
intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect
as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and
(b) each Bank severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its Pro Rata
Share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent.
11.7. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.
The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns,
except that the Company may not assign or transfer any of its rights or
obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent
and each Bank.
11.8. ASSIGNMENTS, PARTICIPATIONS, ETC.
(a) Any Bank may, with the written consent of the Company at all
times other than during the existence of an Event of Default and of the Agent,
the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Bank all of which consents shall not be
unreasonably withheld, at any time assign and delegate to one or more Eligible
Assignees (provided that no written consent of the Company or the Agent shall be
required in connection with any assignment and delegation by a Bank to an
Eligible Assignee that is an Affiliate of such Bank or to any other Bank unless
at the time of such assignment and delegation the Company's obligations under
Article IV would be increased as a result thereof in which case the Company's
consent will be required and such increase in obligations will be deemed a
reasonable basis for the Company to withhold consent thereto) (each an
"ASSIGNEE") all, or any ratable part of all, of the Loans, the Commitments, the
L/C
97
<PAGE>
Obligations and the other rights and obligations of such Bank hereunder;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) no assignment hereunder shall in any event be less
than $10,000,000 of the combined Commitments of the assigning Bank under this
Agreement and under and as defined in the Facility A Credit Agreement unless as
a result of such assignment the assigning Bank's rights and obligations
hereunder shall be reduced to zero; (ii) if a Bank assigns less than all of its
rights and obligations hereunder, such Bank's remaining Commitment plus such
Bank's Commitment under and as defined in the Facility A Credit Agreement, after
giving effect to such assignment, shall not be less than $10,000,000; (iii) the
Company and the Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with such Bank in
connection with the interest so assigned to an Assignee until (A) written notice
of such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses and related
information with respect to the Assignee, shall have been given to the Company
and the Agent by such Bank and the Assignee, (B) such Bank and its Assignee
shall have delivered to the Company and the Agent an Assignment and Acceptance
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT E ("ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE"), and
(C) the assignor Bank or Assignee has paid to the Agent a processing fee in the
amount of $2,500.00; and (iv) no assignment of Loans shall be effective, and
shall instead be void and of no effect, unless performed simultaneously with an
assignment of an identical percentage of the rights and obligations of the
assigning Bank in Loans under and as defined in the Facility A Credit Agreement.
In connection with any assignment by BofA, its Swingline Commitment may be in
whole but not in part included as part of the assignment transaction, and the
Assignment and Acceptance may be appropriately modified to include an assignment
and delegation of its Swingline Commitment and any outstanding Swingline Loans.
(b) From and after the date that the Agent notifies the assignor Bank
that it has received (and provided its consent with respect to) an executed
Assignment and Acceptance and payment of the above-referenced processing fee,
(i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that
rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such
Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights and obligations of a Bank under
the Loan Documents, and (ii) the assignor Bank shall, to the extent that rights
and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned
by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Loan Documents. To the extent the Loans
and Commitments of any assignor Bank or the Swingline Loans and Swingline
Commitments of the Swingline Bank are evidenced by a Note instead of a loan
account, within 5 Business Days after an assignment, the Company shall execute
and deliver to the Agent (for delivery to the Assignee) new Notes evidencing
such Assignee's assigned portion of the assignor Bank's Loans and such
Commitments and, if the assignor Bank has retained a portion of the Loans and
such Commitment, replacement Notes in a principal amount of the Loans and such
Commitments retained by the assignor Bank. Each such Note shall be dated the
date of the predecessor Note. The assignor Bank shall mark the predecessor Note
"exchanged" and deliver it to the Company.
(c) Immediately upon each Assignee's making its processing fee
payment under the Assignment and Acceptance, this Agreement shall be deemed to
be amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the
addition of the Assignee and the resulting adjustment of the Aggregate
Commitment arising therefrom. The Commitment allocated to each Assignee shall
reduce the Commitment of the assigning Bank PRO TANTO.
98
<PAGE>
(d) Any Bank may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks,
federally chartered instrumentalities of the United States or other Persons not
Affiliates of the Company (a "PARTICIPANT") participating interests in any
Loans, the Commitment of that Bank and the other interests of that Bank (the
"originating Bank") hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that (i) the originating Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall
remain unchanged, (ii) the originating Bank shall remain solely responsible for
the performance of such obligations, (iii) the Company, the Issuing Bank and the
Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with the originating Bank in
connection with the originating Bank's rights and obligations under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iv) no Bank shall transfer or grant any
participating interest under which the Participant has rights to approve any
amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to, this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, except to the extent such amendment, consent or waiver
would require unanimous consent of the Banks as described in the FIRST PROVISO
to Section 11.1. In the case of any such participation, the Participant shall
be entitled to the benefit of Sections 4.1, 4.3, 4.4 and 11.5 as though it were
also a Bank hereunder, and if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due
and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable
upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed
subject to Section 11.9, to have the right of set-off in respect of its
participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent
as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a
Bank under this Agreement.
(e) Each Bank agrees to take normal and reasonable precautions and
exercise due care to maintain the confidentiality of all information identified
as "confidential" or "secret" by the Company and provided to it by the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, or by the Agent on the Company's or Subsidiary's
behalf, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and neither it nor any
of its Affiliates shall use any such information other than in connection with
or in enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; except to the
extent such information (i) was or becomes generally available to the public
other than as a result of disclosure by the Bank, or (ii) was or becomes
available on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company,
provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the
Company known to the Bank; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Bank may disclose such
information (A) at the request or pursuant to any requirement of any
Governmental Authority to which the Bank is subject or in connection with an
examination of such Bank by any such authority; (B) pursuant to subpoena or
other court process; (C) when required to do so in accordance with the
provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law; (D) to the extent reasonably
required in connection with any litigation or proceeding to which the Agent, any
Bank or their respective Affiliates may be party; (E) to the extent reasonably
required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any
other Loan Document; (F) to such Bank's independent auditors and other
professional advisors; (G) to any Affiliate of such Bank, or to any Participant
or Assignee, actual or potential, provided that such Affiliate, Participant or
Assignee agrees to keep such information confidential to the same extent
required of the Banks hereunder, and (H) as to any Bank, as expressly permitted
under the terms of any other document or agreement regarding confidentiality to
which the Company is party or is deemed a party with such Bank.
99
<PAGE>
(f) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any Bank
may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of
its rights under and interest in this Agreement in favor of any Federal Reserve
Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the FRB or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 s
or any CFR Section 203.14, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge
or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.
11.9. SET-OFF.
In addition to any rights and remedies of the Banks provided by law, if an
Event of Default exists or the Loans have been accelerated, each Bank is
authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the
Company, any such notice being waived by the Company to the fullest extent
permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special,
time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other
indebtedness at any time owing by, such Bank to or for the credit or the account
of the Company against any and all Obligations owing to such Bank, now or
hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Agent or such Bank shall
have made demand under this Agreement or any Loan Document and although such
Obligations may be contingent or unmatured. Each Bank agrees promptly to notify
the Company and the Agent after any such set-off and application made by such
Bank; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect
the validity of such set-off and application.
11.10. AUTOMATIC DEBITS OF FEES.
With respect to any commitment fee, arrangement fee, letter of credit fee
or other fee, or any other cost or expense (including Attorney Costs) due and
payable to the Agent, the Issuing Bank, BofA or the Arranger under the Loan
Documents, the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes BofA to debit any deposit
account of the Company with BofA in an amount such that the aggregate amount
debited from all such deposit accounts does not exceed such fee or other cost or
expense. If there are insufficient funds in such deposit accounts to cover the
amount of the fee or other cost or expense then due, such debits will be
reversed (in whole or in part, in BofA's sole discretion) and such amount not
debited shall be deemed to be unpaid. No such debit under this Section shall be
deemed a set-off.
11.11. NOTIFICATION OF ADDRESSES, LENDING OFFICES, ETC.
Each Bank shall notify the Agent in writing of any changes in the address
to which notices to the Bank should be directed, of addresses of any Lending
Office, of payment instructions in respect of all payments to be made to it
hereunder and of such other administrative information as the Agent shall
reasonably request.
11.12. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each
of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, and all of said
counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same
instrument.
100
<PAGE>
11.13. SEVERABILITY.
The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement or
any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in any way affect or
impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this
Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.
11.14. NO THIRD PARTIES BENEFITED.
This Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and legal
benefit of the Company, the Banks, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Bank, the
Agent and the Agent-Related Persons, and their permitted successors and assigns,
and no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have
any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.
11.15. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION.
(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE AGENT AND
THE BANKS SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.
(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT,
THE ORIGINAL FACILITY B CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE
BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE
NORTHERN DISTRICT OF CALIFORNIA, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS
AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND
IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS.
THE COMPANY, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS EACH IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION,
INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM
NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION
OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE ORIGINAL
FACILITY B CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO OR THERETO. THE
COMPANY, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS EACH WAIVE PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS,
COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY
CALIFORNIA LAW.
11.16. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.
THE COMPANY, THE BANKS AND THE AGENT EACH WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO
A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE ORIGINAL FACILITY B CREDIT AGREEMENT, THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY
ACTION,
101
<PAGE>
PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST
ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON, PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER
WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. THE COMPANY, THE
BANKS AND THE AGENT EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE
TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE
PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED
BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING
WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF
THIS AGREEMENT, THE ORIGINAL FACILITY B CREDIT AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY
SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT
AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.
11.17. RECOURSE.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in the proviso to this Section,
nothing contained herein or in the other Loan Documents shall be construed as
creating any liability of any past or present shareholder, limited partner or
general partner of the Company or the Partner Entities or any of their
respective officers or directors to pay any deficiency or other amount owing on
account of the Obligations or to perform any covenant either express or implied
of the Company contained herein or in any other Loan Document; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that nothing in this Section 11.17 shall be construed (i) to relieve
any Person from liability for fraud, concealment, or other intentional
wrongdoing for which such Person would otherwise be liable under any applicable
law, either directly or on behalf of the Company, (ii) to restrict the joinder
in any action of any necessary party in order to seek enforcement of rights
against the Company or any other party to any Loan Document or to restrict
injunctive relief against any Person to the extent necessary to obtain
performance by the Company of its Obligations or by any other party to one or
more of the Loan Documents, or (iii) to relieve any Person from liability for
distributions, payments, or other transfers made to such Person in violation of
the Loan Documents, or in violation of or otherwise recoverable under any
applicable law.
11.18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, embodies the entire
agreement and understanding among the Company, the Banks, the Documentation
Agent and the Agent, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and
understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject
matter hereof and thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) the Fee Letters (b) any
prior arrangements made with respect to the payment by the Company of (or any
indemnification for) any fees, costs or expenses payable to or incurred (or to
be incurred) by or on behalf of the Agent or the Existing Banks, and (c) the
representations and warranties (as of the dates made and deemed made) and the
indemnities of the Company set forth in the Original Facility B Credit Agreement
and the "Loan Documents" (as defined therein) shall, in each case, survive the
execution and delivery of this Agreement.
102
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed and delivered in San Francisco, California, by their proper and
duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
CROWN PACIFIC LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware
limited partnership
By: CROWN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited
partnership, its general partner
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
---------------------------------
BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Agent
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as a Bank, as the
Swingline Bank and as the Issuing Bank
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
103
<PAGE>
ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as Documentation
Agent
By ABN AMRO NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as agent
By: --------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as a Bank
By ABN AMRO NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as agent
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
SOCIETE GENERALE
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
104
<PAGE>
NORTHWEST FARM CREDIT SERVICES, ACA
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
BANK OF MONTREAL
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
BANQUE PARIBAS
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
105
<PAGE>
UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
KEY BANK OF WASHINGTON
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
By:
--------------------------------
Title:
--------------------------------
106
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 2.1
COMMITMENTS
-----------
AND PRO RATA SHARES
-------------------
Bank Commitment Pro Rata Share
- ---- ---------- --------------
Bank of America National Trust
and Savings Association $5,517,241.38 13.79310345%
ABN AMRO Bank, N.V. $4,827,586.20 12.06896552%
Societe Generale $4,827,586.20 12.06896552%
Northwest Farm Credit Services, ACA $3,793,103.45 9.48275862%
Bank of Montreal $3,793,103.45 9.48275862%
The Bank of Nova Scotia $3,793,103.45 9.48275862%
Banque Paribas $3,793,103.45 9.48275862%
Key Bank $3,793,103.45 9.48275862%
Union Bank of California, N.A. $3,793,103.45 9.48275862%
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A $2,068,965.52 5.17241379%
-------------- --------------
$40,000,000.00 100.0%
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 11.2
OFFSHORE AND DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICES,
ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
CROWN PACIFIC LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Address for notices:
Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
c/o Crown Pacific Management
Limited Partnership
Bank of America Financial Center
Suite 1500
121 S.W. Morrison Street
Portland, Oregon 97204
Attention: Roger L. Krage
General Counsel and Secretary
Telephone: (503) 274-2300
Facsimile: (503) 228-4875
BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
as Agent
Address for notices:
Bank of America National Trust
and Savings Association
Agency Management Services #5596
1455 Market Street, 12th Floor
San Francisco, California 94103
Attention: Ivo Bakovic
Vice President
Telephone: (415) 436-2789
Facsimile: (415) 436-2700
Address for borrowings/payments to Agent:
Bank of America National Trust
and Savings Association
ABA #1210-0035-8
Attn.: Agency Management Services #5596
For credit to A/C No. 12337-14313
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
1
<PAGE>
BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
as a Bank
Addresses for notices:
(a) Credit notices:
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
Credit Products #3838
555 California St., 41st Floor
San Francisco, California 94104
Attention: Michael J. Balok
Managing Director
Telephone: (415) 622-2018
Facsimile: (415) 622-4585
(b) Operations notices:
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
1850 Gateway Boulevard, 4th Floor
Concord, California 94520
Attention: Theresa A. Peach
Senior Customer Services Specialist
Telephone: 510-675-7350
Facsimile: 510-675-7531
Payment Instructions:
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
For credit to A/C No. 12331-83980
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Attention: Theresa A. Peach,
Senior Customer Services Specialist
Domestic and Offshore Landing Office:
same as address for operations notices
2
<PAGE>
ABN AMRO BANK, N.V.
as Documentation Agent
Address for notices:
ABN AMRO Bank, N.V.
600 University Street
Suite 2323
Seattle, WA 98101
Attention: David McGinnis, Vice President and Director
Telephone: (206) 587-0342
Facsimile: (206) 682-5641
Address for payment to Documentation Agent:
ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., New York
ABA 026009580
for credit to ABN AMRO Bank Seattle Branch
Account No. 651001085541
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
ABN AMRO BANK, N.V.
as a Bank
Addresses for notices:
(a) Credit notices:
ABN AMRO Bank, N.V.
600 University Street
Suite 2323
Seattle, WA 98101
Attention: David McGinnis, Vice President and Director
Telephone: (206) 587-0342
Facsimile: (206) 682-5641
(b) Operations notices:
ABN AMRO Bank, N.V.
(same address as above)
Attention: Suzanne Smith
Loan Administration Specialist
Telephone: (206) 587-0281
Facsimile: (206) 682-5641
3
<PAGE>
Payment Instructions:
ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., New York
ABA 026009580
for credit to ABN AMRO Bank Seattle Branch
Account No. 651001085541
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as notice address
4
<PAGE>
SOCIETE GENERALE
as a Bank
Addresses for notices:
(a) Credit Notices:
Societe Generale
One Montgomery Street, Suite 3220
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attention: Alec Neville
Vice President
Telephone: (415) 433-8400
Facsimile: (415) 989-9922
(b) Operations Notices:
Societe Generale
2029 Century Park East, Suite 2900
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Attention: Doris Yun
Telephone: (310) 788-7117
Facsimile: (310) 203-0539
Payment Instructions:
Societe Generale New York
ABA 0260042206
for account of Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
NY LSA 9026096
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Operations notice address
5
<PAGE>
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
as a Bank
Addresses for notices:
(a) Credit notices:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
555 Montgomery Street, 17th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attention: Dave Neumann, Vice President
Telephone: (415) 396-4067
Facsimile: (415) 362-5081
(b) Operations notices:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
420 Montgomery Street, 9th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attention: Marilyn Jones, B.S.O.
Telephone: (415) 396-2691
Facsimile: (415) 989-4319
Payment instructions:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
ABA 121000248
BNF=Corporate Loan Operations/AC-2712507201
OBI=Ref: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Attention: Corporate Loans SG371
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Operations notice address
6
<PAGE>
BANQUE PARIBAS
as a Bank
Addresses for notices:
(a) Credit notices:
Banque Paribas
101 California Street, Suite 3150
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attention: Robert Pinkerton, Vice President
Telephone: (415) 398-6811
Facsimile: (415) 398-4240
(b) Operations notices:
Banque Paribas
2029 Century Park East, Suite 3900
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Attention: Shirley Williams,
Vice President, Operations Dept.
Telephone: (310) 551-7360
Facsimile: (310) 553-1504
Payment instructions:
Bank of America, San Francisco
ABA 1210-0035-8
Account No. 62902-10150
Account Name: Banque Paribas, Los Angeles Agency
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Operations notice address
7
<PAGE>
UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.
as a Bank
Addresses for notices:
(a) Credit notices:
Union Bank of California, N.A.
400 California Street, 17th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attention: Kevin Sullivan, Vice President
Telephone: (415) 765-3148
Facsimile: (415) 765-3146
(b) Operations notices:
Union Bank of California, N.A.
(same address as above)
Attention: Norma Sarto
Telephone: (415) 765-2722
Facsimile: (415) 765-3146
Payment Instructions:
Union Bank of California, N.A.
ABA 121000015
Account No. 001-060235
Account Name: Corporate Banking Note Dept.
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Credit notice address
8
<PAGE>
KEY BANK OF WASHINGTON
as a Bank
Addresses for Notices:
(a) Credit notices:
Key Bank of Washington
700 Fifth Avenue, 48th Floor
Seattle, WA 98104
Attention: John H. Brock, Vice President
Telephone: (206) 684-6031
Facsimile: (206) 684-6035
(b) Operations notices:
Key Bank of Washington, N.W. Region Specialty Services
17900 Pacific Highway South, Suite 301
Seattle, WA 98188
Attention: Mary Pease/Vicky Heineck
Telephone: 1(800) 297-5518
Facsimile: 1(800) 297-5495
Payment Instructions:
Key Bank of Washington
ABA 125000574
Account Name: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Ref.: N.W. Region Specialty Services
Attn.: Mary Pease/Vicky Heineck
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Operations notice address
9
<PAGE>
NORTHWEST FARM CREDIT SERVICES, ACA
as a Bank
Addresses for Notices:
(a) Credit notices:
AgAmerica, FCB
601 West First Avenue
Spokane, WA 99204
Attention: Alfred Compton, Vice President
Telephone: (509) 838-9280
Facsimile: (509) 838-9445
(b) Operations notices:
Northwest Farm Credit Services, ACA
601 West First Avenue
P.O.Box TAF-C-5
Spokane, WA 99220
Attention: Kyle Hexom
Telephone: (509) 838-9337
Facsimile: (509) 838-9364
Payment Instructions:
AgAmerica, FCB
ABA 1251-0829-8
AGAMER FCB SPOK
Ref.: Crown Pacific Participation
Please notify Kyle Hexom upon receipt of funds
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Operations notice address
10
<PAGE>
BANK OF MONTREAL
as a Bank
Address for notices:
(a) Credit notices:
Bank of Montreal
115 S. LaSalle Street
Chicago, IL 60603
Attention: Susan Blackburn, Director
Telephone: (312) 750-3887
Facsimile: (312) 750-3808
(b) Operations notices:
Bank of Montreal
(same address as above)
Attention: Debra Sandt
Int. Officer - Client Services
Telephone: (312) 750-4312
Facsimile: (312) 750-4344
Payment Instructions:
Harris Bank & Trust
ABA 071000288
Account No.134856-6
Account Name: Bank of Montreal
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as notice addresses
11
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
as a Bank
Address for Notices:
(a) Credit notices:
The Bank of Nova Scotia
888 S.W. Fifth Avenue
Suite 750
Portland, OR 97204
Attention: Daryl Hogge
Relationship Manager
Telephone: (503) 222-4169
Facsimile: (503) 222-5502
(b) Operations notices:
The Bank of Nova Scotia
600 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Suite 2700
Atlanta, GA 30308
Attention: Craig Subryan
Telephone: (404) 877-1563
Facsimile: (404) 888-8998
Payment Instructions:
The Bank of Nova Scotia
ABA 026 002 532
Account No. 6102-32
Account Name: BNS-Portland Loan Servicing
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Credit notice address
12
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 4.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CREDIT AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF MAY 13, 1996
AMONG
CROWN PACIFIC LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP
BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
AS AGENT
ABN AMRO BANK, N.V.
AS DOCUMENTATION AGENT
AND
THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO
ARRANGED BY
BA SECURITIES, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
----
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS.................................................. 1
1.1 Certain Defined Terms............................................ 1
1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions.................................... 26
1.3 Accounting Principles............................................ 27
ARTICLE II THE CREDITS................................................. 27
2.1 Amounts and Terms of Commitments................................. 27
2.2 Loan Accounts.................................................... 28
2.3 Procedure for Borrowing on the Closing Date...................... 28
2.4 Conversion and Continuation Elections............................ 29
2.5 Optional Prepayments............................................. 30
2.6 Mandatory Prepayments of Loans................................... 31
2.7 Scheduled Repayment.............................................. 32
2.8 Interest......................................................... 33
2.9 Fees............................................................. 33
2.10 Computation of Fees and Interest................................. 34
2.11 Payments by the Company.......................................... 34
2.12 Payments by the Banks to the Agent............................... 35
2.13 Sharing of Payments, Etc......................................... 35
2.14 Quarterly Adjustments............................................ 36
ARTICLE III TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY..................... 36
3.1 Taxes............................................................ 36
3.2 Illegality....................................................... 37
3.3 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.......................... 38
3.4 Funding Losses................................................... 38
3.5 Inability to Determine Rates..................................... 39
3.6 Certificates of Banks............................................ 39
3.7 Survival......................................................... 40
i
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT....................................... 40
4.1 Conditions of Closing........................................... 40
4.2 Conditions to Continuation/Conversion........................... 42
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.............................. 43
5.1 Existence and Power............................................. 43
5.2 Authorization; No Contravention................................. 43
5.3 Governmental Authorization...................................... 43
5.4 Binding Effect.................................................. 44
5.5 Litigation...................................................... 44
5.6 No Default...................................................... 44
5.7 ERISA Compliance................................................ 44
5.8 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations............................. 45
5.9 Title to Properties............................................. 45
5.10 Taxes........................................................... 45
5.11 Financial Condition............................................. 45
5.12 Environmental Matters........................................... 46
5.13 Regulated Entities.............................................. 47
5.14 No Burdensome Restrictions...................................... 47
5.15 Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, Etc............... 47
5.16 Subsidiaries.................................................... 47
5.17 Insurance....................................................... 47
5.18 Labor Relations................................................. 48
5.19 Partnership Interests........................................... 48
5.20 Full Disclosure................................................. 48
5.21 Solvency........................................................ 48
5.22 Swap Obligations................................................ 48
ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS...................................... 48
6.1 Financial Statements............................................ 49
6.2 Certificates; Other Information................................. 50
6.3 Notices......................................................... 51
6.4 Preservation of Partnership Existence, Etc...................... 52
ii
<PAGE>
6.5 Maintenance of Property......................................... 53
6.6 Insurance....................................................... 53
6.7 Payment of Obligations.......................................... 53
6.8 Compliance with Laws............................................ 54
6.9 Inspection of Property and Books and Records.................... 54
6.10 Environmental Laws............................................. 54
6.11 Use of Proceeds................................................ 54
6.13 Further Assurances............................................. 55
ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS........................................ 55
7.1 Limitation on Liens............................................. 55
7.2 Asset Dispositions.............................................. 57
7.3 Consolidations and Mergers...................................... 58
7.4 Harvesting Restrictions......................................... 59
7.5 Loans and Investments........................................... 61
7.6 Limitation on Indebtedness...................................... 62
7.7 Transactions with Affiliates.................................... 63
7.8 Use of Proceeds................................................. 63
7.9 Contingent Obligations.......................................... 64
7.10 Joint Ventures.................................................. 64
7.11 Restricted Payments............................................. 64
7.12 Change in Business.............................................. 64
7.13 Fiscal Year Changes............................................. 64
7.14 Amendments to Agreements........................................ 65
7.15 Limitation on Voluntary Payments of Senior Notes, Etc........... 65
7.16 Cash Flow to Interest Expense Ratio............................. 65
7.17 Total Debt to Cash Flow Ratio................................... 65
7.18 Cash Coverage Ratio............................................. 65
ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT........................................ 66
8.1 Event of Default................................................ 66
8.2 Remedies........................................................ 68
8.3 Rights Not Exclusive............................................ 68
iii
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IX THE AGENT.................................................. 69
9.1 Appointment and Authorization................................... 69
9.2 Delegation of Duties............................................ 69
9.3 Liability of Agent.............................................. 69
9.4 Reliance by Agent............................................... 70
9.5 Notice of Default............................................... 70
9.6 Credit Decision................................................. 70
9.7 Indemnification................................................. 71
9.8 Agent in Individual Capacity.................................... 71
9.9 Successor Agent................................................. 71
9.10 Withholding Tax................................................. 72
9.11 Documentation Agent............................................. 73
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS............................................... 73
10.1 Amendments and Waivers.......................................... 73
10.2 Notices......................................................... 74
10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.................................. 75
10.4 Costs and Expenses.............................................. 75
10.5 Indemnity....................................................... 76
10.6 Payments Set Aside.............................................. 76
10.7 Successors and Assigns.......................................... 76
10.8 Assignments, Participations, Etc................................ 77
10.9 Set-off......................................................... 79
10.10 Automatic Debits of Fees........................................ 79
10.11 Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc................. 79
10.12 Counterparts.................................................... 80
10.13 Severability.................................................... 80
10.14 No Third Parties Benefited...................................... 80
10.15 Governing Law and Jurisdiction.................................. 80
10.16 Waiver of Jury Trial............................................ 80
10.17 Recourse........................................................ 81
10.18 Entire Agreement................................................ 81
iv
<PAGE>
SCHEDULES
Schedule 1.1 Investment Policy
Schedule 2.1 Commitments
Schedule 5.5 Litigation
Schedule 5.7 ERISA
Schedule 5.12 Environmental Matters
Schedule 5.16 Subsidiaries and Minority Interests
Schedule 7.1 Permitted Liens
Schedule 7.5 Permitted Loans and Investments
Schedule 7.6 Permitted Indebtedness
Schedule 7.9 Contingent Obligations
Schedule 10.2 Lending Offices; Addresses for Notices
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit B Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit C Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit D Form of Legal Opinion of Company's Counsel
Exhibit E Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit F Form of Note
Exhibit G Form of Escrow Agreement
v
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CREDIT AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of
May 13, 1996, among Crown Pacific Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited
partnership (the "COMPANY"), the several financial institutions from time to
time party to this Agreement (collectively, the "BANKS"; individually, a
"BANK"), ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., as documentation agent for the Banks, and Bank
of America National Trust and Savings Association, as agent for the Banks.
WHEREAS, the Company, the Original Banks and BofA as agent for the
Original Banks entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of December 13, 1994
(as amended by the Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of February 21, 1995,
the "Original Credit Agreement");
WHEREAS, the Company, the Existing Banks and BofA as agent for the
Existing Banks entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as
of May 22, 1995 (the "1995 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement");
WHEREAS, the Company, the Agent and the Existing Banks, except for
the Departing Bank, desire to enter into this Agreement to amend and restate
the 1995 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the Documentation Agent
and the Banks desire to become parties to this Agreement upon the terms and
conditions set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions
and covenants contained herein, the Company, the Agent and the Existing Banks,
except for the Departing Bank, hereby amend and restate the 1995 Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement in its entirety and, together with the Documentation
Agent and the Banks that are not Existing Banks, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.1 CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS. The following terms have the following
meanings:
"ACQUISITION" means any transaction or series of related transactions
for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition
of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of any business or
division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the capital
stock, partnership interests or equity of any Person or otherwise causing any
Person, to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other
combination with another Person (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary)
provided that the Company or the Subsidiary is the surviving entity.
1
<PAGE>
"ACQUISITION TERM LOAN" has the meaning specified in subsection
2.1(b).
"ACQUISITION TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" has the meaning specified in
subsection 2.1(b).
"AFFILIATE" means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly
or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control
with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the
controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or
cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
"AGENT" means BofA in its capacity as agent for the Banks hereunder,
and any successor agent arising under Section 9.9.
"AGENT-RELATED PERSONS" means BofA, BofA as agent under Original
Credit Agreement and the 1995 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and any
successor agent arising under Section 9.9, together with their respective
Affiliates (including, in the case of BofA, the Arranger), and the officers,
directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and
Affiliates.
"AGENT'S PAYMENT OFFICE" means the address for payments set forth
on SCHEDULE 10.2 in relation to the Agent, or such other address as the Agent
may from time to time specify.
"AGREEMENT" means this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
"AMENDED AND RESTATED FACILITY B CREDIT AGREEMENT" means the Amended
and Restated Facility B Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof between
the Company, the Banks and the Agent.
"ANNUAL TIMBER INCREASE" and "ANNUAL TIMBER DECREASE" have the
meanings specified in Section 7.4.
"APPLICABLE MARGIN" means, in respect of all Loans outstanding on
any date (A) 2.5% for Offshore Rate Loans and 1.5% for Base Rate Loans from
the Closing Date through the earlier of (x) December 31, 1996, or (y) the
receipt by the Company of Equity Proceeds of at least $ 125,000,000 and
repayment in full of the Bridge Term Loan; and (B) thereafter, (x) if the
Company has received Equity Proceeds of at least $125,000,000 by December 31,
1996, 2.5% for Offshore Rate Loans and 1.5% for Base Rate Loans until the
repayment in full of the Bridge Term Loan, after which the Applicable Margin
shall be determined in accordance with the chart below based upon the Total
Debt to Cash Flow Ratio on a trailing four fiscal quarter basis as set forth
below; or (y) if the Company has not received Equity Proceeds of at least
$125,000,000 by December 31, 1996, 3.5% for Offshore Rate Loans and 2.5% for
Base Rate Loans until delivery of financial reports pursuant to subsections
6.1(a) or (b) and the certificate delivered pursuant to subsection 6.2(b)
with respect to a fiscal quarter as of which the Total Debt to Cash Flow
Ratio is equal to or less than 4.0 to 1.0, after which the Applicable Margin
shall be determined in
2
<PAGE>
accordance with the chart below based upon the Total Debt to Cash Flow Ratio
on a trailing four fiscal quarter basis as set forth below.
Total Debt to Cash Flow Ratio Applicable Margin
----------------------------- -----------------
at End of Fiscal Quarter
-----------------------------
Offshore Base
Rate Loans Rate Loans
---------- ----------
Less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 1.6250% 0.6250%
Greater than 3.50 to 1.00 but less
than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 2.0000% 1.0000%
Greater than 4.00 to 1.00 but less
than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 2.2500% 1.2500%
Greater than 4.50 to 1.00 2.5000% 1.5000%
For all periods that the Applicable Margin is based upon the foregoing chart,
the Applicable Margin for each fiscal quarter shall be calculated in reliance on
the financial reports delivered pursuant to subsections 6.1(a) and (b) and the
certificate delivered with respect thereto pursuant to subsection 6.2(b) with
respect to the fiscal quarter ending immediately before the fiscal quarter in
question (e.g., June 30 financials determine the Applicable Margin for the
fiscal quarter beginning July 1). As such financial reports and certificate are
not required to be delivered hereunder until 60 days (or 90 days in the case of
fiscal year-end financial reports) after the end of the applicable fiscal
quarter, the Applicable Margin for each fiscal quarter that the Applicable
Margin is based upon the foregoing chart shall be assumed for interim
calculation and collection purposes, until delivery of such financial reports
and certificate, to be the same as for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.
If such financial reports and certificate are delivered before the beginning of
the next succeeding fiscal quarter, then the Applicable Margin will be adjusted
retroactively to the beginning of the fiscal quarter in question. If the
Company fails to deliver such financial reports and certificate to the Agent for
any fiscal quarter by the beginning of the next succeeding fiscal quarter (e.g.,
by October 1 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30), then the Applicable Margin
for the following fiscal quarter (e.g., October 1 through December 31) shall be
assumed for interim calculation and collection purposes, until delivery of such
financial reports and certificates, to be the Applicable Margin applicable to
the next higher Total Debt to Cash Flow Ratio; thus, if the Applicable Margin
had previously been 2.0% for Offshore Rate Loans and 1.0% for the Base Rate
Loans, a failure to deliver quarterly financials by the first day of the next
fiscal quarter would cause the Applicable Margin to be 2.25% and 1.25%,
respectively, until such delivery. Upon delivery of such delinquent financial
reports and certificate, the Applicable Margin will be adjusted retroactively to
the beginning of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, with any payment
adjustments being made pursuant to Section 2.14. Whether or not the Applicable
Margin is based upon the foregoing chart, the
3
<PAGE>
Applicable Margin shall be adjusted automatically as to all Loans then
outstanding (without regard to the timing of Interest Periods) as of the
effective date of any change in the Applicable Margin.
"ARRANGER" means BA Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"ASSIGNEE" has the meaning specified in subsection 10.8(a).
"ATTORNEY COSTS" means and includes all reasonable fees and
disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel, the reasonable
allocated cost of internal legal services and all disbursements of internal
counsel.
"AVAILABLE CASH" means, with respect to any fiscal quarter and without
duplication:
(a) the sum of:
(i) all cash receipts of the Company during such fiscal quarter
from all sources;
(ii) any reduction with respect to such fiscal quarter in a
cash reserve (other than an SAU Reserve (as defined in the Master
Partnership Agreement)) previously established pursuant to clause (b)(ii)
below (either by reversal or utilization) from the level of such reserve
at the end of the prior fiscal quarter; and
(iii) the amount available to be borrowed on the last day of such
fiscal quarter under the Working Capital Facility but only so long as the
conditions relating to a "Borrowing" set forth in subsections 5.2(b) and
(c) of and as defined in the Facility B Credit Agreement would be satisfied
or waived on such date (or, if the Working Capital Facility is other than
the Facility B Credit Agreement, the conditions to borrowing under such
Working Capital Facility would be satisfied or waived on such date);
(b) LESS the sum of:
(i) all cash disbursements of the Company during such fiscal
quarter, including, without limitation, disbursements for operating
expenses (including, without limitation, the amounts described in the
second sentence of Section 7.7), taxes, if any, debt service (including,
without limitation, the payment of principal, premium and interest),
redemption of Partnership Interests (as defined in the Company Partnership
Agreement), capital expenditures and cash distributions to Partners (as
defined in the Company Partnership Agreement) (but only to the extent that
such cash distributions to Partners exceed Available Cash for the
immediately preceding fiscal quarter); and
(ii) any cash reserves established with respect to such fiscal
quarter, and any increase with respect to such fiscal quarter in a cash
reserve established pursuant to this clause (b)(ii) from the level of such
reserve at the end of the prior fiscal quarter, in
4
<PAGE>
such amounts as the Managing General Partner determines in its reasonable
discretion to be necessary or appropriate (A) to provide for the proper
conduct of the business of the Company (including, without limitation,
reserves for future capital expenditures and those established with
respect to the Obligations hereunder, the "Obligations" under and as
defined in the Amended and Restated Facility B Credit Agreement, and the
Senior Notes), PROVIDED that the reserves established during such fiscal
quarter pursuant to this clause (b)(ii) shall include an amount not less
than (x) 50% of the aggregate amount of all interest in respect of the
Senior Notes to be paid on the interest payment date immediately following
such fiscal quarter, (y) 100% of the aggregate amount of all accrued and
unpaid interest in respect of the Loans and the Facility B Loans on the
date of determination, and (z) 25% of the aggregate amount of all
principal in respect of the Senior Notes scheduled to be paid during the
nine calendar month period immediately following such fiscal quarter,
(B) to establish or add to an SAU Reserve in accordance with the Master
Partnership Agreement, (C) to provide funds for distributions to the
Partners in respect of any one or more of the next four fiscal quarters
or (D) because the distribution of such amounts would be prohibited by
applicable law or by any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage,
debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which the Company is
a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject.
Taxes paid by the Company on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all
or less than all of the Partners (as defined in the Company Partnership
Agreement) shall not be considered cash disbursements of the Company that reduce
Available Cash, but the payment or withholding thereof shall be deemed to be a
distribution of Available Cash to such Partners. Alternatively, in the
discretion of the Managing General Partner, such taxes (if pertaining to all
Partners) may be considered to be cash disbursements of the Company which reduce
Available Cash, but the payment or withholding thereof shall not be deemed to be
a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners.
"BANK" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause hereto.
"BANKRUPTCY CODE" means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978
(11 U.S.C. Section 101, ET SEQ.).
"BASE RATE" means, for any day, the higher of: (a) 0.50% per annum
above the latest Federal Funds Rate; and (b) the rate of interest in effect
for such day as publicly announced from time to time by BofA in San Francisco,
California, as its "reference rate." (The "reference rate" is a rate set by
BofA based upon various factors including BofA's costs and desired return,
general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point
for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced
rate.) Any change in the reference rate announced by BofA shall take effect at
the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such
change.
"BASE RATE LOAN" means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base
Rate.
"BRIDGE TERM LOAN" has the meaning specified in subsection 2.1(a).
5
<PAGE>
"BRIDGE TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" has the meaning specified in
subsection 2.1(a).
"BOFA" means Bank of America National Trust and Savings
Association, a national banking association.
"BORROWING" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Loans of the
same Type made to the Company on the same day by the Banks pursuant to
Article II, and, other than in the case of Base Rate Loans, having the same
Interest Period.
"BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which commercial banks in Portland, Oregon, New York City or San
Francisco are authorized or required by law to close and, if the applicable
Business Day relates to any Offshore Rate Loan, means such a day on which
dealings are carried on in the applicable offshore dollar interbank market.
"CAPITAL ADDITIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS" means (a) additions or
improvements to the capital assets owned by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or (b) the acquisition of existing or the construction of new
capital assets (including, without limitation, timberlands and timber
processing and manufacturing facilities and related assets) made to increase
the Operating Capacity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
from the Operating Capacity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement, acquisition
or construction.
"CAPITAL ADEQUACY REGULATION" means any guideline, request or
directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other
law, rule or regulation, whether or not having the force of law, in each
case, regarding capital adequacy of any bank or of any corporation
controlling a bank.
"CASH COLLATERALIZE" means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to
the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, as collateral for the
Offshore Rate Loans, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to
documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent
(which documents are hereby consented to by the Banks). The Company hereby
grants to the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, a security
interest in all such cash and deposit account balances. Derivatives of such
term shall have corresponding meaning. Cash collateral shall be maintained
in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at BofA.
"CASH COVERAGE RATIO" means the ratio of (a) EBITDA, plus the Net
Proceeds from the sale or other disposition of assets permitted under
subsections 7.2(a), (b), (c), (d), or (f)(ii)(C), to the extent not otherwise
included in determining EBITDA, plus Permitted Inclusions, plus any decreases
and minus any increases to the reserves described in clauses (c)(i), (ii) and
(iii) of the definition of Cash Provided by Operating Activity, plus any
decreases and minus any increases in the amount available to be borrowed
under the Working Capital Facility at the end of the relevant period, minus
capital expenditures (excluding capital expenditures financed with
Indebtedness incurred for such purpose concurrently with or within 20 days
after such capital expenditures), to (b) cash distributions to partners, plus
interest expense, plus all payments of principal or Indebtedness other than
the Working Capital Facility. All such
6
<PAGE>
calculations shall be on a consolidated basis for the Company and its
Subsidiaries and shall be based upon the four fiscal quarter period ending on
the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial reports
pursuant to subsections 6.1(a) and (b) and a certificate pursuant to
subsection 6.2(b) have been delivered.
"CASH FLOW" means, at any date of determination, the sum of the
following calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most
recent quarter for which financial reports pursuant to subsections 6.1(a) and
(b) and a certificate pursuant to subsection 6.2(b) have been delivered: (i)
EBITDA for such period; (ii) PLUS the Net Proceeds from the sale or other
disposition of assets permitted under subsections 7.2(a), (b), (c), (d) or
(f)(ii)(C) during such period, to the extent not otherwise included in
determining EBITDA, plus Permitted Inclusions; (iii) PLUS or MINUS, as
applicable, in connection with any timberland acquired by the Company with
the proceeds of Indebtedness within such period, an amount equal to a good
faith estimate of such additional amounts that would be included in
determining EBITDA had such timberlands been owned by the Company for such
period, as certified (in a certificate containing such detail as the Required
Banks may reasonably request) by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company
based upon such Chief Financial Officer's good faith estimates of applicable
revenues and expenses arising from such timberlands and assuming aggregate
timber harvests in an amount that does not require proceeds to be placed in
an escrow account pursuant to Section 7.4.
"CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITY" means, at any date of
determination, the sum of the following calculated for the Company and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four fiscal quarter period
ending as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which
financial reports pursuant to subsections 6.1(a) and (b) and a certificate
pursuant to subsection 6.2(b) have been delivered:
(a) the sum of all cash receipts of the Company and its Subsidiaries
during such period (excluding any cash proceeds from any Interim Capital
Transactions),
(b) LESS the sum of:
(i) all cash operating expenditures of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during such period, including, without limitation, taxes,
if any, and amounts owed to the Master Partnership for management services
rendered to the Company for which the Master Partnership is obligated to
reimburse the Managing General Partner or the Special General Partner
pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Master Partnership Agreement,
(ii) all cash debt service payments of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during such period (other than payments or prepayments of
principal and premium (A) required by reason of loan agreements (including,
without limitation, covenants and default provisions therein) or by
lenders, in each case in connection with sales or other dispositions of
assets or (B) made in connection with refinancings or refundings of
indebtedness with the proceeds from new indebtedness or from the sale of
equity interests, PROVIDED, that any payment or prepayment of principal
and premium, whether or not then due, shall be deemed, at the election
and in the discretion of the Managing
7
<PAGE>
General Partner, to be refunded or refinanced by any indebtedness incurred
or to be incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries simultaneously
with or within 180 days prior to or after such payment or prepayment to the
extent of the principal amount of such indebtedness so incurred), and
(iii) all cash capital expenditures of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during such period, including, without limitation, cash
capital expenditures made in respect of Maintenance Capital Expenditures,
but excluding (A) cash capital expenditures made in respect of Operating
Capacity Acquisitions and Capital Additions and Improvements and (B) cash
expenditures made in payment of transaction expenses relating to Interim
Capital Transactions,
(c) LESS any additions and PLUS any reductions to the following
reserves during such period:
(i) any cash reserves of the Company and its Subsidiaries that
the Managing General Partner deems in its reasonable discretion to be
necessary or appropriate to provide for the future cash payment of items
of the type referred to in clauses (b)(i) through (iii) above including,
without limitation, those reserves established with respect to the
Obligations hereunder, the "Obligations" under and as defined in the
Amended and Restated Facility B Credit Agreement, and the Senior Notes and
as set forth in clause (b)(ii)(A) of the definition of "Available Cash",
(ii) any amounts held in the SAU Reserve (as defined in the
Master Partnership Agreement), and
(iii) any other cash reserves of the Company and its
Subsidiaries that the Managing General Partner deems in its reasonable
discretion to be necessary or appropriate to provide funds for
distributions with respect to Units (as defined in the Master Partnership
Agreement), any general partner interests in the Master Partnership and
any Partnership Interests in respect of any one or more of the next four
fiscal quarters,
all as determined on a consolidated basis with respect to the Company and its
Subsidiaries and after taking into account the Managing General Partner's
interest therein attributable to its general partner interest in the Company.
Where cash capital expenditures are made in part in respect of Operating
Capacity Acquisitions or Capital Additions and Improvements and in part for
other purposes, the Managing General Partner's good faith allocation thereof
between the portion made for Operating Capacity Acquisitions or Capital
Additions and Improvements and the portion made for other purposes shall be
conclusive. Taxes paid by the Company on behalf of, or amounts withheld with
respect to, all or less than all of the Partners shall not be considered cash
operating expenditures of the Company that reduce Cash Provided by Operating
Activity, but the payment or withholding thereof shall be deemed to be a
distribution of Available Cash to such Partners. Alternatively, in the
discretion of the Managing General Partner, such taxes (if pertaining to all
Partners) may be considered to be cash operating expenditures of the Company
8
<PAGE>
which reduce Cash Provided by Operating Activity, but the payment or withholding
thereof shall not be deemed to be a distribution of Available Cash to such
Partners.
"CERCLA" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Environmental
Laws."
"CLOSING DATE" means the date on which all conditions precedent set
forth in Section 4.1 are satisfied or waived by all Banks (or, in the case of
subsection 4.1(e), waived by the Person entitled to receive such payment).
"CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
"COMMITMENT", as to each Bank, has the meaning specified in
subsection 2.1.
"COMPANY" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause hereto.
"COMPANY'S KNOWLEDGE" shall mean the actual knowledge of any Person
holding an office of divisional manager of the Company or any Person holding
an office senior to a divisional manager including, without limitation, any
senior executive or officer of the Company.
"COMPANY PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Company dated as of December 22,
1994, between the Managing General Partner and the Master Partnership.
"COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" means a certificate substantially in the
form of EXHIBIT C.
"CONTINGENT OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, any direct or
indirect liability of that Person, whether or not contingent, with or without
recourse, (a) with respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of
credit or other obligation (the "primary obligations") of another Person (the
"primary obligor"), including any obligation of that Person (i) to purchase,
repurchase or otherwise acquire such primary obligations or any security
therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds for the payment or discharge of
any such primary obligation, or to maintain working capital or equity capital
of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or
any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of the primary
obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the
purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability
of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, or (iv)
otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of any such primary
obligation against loss in respect thereof (each, a "GUARANTY OBLIGATION");
(b) with respect to any Surety Instrument issued for the account of that
Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of
drawings or payments; (c) to purchase any materials, supplies or other
property from, or to obtain the services of, another Person if the relevant
contract or other related document or obligation requires that payment for
such materials, supplies or other property, or for such services, shall be
made regardless of whether delivery of such materials, supplies or other
property is ever made or tendered, or such services are ever performed or
tendered, or (d) in respect of any Swap Contract. The amount of any Contingent
Obligation
9
<PAGE>
shall, in the case of Guaranty Obligations, be deemed equal to the stated or
determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guaranty
Obligation is made or, if not stated or if undeterminable, the maximum
reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof, and in the case of other
Contingent Obligations, shall be equal to the maximum reasonably anticipated
liability in respect thereof.
"CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, any provision of
any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking,
contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or
agreement to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its
property is bound.
"CONVERSION/CONTINUATION DATE" means any date on which, under
Section 2.4, the Company (a) converts Loans of one Type to another Type, or
(b) continues as Loans of the same Type, but with a new Interest Period,
Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such date.
"CONVERSION FACILITIES" means, collectively, those assets of the
Company consisting of six lumber mills in the States of Oregon, Idaho and
Montana, and the plywood facility and remanufacturing facility in the State
of Oregon.
"CPI" means the Consumer Price Index For All Urban Consumers
(CPI-U), All Cities, (1982-84 equals 100), as published by the U.S.
Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, or any successor
publication. If the CPI should hereafter be changed, then the new base shall
be converted to the 1982-84 base and the base so converted shall be used.
"CREDIT EXTENSION" means the making of any Loans hereunder,
including any conversion or continuation thereof.
"DEFAULT" means any event or circumstance which, with the giving of
notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured or otherwise remedied
during such time) constitute an Event of Default.
"DEPARTING BANK" means AgAmerica, FCB.
"DESIGNATED ACRES" means up to an aggregate during the term of this
Agreement of 50,000 acres owned by the Company which (based on the good faith
determination of, and as certified to the Agent and the Banks in writing by,
a Responsible Officer that such acres have at the time such determination is
made a higher value as recreational, commercial, residential, grazing or
agricultural property than for timber production) may reasonably be
designated by the Managing General Partner at the time of the sale thereof as
constituting Designated Acres.
"DOCUMENTATION AGENT" means ABN AMRO Bank N.V., in its capacity as
documentation agent for the Banks.
"DOLLARS", "DOLLARS" and "$" each mean lawful money of the United
States.
10
<PAGE>
"EBITDA" means, as measured quarterly on the last day of each fiscal
quarter for the four fiscal quarter period then ending, and determined in
accordance with GAAP for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis, an amount equal to the sum of (i) consolidated net income (or net
loss) for such period, PLUS (ii) all amounts treated as expenses for
depreciation, depletion and interest and the amortization of intangibles of
any kind to the extent included in the determination of such consolidated net
income (or loss), PLUS (iii) all accrued taxes on or measured by income to
the extent included in the determination of such consolidated net income (or
loss); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that consolidated net income (or loss) shall be
computed for these purposes without giving effect to extraordinary losses or
extraordinary gains.
"EFFECTIVE DATE" has the meaning specified in Section 7.4.
"ELIGIBLE ASSIGNEE" means (i) a commercial bank organized under the laws
of the United States, or any state thereof, and having a combined capital and
surplus of at least $250,000,000; (ii) a commercial bank organized under the
laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"), or a political subdivision of any
such country, and having a combined capital and surplus of at least
$250,000,000, provided that such bank is acting through a branch or agency
located in the United States; and (iii) a Person that is primarily engaged in
the business of commercial banking and that is (A) a Subsidiary of a Bank,
(B) a Subsidiary of a Person of which a Bank is a Subsidiary, or (C) a Person
of which a Bank is a Subsidiary.
"ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS" means all claims, however asserted, by any
Governmental Authority or other Person alleging potential liability or
responsibility for (i) violation of any Environmental Law, or (ii) release or
injury to the environment or threat to public health, personal injury
(including sickness, disease or death), property damage, natural resources
damage, or (iii) damages (punitive or otherwise), cleanup, removal, remedial
or response costs, restitution, civil or criminal penalties, injunctive
relief, or other type of relief resulting from or based upon the presence,
placement, discharge, emission or release (including intentional and
unintentional, negligent and non-negligent, sudden or non-sudden, accidental
or non-accidental placement, spills, leaks, discharges, emissions or releases
of any Hazardous Material at, in, or from property, whether or not owned by
the Company.
"ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means all federal, state or local laws, statutes,
common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with
all administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses,
authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental
Authorities, in each case relating to environmental, health, safety, natural
resource and land use matters; including the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"), the Clean Air
Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the Solid Waste
Disposal Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic
Substances Control Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know
Act, the Endangered Species Act and similar state laws.
11
<PAGE>
"EQUITY ISSUANCE" means issuance of equity in consequence of a primary
offering by the Master Partnership.
"EQUITY PROCEEDS" means proceeds contributed to the Company by the Master
Partnership from an Equity Issuance calculated net of fees and expenses.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
"ERISA AFFILIATE" means any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) under common control with the Company within the meaning of
Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code.
"ERISA EVENT" means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan;
(b) a withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan
subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a
substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a
cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal under Section
4062(e) of ERISA; (c) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate the
treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of
ERISA or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension
Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA; (d) a failure by the Company or any ERISA
Affiliate to make required contributions to a Pension Plan or other Plan
subject to Section 412 of the Code; (e) an event or condition which might
reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for
the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any
Pension Plan; (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA,
other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA,
upon the Company; or (g) an application for a funding waiver or an extension
of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect
to any Pension Plan.
"ESCROW AGREEMENT" means an agreement or agreements entered into by the
Company pursuant to subsections 7.2(f) or 7.4, substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT G.
"EURODOLLAR RESERVE PERCENTAGE" has the meaning specified in the
definition of "Offshore Rate".
"EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any of the events or circumstances specified in
Section 8.1.
"EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
"EXISTING BANKS" means, collectively, BofA, ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., Societe
Generale, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Banque Paribas, Union Bank of California,
N.A. (as successor to The Bank of California, N.A.), Key Bank of Washington
and AgAmerica, FCB.
"EXISTING TIMBERLANDS" has the meaning specified in Section 7.4.
12
<PAGE>
"FACILITY B LOAN" means a "Loan" as defined in the Amended and Restated
Facility B Credit Agreement or a "Loan" as defined in the Original Facility B
Credit Agreement (as defined in the Amended and Restated Facility B Credit
Agreement).
"FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and any
Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
"FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" means, for any day, the rate set forth in the weekly
statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication,
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such
successor, "H.15(519)") on the preceding Business Day opposite the caption
"Federal Funds (Effective)"; or, if for any relevant day such rate is not so
published on any such preceding Business Day, the rate for such day will be
the arithmetic mean as determined by the Agent of the rates for the last
transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York
City time) on that day by each of three leading brokers of Federal funds
transactions in New York City selected by the Agent.
"FEE LETTERS" means the letter agreement between the Company, the
Documentation Agent, the Arranger and the Agent, dated April 3, 1996, as
supplemented by a letter agreement between the Agent and the Company of even
date herewith, and the fee letter between the Company, the Arranger and the
Agent, dated April 3, 1996.
"FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and any
Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
"FREMONT" means Fremont Timber, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from time
to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board
and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with
similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S.
accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the
date of determination.
"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any nation or government, any state or
other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or
regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to
government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through
stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.
"GUARANTY OBLIGATION" has the meaning specified in the definition of
"Contingent Obligation."
"HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" means all those substances that are regulated by, or
which may form the basis of liability under, any Environmental Law, including
all substances identified under any Environmental Law as a pollutant,
contaminant, hazardous waste, hazardous
13
<PAGE>
constituent, special waste, hazardous substance, hazardous material, or toxic
substance, or petroleum or petroleum derived substance or waste.
"HS CORP." means HS Corp. of Oregon, an Oregon corporation.
"INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all
indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued, undertaken or
assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than
trade payables entered into in the ordinary course of business on ordinary
terms); (c) all non-contingent reimbursement or payment obligations with
respect to Surety Instruments; (d) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds,
debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced
incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or
businesses; (e) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional
sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing, in either
case with respect to property acquired by the Person (even though the rights
and remedies of the seller or bank under such agreement in the event of
default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (f) all
obligations with respect to capital leases; (g) all indebtedness referred to
in clauses (a) through (f) above secured by (or for which the holder of such
Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured
by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts and contracts rights)
owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become
liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; and (h) all Guaranty Obligations
in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to
in clauses (a) through (f) above.
"INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES" has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.
"INDEMNIFIED PERSON" has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.
"INDEPENDENT AUDITOR" has the meaning specified in subsection 6.1(a).
"INSOLVENCY PROCEEDING" means (a) any case, action or proceeding before
any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution,
winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the
benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or
other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any
substantial portion of its creditors; undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or
foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.
"INTEREST EXPENSE" means, at any date of determination, the sum of the
following calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most
recent quarter for which financial reports pursuant to subsection 6.1(a) and
a certificate pursuant to subsection 6.2(b) have been delivered: (a) the
interest expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries, PLUS (b) the additional
interest expense that would have accrued on the Indebtedness incurred to
acquire the timberlands described in clause (iii) of the definition of "Cash
Flow" had such Indebtedness been outstanding for the full four fiscal quarter
period, based upon the interest rate applicable on such date of determination
to such Indebtedness (unless a higher interest rate is scheduled to apply
during the next four fiscal
14
<PAGE>
quarters, in which case such higher interest rate
shall be employed for such portion of the prior four fiscal quarters as is
scheduled to apply during the next four fiscal quarters).
"INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means, (a) with respect to any Offshore Rate Loan,
the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan, and (b) with
respect to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar quarter
and each date such Loan is converted into another Type of Loan; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that if any Interest Period for an Offshore Rate Loan exceeds three
months, the date that falls three months after the beginning of such Interest
Period and after each Interest Payment Date thereafter is also an Interest
Payment Date.
"INTEREST PERIOD" means, as to any Offshore Rate Loan, the period
commencing on the Closing Date or on the Conversion/Continuation Date on
which the Loan is converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan, and
ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter as selected by
the Company in the Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation;
PROVIDED THAT:
(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is
not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the
following Business Day unless the result of such extension would
be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in
which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding
Business Day;
(ii) any Interest Period pertaining to an Offshore
Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar
month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such
Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the
calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
(iii) no Interest Period applicable to any Loan shall
extend beyond any date upon which any scheduled principal payment
is due pursuant to subsections 2.7 (a) or (b) unless the
aggregate principal amount of Loans represented by Base Rate
Loans or Offshore Rate Loans having Interest Periods that will
expire on or before such date equals or exceeds the amount of
such principal payment.
"INTERIM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS" means (a) borrowings, refinancings or
refundings of indebtedness and sales of debt securities (other than for
working capital purposes and other than for items purchased on open account
in the ordinary course of business) by the Company, (b) sales of equity
interests by the Company, and (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary
dispositions of any assets of the Company (other than (x) sales or other
dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the
ordinary course of business, including the exchange of timber or real
property for other timber or real property, to the extent that the timber or
real property received in exchange is of equal or greater value, or the sale
of timber or real property, to the extent the proceeds from which are
invested within 180 days in other timber or real property (including such
investments not consummated during such 180 days if a binding agreement for
such investment is completed within 90 days after the expiry of such 180 day
period), (y) sales or other dispositions of assets to the extent the proceeds
from which do not exceed cash expenditures by the Company for the purchase of
timber or real property during the
15
<PAGE>
preceding 90 days (excluding any purchase to the extent financed by a Loan),
and (z) sales or other dispositions of assets as a part of normal retirements
or replacements).
"INVESTMENT POLICY" means the Investment Policy of the Company as attached
hereto as SCHEDULE 1.1 (without giving effect to any later amendments thereto
unless such amendments are approved in writing by the Required Banks).
"IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service, and any Governmental Authority
succeeding to any of its principal functions.
"JOINT VENTURE" means a single-purpose corporation, partnership, joint
venture or other similar legal arrangement (whether created by contract or
conducted through a separate legal entity) now or hereafter formed by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries with another Person in order to conduct a
common venture or enterprise with such Person.
"LENDING OFFICE" means, as to any Bank, the office or offices of such Bank
specified as its "Lending Office" or "Domestic Lending Office" or "Offshore
Lending Office", as the case may be, on SCHEDULE 10.2, or such other office
or offices as such Bank may from time to time notify the Company and the
Agent.
"LIEN" means any security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge,
hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien
(statutory or other) or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
whatsoever in respect of any property (including those created by, arising
under or evidenced by any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement, the interest of a lessor under a capital lease, any financing
lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing,
or the filing of any financing statement naming the owner of the asset to
which such lien relates as debtor, under the Uniform Commercial Code or any
comparable law) and any contingent or other agreement to provide any of the
foregoing, but not including the interest of a lessor under an operating
lease.
"LOAN" has the meaning specified in subsection 2.2(a) and may be a Base
Rate Loan or an Offshore Rate Loan (each a "Type" of Loan).
"LOAN DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, any Notes, the Fee Letters, and all
other documents delivered to the Agent or any Bank in connection herewith or
therewith; PROVIDED that, Loan Documents shall not include the Amended and
Restated Facility B Credit Agreement and any exhibits thereto that are not
also exhibits to this Agreement.
"MAINTENANCE CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" means cash capital expenditures made to
maintain, up to the level thereof that existed at the time of such
expenditure, the Operating Capacity of the capital assets of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as such assets existed at the time of
such expenditure and shall, therefore, not include cash capital expenditures
made in respect of Operating Capacity Acquisitions, and Capital Additions and
Improvements. Where cash capital expenditures are made in part to maintain
the Operating Capacity level referred to in the immediately preceding
sentence and in part for other purposes, the Managing General Partner's good
faith allocation thereof between the portion used to
16
<PAGE>
maintain such Operating Capacity level and the portion used for other
purposes shall be conclusive.
"MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER" means Crown Pacific Management Limited
Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership and (i) the sole general partner
of the Company and (ii) the sole managing general partner of the Master
Partnership, and any successor general partner of the Company or managing
general partner of the Master Partnership, as applicable.
"MARGIN STOCK" means "margin stock" as such term is defined in Regulation
G, T, U or X of the FRB.
"MASTER PARTNERSHIP" means Crown Pacific Partners, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership.
"MASTER PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means the Amended Restated Agreement of
Limited Partnership of the Master Partnership dated as of December 22, 1994,
between the Managing General Partner, the Special General Partner and the
limited partners party thereto.
"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means (a) a material adverse change in, or a
material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, condition
(financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company or the Company and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the Master Partnership; (b) a material
impairment of the ability of the Company to perform under any Loan Document
and to avoid any Event of Default; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the
legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Company of
any Loan Document.
"MGP GENERAL PARTNERS" means, collectively, Fremont and HS Corp., the sole
general partners of the Managing General Partner, and any successor general
partner of the Managing General Partner.
"MGP PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated Agreement of
Limited Partnership of the Managing General Partner dated as of December 1,
1994, between the MGP General Partners and the limited partners party thereto.
"NET PROCEEDS" means, as to any disposition of assets by a Person,
proceeds in cash, checks or other cash equivalent financial instruments as
and when received by such Person, net of: (a) the direct costs relating to
such disposition excluding amounts payable to such Person or any Affiliate of
such person, (b) sale, use or other transaction taxes paid or payable by such
Person as a direct result thereof, and (c) amounts required to be applied to
repay principal, interest and prepayment premiums and penalties on
Indebtedness secured by a Permitted Lien on the asset which is the subject of
such disposition.
"1995 AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT" has the meaning specified in
the recitals.
"1994 SENIOR NOTES" means those certain senior promissory notes in the
aggregate principal amount of $275,000,000 issued and sold pursuant to the
1994 Senior Note Agreement.
17
<PAGE>
"1995 SENIOR NOTES" means those certain senior promissory notes in the
aggregate principal amount of $25,000,000 issued and sold pursuant to the
1995 Senior Note Agreement.
"1994 SENIOR NOTE AGREEMENT" means the Note Agreement dated as of December
1, 1994, providing for the issuance and sale by the Company of the 1994
Senior Notes to the purchasers listed in the schedule of purchasers attached
thereto as Schedule I.
"1995 SENIOR NOTE AGREEMENT" means the Note Agreement dated as of March 15,
1995, providing for the issuance and sale by the Company of the 1995 Senior
Notes to the purchasers listed in the schedule of purchasers attached thereto
as Schedule I.
"NOTE" means the promissory note executed by the Company in favor of a
Bank pursuant to subsection 2.2(b), in substantially the form of EXHIBIT F.
"NOTICE OF BORROWING" means a notice in substantially the form of
EXHIBIT A.
"NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION" means a notice in substantially the
form of EXHIBIT B.
"OBLIGATIONS" means all advances, debts, liabilities, obligations,
covenants and duties arising under any Loan Document, owing by the Company to
any Bank, the Documentation Agent, the Agent or any Indemnified Person,
whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute
or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising.
"OFFSHORE RATE" means, for any Interest Period with respect to Offshore
Rate Loans, the rate of interest per annum (rounded upward to the next 1/16th
of 1%) determined by the Agent as follows:
Offshore Rate = LIBO RATE
------------------------------------
1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage
Where,
"EURODOLLAR RESERVE PERCENTAGE" means for any day for any Interest
Period the maximum reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded upward
to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on such day (whether or not applicable
to any Bank) under regulations issued from time to time by the FRB for
determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency,
supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to
Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency liabilities")
having a term comparable to such Interest Period; and
"LIBO RATE" for any Interest Period, with respect to an Offshore Rate
Loan, means:
18
<PAGE>
(i) the rate of interest per annum determined by the
Agent to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest per
annum appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor
publication) for Dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the
Offshore Rate Loan to be made, continued or converted by BofA,
and having a maturity comparable to such Interest Period, at
approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to
the commencement of such Interest Period, subject to clause (ii)
below; or
(ii) if for any reason rates are not available as provided
in the preceding clause (i) of this definition, the "LIBO RATE"
instead means the rate of interest per annum determined by the
Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to the nearest
1/16th of 1%) of the rates of interest per annum notified to the
Agent by BofA as the rate of interest at which Dollar deposits in
the approximate amount of the Offshore Rate Loan to be made,
continued or converted by BofA, and having a maturity comparable
to such Interest Period, would be offered to major banks in the
London interbank market at their request at approximately 11:00
a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of
such Interest Period.
The Offshore Rate shall be adjusted automatically as to all Offshore Rate
Loans then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in the
Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
"OFFSHORE RATE LOAN" means a Loan that bears interest based on the
Offshore Rate.
"OPERATING CAPACITY" means the operating capacity and resources
(including, without limitation, the capacity to grow timber or process logs)
of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
"OPERATING CAPACITY ACQUISITION" means any transaction in which the
Company or any Subsidiary acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger,
stock acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion
of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of
increasing the Operating Capacity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, from the Operating Capacity of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, existing immediately prior to such transaction.
"ORGANIZATION DOCUMENTS" means, (i) for any corporation, the certificate
or articles of incorporation, the bylaws, any certificate of determination or
instrument relating to the rights of preferred shareholders of such
corporation, any shareholder rights agreement, and all applicable resolutions
of the board of directors (or any committee thereof) of such corporation;
and, (ii) for any limited partnership, the certificate of limited
partnership, the limited partnership agreement, all applicable partnership
resolutions, and all other agreements among the general or limited partners
(or any of them) of such partnership relating thereto (but not including
agreements solely between the limited partners of the Master Partnership).
"ORIGINAL BANKS" means, collectively, BofA, ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Societe
Generale.
19
<PAGE>
"ORIGINAL CREDIT AGREEMENT" has the meaning specified in the Recitals
hereto.
"OTHER TAXES" means any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or
any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise
from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or
registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other
Loan Documents.
"PARTICIPANT" has the meaning specified in subsection 10.8(d).
"PARTNER ENTITIES" means the Managing General Partner, the MGP General
Partners and the Master Partnership.
"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any Governmental
Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under ERISA.
"PENSION PLAN" means a pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA)
subject to Title IV of ERISA which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate
sponsors, maintains, or to which it makes, is making, or is obligated to make
contributions, or in the case of a multiple employer plan (as described in
Section 4064(a) of ERISA) has made contributions at any time during the
immediately preceding five (5) plan years.
"PERMITTED BUSINESS" means any business engaged in by the Company on the
Closing Date, and any business substantially similar or related to any such
business, which shall not include pulp or paper manufacturing.
"PERMITTED INCLUSIONS" means the aggregate Net Proceeds from the sale or
other disposition of assets permitted under subsection 7.2(f)(ii)(A) or (B)
to the extent that such Net Proceeds (a) in any four fiscal quarters do not
exceed (i) 2.5% of the wholesale value of the inventory of standing timber
owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries as determined for purposes of
calculating the Asset Coverage Ratio under Section 7.4 at the end of the most
recent calendar year for which a Compliance Certificate has been delivered
calculating such Asset Coverage Ratio or (ii) $25,000,000 before the delivery
of the first such Compliance Certificate, and (b) are not otherwise included
in determining EBITDA.
"PERMITTED LIENS" has the meaning specified in Section 7.1.
"PERMITTED SWAP OBLIGATIONS" means all obligations (contingent or
otherwise) of the Company or any Subsidiary existing or arising under Swap
Contracts, provided that each of the following criteria is satisfied: (a)
such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary
course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated
with liabilities, commitments or assets held by such Person, or changes in
the value of securities issues by such Person in conjunction with a
securities repurchase program not otherwise prohibited hereunder, and not for
purposes of speculation or taking a "market view;" (b) such Swap Contracts do
not contain any provision ("walk-away" provision) exonerating the
non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding
transactions to the defaulting party.
20
<PAGE>
"PERSON" means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust,
joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or
Governmental Authority.
"PLAN" means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA) which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate sponsors or maintains or to
which the Company makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions and
includes any Pension Plan.
"PLANNED VOLUME" has the meaning specified in Section 7.4.
"PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW" means, at any date of determination,
the sum of the following calculated on a pro forma basis for the Company and
its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four fiscal quarter period
ending on the last day of the most recent quarter for which financial reports
pursuant to subsections 6.1(a) and (b) and a certificate pursuant to
subsection 6.2(b) have been delivered:
(i) Cash Provided by Operating Activity;
(ii) PLUS all cash debt service payments of the Company
and its Subsidiaries during such period to the extent subtracted
in determining Cash Provided by Operating Activity;
(iii) PLUS all cash capital expenditures of the Company and
its Subsidiaries during such period, except those relating to
Operating Capacity Acquisitions, Capital Additions and
Improvements and Interim Capital Transactions, to the extent
subtracted in determining Cash Provided by Operating Activity;
(iv) MINUS any additions and PLUS any reductions during
such period to any cash reserves of the Company and its
Subsidiaries established to provide funds for the future cash
payment of items of the type referred to in clauses (ii) and
(iii) above, to the extent added or subtracted in determining
Cash Provided by Operating Activity;
(v) PLUS any additions and MINUS any reductions during
such period to the SAU Reserve (as defined in the Master
Partnership Agreement) and any other cash reserves of the Company
and its Subsidiaries established to provide funds for
distributions with respect to Units (as defined in the Master
Partnership Agreement), any general partner interests in the
Master Partnership and any Partnership Interests, to the extent
subtracted or added in determining Cash Provided by Operating
Activity; and
(vi) PLUS and MINUS, as applicable, in connection with
any timberland to be acquired by the Company with the proceeds of
a Loan or previously acquired within such four fiscal quarters,
an amount equal to a good faith estimate of such additional
amounts that would be included in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and
(iv) above had such timberlands been owned by the Company for
such four fiscal quarters, as certified (in a certificate
containing such detail as the Required Banks may reasonably
request) by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company based upon
such Chief Financial Officer's good faith estimates of applicable
revenues and expenses arising from such timberlands and
21
<PAGE>
assuming aggregate timber harvests in an amount that does not require
proceeds to be placed in an escrow or cash collateral account pursuant
to Section 7.4.
"PRO FORMA INTEREST EXPENSE" means, at any date of determination, the sum
of the following calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day
of the most recent quarter for which financial reports pursuant to
subsections 6.1(a) and (b) and a certificate pursuant to subsection 6.2(b)
have been delivered:
(a) interest expense payable during such four fiscal quarter period on all
Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries; PLUS
(b) interest expense that would have been payable during such four fiscal
quarter period in respect of (i) any Indebtedness proposed to be incurred on
such date of determination, including any Loan requested hereunder or other
Senior Debt, and (ii) Indebtedness incurred after the end of such four fiscal
quarter period and before such date of determination, in each case based upon
the interest rate applicable on such date of determination to such
Indebtedness and giving effect as of the beginning of such four fiscal
quarter period (y) to the incurrence of all such Indebtedness described in
clauses (i) and (ii), and (z) to the application of any such Indebtedness to
the substantially concurrent repayment of any other Indebtedness outstanding
during such four fiscal quarter period.
"PRO FORMA MAXIMUM DEBT SERVICE" means, as of any date of determination,
the sum of (a) the highest amount that will be payable by the Company and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, during any consecutive four fiscal
quarters, commencing with the fiscal quarter during which such determination
occurs and ending on December 31, 2009, in respect of scheduled principal and
interest (including payments under capital leases) with respect to all
Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the date of
determination other than Loans hereunder, after giving effect to any such
Indebtedness proposed to be incurred on such date and to the substantially
concurrent repayment of any other Indebtedness, (i) assuming, in the case of
such Indebtedness having a variable interest rate, that the rate in effect on
the date of determination will remain in effect throughout such period, (ii)
treating the principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding as of such
date under a revolving credit or similar agreement (other than Facility B
Loans) as maturing and becoming due and payable on the scheduled maturity
date or dates thereof (including the maturity of any payment required by any
commitment reduction or similar amortization provision), without regard to
any provision permitting such maturity date to be extended, and (iii)
treating the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is payable on demand
as maturing and becoming due and payable at the end of any such four fiscal
quarters for which such determination may be made and treating the principal
amount of any Indebtedness that is otherwise callable during any four fiscal
quarters as maturing and becoming due and payable on the last date for such
call during those four fiscal quarters; PLUS (b) interest expense accrued on
Facility B Loans during the most recent four fiscal quarters with respect to
which financial reports pursuant to subsections 6.1(a) and (b) and the
certificates pursuant to subsection 6.2(b) have been delivered.
22
<PAGE>
"PROPERTY" has the meaning specified in Section 6.11.
"PRO RATA SHARE" means, as to any Bank, (a) prior to the Borrowing on the
Closing Date, the percentage set forth on SCHEDULE 2.1 for such Bank and (b)
thereafter the percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the
ninth decimal place) at such time of the then aggregate unpaid principal
amount of such Bank's Loans divided by the then aggregate unpaid principal
amount of all Loans.
"PURCHASE AGREEMENT" has the meaning specified in subsection 4.1(g).
"REPORTABLE EVENT" means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of
ERISA or the regulations thereunder, other than any such event for which the
30-day notice requirement under ERISA has been waived in regulations issued
by the PBGC.
"REQUIRED BANKS" means one or more Banks then holding at least 66-2/3% of
the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans.
"REQUIREMENT OF LAW" means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or
common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a
Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Person
or any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property is
subject.
"RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means, as to the Company, the chief executive
officer, the president, the chief financial officer or the Person serving as
the secretary and general counsel of the Company, or any other officer having
substantially the same authority and responsibility; or, with respect to
compliance with financial covenants, the chief financial officer or the
treasurer of the Company, or any other officer having substantially the same
authority and responsibility. With respect to a partnership, a Responsible
Officer of a general partner shall constitute a Responsible Officer of such
Partnership.
"RESTRICTED PAYMENT" has the meaning specified in Section 7.11.
"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental
Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
"SENIOR DEBT" means, as to the Company, as of any date of determination,
without duplication, all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company for borrowed
money, including Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes, this Agreement
and the Amended and Restated Facility B Credit Agreement (including "L/C
Obligations" as defined therein), but not including any subordinated
Indebtedness.
"SENIOR NOTES" means the 1994 Senior Notes and the 1995 Senior Notes.
"SENIOR NOTE AGREEMENTS" means the 1994 Senior Note Agreement and the 1995
Senior Note Agreement.
23
<PAGE>
"SOLVENT" means, as to any Person at any time, that (a) (i) in the case of
a Person that is not a partnership, the fair value of the property of such
Person is greater than the amount of such Person's liabilities (including
disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities), and (ii) in the case of a
Person that is a partnership, the sum of (A) the fair value of the property
of such Person plus (B) the sum of the excess of the fair value of each
general partner's non-partnership property over such partner's
non-partnership debts (together the "APPLICABLE PROPERTY") is greater than
the amount of such Person's liabilities (including disputed, contingent and
unliquidated liabilities), as such value for purposes of both (i) and (ii) is
established and liabilities evaluated for purposes of Section 101(31) of the
Bankruptcy Code and, in the alternative, for purposes of the California
Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act; (b) the present fair saleable value of the
property of such Person (or, in the case of a partnership, the Applicable
Property of such Person) is not less than the amount that will be required to
pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become
absolute and matured; (c) such Person is able to realize upon its property
and pay its debts and other liabilities (including disputed, contingent and
unliquidated liabilities) as they mature in the normal course of business;
(d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur
debts or liabilities beyond such Person's ability to pay as such debts and
liabilities mature; and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a
transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for
which such Person's property would constitute unreasonably small capital.
"SPECIAL GENERAL PARTNER" means Crown Pacific, Ltd., an Oregon corporation
and a special general partner of the Master Partnership, and any successor
special general partner.
"SUBSIDIARY" of a Person means any corporation, association, partnership,
joint venture or other business entity of which such Person or any Subsidiary
of such Person either (i) in respect of a corporation, more than 50% of the
voting stock is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Person, or
one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Person, or a combination thereof or
(ii) in respect of an association, partnership, joint venture or other
business entity, is the general partner or is entitled to share in more than
50% of the profit, however determined.
"SURETY INSTRUMENTS" means all letters of credit (including standby and
commercial), banker's acceptances, bank guaranties, shipside bonds, surety
bonds and similar instruments.
"SWAP CONTRACT" means any agreement, whether or not in writing, relating
to any transaction that is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction,
commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap or option,
bond, note or bill option, interest rate option, forward foreign exchange
transaction, cap, collar or floor transaction, currency swap, cross-currency
rate swap, swaption, currency option or any other, similar transaction
(including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) or any combination
of the foregoing, and, unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any
master agreement relating to or governing any or all of the foregoing.
"SWAP TERMINATION VALUE" means, in respect of any one or more Swap
Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable
netting agreement relating to such
24
<PAGE>
Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts
have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance
therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date
referenced in clause (a) the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market
value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as reasonably determined by the Required
Banks based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations
provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include
any Bank).
"TAXES" means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts,
deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect
thereto, excluding, in the case of each Bank and the Agent, such taxes
(including income taxes or franchise taxes) as are imposed on or measured by
each Bank's net income by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision
thereof) under the laws of which such Bank or the Agent, as the case may be,
is organized or maintains a lending office.
"TOTAL DEBT" means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the
interest-bearing Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, including all obligations with respect to capitalized
leases and all "L/C Obligations" as defined in the Amended and Restated
Facility B Credit Agreement and the entire undrawn face amount of letters of
credit other than "Letters of Credit" as defined in the Amended and Restated
Facility B Credit Agreement with respect to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries are liable for reimbursement obligations, except that Total Debt
shall not include obligations that are entirely Contingent Obligations (other
than "L/C Obligations" as defined in the Amended and Restated Facility B
Credit Agreement and such obligations with respect to letters of credit other
than "L/C Obligations").
"TOTAL DEBT TO CASH FLOW RATIO" means, for any fiscal quarter, the ratio
of (i) Total Debt outstanding at the end of such quarter to (ii) Cash Flow
for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of such quarter.
"TYPE" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Loan."
"UNFUNDED PENSION LIABILITY" means the excess of a Pension Plan's benefit
liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of
that Pension Plan's assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions
used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the
applicable plan year.
"UNITED STATES" and "U.S." each means the United States of America.
"WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY" means (a) until the "Revolving Termination
Date" as defined therein, the Amended and Restated Facility B Credit
Agreement, and (b) thereafter, any facility pursuant to which the Company may
obtain revolving credit for working capital and general partnership purposes,
take-down credit for working capital and general partnership purposes, the
issuance of standby and payment letters of credit and back-up for the
issuance of commercial paper.
1.2 OTHER INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS.
25
<PAGE>
(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the
singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
(b) The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and similar words refer
to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement; and subsection, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to
this Agreement unless otherwise specified.
(c) (i) The term "documents" includes any and all instruments,
documents, agreements, certificates, indentures, notices and other
writings, however evidenced.
(ii) The term "including" is not limiting and means
"including without limitation."
(iii) In the computation of periods of time from a
specified date to a later specified date, the word "from" means
"from and including"; the words "to" and "until" each mean "to
but excluding", and the word "through" means "to and including."
(iv) The term "property" includes any kind of
property or asset, real, personal or mixed, tangible or
intangible.
(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to
agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall
be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications
thereto, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are
not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document, (ii) references to defined
terms and cross-references to particular sections of the Company Partnership
Agreement or the Master Partnership Agreement shall be deemed references to
such terms and such sections in their current form without giving effect to
any future amendments or modifications thereto unless such amendments or
modifications shall have been approved in writing by the Required Banks, and
(iii) references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as
including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending,
replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation.
(e) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
(f) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several
different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar
matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and
shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.
(g) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of
negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to the Agent, the
Company and the other parties, and are the products of all parties.
Accordingly, they shall not be construed against the Banks, the Documentation
Agent or the Agent merely because of the Agent's, the Documentation Agent's
or the Banks' involvement in their preparation.
26
<PAGE>
1.3 ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.
(a) Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, all accounting
terms not expressly defined herein shall be construed, and all financial
computations required under this Agreement shall be made, in accordance with
GAAP.
(b) References herein to "fiscal year" and "fiscal quarter" refer to
such fiscal periods of the Company.
ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS
2.1 AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS.
(a) BRIDGE TERM LOAN. Each Bank severally agrees, on the terms and
conditions set forth herein, to make a single loan to the Company (each such
loan, a "BRIDGE TERM LOAN") on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed
the amount set forth on SCHEDULE 2.1 under the heading "Bridge Term Loan
Commitment" (such amount, as the same may be reduced as a result of one or
more assignments under Section 10.8, the Bank's "BRIDGE TERM LOAN
COMMITMENT"). Amounts borrowed as Bridge Term Loans which are repaid or
prepaid by the Company may not be reborrowed.
(b) ACQUISITION TERM LOAN. Each Bank severally agrees, on the terms and
conditions set forth herein, to make a single loan to the Company (each such
loan, an "Acquisition Term Loan") on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed
the amount set forth in Schedule 2.1 under the heading "ACQUISITION TERM LOAN
COMMITMENT" (such amount, as the same may be reduced as a result of one or more
assignments under Section 10.8, the Bank's "ACQUISITION TERM LOAN COMMITMENT").
Amounts borrowed as Acquisition Term Loans which are repaid or prepaid by the
Company may not be reborrowed. No portion of the Acquisition Term Loan may be
borrowed unless the entire Bridge Term Loan Commitment is being simultaneously
borrowed on the Closing Date.
(c) APPLICATION OF LOANS. The Agent is authorized and directed to
apply the proceeds of the Loans on the Closing Date directly to the repayment
in full of amounts outstanding under the 1995 Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement to the full extent necessary to effect such repayment and, to the
extent directed by the Company, to the repayment of amounts outstanding under
the Original Facility B Credit Agreement. The Agent will then make available
to the Company the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Agent by
the Banks representing the remaining proceeds of all Loans by crediting the
account of the Company on the books of BofA, or as otherwise directed by the
Company, in like funds as received by the Agent.
27
<PAGE>
2.2 LOAN ACCOUNTS.
(a) The Loans made by each Bank shall be evidenced by one or more
accounts or records maintained by such Bank in the ordinary course of
business. The accounts or records maintained by the Agent and each Bank
shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Bridge Term
Loans and Acquisition Term Loans (collectively, the "Loans", and each a
"Loan") made by the Banks to the Company, and the interest and payments
thereon. Any failure so to record or any error in doing so shall not,
however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Company hereunder to
pay any amount owing with respect to the Loans.
(b) Upon the request of any Bank made through the Agent, the Loans
made by such Bank may be evidenced by one or more Notes, instead of loan
accounts. Each such Bank shall endorse on the schedules annexed to its
Note(s) the date, amount and maturity of each Loan made by it and the amount
of each payment of principal made by the Company with respect thereto. Each
such Bank is irrevocably authorized by the Company to endorse its Note(s) and
each Bank's record shall be conclusive absent manifest error; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the failure of a Bank to make, or an error in making, a
notation thereon with respect to any Loan shall not limit or otherwise affect
the obligations of the Company hereunder or under any such Note to such Bank.
2.3 PROCEDURE FOR BORROWING ON THE CLOSING DATE.
(a) The Borrowing on the Closing Date shall be made upon the
Company's irrevocable written notice (which notice may be delivered
telephonically and confirmed in writing on the same day) delivered to the
Agent in the form of a Notice of Borrowing which notice must be received by
the Agent (i) prior to 10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) at least three
Business Days prior to the Closing Date, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans;
and (ii) prior to 8:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) on the Closing Date, in the
case of Base Rate Loans, specifying:
(A) the amount of the Borrowing, which shall be in an aggregate
minimum amount of $3,000,000 or any integral multiple of $500,000 in
excess thereof;
(B) the requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day;
(C) the Type of Loans comprising the Borrowing; and
(D) the duration of the Interest Period applicable to
such Loans included in such notice. If the Notice of Borrowing
fails to specify the duration of the Interest Period if the
Borrowing comprises Offshore Rate Loans, such Interest Period
shall be three months;
PROVIDED that the Borrowing may comprise Offshore Rate Loans only if this
Agreement has been fully executed before the giving of such notice or the
Notice of Borrowing is accompanied by an indemnity letter signed by the
Company and acceptable to the Agent and the Banks.
28
<PAGE>
(b) The Agent will promptly notify each Bank of its receipt of the
Notice of Borrowing and of the amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of that
Borrowing.
(c) Each Bank will make the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the
Borrowing available to the Agent for the account of the Company at the Agent's
Payment Office by 11:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) on the Closing Date in funds
immediately available to the Agent.
(d) Unless the Required Banks shall otherwise agree, during the
existence of a Default or Event of Default, the Company may not elect to have
a Loan be made as, or converted into or continued as, an Offshore Rate Loan.
(e) After giving effect to the Borrowing, there may not be more than
five different Interest Periods in effect with respect to all Loans together.
2.4 CONVERSION AND CONTINUATION ELECTIONS.
(a) The Company may, upon irrevocable written notice to the Agent in
accordance with subsection 2.4(b):
(i) elect as of any Business Day, in the case of Base
Rate Loans, or as of the last day of the applicable Interest
Period, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, to convert any such
Loans (or any part thereof in an aggregate minimum amount of
$3,000,000, or any integral multiple of $500,000 in excess
thereof) into Loans of any other Type; or
(ii) elect as of the last day of the applicable
Interest Period, to continue any Loans having Interest Periods
expiring on such day (or any part thereof in an aggregate minimum
amount of $3,000,000, or any integral multiple of $500,000 in
excess thereof);
PROVIDED, that if at any time the aggregate amount of Offshore Rate Loans
made on the same day and having the same Interest Period is reduced, by
payment, prepayment, or conversion of part thereof to be less than $500,000,
such Offshore Rate Loans shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans,
and on and after such date the right of the Company to continue such Loans
as, and convert such Loans into, Offshore Rate Loans shall terminate.
(b) The Company shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation
(which notice may be delivered telephonically and confirmed in writing on the
same day) to be received by the Agent (i) not later than 10:00 a.m. (San
Francisco time) at least three Business Days in advance of the Conversion/
Continuation Date, if the Loans are to be converted into or continued as
Offshore Rate Loans; and (ii) not later than 10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time)
at least one Business Day in advance of the Conversion/ Continuation Date, if
the Loans are to be converted into Base Rate Loans, specifying:
(A) the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;
29
<PAGE>
(B) the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or renewed;
(C) the Type of Loans resulting from the proposed
conversion or continuation; and
(D) other than in the case of conversions into Base Rate
Loans, the duration of the requested Interest Period.
(c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to
Offshore Rate Loans, the Company has failed to select timely a new Interest
Period to be applicable to such Offshore Rate Loans, or if any Default or
Event of Default then exists or if the Company has not delivered to the Agent
a notice of prepayment with respect thereto, the Company shall be deemed to
have elected to convert such Offshore Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans
effective as of the expiration date of such Interest Period.
(d) The Agent will promptly notify each Bank of its receipt of a
Notice of Conversion/Continuation, or, if no timely notice is provided by the
Company, the Agent will promptly notify each Bank of the details of any
automatic conversion. All conversions and continuations shall be made ratably
according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Loans with
respect to which the notice was given held by each Bank.
(e) Unless the Required Banks otherwise agree, during the existence
of a Default or Event of Default, the Company may not elect to have a Loan
converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan.
(f) After giving effect to any conversion or continuation of Loans,
there may not be more than five different Interest Periods in effect in
respect of all Loans together then outstanding.
2.5 OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS. Subject to Section 3.4, the Company may, at
any time or from time to time, upon irrevocable notice (which notice may be
delivered telephonically and confirmed in writing on the same day) delivered
to the Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) at least three
Business Days prior to such prepayment in the case of Offshore Rate Loans and
not later than 8:00 a.m. (San Francisco) time on the date of such prepayment
in the case of Base Rate Loans, ratably prepay Loans, in whole or in part, in
minimum amounts of $3,000,000 or any integral multiple of $500,000 in excess
thereof. Such notice of prepayment shall specify (i) the date and amount of
such prepayment, and (ii) whether such prepayment is of Offshore Rate Loans
or Base Rate Loans, or any combination thereof. The Agent will promptly
notify each Bank of its receipt of any such notice, and of such Bank's Pro
Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Company, the
Company shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such
notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with
accrued interest to each such date on the amount prepaid and any amounts
required pursuant to Section 3.4.
30
<PAGE>
2.6 MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS OF LOANS.
(a) If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall at any time or
from time to time make or agree to make a sale of properties permitted by
subsection 7.2(f), or harvest excess timber permitted by Section 7.4, then
(A) the Net Proceeds of such sale shall either be paid by the Company as a
prepayment of such Senior Debt as the Company may elect to so prepay or
reinvested as required by subsection 7.2(f), and (B) the net proceeds of such
excess harvest shall either be paid by the Company as a prepayment of such
Senior Debt as the Company may elect to so prepay or reinvested as required
by Section 7.4; PROVIDED that, in each case, the Company may not prepay
Senior Debt other than the Loans and the Facility B Loans pursuant to this
subsection 2.6(a) unless the Company shall also prepay the Loans and the
Facility B Loans in an aggregate amount as shall be necessary to cause the
Banks together with the "Banks" as defined in the Amended and Restated
Facility B Credit Agreement to share such prepayment with the other Senior
Debt at least pro rata. Prepayments to be made with respect to the Loans and
the Facility B Loans pursuant to this subsection 2.6(a) shall be applied
FIRST to the Bridge Term Loans, and SECOND to the Acquisition Term Loans, IN
EACH CASE FIRST to any Base Rate Loans then outstanding, SECOND, at the
Company's option, to Cash Collateralize (which cash collateral shall be
applied on the maturity date of their Interest Periods to prepay then
outstanding Offshore Rate Loans in the order of their maturities) or to
prepay any Offshore Rate Loans then outstanding (in the order of the maturity
of their Interest Periods), and THIRD to Facility B Loans in accordance with
Section 2.7(a)(i) of the Amended and Restated Facility B Credit Agreement.
(b) Subject to payment of any amounts owing under Section 3.4, if the
Company shall incur additional Senior Debt permitted by subsection 7.6(h) in
excess of $1,000,000 (but not including Facility B Loans), the Company shall
prepay on the date the Company receives the net proceeds of such Senior Debt,
the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to such
excess. In addition, the Company shall prepay the Loans by the amount of any
Equity Proceeds upon its receipt thereof. Any prepayment under this
subsection 2.6(b) shall be applied FIRST to any Bridge Term Loans then
outstanding, and SECOND to the Acquisition Term Loans, IN EACH CASE FIRST to
any Base Rate Loans then outstanding, and SECOND at the Company's option, to
Cash Collateralize (which cash collateral shall be applied to prepay then
outstanding Offshore Rate Loans in the order of their maturity) or to prepay
Offshore Rate Loans (in the order of the maturity of their Interest Periods).
31
<PAGE>
2.7 SCHEDULED REPAYMENT.
(a) BRIDGE TERM LOANS. The Company shall repay the Bridge Term Loans
on each date as follows until repaid in full:
December 31, 1996 $12,500,000.00
March 31, 1997 $12,500,000.00
June 30, 1997 $37,500,000.00
January 1, 1998 $37,500,000.00
(b) ACQUISITION TERM LOANS. The Company shall repay the Acquisition
Term Loans in quarterly installments on each date as follows until repaid in
full:
September 30, 1998 $5,000,000.00
December 31, 1998 $5,000,000.00
March 31, 1999 $10,000,000.00
June 30, 1999 $10,000,000.00
September 30, 1999 $10,000,000.00
December 31, 1999 $10,000,000.00
March 31, 2000 $10,000,000.00
June 30, 2000 $10,000,000.00
September 30, 2000 $10,000,000.00
December 31, 2000 $10,000,000.00
March 31, 2001 $11,250,000.00
June 30, 2001 $11,250,000.00
September 30, 2001 $11,250,000.00
December 31, 2001 $11,250,000.00
March 31, 2002 $7,500,000.00
June 30, 2002 $7,500,000.00
32
<PAGE>
(c) APPLICATION TO FUTURE INSTALLMENTS. All prepayments of the
Bridge Term Loan or the Acquisition Term Loan under Sections 2.5 or 2.6 shall
be applied to future installments of such Bridge Term Loan or Acquisition
Term Loan under this Section 2.7 in the inverse order of their maturity.
2.8 INTEREST.
(a) Each Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount
thereof from the Closing Date at a rate per annum equal to the Offshore Rate
or the Base Rate, as the case may be (and subject to the Company's right to
convert to other Types of Loans under Section 2.4), PLUS the Applicable
Margin.
(b) The Company shall pay interest on each Loan in arrears on each
Interest Payment Date. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any
prepayment of Loans under Section 2.5 or 2.6 for the portion of the Loans so
prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof and, during
the existence of any Event of Default, interest shall be paid on demand of
the Agent at the request or with the consent of the Required Banks.
(c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section, while any Event
of Default exists or after acceleration, the Company shall pay interest
(after as well as before entry of judgment thereon to the extent permitted by
law) on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations, at a rate per
annum which is determined by adding 2% per annum to the Applicable Margin
then in effect for such Loans and, in the case of Obligations not subject to
an Applicable Margin, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus 2%;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, on and after the expiration of any Interest Period
applicable to any Offshore Rate Loan outstanding on the date of occurrence of
such Event of Default or acceleration, the principal amount of such Loan
shall, during the continuance of such Event of Default or after acceleration,
bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate, plus the Applicable
Margin for Base Rate Loans, plus 2%.
(d) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations
of the Company to any Bank hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that
payments of interest shall not be required for any period for which interest
is computed hereunder, to the extent (but only to the extent) that
contracting for or receiving such payment by such Bank would be contrary to
the provisions of any law applicable to such Bank limiting the highest rate
of interest that may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such
Bank, and in such event the Company shall pay such Bank interest at the
highest rate permitted by applicable law.
2.9 FEES.
(a) AGENCY FEES. The Company shall pay the Agent administrative
agency fees in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Fee Letters.
(b) SYNDICATION, UNDERWRITING FEES. The Company shall pay the Agent,
the Arranger and the Documentation Agent syndication fees, commitment fees
and underwriting fees in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Fee
Letters.
33
<PAGE>
2.10 COMPUTATION OF FEES AND INTEREST.
(a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base
Rate is determined by BofA's "reference rate" shall be made on the basis of a
year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All
other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a
360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more interest being
paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest and fees
shall accrue during each period during which interest or such fees are
computed from the first day thereof to the last day thereof.
(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Agent shall be
conclusive and binding on the Company and the Banks in the absence of
manifest error. The Agent will, at the request of the Company or any Bank,
deliver to the Company or such Bank, as the case may be, a statement showing
the quotations used by the Agent in determining any interest rate and the
resulting interest rate.
2.11 PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.
(a) All payments to be made by the Company shall be made without
set-off, recoupment or counterclaim. Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, all payments by the Company shall be made to the Agent for the
account of the Banks at the Agent's Payment Office, and shall be made in
dollars and in immediately available funds, no later than 11:00 a.m. (San
Francisco time) on the date specified herein. The Agent will promptly
distribute to each Bank its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as
expressly provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received. Any
payment received by the Agent later than 11:00 a.m. (San Francisco time)
shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day and any
applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.
(b) Subject to the provisions set forth in the definition of
"Interest Period" herein, whenever any payment is due on a day other than a
Business Day, such payment shall be made on the following Business Day, and
such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of
interest or fees, as the case may be.
(c) Unless the Agent receives notice from the Company prior to the
date on which any payment is due to the Banks that the Company will not make
such payment in full as and when required, the Agent may assume that the
Company has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date in
immediately available funds and the Agent may (but shall not be so required),
in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to each Bank on such due date an
amount equal to the amount then due such Bank. If and to the extent the
Company has not made such payment in full to the Agent, each Bank shall repay
to the Agent on demand such amount distributed to such Bank, together with
interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate for each day from the date such
amount is distributed to such Bank until the date repaid.
34
<PAGE>
2.12 PAYMENTS BY THE BANKS TO THE AGENT.
(a) Unless the Agent receives notice from a Bank on or prior to the
Closing Date that such Bank will not make available as and when required
hereunder to the Agent for the account of the Company the amount of that
Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Loans, the Agent may assume that each Bank has
made such amount available to the Agent in immediately available funds on the
Closing Date and the Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance
upon such assumption, make available to the Company a corresponding amount.
If and to the extent any Bank shall not have made its full amount available
to the Agent in immediately available funds and the Agent in such
circumstances has made available to the Company such amount, that Bank shall
on the Business Day following the Closing Date make such amount available to
the Agent, together with interest at the Federal Funds Rate for each day
during such period. A notice of the Agent submitted to any Bank with respect
to amounts owing under this subsection (a) shall constitute prima facie
evidence of the accuracy of the information contained therein. If such
amount is so made available, such payment to the Agent shall constitute such
Bank's Loan on the Closing Date for all purposes of this Agreement. If such
amount is not made available to the Agent on the Closing Date, the Agent will
notify the Company of such failure to fund and, upon demand by the Agent, the
Company shall pay such amount to the Agent for the Agent's account, together
with interest thereon for each day elapsed since the Closing Date, at a rate
per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans.
(b) The failure of any Bank to make any Loan on the Closing Date
shall not relieve any other Bank of any obligation hereunder to make a Loan
on the Closing Date, but no Bank shall be responsible for the failure of any
other Bank to make the Loan to be made by such other Bank.
2.13 SHARING OF PAYMENTS, ETC. If, other than as expressly provided
elsewhere herein, any Bank shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it
any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any
right of set-off, or otherwise) in excess of its Pro Rata Share, such Bank
shall immediately (a) notify the Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from
the other Banks such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be
necessary to cause such purchasing Bank to share the excess payment pro rata
with each of them; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if all or any portion of such
excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Bank, such
purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Bank shall repay to
the purchasing Bank the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount
equal to such paying Bank's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i)
the amount of such paying Bank's required repayment to (ii) the total amount
so recovered from the purchasing Bank) of any interest or other amount paid
or payable by the purchasing Bank in respect of the total amount so
recovered. The Company agrees that any Bank so purchasing a participation
from another Bank may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all
its rights of payment (including the right of set-off, but subject to Section
10.9) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Bank were the
direct creditor of the Company in the amount of such participation. The
Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence
of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section and will in
each case notify the Banks following any such purchases or repayments.
35
<PAGE>
2.14 QUARTERLY ADJUSTMENTS.
(a) If the financial reports delivered pursuant to subsections 6.1(a)
and (b) and the certificate delivered pursuant to subsection 6.2(b) when
delivered with respect to any fiscal quarter indicate that the Applicable
Margin for any such period should have been higher than the Applicable Margin
for such period pursuant to the definitions of such terms, and the interest
or fee that would have been collected hereunder based upon the actual
Applicable Margin exceeds the interest actually collected hereunder, then the
Company shall pay on or before the third Business Day after delivery of such
financial reports and certificate an amount equal to such excess.
(b) If (i) the financial reports delivered pursuant to subsections
6.1(a) and (b) and the certificate delivered pursuant to subsection 6.2(b)
when delivered with respect to any fiscal quarter indicate that the
Applicable Margin for any such period should have been lower than the
Applicable Margin assumed for such period pursuant to the definitions of such
terms, and (ii) the interest actually collected hereunder exceeds the
interest that would have been collected hereunder based upon the actual
Applicable Margin, then the Agent shall credit such excess to interest and
fees owing hereunder (including any interest owing under subsection 2.8(c))
during the calendar quarter when such financial reports and certificate were
received and, if all such excess is not credited by the end of such calendar
quarter, upon request of the Company, each Bank, severally, if no Default or
Event of Default exists, shall refund to the Agent for distribution to the
Company the amount of such excess actually received and retained by such Bank.
ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
3.1 TAXES.
(a) Any and all payments by the Company to each Bank or the Agent
under this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear
of, and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes. In addition, the
Company shall pay all Other Taxes.
(b) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Bank and
the Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including any Taxes or
Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this
Section) paid by the Bank or the Agent and any liability (including
penalties, interest, additions to tax and expenses) arising therefrom or with
respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or
legally asserted. Payment under this indemnification shall be made within 30
days after the date the Bank or the Agent makes written demand therefor.
(c) If the Company shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any
Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any
Bank or the Agent, then:
36
<PAGE>
(i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that
after making all required deductions and withholdings (including
deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under
this Section) such Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, receives an
amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or
withholdings been made;
(ii) the Company shall make such deductions and withholdings;
(iii) the Company shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld
to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with
applicable law; and
(iv) the Company shall also pay to each Bank or the Agent for
the account of such Bank, at the time interest is paid, all additional
amounts which the respective Bank specifies as necessary to preserve the
after-tax yield the Bank would have received if such Taxes or Other Taxes
had not been imposed.
(d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment by the Company
of Taxes or Other Taxes, the Company shall furnish the Agent the original
or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof, or other
evidence of payment satisfactory to the Agent.
(e) If the Company is required to pay additional amounts to any
Bank or the Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, then such
Bank shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory
restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office so as to
eliminate any such additional payment by the Company which may thereafter
accrue, if such change in the judgment of such Bank is not otherwise
disadvantageous to such Bank.
3.2 ILLEGALITY.
(a) If any Bank determines that the introduction of any
Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or in the
interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law, has made it
unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority has
asserted that it is unlawful, for any Bank or its applicable Lending
Office to make Offshore Rate Loans, then, on notice thereof by the Bank
to the Company through the Agent, any obligation of that Bank to make
Offshore Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Bank notifies the Agent
and the Company that the circumstances giving rise to such determination
no longer exist.
(b) If a Bank determines that it is unlawful to maintain any
Offshore Rate Loan, the Company shall, upon receipt of notice of such
fact and demand from such Bank (with a copy to the Agent), prepay in full
such Offshore Rate Loans of that Bank then outstanding, together with
interest accrued thereon and amounts required under Section 3.4, either
on the last day of the Interest Period thereof, if the Bank may lawfully
continue to maintain such Offshore Rate Loans to such day, or
immediately, if the Bank may not lawfully continue to maintain such
Offshore Rate Loan. If the Company is required to so prepay any Offshore
Rate Loan, then concurrently with such prepayment, the Company shall
borrow from the affected Bank, in the amount of such repayment, a Base
Rate Loan.
37
<PAGE>
(c) If the obligation of any Bank to make or maintain Offshore Rate
Loans has been so terminated or suspended, the Company may elect, by giving
notice to the Bank through the Agent that all Loans which would otherwise be
made by the Bank as Offshore Rate Loans shall be instead Base Rate Loans.
(d) Before giving any notice to the Agent under this Section, the
affected Bank shall designate a different Lending Office with respect to
its Offshore Rate Loans if such designation will avoid the need for
giving such notice or making such demand and will not, in the judgment of
the Bank, be illegal or otherwise disadvantageous to the Bank.
3.3 INCREASED COSTS AND REDUCTION OF RETURN.
(a) If any Bank determines that, due to either (i) the
introduction of or any change (other than any change by way of imposition
of or increase in reserve requirements included in the calculation of the
Offshore Rate) in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or
(ii) the compliance by that Bank with any guideline or request from any
central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the
force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to such Bank of
agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any Offshore Rate
Loans, then the Company shall be liable for, and shall from time to time,
upon demand (with a copy of such demand to be sent to the Agent), pay to
the Agent for the account of such Bank, additional amounts as are
sufficient to compensate such Bank for such increased costs.
(b) If any Bank shall have determined that (i) the introduction
of any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital
Adequacy Regulation, (iii) any change in the interpretation or
administration of any Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or
other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by the Bank (or its Lending
Office) or any corporation controlling the Bank with any Capital Adequacy
Regulation, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or
expected to be maintained by the Bank or any corporation controlling the
Bank and (taking into consideration such Bank's or such corporation's
policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Bank's desired return
on capital) determines that the amount of such capital is increased as a
consequence of its Commitment, loans, credits or obligations under this
Agreement, then, upon demand of such Bank to the Company through the
Agent, the Company shall pay to the Bank, from time to time as specified
by the Bank, additional amounts sufficient to compensate the Bank for
such increase.
3.4 FUNDING LOSSES. The Company shall reimburse each Bank and hold
each Bank harmless from any loss or expense which the Bank may sustain or
incur as a consequence of:
(a) the failure of the Company to make on a timely basis any
payment of principal of any Offshore Rate Loan;
(b) the failure of the Company to continue or convert a Loan
after the Company has given (or are deemed to have given) a Notice of
Conversion/Continuation;
38
<PAGE>
(c) the failure of the Company to make any prepayment in
accordance with any notice delivered under Section 2.5;
(d) the prepayment (including pursuant to Sections 2.5 and 2.6)
or other payment (including after acceleration thereof) of an Offshore
Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the relevant Interest
Period; or
(e) the automatic conversion under Section 2.4 of any Offshore
Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the
relevant Interest Period;
including any such loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment
of funds obtained by it to maintain its Offshore Rate Loans or from fees payable
to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. For purposes of
calculating amounts payable by the Company to the Banks under this Section and
under subsection 3.3(a), (i) each Offshore Rate Loan made by a Bank (and each
related reserve, special deposit or similar requirement) shall be conclusively
deemed to have been funded at the LIBO Rate used in determining the Offshore
Rate for such Offshore Rate Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the
interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period,
whether or not such Offshore Rate Loan is in fact so funded.
3.5 INABILITY TO DETERMINE RATES. If the Required Banks determine that
for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the
Offshore Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed
Offshore Rate Loan, or that the Offshore Rate applicable pursuant to
subsection 2.8(a) for any requested Interest Period with respect to a
proposed Offshore Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost
to such Banks of funding such Loan, the Agent will promptly so notify the
Company and each Bank. Thereafter, the obligation of the Banks to make or
maintain Offshore Rate Loans, as the case may be, hereunder shall be
suspended until the Agent upon the instruction of the Required Banks revokes
such notice in writing. Upon receipt of such notice, the Company may revoke
any Notice of Conversion/Continuation then submitted by it. If the Company
does not revoke such Notice, the Banks shall make, convert or continue the
Loans, as proposed by the Company, in the amount specified in the applicable
notice submitted by the Company, but such Loans shall be made, converted or
continued as Base Rate Loans instead of Offshore Rate Loans.
3.6 CERTIFICATES OF BANKS. Any Bank claiming reimbursement or
compensation under this Article III shall deliver to the Company (with a copy
to the Agent) a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount
payable to the Bank hereunder and such certificate shall be conclusive and
binding on the Company in the absence of manifest error.
3.7 SURVIVAL. The agreements and obligations of the Company in Sections
3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 shall survive the payment of all other Obligations
and any assignment and delegation by a Bank.
39
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
4.1 CONDITIONS OF CLOSING. The obligation of each Bank to make its
Loans hereunder is subject to the condition that the Agent have received on
or before the Closing Date all of the following, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent and each Bank, and in sufficient copies for each
Bank:
(a) CREDIT AGREEMENT. This Agreement executed by each party thereto;
(b) RESOLUTIONS; INCUMBENCY.
(i) Copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of
each MGP General Partner, as general partners of the Managing General
Partner, as general partner of the Company, and the executive committee
of the Board of Control of the Managing General Partner, in each case
approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by the
Managing General Partner on behalf of the Company of this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby, certified as of the Closing Date by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of such MGP General Partner and the Managing General
Partner, as the case may be; and
(ii) A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of
the Managing General Partner certifying the names and true signatures of
the officers of the Managing General Partner, as general partner of the
Company, authorized to execute, deliver and perform, as applicable, this
Agreement on behalf of the Company, and all other Loan Documents to be
delivered hereunder;
(c) ORGANIZATION DOCUMENTS; GOOD STANDING. Each of the following
documents:
(i) the partnership certificate of the Company, the Managing
General Partner and the Master Partnership as in effect on the Closing
Date, certified by the Secretary of State (or similar, applicable
Governmental Authority) of the state of formation of such entities as of
a recent date and by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the
Managing General Partner as of the Closing Date, and each of the Company
Partnership Agreement, the MGP Partnership Agreement and the Master
Partnership Agreement as in effect on the Closing date, certified by the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Managing General Partner as of
the Closing Date;
(ii) the articles or certificate of incorporation of each MGP
General Partner as in effect on the Closing Date, certified by the
Secretary of State (or similar applicable Governmental Authority) of the
state of incorporation of such MGP General Partner as of a recent date
and by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such MGP General Partner
as of the Closing Date, and the bylaws of each MGP General Partner as
40
<PAGE>
in effect on the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of such MGP General Partner as of the Closing Date; and
(iii) a good standing certificate for the Company, the
Managing General Partner, the MGP General Partners and the Master
Partnership from the Secretary of State (or similar, applicable
Governmental Authority) of its state of incorporation or formation, as
applicable, and each state where the Company and the Partner Entities
are qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or limited
partnership, as applicable, as of a recent date, together with a
bring-down certificate by facsimile, dated the Closing Date;
(d) LEGAL OPINION. An opinion of Ball, Janik & Novack as counsel
to the Company and the Partner Entities and addressed to the Agent and the
Banks, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT D;
(e) PAYMENT OF FEES. Payment by the Company of all accrued and
unpaid fees, costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable on the
Closing Date, together with Attorney Costs of BofA to the extent invoiced
prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of Attorney
Costs as shall constitute BofA's reasonable estimate of Attorney Costs
incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided
that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude final settling of accounts
between the Company and BofA); including any such costs, fees and expenses
arising under or referenced in Sections 2.9 and 10.4;
(f) CERTIFICATE. A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer,
dated as of the Closing Date, stating that:
(i) the representations and warranties contained in Article V
are true and correct on and as of such date, as though made on and as of
such date;
(ii) no Default or Event of Default exists or would result
from the initial Credit Extension; and
(iii) there has occurred since December 31, 1995, no event or
circumstance that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result
in a Material Adverse Effect;
(g) PURCHASE AGREEMENT. A certified copy of the Asset Sale,
Purchase and Transfer Agreement between Willamette Industries, Inc., an
Oregon corporation, and the Company ( the "Purchase Agreement"), evidencing
an aggregate purchase price of the Property not to exceed $205,000,000;
(h) AMENDED AND RESTATED FACILITY B CREDIT AGREEMENT. All
conditions precedent to the initial extension of credit set forth in Section
5.1 of the Amended and Restated Facility B Credit Agreement shall have
occurred prior to or simultaneously with the closing hereunder;
41
<PAGE>
(i) OTHER DOCUMENTS. Such other approvals, opinions, documents or
materials as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably request;
(j) REPAYMENT OF LOANS OUTSTANDING. Evidence that all "Loans" as
defined in the 1995 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, including any loss
or expense sustained or incurred as a consequence of such prepayment pursuant
to Section 3.4 thereof and interest accrued thereunder, and all "Loans" as
defined in the Original Facility B Credit Agreement (as defined in the
Amended and Restated Facility B Credit Agreement), including any loss or
expense sustained or incurred as a consequence of such prepayment pursuant to
Section 4.4 thereof and interest accrued thereunder, shall have been repaid
in full or shall immediately be repaid in full with the proceeds from the
Loans and the Facility B Loans; and
(k) CONSENT TO AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT. The consent to this
amendment and restatement of the 1995 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
executed by the Departing Bank.
4.2 CONDITIONS TO CONTINUATION/CONVERSION. The obligation of each Bank
to make any Loan or to continue or convert any Loan under Section 2.4 is
subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on the
Closing Date or relevant Conversion/Continuation Date, as applicable:
(a) NOTICE. The Agent shall have received (with, in the case of
the initial Loan only, a copy for each Bank) a Notice of
Conversion/Continuation;
(b) CONTINUATION OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The
representations and warranties in Article V shall be true and correct on and
as of such Closing Date or Conversion/Continuation Date with the same effect
as if made on and as of such Closing Date or Conversion/Continuation Date
(except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly refer to
an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such
earlier date; and
(c) NO EXISTING DEFAULT. No Default or Event of Default shall
exist or shall result from such Borrowing or continuation or conversion.
Each Notice of Borrowing and Notices of Conversion/Continuation submitted by
the Company hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the
Company hereunder, as of the date of each such notice and as of each
Conversion/Continuation Date as applicable, that the conditions in Section
4.2 are satisfied.
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Company represents and warrants to the Agent and each Bank that:
42
<PAGE>
5.1 EXISTENCE AND POWER. The Company and each Partner Entity:
(a) is a limited partnership (or in the case of each MGP General
Partner, a corporation) duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation;
(b) has the power and authority and all governmental licenses,
authorizations, consents and approvals to own its assets, carry on its
business and to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Loan
Documents;
(c) is duly qualified as a foreign limited partnership and is
licensed and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its
ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business
requires such qualification or license; and
(d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law; except, in each
case referred to in clause (c) or clause (d), to the extent that the failure
to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.2 AUTHORIZATION; NO CONTRAVENTION. The execution, delivery and
performance by the Company of this Agreement and each other Loan Document to
which the Company is a party, have been duly authorized by all necessary
partnership and corporate action, and do not and will not:
(a) contravene the terms of any Organization Documents of the
Company or the Partner Entities;
(b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or
the creation of any Lien under, any document evidencing any Contractual
Obligation to which the Company or any of the Partner Entities are a party or
any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which
such Person or its property is subject; or
(c) violate any Requirement of Law.
5.3 GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATION. No approval, consent, exemption,
authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any
Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the
execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, the Company or
any Partner Entity of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
5.4 BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement and each other Loan Document to
which the Company is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding
obligations of the Company (to the extent it is a party thereto), enforceable
against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by
equitable principles relating to enforceability.
43
<PAGE>
5.5 LITIGATION. Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 5.5,
there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending, or to
the Company's Knowledge, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in
arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, against the Company or any
of the Partner Entities, or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of
their respective properties which:
(a) purport to affect or pertain to the Equity Issuance, this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby; or
(b) have a reasonable probability of success on the merits and
which, if determined adversely to such Person or its Subsidiaries, would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No injunction,
writ, temporary restraining order or any order of any nature has been issued
by any court or other Governmental Authority purporting to enjoin or restrain
the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or directing that the transactions provided for herein or therein
not be consummated as herein or therein provided.
5.6 NO DEFAULT. No Default or Event of Default exists or would result
from the incurring of any Obligations by the Company. As of the Closing
Date, none of the Company, the Partner Entities, or any of their respective
Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to any Contractual
Obligation in any respect which, individually or together with all such
defaults, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or
that would, if such default had occurred after the Closing Date, create an
Event of Default under subsection 8.1(f).
5.7 ERISA COMPLIANCE.
(a) SCHEDULE 5.7 lists all Plans. All written descriptions
thereof provided to the Agent are true and complete in all material respects.
(b) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 5.7, each Plan is
in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other
federal or state law, except for such non-compliance which would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan which is
intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable
determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a determination
letter will be submitted no later than the expiration of the remedial
amendment period for effecting amendments required by reason of Section 1140
of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, as amended, and to the Company's Knowledge,
nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification.
(c) There are no pending, or to the Company's Knowledge,
threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental
Authority, with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no
prohibited transaction or other violation of the fiduciary responsibility
rule with respect to any Plan which could reasonably result in a Material
Adverse Effect.
44
<PAGE>
(d) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 5.7, no ERISA
Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any
Pension Plan.
(e) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 5.7, no Pension
Plan (other than multiemployer plans within the meaning of Section 3(38) of
ERISA) has any Unfunded Pension Liability.
(f) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 5.7, neither the
Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, nor does it reasonably expect
to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension
Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA).
(g) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 5.7, neither the
Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has transferred any Unfunded Pension
Liability to any Person or otherwise engaged in a transaction that could be
subject to Section 4069 of ERISA.
5.8 USE OF PROCEEDS; MARGIN REGULATIONS. The proceeds of the Loans are
to be used solely for the purposes set forth in and permitted by Section 6.11
and Section 7.8. None of the Company, the Partner Entities nor any of their
respective Subsidiaries is generally engaged in the business of purchasing or
selling Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or
carrying Margin Stock.
5.9 TITLE TO PROPERTIES. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have
good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold
interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of
their respective businesses, except for such defects in title as could not,
individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the
Closing Date, the property of the Company and its Subsidiaries is subject to
no Liens, other than Permitted Liens.
5.10 TAXES. The Company, each Partner Entity, and their respective
Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and other material tax returns and
reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal and other material
taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed
upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable,
except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance
with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Company, the
Partner Entities or any of their Subsidiaries that would, if made, have a
Material Adverse Effect.
5.11 FINANCIAL CONDITION.
(a) The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company
and its Subsidiaries dated December 31, 1995, and the related consolidated
statements of income or operations, partners' capital and cash flows for the
fiscal year ended on that date:
(i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently
applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise
expressly noted therein;
45
<PAGE>
(ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Company
and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and results of operations
for the period covered thereby; and
(iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities,
direct or contingent, of the Company and its respective consolidated
Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes,
material commitments and Contingent Obligations.
(b) Since December 31, 1995, there has been no Material Adverse
Effect.
5.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.
(a) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 5.12, the
on-going operations of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries comply in all
respects with all Environmental Laws, except such non-compliance which would
not (if enforced in accordance with applicable law) reasonably be expected to
result in liability in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate.
(b) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 5.12, the Company
and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all material licenses, permits,
authorizations and registrations required under any Environmental Law
("Environmental Permits") and necessary for their respective ordinary course
operations, all such Environmental Permits are in good standing, and the
Company and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all material
terms and conditions of such Environmental Permits.
(c) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 5.12, none of the
Company or its Subsidiaries, any Partner Entity or any of its Subsidiaries,
or any of their respective present property or operations, is subject to any
outstanding written order from or agreement with any Governmental Authority,
nor subject to any judicial or docketed administrative proceeding, respecting
any Environmental Law, Environmental Claim or Hazardous Material.
(d) To the Company's Knowledge, except as specifically disclosed
in SCHEDULE 5.12, there are no Hazardous Materials or other conditions or
circumstances existing with respect to any property of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, that would reasonably be expected to give rise to
Environmental Claims with a potential liability of the Company and its
Subsidiaries in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate for any such
condition, circumstance or property. In addition, (i) to the Company's
Knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any
underground storage tanks (x) that are not properly registered or permitted
under applicable Environmental Laws, or (y) that are leaking or disposing of
Hazardous Materials, and (ii) to the extent required under any Requirement of
Law, the Company and its Subsidiaries have notified all of their employees of
the existence, if any, of any health hazard arising from the conditions of
their employment and have met all notification requirements under the
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, and all other
Environmental Laws.
(e) Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 5.12, there are
no disputes, litigation, investigations, or proceedings to which the Company,
the Partner Entities, or any of their respective Subsidiaries are a party
relating to any Environmental Law or environmental
46
<PAGE>
condition that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect, and, to the Company's Knowledge, there are no other disputes,
litigation, investigations, or proceedings and no rulemaking or legislation
pending relating to any Environmental Law or environmental condition that
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.13 REGULATED ENTITIES. None of the Company, the Partner Entities,
any Person controlling such Person, or any Subsidiary, is (a) an "Investment
Company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940; or (b) is
subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935,
the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, any state public
utilities code, or any other Federal or state statute or regulation limiting
its ability to incur Indebtedness.
5.14 NO BURDENSOME RESTRICTIONS. Neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any Contractual Obligation, or subject
to any restriction in any Organization Document, or any Requirement of Law,
which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.15 COPYRIGHTS, PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES, ETC. The Company or
its Subsidiaries own or are licensed or otherwise have the right to use all
of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights,
contractual franchises, authorizations and other rights that are reasonably
necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict
with the rights of any other Person. To the Company's Knowledge, no slogan
or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or
other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries infringes upon any rights held by any
other Person. Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 5.5, no claim or
litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or threatened, and no
patent, invention, device, application, principle or any statute, law, rule,
regulation, standard or code is pending or, to the Company's Knowledge,
proposed, which, in either case, could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
5.16 SUBSIDIARIES. As of the Closing Date, the Company has no
Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in part (a) of SCHEDULE
5.16 hereto and has no equity investments in any other corporation or entity
other than those specifically disclosed in part (b) of SCHEDULE 5.16.
5.17 INSURANCE. The properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries are
insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not
Affiliates of the Company, in such amounts, with such deductibles and
covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in
similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the
Company or such Subsidiary operates.
5.18 LABOR RELATIONS. There are no material strikes, lockouts or other
labor disputes against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the
Company's Knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, and no significant unfair labor practice complaint is
pending against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Company's
Knowledge, threatened against any of them before any Government Authority.
47
<PAGE>
5.19 PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS. As of the Closing Date, the only general
partner of the Company is the Managing General Partner. As of the Closing
Date, the only general partners of the Managing General Partner are Fremont
and HS Corp.
5.20 FULL DISCLOSURE. None of the representations or warranties made
by the Company, any Partner Entity or any of their Subsidiaries in the Loan
Documents as of the date such representations and warranties are made or
deemed made, and none of the statements contained in any exhibit, report,
statement or certificate furnished by or on behalf of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries in connection with the Loan Documents (including the
offering and disclosure materials delivered by or on behalf of the Company to
the Banks prior to the Closing Date), contains any untrue statement of a
material fact or omits any material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances
under which they are made, not misleading as of the time when made or
delivered.
5.21 SOLVENCY. The Company and each of the Partner Entities is Solvent.
5.22 SWAP OBLIGATIONS. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
has incurred any outstanding obligations under any Swap Contracts, other than
Permitted Swap Obligations. The Company has undertaken its own independent
assessment of its consolidated assets, liabilities and commitments and has
considered appropriate means of mitigating and managing risks associated with
such matters and has not relied on any swap counterparty or any Affiliate of
any swap counterparty in determining whether to enter into any Swap Contract.
ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Loan or other Obligation shall remain unpaid or
unsatisfied, unless the Required Banks waive compliance in writing:
6.1 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The Company shall deliver to the Agent, in
form and detail satisfactory to the Agent and the Required Banks, with
sufficient copies for each Bank:
(a) as soon as available, but not later than 90 days after the end
of each fiscal year, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the
Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related
consolidated statements of income or operations, partners' equity and cash
flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
figures for the previous fiscal year, identifying any material change in
accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Company or any of
its consolidated Subsidiaries, and accompanied by the opinion of Price
Waterhouse LLP or another nationally-recognized independent public accounting
firm ("INDEPENDENT AUDITOR") which report shall state that such consolidated
financial statements present fairly the financial position for the periods
indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior
years. Such opinion shall not be qualified or limited because of a
restricted or limited examination by the Independent Auditor of any material
portion of the Company's or any Subsidiary's records and shall be delivered
to the Agent
48
<PAGE>
pursuant to a reliance agreement between the Agent and Banks and such
Independent Auditor in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Banks;
(b) as soon as available, but not later than 60 days after the end
of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, a copy of the
unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as
of the end of such quarter and the related consolidated statements of income,
partners' equity and cash flows for the period commencing on the first day
and ending on the last day of such quarter, identifying any material change
in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Company or any
of its consolidated Subsidiaries, and certified by a Responsible Officer as
fairly presenting, in accordance with GAAP (subject to ordinary, good faith
year-end audit adjustments), the financial position and the results of
operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
(c) as soon as available, but not later than 90 days after the end
of each fiscal year, a copy of an unaudited consolidating balance sheet of
the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related
consolidating statement of income for such year, certified by a Responsible
Officer as having been developed and used in connection with the preparation
of the financial statements referred to in subsection 6.1(a);
(d) as soon as available, but not later than 60 days after the end
of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, a copy of the
unaudited consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
and the related consolidating statements of income for such quarter, all
certified by a Responsible Officer as having been developed and used in
connection with the preparation of the financial statements referred to in
subsection 6.1(b);
(e) as soon as available, but not later than 90 days after the end
of each fiscal year, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the
Master Partnership and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the
related consolidated statements of income or operations, partners' equity and
cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
figures for the previous fiscal year, and accompanied by the opinion of the
Independent Auditor which report shall state that such consolidated financial
statements present fairly the financial position for the periods indicated in
conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years. Such
opinion shall not be qualified or limited because of a restricted or limited
examination by the Independent Auditor of any material portion of the Master
Partnership's or any Subsidiary's records and shall be delivered to the Agent
pursuant to a reliance agreement between the Agent and Banks and such
Independent Auditor in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Banks;
(f) as soon as available, but not later than 60 days after the end
of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, a copy of the
unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Master Partnership and its
Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and the related consolidated
statements of income, partners' equity and cash flows for the period
commencing on the first day and ending on the last day of such quarter, and
certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting, in accordance with
GAAP (subject to ordinary, good faith year-end audit
49
<PAGE>
adjustments), the financial position and the results of operations of the
Master Partnership and its Subsidiaries;
(g) as soon as available, but not later than January 31 of each
year, a business plan which shall include (i) pro-forma financial projections
of the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the
related consolidated statements of income or operations, partners' equity and
cash flows, (x) in 1996, for the calendar year 1997, and (y) in every year
thereafter, for the five-year period beginning January 1 of the year of
delivery of such business plan, and (ii) timber inventories, timber harvests,
lumber and other wood product shipments, projected average prices for logs
and lumber by species and type, a timber log flow report and an outside
timber harvest/log procurement contract summary; which projections shall be
accompanied by appropriate assumptions and sufficient supporting details on
which such projections are based, certified by a Responsible Officer as
fairly presenting management's good faith projection of probable results for
such period;
(h) as soon as available, but no later than 30 days after the end
of each month, a copy of the monthly operating summary in form substantially
similar to that currently provided to management;
(i) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after
the end of each calendar year, the report entitled "Fair Market Value of
Timber Cut, determined for Section 631(a) of the Internal Revenue Code,
Capital Gains Treatment" prepared with respect to the prior calendar year by
Mason, Bruce and Girard, or another nationally recognized timber appraiser
reasonably acceptable to the Required Banks.
6.2 CERTIFICATES; OTHER INFORMATION. The Company shall furnish to the
Agent, with sufficient copies for each Bank:
(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in subsection 6.1(a), a certificate of the Independent Auditor
stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was
obtained of any Default or Event of Default under Sections 7.13, 7.16, 7.17
and 7.18 except as specified in such certificate;
(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in subsections 6.1(a) and (b), a Compliance Certificate executed
by a Responsible Officer;
(c) promptly, copies of all financial statements and reports that
the Company or the Master Partnership sends to its limited partners, and, if
applicable, promptly, within 15 days of any such filing, copies of all
financial statements and regular, periodical or special reports (including
Forms 10K, 10Q and 8K) and registration statements that the Company or any
Subsidiary or the Master Partnership may make to, or file with, the SEC; and
(d) promptly, such additional information regarding the business,
financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
the Master Partnership as the Agent, at the request of any Bank, may from
time to time reasonably request.
50
<PAGE>
6.3 NOTICES. The Company shall promptly notify the Agent and each Bank:
(a) of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, and of
the occurrence or existence of any event or circumstance that foreseeably
will become a Default or Event of Default;
(b) of any matter that has resulted or if adversely determined
would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,
including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a
Contractual Obligation of any of the Company, the Partner Entities or any of
their Subsidiaries; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding
or suspension which may exist at any time between the Company, the Partner
Entities or any of their Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority; or
(iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or
proceeding affecting the Company, the Partner Entities or any of their
Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws;
(c) of any of the following events affecting the Company or any
ERISA Affiliate, together with a copy of any notice with respect to such
event that may be required to be filed with a Governmental Authority and any
notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to the Company or any ERISA
Affiliate with respect to such event:
(i) an ERISA Event;
(ii) if any of the representations and warranties in Section
5.7 ceases to be true and correct;
(iii) the adoption by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
or, upon the Company's Knowledge thereof, by any other ERISA Affiliate
of any new Pension Plan or other Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code;
(iv) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan or other
Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or, upon the Company's Knowledge thereof, by any other
ERISA Affiliate, if such amendment results in a material increase in
either contributions by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
Unfunded Pension Liability; or
(v) the commencement of contributions by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries or, upon the Company's Knowledge thereof, by any
other ERISA Affiliate to any Pension Plan or other Plan subject to
Section 412 of the Code;
(d) any Material Adverse Effect subsequent to the date of the most
recent audited financial statements of the Company delivered to the Banks
pursuant to subsection 6.1(a);
(e) of any material labor controversy resulting in or threatening
to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other labor
disruption against or involving the Company, the Partner Entities or any of
their Subsidiaries; or
51
<PAGE>
(f) of any assertion or determination by any Governmental
Authority that the Company shall no longer be classified as a partnership not
taxable as a corporation under the Code.
Each notice under this Section shall be accompanied by a written
statement by a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence
referred to therein, and stating what action the Company or any affected
Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto and at what time. Each
notice under subsection 6.3(a) shall describe with particularity any and all
clauses or provisions of this Agreement or other Loan Document that have been
(or foreseeably will be) breached or violated.
6.4 PRESERVATION OF PARTNERSHIP EXISTENCE, ETC. The Company shall,
except as permitted by Section 7.3, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries
and each of the Partner Entities to:
(a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its partnership
or corporate existence and good standing under the laws of its state or
jurisdiction of formation or incorporation;
(b) preserve and maintain in full force and effect all
governmental rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and
franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business
except in connection with transactions permitted by Section 7.3 and sales of
assets permitted by Section 7.2;
(c) use reasonable efforts, in the ordinary course of business, to
preserve its business organization and goodwill; and
(d) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks,
trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
PROVIDED that the Company shall not be obligated to preserve its status as a
partnership not taxable as a corporation if (i) the Company's failure to
preserve such status shall be the result of an amendment to the tax laws
enacted by the Congress of the United States and (ii) after giving effect to
the loss of such status, the ratio of Pro Forma Consolidated Cash Flow to Pro
Forma Maximum Debt Service, determined as of the end of the fiscal quarter
immediately preceding the loss of such status, would be greater than 1.1 to
1.0, assuming for the purposes of the computation of Pro Forma Consolidated
Cash Flow, that Pro Forma Consolidated Cash Flow would be reduced by taxes at
the applicable tax rate of the Company for such period had the Company been
taxable as a corporation.
6.5 MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY. The Company shall maintain, and shall
cause each Subsidiary to maintain, and preserve all its property which is
used or useful in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary
wear and tear excepted and make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals
and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or except as
permitted by Section 7.2.
52
<PAGE>
6.6 INSURANCE. The Company shall maintain, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to maintain, with financially sound and reputable independent
insurers, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss
or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the
same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are
customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons;
including public liability and property and casualty insurance.
6.7 PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS. The Company shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to, pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable,
all their respective obligations and liabilities, including:
(a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or
levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in
accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary;
(b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien
upon its property, unless the same are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are
being maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary; and
(c) all trade payables owing to Persons that are not Affiliates of
the Company in the ordinary course of business, unless the same are contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance
with GAAP are being maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary.
6.8 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. The Company shall comply, and shall cause
each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects with all
Requirements of Law of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it
or its business (including the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act), except such
as may be contested in good faith or as to which a bona fide dispute may
exist.
6.9 INSPECTION OF PROPERTY AND BOOKS AND RECORDS. The Company shall
maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain proper books of
record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity
with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions
and matters involving the assets and business of the Company and such
Subsidiary. The Company shall permit, and shall cause each Subsidiary to
permit, representatives and independent contractors of the Agent or any Bank
to visit and inspect any of their respective properties, to examine their
respective corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies
thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs,
finances and accounts with their respective directors, officers, and
independent public accountants, all at the expense of the Company and at such
reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be
reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Company; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, when an Event of Default exists the Agent or any Bank may do any of
the foregoing at the expense of the Company at any time during normal
business hours and without advance notice.
53
<PAGE>
6.10 ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS.
(a) The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, conduct
its operations and keep and maintain its property in material compliance with
all Environmental Laws, the non-compliance with which would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Upon the written request of the Agent or any Bank, the Company
shall submit and cause each of its Subsidiaries to submit, to the Agent with
sufficient copies for each Bank, at the Company's sole cost and expense, at
reasonable intervals, a report providing an update of the status of any
environmental, health or safety compliance, hazard or liability issue
identified in any notice or report required pursuant to subsection 6.3(b),
that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to
result in liability in excess of $10,000,000.
6.11 USE OF PROCEEDS. The Company shall use the proceeds of the Loans
(i) to repay in full on the Closing Date "Facility A Loans" under and as
defined in the 1995 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and "Loans" under
and as defined in the Original Facility B Credit Agreement (as defined in the
Amended and Restated Facility B Credit Agreement), if any, and (ii) for the
cost (including related fees, commissions and expenses) of the acquisition of
certain timberlands, standing timber, and related assets located on such
timberlands previously owned by Cavenham Forest Industries, a division of
Hanson Natural Resources Company, to be sold to the Company indirectly
through Willamette Industries, Inc., pursuant to the Purchase Agreement a
certified copy of which is delivered to the Banks pursuant to subsection
4.1(g) (the "Property"), in all cases not in contravention of any Requirement
of Law or of any Loan Document.
6.12 FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Company shall ensure that all written
information, exhibits and reports furnished to the Agent or the Banks do not
and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and do not and
will not omit to state any material fact or any fact necessary to make the
statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in
which made, and will promptly disclose to the Agent and the Banks and correct
any defect or error that may be discovered therein or in any Loan Document or
in the execution, acknowledgment or recordation thereof.
ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Bank shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or
other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, unless the Required
Banks waive compliance in writing:
7.1 LIMITATION ON LIENS. The Company shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make, create,
incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any part of
its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the
following ("PERMITTED LIENS"):
54
<PAGE>
(a) any Lien existing on property of such Person on the Closing Date
and set forth in SCHEDULE 7.1 securing Indebtedness outstanding on such date;
(b) Liens on the accounts, rights to payment for goods sold or
services rendered that are evidenced by chattel paper or instruments, and
rights against Persons who guarantee payment or collection of the foregoing,
and on the Company's inventory and on the proceeds (as defined in the Uniform
Commercial Code in any applicable jurisdiction) thereof securing the
obligations of the Company under the Working Capital Facility (and any
extension, renewal, refunding or refinancing thereof) permitted to be
incurred pursuant to subsection 7.6(g);
(c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges
which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty, or to the extent
that non-payment thereof is permitted by Section 6.7, provided that no notice
of lien has been filed or recorded under the Code;
(d) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', landlords', materialmen's,
repairmen's or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have
the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;
(e) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of
pledges or deposits required in the ordinary course of business in connection
with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security
legislation;
(f) Liens on the property of such Person securing (i) the
non-delinquent performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed
money), leases, statutory obligations, (ii) contingent obligations on surety
and appeal bonds, and (iii) other non-delinquent obligations of a like nature;
in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business, provided all such
Liens in the aggregate would not (even if enforced) cause a Material Adverse
Effect;
(g) Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment liens,
provided that the enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and all such
liens in the aggregate at any time outstanding for the Company and its
Subsidiaries do not exceed $5,000,000;
(h) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar
encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which do not impose
material financial obligations on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and
which do not in any case materially detract from the value of a material asset
subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of
such Person;
(i) purchase money security interests on any property acquired or
held by such Person in the ordinary course of business, securing Indebtedness
incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost
of acquiring such property; PROVIDED THAT (i) any such Lien attaches to such
property concurrently with or within 20 days after the acquisition thereof,
(ii) such Lien attaches solely to the property so acquired in such transaction,
55
<PAGE>
(iii) the principal amount of the debt secured thereby does not exceed 85% (or
100% in the case of capital leases) of the cost of such property, and (iv) the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by any and
all such purchase money security interests shall not at any time exceed
$25,000,000;
(j) Liens securing obligations in respect of capital leases on assets
subject to such leases, PROVIDED THAT such capital leases are otherwise
permitted hereunder;
(k) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law
provision relating to banker's liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and
remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor
depository institution; PROVIDED THAT (i) such deposit account is not a
dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against
access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated
by the FRB, and (ii) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries to provide collateral to the depository institution;
(l) Liens securing Contingent Obligations permitted under
subsection 7.9(d); and
(m)other Liens that secure claims or Indebtedness of less than
$1,000,000 in the aggregate and that exist no more than 10 days before being
released or terminated.
7.2 ASSET DISPOSITIONS. The Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, sell, transfer, lease, contribute or otherwise convey,
or grant options, warrants or other rights with respect to, all or any part of
its assets (including accounts receivable and capital stock of Subsidiaries) to
any Person, other than:
(a) sales of timber, logs, lumber and other inventory in the ordinary
course of business for fair market value;
(b) sales for fair market value of equipment, which is surplus,
worn-out or obsolete or no longer useful in the ordinary course of business;
(c) sales of assets other than standing timber for fair market
value, the gross sale proceeds of which, together with the gross sale proceeds
of all other assets sold, transferred, leased, contributed, or conveyed
pursuant to this clause by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not
exceed in the aggregate an amount (the "ANNUAL SALES AMOUNT") equal to (i) in
calendar year 1996, $10,000,000 and (ii) in each calendar year thereafter,
the sum of (A) the Annual Sales Amount for the preceding calendar year PLUS
(B) an increase equal to the percentage increase, if any, in the CPI for such
preceding calendar year, multiplied by such Annual Sales Amount; provided
that the cumulative amount of such sales during the term of this Agreement
shall not exceed an amount (the "CUMULATIVE SALES AMOUNT") equal to (y)
$51,500,000 PLUS (z) an increase equal to the percentage increase, if any, in
the CPI from January 1, 1996 to the date of determination, multiplied by such
Cumulative Sales Amount;
(d) sales of Designated Acres for the fair market value thereof;
56
<PAGE>
(e) exchanges of timberland for other timberland in the ordinary
course of business with Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company, if:
(i) the aggregate fair market value of all timberland so
exchanged by the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, collectively, does
not exceed on a cumulative basis $400,000,000 during the term of this
Agreement;
(ii) the timberland to be received in exchange is of at least
an equivalent fair market value to the timberland to be exchanged or, if
such timberland is not of at least an equivalent fair market value, the
amount of any shortfall shall constitute a permitted disposition under
subsection 7.2(c) or (f);
(iii) the timberland to be received in exchange is located in
the United States, Canada, Mexico or New Zealand, PROVIDED that the
aggregate fair market value of such timberlands received in such exchanges
and located in Canada, Mexico or New Zealand does not exceed in the
aggregate, together with the Net Proceeds invested in productive assets in
such foreign countries pursuant to subsection 7.2(f)(ii) and the net
proceeds of harvesting used to purchase timber or timberlands in such
foreign countries pursuant to Section 7.4, $50,000,000 during the term of
this Agreement; and
(iv) at the time of such exchange, no Default or Event of
Default exists or shall result from such exchange;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any exchange permitted by this subsection 7.2(e) may be
in the form of a tax deferred exchange so long as such tax deferred exchange is
completed within 180 days; and
(f) dispositions for fair market value thereof of assets not
otherwise permitted hereunder to Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company
if:
(i) at the time of such disposition no Default or Event of
Default exists or shall result from such disposition; and
(ii) the Net Proceeds of such disposition (A) are applied
within 180 days of such disposition to the purchase of productive assets
in a Permitted Business (including purchases not consummated during such
180 days if a binding agreement for such purchase is entered into during
such period and such purchase is completed within 90 days after the expiry
of such 180 day period) located in the United States, Canada, Mexico and
New Zealand, PROVIDED that the aggregate Net Proceeds applied to such
purchases of such assets located in Canada, Mexico and New Zealand do not
exceed, together with the fair market value of assets in such foreign
countries obtained in an exchange pursuant to subsection 7.2(e) and the
net proceeds of harvesting used to purchase timber or timberlands in such
foreign countries pursuant to Section 7.4, $50,000,000 during the term of
this Agreement, (B) do not exceed cash expenditures by the Company for the
purchase of productive assets in a Permitted Business during the preceding
90 days (excluding any purchase to the extent financed by a Loan) or
(C) are applied within 180 days of such disposition to the repayment of
such Senior Debt as the
57
<PAGE>
Company may elect to so prepay PROVIDED that (x) at any time the Company
shall elect to repay Senior Debt other than the Loans and the Facility B
Loans, the Company shall also repay Loans and Facility B Loans by at least
a pro rata amount (based on the then outstanding principal of amount of
all Senior Debt), (y) a Responsible Officer shall have notified the Agent
promptly after its determination to so apply the Net Proceeds and shall
have certified the receipt of fair market value for such assets and the
proper application of such Net Proceeds in accordance with this subsection
7.2(f), and (z) if, during the aforementioned periods, the Net Proceeds of
all such dispositions which have not been applied to the purchase of
productive assets in a Permitted Business or distributed to the holders
of Senior Debt for application to the repayment of such Senior Debt
exceeds $25,000,000 in the aggregate at any time, all such net proceeds in
excess of $25,000,000 shall be placed immediately upon receipt thereof in
an escrow account, pursuant to an Escrow Agreement, for the purpose of
application in accordance with clauses (A) and (C) above. The Company
shall apply any Net Proceeds withdrawn from escrow pursuant to an Escrow
Agreement to the applications required by clauses (A) or (C) above within
three Business Days after such withdrawal.
7.3 CONSOLIDATIONS AND MERGERS. The Company shall not, and shall not
suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, merge, consolidate with or into, or convey,
transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a
series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now
owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except:
(a) any Subsidiary of the Company may merge with the Company,
provided that the Company (i) shall be the continuing or surviving
partnership and (ii) shall have a consolidated net worth immediately
following such merger equal to or greater than the consolidated net worth of
the Company immediately preceding such merger;
(b) any Subsidiary of the Company may sell all or substantially
all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise), to the Company;
or
(c) any Subsidiary of the Company may merge with any other
Subsidiary of the Company, provided that the surviving Subsidiary shall have
a consolidated net worth immediately following such merger equal to or
greater than the consolidated net worth of the surviving Subsidiary
immediately preceding such merger;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in each case (i) no Default or Event of Default exists or
shall result from such merger or sale and (ii) immediately after such merger or
sale, the ratio of (A) Pro Forma Consolidated Cash Flow to Pro Forma Interest
Expense is greater than 2.50 to 1.00, and (B) Pro Forma Consolidated Cash Flow
to Pro Forma Maximum Debt Service is greater than 1.25 to 1.00.
7.4 HARVESTING RESTRICTIONS. The Company shall not, and shall not
suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, in any calendar year commencing
with 1996, harvest timber or sell standing timber on (i) the timberlands
owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date,
including the Property ("EXISTING TIMBERLANDS"), (ii) timberlands owned as a
result of a permitted exchange of Existing Timberlands pursuant to subsection
7.2(e), (iii) timberlands
58
<PAGE>
purchased pursuant to clause (z) below, or (iv) other timberlands acquired by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date other than as
described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above, in excess of:
(a) in any one such calendar year, 150% of the Planned Volume for
that calendar year;
(b) in any two such consecutive calendar years, 140% of the Planned
Volume for such calendar years;
(c) in any three such consecutive calendar years, 130% of the Planned
Volume for such calendar years; and
(d) in any four such consecutive calendar years, 120% of the Planned
Volume for such calendar years;
unless the net proceeds from such excess harvest (which shall be determined
based upon the average prices received on the sale of all timber harvested
during such period and a reasonable allocation of direct cash expenses incurred
in connection with the harvesting and sale of timber during such period), are,
within ten Business Days after the end of such period, placed in an escrow
account, pursuant to an Escrow Agreement, to be applied within 180 days after
the end of such period (y) to the repayment of such Senior Debt as the Company
may elect to so prepay PROVIDED that at any time the Company shall elect to
repay Senior Debt other than the Loans and the Facility B Loans, the Company
shall also repay Loans and Facility B Loans by at least a pro rata amount (based
on the outstanding principal of all Senior Debt), or (z) to purchase or commit
to purchase timber or timberlands located in the United States, Canada, Mexico
or New Zealand (including purchases not consummated during such 180 days if a
binding agreement for such purchase is entered into during such period and such
purchase is completed within 90 days after the expiry of such 180 day period)
for not more than fair market value (in the good faith judgment of the
Responsible Officer as certified in writing to the Agent and the Banks),
PROVIDED that the aggregate of such net proceeds used to purchase timber or
timberlands located in Canada, Mexico and New Zealand shall not exceed, together
with the fair market value of assets in such foreign countries obtained in an
exchange pursuant to subsection 7.2(e) and the Net Proceeds invested in
productive assets in such foreign countries pursuant to subsection 7.2(f)(ii),
$50,000,000 during the term of this Agreement, and PROVIDED, further that the
Company shall have notified the Agent promptly after its determination to so
apply the net proceeds. The Company shall apply any such net proceeds withdrawn
from the escrow account pursuant to an Escrow Agreement to the applications
required by clauses (y) or (z) above within three Business Days after such
withdrawal.
"PLANNED VOLUME" shall mean for each calendar year 250,000,000 board feet
of timber, and shall be increased for any Annual Timber Increase, from the
Effective Date for such Annual Timber Increase, by increasing such per annum
amount by an amount equal to 15% of such Annual Timber Increase per annum for a
period of 6 and 2/3rds years from such Effective Date. In addition, such per
annum amounts for any year after 1996 shall be decreased by 20% (calculated
after giving effect to any Annual Timber Increases) for the entirety of such
calendar
59
<PAGE>
year if the Asset Coverage Ratio at the end of the prior calendar year is
less than 2.0 : 1.0, until the Asset Coverage Ratio returns to 2.0 : 1.0 at
the end of a calendar year, at which time the per annum amount for the next
calendar year shall be restored to 250,000,000 board feet of timber plus any
otherwise applicable increases. For example, an Asset Coverage Ratio of 1.75
: 1.0 at the end of 1996 and a 1996 Annual Timber Increase of 100,000,000
board feet would cause the Planned Volume for 1997 to be 212,000,000 board
feet (250,000,000 plus 15% of 100,000,000 less 20%). The same Asset Coverage
Ratio at the end of 1997 (assuming no additional Annual Timber Increases)
would cause the Planned Volume for 1998 to be 169,600,000 board feet
(212,000,000 less 20%); while an Asset Coverage Ratio of 2.0 : 1.0 at the end
of 1997 (assuming no additional Annual Timber Increases) would cause the
Planned Volume for 1998 to be 265,000,000 board feet (250,000,000 plus 15% of
100,000,000). For purposes of the foregoing:
"ANNUAL TIMBER INCREASE" shall mean, for any calendar year, the
amount, in board feet, by which the number of board feet of timber acquired
by the Company and its Subsidiaries during such calendar year (excluding
timber acquired with the net proceeds of an excess harvest pursuant to
Section 7.4) shall exceed the number of board feet of timber sold by the
Company and its Subsidiaries during such calendar year.
"EFFECTIVE DATE" for any Annual Timber Increase shall be July 1 of the
calendar year for which such Annual Timber Increase occurs.
"ASSET COVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, for any calendar year, the ratio
of (a) the wholesale value of the inventory of standing timber owned by the
Company and its Subsidiaries at the end of such calendar year to (b)
Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries at the end of such
calendar year. For purposes of this definition, the inventory of standing
timber owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries at the end of any calendar
year shall be equal to (1) the inventory of standing timber owned by the
Company and its Subsidiaries at the end of the prior calendar year, plus
(2) the Annual Timber Increase for the calendar year in question, plus
(3) the growth during such calendar year of standing timber owned by the
Company and its Subsidiaries at the end of such calendar year, minus (4)
the volume of standing timber owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries and
harvested during such calendar year, and minus (5) the inventory of
standing timber disposed of by the Company and its Subsidiares during such
calendar year. For purposes of this definition, the wholesale value of the
inventory of standing timber owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries at
the end of any calendar year shall be equal to 60% of its retail value,
which shall be based upon the volume of each species of standing timber so
owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries and the retail prices for each
such species as of the end of such calendar year. The calculations
referred to herein shall be based upon the good faith estimates of a
Responsible Officer contained in the Compliance Certificate delivered with
respect to each annual financial statement and shall be consistent with the
report delivered pursuant to subsection 6.1(i) with respect to that
calendar year.
7.5 LOANS AND INVESTMENTS. The Company shall not purchase or acquire, or
suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to purchase or acquire, or make any
commitment therefor, any
60
<PAGE>
capital stock, equity interest, or any obligations or other securities of, or
any interest in, any Person, or make or commit to make any Acquisitions, or
make or commit to make any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital
contribution to or any other investment in, any Person including any
Affiliate of the Company, except for:
(a) investments of the type specified in, and in accordance with
the requirements and limitations of, the Investment Policy;
(b) the loans existing on the Closing Date and set forth on
SCHEDULE 7.5;
(c) extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or
notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or services in the
ordinary course of business or from sale of assets sold in compliance with
Section 7.2;
(d) extensions of credit by the Company to any of its Subsidiaries
or by any of its Subsidiaries to another of its Subsidiaries;
(e) advances or deposits in the ordinary course of business to owners
of timber or timberlands to acquire the right to harvest timber;
(f) investments not otherwise permitted hereunder in a Person as
long as (x) such Person is domiciled in, and substantially all of its assets
are located in, the United States, Canada, Mexico or New Zealand and its only
material activities consist of Permitted Businesses, (y) such investments do
not exceed in the aggregate an amount (the "ANNUAL INVESTMENT AMOUNT") equal
to (i) in calendar year 1996, $10,000,000 and (ii) in each calendar year
thereafter, the sum of (A) the Annual Investment Amount for the preceding
calendar year PLUS (B) an increase equal to the percentage increase, if any,
in the CPI for such preceding calendar year, multiplied by such Annual
Investment Amount, and (z) the cumulative amount of such investments during
the term of this Agreement shall not exceed an amount (the "CUMULATIVE
INVESTMENT AMOUNT") equal to (i) $51,500,000 PLUS (ii) an increase equal to
the percentage increase, if any, in the CPI from January 1, 1996 to the date
of determination, multiplied by such Cumulative Investment Amount; and
(g) Investments constituting Permitted Swap Obligations or payments
or advances under Swap Contracts relating to Permitted Swap Obligations.
7.6 LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS. The Company shall not, and shall not
suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, suffer to
exist, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with
respect to, any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement;
(b) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Senior Notes and any
refunding or refinancing thereof so long as (i) the first principal repayment
date under such refunding or refinancing shall not be earlier than the first
principal repayment date under the Senior Notes as
61
<PAGE>
originally issued, and (ii) the average life of the Indebtedness incurred
under such refunding or refinancing shall not be shorter than the average
life of the Senior Notes as originally issued;
(c) Indebtedness consisting of Contingent Obligations permitted
pursuant to Section 7.9;
(d) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth in
SCHEDULE 7.6;
(e) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by subsection 7.1(i);
(f) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary owing to the Company;
(g) Indebtedness incurred by the Company pursuant to the Working
Capital Facility not in excess of an aggregate principal amount of
$40,000,000 at any time outstanding, provided that the Company shall not
suffer to exist any Indebtedness (other than such Indebtedness relating to
letters of credit) permitted by this subsection (g) on any day unless there
shall have been a period of 30 consecutive days within the 12 calendar months
immediately preceding such day during which the Company shall have been free
from all Indebtedness permitted by this subsection (g); and
(h) Other unsecured Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course
of business, PROVIDED, that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
such Indebtedness shall not at any time exceed $10,000,000 and provided
further that such Indebtedness is expressly subordinate to the Obligations
hereunder by subordination provisions acceptable to the Agent and the
Required Banks.
7.7 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. The Company shall not, and shall not
suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction with
any Affiliate of the Company, except upon fair and reasonable terms no less
favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than would obtain in a comparable
arm's-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Company or
such Subsidiary. The Company shall be entitled to reimburse the Managing
General Partner for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or
payments it makes on behalf of the Company (including without limitation
salary, bonus, incentive compensation, and other amounts paid to any Person
to perform services for the Company or for the Managing General Partner in
the discharge of its duties to the Company), and (ii) all other necessary or
appropriate expenses reasonably allocable to the Company or otherwise
reasonably incurred by the Managing General Partner in connection with
operating the Company's business (including expenses allocated to the
Managing General Partner by its Affiliates and, for so long as Fremont Group,
Inc., owns an interest in the Managing General Partner, an annual fee of
$100,000, payable semi-annually in arrears, in consideration of management
services).
7.8 USE OF PROCEEDS.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, use any portion of the proceeds of the Loans, directly
or indirectly, (i) to purchase or carry Margin Stock, (ii) to repay or
otherwise refinance indebtedness of the
62
<PAGE>
Company or others incurred to purchase or carry Margin Stock, (iii) to extend
credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, or (iv) to
acquire any security in any transaction that is subject to Section 13 or 14
of the Exchange Act.
(b) The Company shall not and shall not suffer or permit any of
its Subsidiaries to use any portion of the proceeds of the Loans, directly or
indirectly, (i) knowingly to purchase Ineligible Securities from a Section 20
Subsidiary during any period in which such Section 20 Subsidiary makes a
market in such Ineligible Securities, (ii) knowingly to purchase during the
underwriting or placement period Ineligible Securities being underwritten or
privately placed by a Section 20 Subsidiary, or (iii) to make payments of
principal or interest on Ineligible Securities underwritten or privately
placed by a Section 20 Subsidiary and issued by or for the benefit of the
Company or any Affiliate of the Company. As used in this Section, "Section
20 Subsidiary" means the Subsidiary of the bank holding company controlling
any Bank, which Subsidiary has been granted authority by the Federal Reserve
Board to underwrite and deal in certain Ineligible Securities; and
"Ineligible Securities" means securities which may not be underwritten or
dealt in by member banks of the Federal Reserve System under Section 16 of
the Banking Act of 1933 (as 12 U.S.C. Section 24, Seventh), as amended.
7.9 CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS. The Company shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist
any Contingent Obligations except:
(a) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course
of business;
(b) Permitted Swap Obligations;
(c) Contingent Obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries
existing as of the Closing Date and listed in SCHEDULE 7.9; and
(d) Contingent Obligations of the Company under timber harvest and
log procurement contracts to acquire timber from private and government owners
in the ordinary course of business and reimbursement obligations with respect
to bonds issued to secure the Company's performance thereunder.
7.10 JOINT VENTURES. The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any Joint Venture, other than
Joint Ventures in Permitted Businesses and so long as any such Joint Ventures
are not entered into for the purpose of evading any covenant or restriction
in any Loan Document.
7.11 RESTRICTED PAYMENTS. The Company shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit any Subsidiary to, declare or make any limited partner or general
partner distribution or dividend payment or other distribution of assets,
properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any,
limited or general partnership interest or shares of any class of capital
stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any partnership
interest or shares of capital stock or any warrants, rights or options to
acquire such partnership interest or shares, now or hereafter outstanding
(each a "RESTRICTED PAYMENT"); EXCEPT THAT: (a) the Company may declare and
make
63
<PAGE>
distributions payable solely in general or limited partnership interests or
units; and (b) if no Default or Event of Default exists or would result from
such action, the Company may make during each fiscal quarter one or more
Restricted Payments if such Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount do not
exceed Available Cash for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.
7.12 CHANGE IN BUSINESS. The Company shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any material line of business
other than a Permitted Business. The Company shall not suffer or permit the
Managing General Partner to engage in any business other than being the
general partner of the Company, the managing general partner of the Master
Partnership or the general partner in any other Subsidiary of the Master
Partnership.
7.13 FISCAL YEAR CHANGES. The Company shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit any of its Subsidiaries to change the fiscal year of the Company or
of any of its Subsidiaries.
7.14 AMENDMENTS TO AGREEMENTS. The Company shall not, and shall not
suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to amend, modify, supplement, waive
or otherwise modify any of the terms and provisions contained in the Company
Partnership Agreement, the Master Partnership Agreement (or any document
executed or delivered in connection with such Partnership Agreements), or the
partnership certificate of the Company or the Master Partnership, if such
amendment, supplement or other modification shall impair the Company's
ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents or increase any
of its financial obligations to any of its general or limited partners or to
any Affiliate.
7.15 LIMITATION ON VOLUNTARY PAYMENTS OF SENIOR NOTES, ETC. The
Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any
voluntary or optional payment or prepayment on or redemption or acquisition
for value of (including, without limitation, by way of depositing with respect
thereto money or securities before due for the purpose of paying when due) the
Senior Notes other than (i) the refunding or refinancing in full of the Senior
Notes permitted by subsection 7.6(a) and (ii) pro rata prepayments thereof with
the Loans and the Facility B Loans as permitted by subsection 2.6(a).
7.16 CASH FLOW TO INTEREST EXPENSE RATIO. The Company shall not permit
the ratio of Cash Flow to Interest Expense to be less than (a) 1.5 to 1.0 at
the end of any fiscal quarter ending on or before December 31, 1996, (b) 2.0
to 1.0 at the end of any fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 1996 and on
or before December 31, 1997, and (c) 2.25 to 1.0 at the end of any fiscal
quarter ending thereafter.
7.17 TOTAL DEBT TO CASH FLOW RATIO.
(a) With respect to each fiscal quarter ending before receipt by
the Company of Equity Proceeds, the Company shall not permit the Total Debt
to Cash Flow Ratio to be greater than (i) 5.75 to 1.0 at the end of any such
fiscal quarter ending on or before September 30, 1996, (ii) 5.5 to 1.0 at the
end of any such fiscal quarter ending on or before June 30, 1997, (iii) 4.5
to 1.0 at the end of any such fiscal quarter ending on or before December 31,
1997, and (iv) 4.25 to 1.0 at the end of any such fiscal quarter thereafter.
64
<PAGE>
(b) With respect to each fiscal quarter ending after receipt by
the Company of Equity Proceeds, the Company shall not permit the Total Debt
to Cash Flow Ratio to be greater than (i) 4.5 to 1.0 at the end of any such
fiscal quarter ending on or before December 31, 1997, and (ii) 4.0 to 1.0 at
the end of any such fiscal quarter thereafter.
7.18 CASH COVERAGE RATIO. The Company shall not permit the Cash
Coverage Ratio at the end of any fiscal quarter to be less than 1.0 to 1.0.
ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
8.1 EVENT OF DEFAULT. Any of the following shall constitute an "EVENT OF
DEFAULT":
(a) NON-PAYMENT. The Company fails to pay, (i) when and as
required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii)
within 5 days after the same becomes due, any interest, fee or any other
amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
(b) REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY. Any representation or warranty by
the Company, any Partner Entity or any of its Subsidiaries made or deemed
made herein, in any other Loan Document, in the Original Credit Agreement or
in the 1995 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, or which is contained in
any certificate, document or financial or other statement by such Person, or
any Responsible Officer, furnished at any time under this Agreement, in or
under any other Loan Document, or in or under the Original Credit Agreement
or the 1995 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is incorrect in any
material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or
(c) SPECIFIC DEFAULTS. The Company fails to perform or observe
any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.3 or 6.9 or in
Article VII; or
(d) OTHER DEFAULTS. The Company fails to perform or observe any
other term or covenant contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 20 days after the
earlier of (i) the date upon which a Responsible Officer knew or reasonably
should have known of such failure or (ii) the date upon which written notice
thereof is given to the Company by the Agent or any Bank shall exist; or
(e) AMENDED AND RESTATED FACILITY B CREDIT AGREEMENT CROSS-DEFAULT.
An "Event of Default" shall exist as that term is defined in the Amended and
Restated Facility B Credit Agreement; or
(f) CROSS-DEFAULT. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i)
fails to make any payment in respect of any Indebtedness or Contingent
Obligation (other than in respect of Swap Contracts) having an aggregate
principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and
including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or
65
<PAGE>
syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $5,000,000 when due (whether by
scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise)
and such failure continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if
any, specified in the relevant document on the date of such failure; or (ii)
fails to perform or observe any other condition or covenant, or any other
event shall occur or condition exist, under any agreement or instrument
relating to any such Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation, if the effect of
such failure, event or condition described in clause (ii) is to cause, or to
permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or
beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such
holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause such Indebtedness
to be declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity, or such
Contingent Obligation to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof
to be demanded; or (iii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early
Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (1) any
event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Company or any
Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (2)
any Termination Event (as so defined) as to which the Company or any
Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined), and, in either event, the
Swap Termination Value owed by the Company or such Subsidiary as a result
thereof is greater than $5,000,000; or
(g) INSOLVENCY; VOLUNTARY PROCEEDINGS. The Company, any Partner
Entity, or any of their Subsidiaries (i) ceases or fails to be Solvent, or
generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts
as they become due, subject to applicable grace periods, if any, whether at
stated maturity or otherwise; (ii) voluntarily ceases to conduct its business
in the ordinary course; (iii) commences any Insolvency Proceeding with
respect to itself; or (iv) takes any action to effectuate or authorize any of
the foregoing; or
(h) INVOLUNTARY PROCEEDINGS. (i) Any involuntary Insolvency
Proceeding is commenced or filed against the Company, any Partner Entity or
any of their Subsidiaries, or any writ, judgment, warrant of attachment,
execution or similar process, is issued or levied against a substantial part
of such Person's properties, and any such proceeding or petition shall not be
dismissed, or such writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or
similar process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days
after commencement, filing or levy; (ii) the Company, any Partner Entity or
any of their Subsidiaries admits the material allegations of a petition
against it in any Insolvency Proceeding, or an order for relief (or similar
order under non-U.S. law) is ordered in any Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii)
the Company, any Partner Entity or any of their Subsidiaries acquiesces in
the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator,
mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor), or other similar Person for
itself or a substantial portion of its property or business; or
(i) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension
Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in
liability of either Company under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan or
the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000; or (ii) the
commencement or increase of contributions to, or the adoption of or the
amendment of a Pension Plan by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate which has
resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in an increase in Unfunded
Pension Liability among all Pension Plans in an aggregate amount in excess of
$5,000,000; or
66
<PAGE>
(j) MONETARY JUDGMENTS. One or more non-interlocutory judgments,
non-interlocutory orders, decrees or arbitration awards is entered against
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability
(to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which
the insurer does not dispute coverage) as to any single or related series of
transactions, incidents or conditions, of $5,000,000 or more, and the same
shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a period
of 30 consecutive days after the entry thereof; or
(k) NON-MONETARY JUDGMENTS. Any non-monetary judgment, order or
decree is entered against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which does
or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there
shall be any period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement
of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall
not be in effect; or
(l) CHANGE OF CONTROL. Without the prior written consent of the
Required Banks, Peter W. Stott shall cease to be the Chief Executive Officer
or the Chairman of the Managing General Partner or the Master Partnership
shall cease to be the sole limited partner of the Company; or
(m) ADVERSE CHANGE. There occurs a Material Adverse Effect; or
(n) AUDITORS. The Agent or any Bank shall receive notice from the
Independent Auditor that the Agent and the Banks should no longer use or rely
upon any audit report or other financial data provided by the Independent
Auditor; or
(o) EQUITY ISSUANCE. The Company shall fail, on or before June
30, 1997, to have received and applied in repayment of the Loans pursuant to
subsection 2.6(b) Equity Proceeds in the amount of at least $100,000,000.
8.2 REMEDIES. If any Event of Default occurs, the Agent shall, at the
request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Banks,
(a) declare the Commitment of each Bank to be terminated, whereupon
such Commitment shall be terminated;
(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans,
all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or
payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and
payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company; and
(c) exercise on behalf of itself and the Banks all rights and
remedies available to it and the Banks under the Loan Documents or applicable
law;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon the occurrence of any event specified in
subsection (g) or (h) of Section 8.1 (in the case of clause (i) of
subsection (h) upon the expiration of the 60-day period mentioned therein), the
obligation of each Bank to make Loans shall automatically terminate and
67
<PAGE>
the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and
other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable without
further act of the Agent or any Bank.
8.3 RIGHTS NOT EXCLUSIVE. The rights provided for in this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any
other rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or
under any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter
arising.
ARTICLE IX
THE AGENT
9.1 APPOINTMENT AND AUTHORIZATION. Each Bank hereby irrevocably
appoints, designates and authorizes the Agent to take such action on its
behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document
and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly
delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this
Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the Agent shall not have any duties
or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the
Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Bank, and
no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or
liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
otherwise exist against the Agent. The Company acknowledges that the Agent
has made no assertions of implied authority to act for the Banks and that the
Agent has only the authority expressly granted herein. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term "agent" in this
Agreement with reference to the Agent is not intended to connote any
fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency
doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a
matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an
administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.
9.2 DELEGATION OF DUTIES. The Agent may execute any of its duties
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents,
employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel
concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Agent shall not be
responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact
that it selects with reasonable care.
9.3 LIABILITY OF AGENT. None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (i) be
liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in
connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions
contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful
misconduct), or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any of the Banks for any
recital, statement, representation or warranty made by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries or Affiliate of the Company, or any officer thereof,
contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any
certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for
in, or received by the Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or
any other Loan
68
<PAGE>
Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or
sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure
of the Company or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its
obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under
any obligation to any Bank to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or
performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or
records of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.
9.4 RELIANCE BY AGENT.
(a) The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully
protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent,
certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone
message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be
genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper
Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including
counsel to the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected
by the Agent. The Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to
take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it
shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Banks as it
deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to
its satisfaction by the Banks against any and all liability and expense which
may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such
action. The Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in
refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in
accordance with a request or consent of the Required Banks and such request
and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon
all of the Banks.
(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions
specified in Section 4.1, each Bank that has executed this Agreement shall be
deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with,
each document or other matter either sent by the Agent to such Bank for
consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be
consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Bank.
9.5 NOTICE OF DEFAULT. The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge
or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with
respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required
to be paid to the Agent for the account of the Banks, unless the Agent shall
have received written notice from a Bank or the Company referring to this
Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such
notice is a "notice of default". The Agent will notify the Banks of its
receipt of any such notice. The Agent shall take such action with respect to
such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Required Banks in
accordance with Article VII; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that unless and until the
Agent has received any such request, the Agent may (but shall not be
obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with
respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in
the best interest of the Banks.
9.6 CREDIT DECISION. Each Bank acknowledges that none of the Agent-Related
Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by the
Agent hereinafter
69
<PAGE>
taken, including any review of the affairs of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by
any Agent-Related Person to any Bank. Each Bank represents to the Agent that
it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and
based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made
its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects,
operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of
the Company and its Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank regulatory laws
relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision
to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Company hereunder.
Each Bank also represents that it will, independently and without reliance
upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as
it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit
analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it
deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations,
property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Company.
Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly herein required to
be furnished to the Banks by the Agent, the Agent shall not have any duty or
responsibility to provide any Bank with any credit or other information
concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other
condition or creditworthiness of the Company which may come into the
possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons.
9.7 INDEMNIFICATION. Whether or not the transactions contemplated
hereby are consummated, the Banks shall indemnify upon demand the
Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the
Company and without limiting the obligation of the Company to do so), pro
rata, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that no Bank shall be liable for the payment to the Agent-Related
Persons of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such
Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the
foregoing, each Bank shall reimburse the Agent upon demand for its ratable
share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs)
incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution,
delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether
through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in
respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan
Document, the Original Credit Agreement, or the 1995 Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to
the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf
of the Company. The undertaking in this Section shall survive the payment of
all Obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of the Agent.
9.8 AGENT IN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY. BofA and its Affiliates may make
loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, enter Swap Contracts
with, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage
in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other
business with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as though BofA
were not the Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Banks.
The Banks acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, BofA or its
Affiliates may receive information regarding the Company or its Affiliates
(including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in
favor of the Company or such Subsidiary) and acknowledge that
70
<PAGE>
the Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them.
With respect to its Loans, BofA shall have the same rights and powers under
this Agreement as any other Bank and may exercise the same as though it were
not the Agent and the terms "Bank" and "Banks" include BofA in its individual
capacity.
9.9 SUCCESSOR AGENT. The Agent may, and at the request of the
Required Banks shall, resign as Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Banks. If
the Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Banks shall appoint from
among the Banks a successor agent for the Banks. If no successor agent is
appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Agent, the
Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Banks and the Company, a
successor agent from among the Banks. Upon the acceptance of its appointment
as successor agent hereunder, such successor agent shall succeed to all the
rights, powers and duties of the retiring Agent and the term "Agent" shall
mean such successor agent and the retiring Agent's appointment, powers and
duties as Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Agent's resignation
hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.4 and
10.5 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be
taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent
has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is 30 days following a
retiring Agent's notice of resignation, the retiring Agent's resignation
shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Banks shall perform all
of the duties of the Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required
Banks appoint a successor agent as provided for above.
9.10 WITHHOLDING TAX.
(a) If any Bank is a "foreign corporation, partnership or trust"
within the meaning of the Code and such Bank claims exemption from, or a
reduction of, U.S. withholding tax under Sections 1441 or 1442 of the Code,
such Bank agrees with and in favor of the Agent, to deliver to the Agent:
(i) if such Bank claims an exemption from, or a reduction
of, withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, properly
completed IRS Forms 1001 and W-8 before the payment of any interest in
the first calendar year and before the payment of any interest in each
third succeeding calendar year during which interest may be paid under
this Agreement;
(ii) if such Bank claims that interest paid under this
Agreement is exempt from United States withholding tax because it is
effectively connected with a United States trade or business of such
Bank, two properly completed and executed copies of IRS Form 4224
before the payment of any interest is due in the first taxable year of
such Bank and in each succeeding taxable year of such Bank during which
interest may be paid under this Agreement, and IRS Form W-9; and
(iii) such other form or forms as may be required under the
Code or other laws of the United States as a condition to exemption
from, or reduction of, United States withholding tax.
71
<PAGE>
Such Bank agrees to promptly notify the Agent of any change in circumstances
which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.
(b) If any Bank claims exemption from, or reduction of,
withholding tax under a United States tax treaty by providing IRS Form 1001
and such Bank sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise
transfers all or part of the Obligations of the Company to such Bank, such
Bank agrees to notify the Agent of the percentage amount in which it is no
longer the beneficial owner of Obligations of the Company to such Bank. To
the extent of such percentage amount, the Agent will treat such Bank's IRS
Form 1001 as no longer valid.
(c) If any Bank claiming exemption from United States withholding
tax by filing IRS Form 4224 with the Agent sells, assigns, grants a
participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of
the Company to such Bank, such Bank agrees to undertake sole responsibility
for complying with the withholding tax requirements imposed by Sections 1441
and 1442 of the Code.
(d) If any Bank is entitled to a reduction in the applicable
withholding tax, the Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such
Bank an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking into
account such reduction. If the forms or other documentation required by
subsection (a) of this Section are not delivered to the Agent, then the Agent
may withhold from any interest payment to such Bank not providing such forms
or other documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.
(e) If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United
States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Agent did not properly
withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Bank (because the
appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because
such Bank failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstances which
rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or
for any other reason) such Bank shall indemnify the Agent fully for all
amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as tax or otherwise,
including penalties and interest, and including any taxes imposed by any
jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Agent under this Section, together
with all costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs). The obligation of the
Banks under this subsection shall survive the payment of all Obligations and
the resignation or replacement of the Agent.
9.11 DOCUMENTATION AGENT. The Documentation Agent shall have no right,
power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement
other than those applicable to all Banks as such, excepting only its rights
under subsection 2.9(b) . Without limiting the foregoing, the Documentation
Agent shall not have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any
Bank. Each Bank acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on
the Documentation Agent in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking
or not taking action hereunder.
72
<PAGE>
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. No amendment or waiver of any provision
of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent with respect to
any departure by the Company therefrom, shall be effective unless the same
shall be in writing and signed by the Required Banks (or by the Agent at the
written request of the Required Banks) and the Company, and acknowledged by
the Agent, and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that no such waiver, amendment, or consent shall, unless in writing
and signed by all the Banks and the Company and acknowledged by the Agent, do
any of the following:
(a) increase or extend the Commitment of any Bank (or reinstate
any such Commitment terminated pursuant to subsection 8.2(a));
(b) postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any
other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other
amounts due to the Banks (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan
Document;
(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified
herein on any Loan, or (subject to clause (iii) below) any fees or other
amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document;
(d) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the Loans which is required for the Banks or any
of them to take any action hereunder; or
(e) amend this Section, or Section 2.13, or any provision herein
providing for consent or other action by all Banks;
and, PROVIDED FURTHER, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless
in writing and signed by the Agent in addition to the Required Banks or all
the Banks, as the case may be, affect the rights or duties of the Agent under
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (ii) the Fee Letters may be
amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed by
the parties thereto.
10.2 NOTICES.
(a) All notices, requests and other communications shall be in
writing (including, unless the context expressly otherwise provides, by
facsimile transmission, provided that any matter transmitted by the Company
by facsimile (i) shall be immediately confirmed by a telephone call to the
recipient at the number specified on SCHEDULE 10.2, and (ii) shall be
followed promptly by delivery of a hard copy original thereof) and mailed,
faxed or delivered, to the address or facsimile number specified for notices
on SCHEDULE 10.2; or, as directed to the Company or the Agent, to such other
address as shall be designated by such party in a written
73
<PAGE>
notice to the other parties, and as directed to any other party, at such
other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the
Company and the Agent.
(b) All such notices, requests and communications shall, when
transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for
overnight (next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile
machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the
date deposited into the U.S. mail, or if delivered, upon delivery; except
that notices pursuant to Article II or IX shall not be effective until
actually received by the Agent.
(c) Any agreement of the Agent and the Banks herein to receive
certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience and
at the request of the Company. The Agent and the Banks shall be entitled to
rely on the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by
the Company to give such notice and the Agent and the Banks shall not have
any liability to the Company or other Person on account of any action taken
or not taken by the Agent or the Banks in reliance upon such telephonic or
facsimile notice. The obligation of the Company to repay the Loans shall not
be affected in any way or to any extent by any failure by the Agent and the
Banks to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile notice
or the receipt by the Agent and the Banks of a confirmation which is at
variance with the terms understood by the Agent and the Banks to be contained
in the telephonic or facsimile notice.
10.3 NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No failure to exercise and no
delay in exercising, on the part of the Agent or any Bank, any right, remedy,
power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall
any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege
hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of
any other right, remedy, power or privilege.
10.4 COSTS AND EXPENSES. The Company shall:
(a) whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated, pay or reimburse the Arranger and BofA (including in its
capacity as Agent) within five Business Days after demand (subject to
subsection 4.1(e)) for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the
Arranger and BofA (including in its capacity as Agent) in connection with the
development, preparation, delivery, administration and execution of, and any
amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to (in each case, whether or
not consummated), this Agreement, the 1995 Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, the Original Credit Agreement, any Loan Document and any other
documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including reasonable
Attorney Costs incurred by BofA (including in its capacity as Agent) with
respect thereto;
(b) pay or reimburse the Agent, the Arranger and each Bank within
five Business Days after demand (subject to subsection 4.1(e)) for all costs
and expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by them in connection with
the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or
remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document during the existence
of an Event of Default or after acceleration of the Loans (including in
connection
74
<PAGE>
with any "workout" or restructuring regarding the Loans, and including in any
Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding); and
(c) pay or reimburse BofA (including in its capacity as Agent)
within five Business Days after demand (subject to subsection 4.1(e)) for all
appraisal (including the allocated cost of internal appraisal services),
audit, environmental inspection and review (including the allocated cost of
such internal services), search and filing costs, fees and expenses, incurred
or sustained by BofA (including in its capacity as Agent) in connection with
the matters referred to under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.
10.5 INDEMNITY.
(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated, the Company shall indemnify, defend and hold the Agent-Related
Persons, and each Bank and each of its respective officers, directors,
employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (each, an "INDEMNIFIED
PERSON") harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges,
expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature
whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following repayment
of the Loans and the termination, resignation or replacement of the Agent or
replacement of any Bank) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any
such Person in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the 1995
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Original Credit Agreement or any
document contemplated by or referred to herein or therein, or the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or any action taken or omitted
by any such Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing,
including with respect to any investigation, litigation or proceeding
(including any Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to or
arising out of this Agreement, the Original Credit Agreement, the 1995
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement or the Loans or the use of the proceeds
thereof, whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the
foregoing, collectively, the "INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES"); PROVIDED, that the
Company shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person
with respect to Indemnified Liabilities resulting from the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person.
(b) The obligations in this Section shall survive payment of all
other Obligations and any assignment and delegation by a Bank. At the
election of any Indemnified Person, the Company shall defend such Indemnified
Person using legal counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in such
Person's sole discretion, at the sole cost and expense of the Company. All
amounts owing under this Section shall be paid within 30 days after demand.
10.6 PAYMENTS SET ASIDE. To the extent that the Company makes a
payment to the Agent or the Banks, or the Agent or the Banks exercise their
right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any
part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or
preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement
entered into by the Agent or such Bank in its discretion) to be repaid to a
trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any Insolvency
Proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery the
obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be
revived and
75
<PAGE>
continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or
such set-off had not occurred, and (b) each Bank severally agrees to pay to
the Agent upon demand its Pro Rata Share of any amount so recovered from or
repaid by the Agent.
10.7 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The provisions of this Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns, except that the Company may not assign or
transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the
prior written consent of the Agent and each Bank.
10.8 ASSIGNMENTS, PARTICIPATIONS, ETC.
(a) Any Bank may, with the written consent of the Company at all
times other than during the existence of an Event of Default and of the
Agent, which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld, at any time assign
and delegate to one or more Eligible Assignees (provided that no written
consent of the Company or the Agent shall be required in connection with any
assignment and delegation by a Bank to an Eligible Assignee that is an
Affiliate of such Bank or to any other Bank unless at the time of such
assignment and delegation the Company's obligations under Article III would
be increased as a result thereof in which case the Company's consent will be
required and such increase in obligations will be deemed a reasonable basis
for the Company to withhold consent thereto) (each an "ASSIGNEE") all, or any
ratable part of all, of the Loans and the other rights and obligations of
such Bank hereunder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) no assignment hereunder
shall in any event be less than $10,000,000 of the outstanding Loans and the
Commitment of the assigning Bank under this Agreement and under and as
defined in the Amended and Restated Facility B Credit Agreement unless as a
result of such assignment the assigning Bank's rights and obligations
hereunder shall be reduced to zero; (ii) if a Bank assigns less than all of
its rights and obligations hereunder, such Bank's outstanding Loans plus such
Bank's Commitment under and as defined in the Amended and Restated Facility B
Credit Agreement, after giving effect to such assignment, shall not be less
than $10,000,000; (iii) the Company and the Agent may continue to deal solely
and directly with such Bank in connection with the interest so assigned to an
Assignee until (A) written notice of such assignment, together with payment
instructions, addresses and related information with respect to the Assignee,
shall have been given to the Company and the Agent by such Bank and the
Assignee, (B) such Bank and its Assignee shall have delivered to the Company
and the Agent an Assignment and Acceptance substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT E ("ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE"), and (C) the assignor Bank or
Assignee has paid to the Agent a processing fee in the amount of $2,500.00;
and (iv) no assignment of Loans shall be effective, and shall instead be void
and of no effect, unless performed simultaneously with an assignment of an
identical percentage of the rights and obligations of the assigning Bank in
Syndicated Loans under and as defined in the Amended and Restated Facility B
Credit Agreement.
(b) From and after the date that the Agent notifies the assignor
Bank that it has received (and provided its consent with respect to) an
executed Assignment and Acceptance and payment of the above-referenced
processing fee, (i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to
the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it
pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights and
obligations of a Bank under the
76
<PAGE>
Loan Documents, and (ii) the assignor Bank shall, to the extent that rights
and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been
assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its
rights and be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents. To the
extent the Loans of any assignor Bank are evidenced by a Note instead of a
loan account, within 5 Business Days after an assignment, the Company shall
execute and deliver to the Agent (for delivery to the Assignee) new Notes
evidencing such Assignee's assigned portion of the assignor Bank's Loans and,
if the assignor Bank has retained a portion of the Loans, replacement Notes
in a principal amount of the Loans retained by the assignor Bank. Each such
Note shall be dated the date of the predecessor Note. The assignor Bank
shall mark the predecessor Note "exchanged" and deliver it to the Company.
(c) Immediately upon each Assignee's making its processing fee
payment under the Assignment and Acceptance, this Agreement shall be deemed
to be amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the
addition of the Assignee.
(d) Any Bank may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks,
federally chartered instrumentalities of the United States or other Persons
not Affiliates of the Company (a "PARTICIPANT") participating interests in
any Loans and the other interests of that Bank (the "originating Bank")
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) the
originating Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged,
(ii) the originating Bank shall remain solely responsible for the performance
of such obligations, (iii) the Company and the Agent shall continue to deal
solely and directly with the originating Bank in connection with the
originating Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents, and (iv) no Bank shall transfer or grant any participating
interest under which the Participant has rights to approve any amendment to,
or any consent or waiver with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, except to the extent such amendment, consent or waiver would
require unanimous consent of the Banks as described in the FIRST PROVISO to
Section 10.1. In the case of any such participation, the Participant shall
be entitled to the benefit of Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.4 and 10.5 as though it
were also a Bank hereunder, and if amounts outstanding under this Agreement
are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and
payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be
deemed subject to Section 10.9, to have the right of set-off in respect of
its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same
extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to
it as a Bank under this Agreement.
(e) Each Bank agrees to take normal and reasonable precautions and
exercise due care to maintain the confidentiality of all information
identified as "confidential" or "secret" by the Company and provided to it by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or by the Agent on the Company's or
Subsidiary's behalf, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and
neither it nor any of its Affiliates shall use any such information other
than in connection with or in enforcement of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents; except to the extent such information (i) was or becomes
generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by the
Bank, or (ii) was or becomes available on a non-confidential basis from a
source other than the Company, provided that such source is not bound by a
confidentiality
77
<PAGE>
agreement with the Company known to the Bank; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any
Bank may disclose such information (A) at the request or pursuant to any
requirement of any Governmental Authority to which the Bank is subject or in
connection with an examination of such Bank by any such authority; (B)
pursuant to subpoena or other court process; (C) when required to do so in
accordance with the provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law; (D) to
the extent reasonably required in connection with any litigation or
proceeding to which the Agent, any Bank or their respective Affiliates may be
party; (E) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise
of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document; (F) to such Bank's
independent auditors and other professional advisors; (G) to any Affiliate of
such Bank, or to any Participant or Assignee, actual or potential, provided
that such Affiliate, Participant or Assignee agrees to keep such information
confidential to the same extent required of the Banks hereunder, and (H) as
to any Bank, as expressly permitted under the terms of any other document or
agreement regarding confidentiality to which the Company is party or is
deemed a party with such Bank.
(f) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any
Bank may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any
portion of its rights under and interest in this Agreement in favor of any
Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the FRB or U.S.
Treasury Regulation 31 s or any CFR Section 203.14, and such Federal Reserve
Bank may enforce such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted
under applicable law.
10.9 SET-OFF. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Banks
provided by law, if an Event of Default exists or the Loans have been
accelerated, each Bank is authorized at any time and from time to time,
without prior notice to the Company, any such notice being waived by the
Company to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and
all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at
any time held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such Bank to
or for the credit or the account of the Company against any and all
Obligations owing to such Bank, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of
whether or not the Agent or such Bank shall have made demand under this
Agreement or any Loan Document and although such Obligations may be
contingent or unmatured. Each Bank agrees promptly to notify the Company and
the Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Bank; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity
of such set-off and application.
10.10 AUTOMATIC DEBITS OF FEES. With respect to any arrangement fee or
other fee, or any other cost or expense (including Attorney Costs) due and
payable to the Agent, BofA or the Arranger under the Loan Documents, the
Company hereby irrevocably authorizes BofA to debit any deposit account of
the Company with BofA in an amount such that the aggregate amount debited
from all such deposit accounts does not exceed such fee or other cost or
expense. If there are insufficient funds in such deposit accounts to cover
the amount of the fee or other cost or expense then due, such debits will be
reversed (in whole or in part, in BofA's sole discretion) and such amount not
debited shall be deemed to be unpaid. No such debit under this Section shall
be deemed a set-off.
78
<PAGE>
10.11 NOTIFICATION OF ADDRESSES, LENDING OFFICES, ETC. Each Bank shall
notify the Agent in writing of any changes in the address to which notices to
the Bank should be directed, of addresses of any Lending Office, of payment
instructions in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder and of
such other administrative information as the Agent shall reasonably request.
10.12 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an
original, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to
constitute but one and the same instrument.
10.13 SEVERABILITY. The illegality or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder
shall not in any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the
remaining provisions of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement
required hereunder.
10.14 NO THIRD PARTIES BENEFITED. This Agreement is made and entered
into for the sole protection and legal benefit of the Company, the Banks, the
Agent and the Agent-Related Persons, and their permitted successors and
assigns, and no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary
of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection
with, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.
10.15 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION.
(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT
THE AGENT AND THE BANKS SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.
(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT,
THE ORIGINAL CREDIT AGREEMENT, THE 1995 AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF
CALIFORNIA OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF CALIFORNIA,
AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE
AGENT AND THE BANKS CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO
THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. THE COMPANY, THE AGENT AND
THE BANKS EACH IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO
THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT
MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH
JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE ORIGINAL CREDIT AGREEMENT, THE
1995 AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO OR
THERETO. THE COMPANY, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS EACH WAIVE PERSONAL SERVICE OF
ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS
PERMITTED BY CALIFORNIA LAW.
79
<PAGE>
10.16 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE COMPANY, THE BANKS AND THE AGENT EACH
WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF
ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE
ORIGINAL CREDIT AGREEMENT, THE 1995 AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT,
THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY,
IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF
THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON, PARTICIPANT
OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR
OTHERWISE. THE COMPANY, THE BANKS AND THE AGENT EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH
CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.
WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR
RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS
TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN
PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE
ORIGINAL CREDIT AGREEMENT, THE 1995 AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT OR
THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS WAIVER
SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.
10.17 RECOURSE. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the proviso
to this Section, nothing contained herein or in the other Loan Documents
shall be construed as creating any liability of any past or present
shareholder, limited partner or general partner of the Company or the Partner
Entities or any of their respective officers or directors to pay any
deficiency or other amount owing on account of the Obligations or to perform
any covenant either express or implied of the Company contained herein or in
any other Loan Document; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing in this Section
10.17 shall be construed (i) to relieve any Person from liability for fraud,
concealment, or other intentional wrongdoing for which such Person would
otherwise be liable under any applicable law, either directly or on behalf of
the Company, (ii) to restrict the joinder in any action of any necessary
party in order to seek enforcement of rights against the Company or any other
party to any Loan Document or to restrict injunctive relief against any
Person to the extent necessary to obtain performance by the Company of its
Obligations or by any other party to one or more of the Loan Documents, or
(iii) to relieve any Person from liability for distributions, payments, or
other transfers made to such Person in violation of the Loan Documents, or in
violation of or otherwise recoverable under any applicable law.
10.18 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, together with the other Loan
Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the Company,
the Banks, the Documentation Agent and the Agent, and supersedes all prior or
contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or
written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that (a) the Fee Letters (b) any prior arrangements made with
respect to the payment by the Company of (or any indemnification for) any
fees, costs or expenses payable to or incurred (or to be incurred) by or on
behalf of the Agent or the Existing Banks, and
80
<PAGE>
(c) the representations and warranties (as of the dates made and deemed made)
and the indemnities of the Company set forth in the Original Credit
Agreement, the 1995 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the "Loan
Documents" (as defined therein) shall, in each case, survive the execution
and delivery of this Agreement.
81
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered in San Francisco, California, by their proper and
duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
CROWN PACIFIC LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a
Delaware limited partnership
By: CROWN PACIFIC MANAGEMENT
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware
limited partnership,
its general partner
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Agent
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as a Bank
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
82
<PAGE>
ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as Documentation
Agent
By ABN AMRO NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as agent
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as a Bank
By ABN AMRO NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as agent
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
SOCIETE GENERALE
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
83
<PAGE>
NORTHWEST FARM CREDIT SERVICES, ACA
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
BANK OF MONTREAL
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
BANQUE PARIBAS
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
84
<PAGE>
UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
KEY BANK OF WASHINGTON
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
By:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
85
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 2.1
COMMITMENTS
AND PRO RATA SHARES
ACQUISITION TERM BRIDGE TERM
BANK LOAN COMMITMENT LOAN COMMITMENT PRO RATA SHARE
- ---- ---------------- --------------- --------------
Bank of America
National Trust and
Savings Association $ 20,689,655.17 $ 13,793,103.45 13.79310345%
ABN AMRO Bank, N.V. $ 18,103,448.28 $ 12,068,965.52 12.06896552%
Societe Generale $ 18,103,448.28 $ 12,068,965.52 12.06896552%
Northwest Farm Credit
Services, ACA $ 14,224,137.93 $ 9,482,758.62 9.48275862%
Bank of Montreal $ 14,224,137.93 $ 9,482,758.62 9.48275862%
The Bank of Nova
Scotia $ 14,224,137.93 $ 9,482,758.62 9.48275862%
Banque Paribas $ 14,224,137.93 $ 9,482,758.62 9.48275862%
Key Bank $ 14,224,137.93 $ 9,482,758.62 9.48275862%
Union Bank of
California, N.A. $ 14,224,137.93 $ 9,482,758.62 9.48275862%
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. $ 7,758,620.69 $ 5,172,413.79 5.17241379%
--------------- --------------- ------------
TOTAL $150,000,000.00 $100,000,000.00 100%
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 10.2
OFFSHORE AND DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICES,
ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
CROWN PACIFIC LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Address for notices:
Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
c/o Crown Pacific Management
Limited Partnership
Bank of America Financial Center
Suite 1500
121 S.W. Morrison Street
Portland, Oregon 97204
Attention: Roger L. Krage
General Counsel and Secretary
Telephone: (503) 274-2300
Facsimile: (503) 228-4875
BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
as Agent
Address for notices:
Bank of America National Trust
and Savings Association
Agency Management Services #5596
1455 Market Street, 12th Floor
San Francisco, California 94103
Attention: Ivo Bakovic
Vice President
Telephone: (415) 436-2789
Facsimile: (415) 436-2700
Address for borrowings/payments to Agent:
Bank of America National Trust
and Savings Association
ABA #1210-0035-8
Attn.: Agency Management Services #5596
For credit to A/C No. 12337-14313
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
1
<PAGE>
BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
as a Bank
Addresses for notices:
(a) Credit notices:
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
Credit Products #3838
555 California St., 41st Floor
San Francisco, California 94104
Attention: Michael J. Balok
Managing Director
Telephone: (415) 622-2018
Facsimile: (415) 622-4585
(b) Operations notices:
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
1850 Gateway Boulevard, 4th Floor
Concord, California 94520
Attention: Theresa A. Peach
Senior Customer Services Specialist
Telephone: 510-675-7350
Facsimile: 510-675-7531
Payment Instructions:
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
For credit to A/C No. 12331-83980
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Attention: Theresa A. Peach,
Senior Customer Services Specialist
Domestic and Offshore Landing Office:
same as address for operations notices
2
<PAGE>
ABN AMRO BANK, N.V.
as Documentation Agent
Address for notices:
ABN AMRO Bank, N.V.
600 University Street
Suite 2323
Seattle, WA 98101
Attention: David McGinnis, Vice President and Director
Telephone: (206) 587-0342
Facsimile: (206) 682-5641
Address for payment to Documentation Agent:
ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., New York
ABA 026009580
for credit to ABN AMRO Bank Seattle Branch
Account No. 651001085541
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
ABN AMRO BANK, N.V.
as a Bank
Addresses for notices:
(a) Credit notices:
ABN AMRO Bank, N.V.
600 University Street
Suite 2323
Seattle, WA 98101
Attention: David McGinnis, Vice President and Director
Telephone: (206) 587-0342
Facsimile: (206) 682-5641
(b) Operations notices:
ABN AMRO Bank, N.V.
(same address as above)
Attention: Suzanne Smith
Loan Administration Specialist
Telephone: (206) 587-0281
Facsimile: (206) 682-5641
3
<PAGE>
Payment Instructions:
ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., New York
ABA 026009580
for credit to ABN AMRO Bank Seattle Branch
Account No. 651001085541
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Operations notice address
4
<PAGE>
SOCIETE GENERALE
as a Bank
Addresses for notices:
(a) Credit Notices:
Societe Generale
One Montgomery Street, Suite 3220
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attention: Alec Neville
Vice President
Telephone: (415) 433-8400
Facsimile: (415) 989-9922
(b) Operations Notices:
Societe Generale
2029 Century Park East, Suite 2900
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Attention: Doris Yun
Telephone: (310) 788-7117
Facsimile: (310) 203-0539
Payment Instructions:
Societe Generale New York
ABA 0260042206
for account of Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
NY LSA 9026096
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Operations notice address
5
<PAGE>
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
as a Bank
Addresses for notices:
(a) Credit notices:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
555 Montgomery Street, 17th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attention: Dave Neumann, Vice President
Telephone: (415) 396-4067
Facsimile: (415) 362-5081
(b) Operations notices:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
420 Montgomery Street, 9th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attention: Marilyn Jones, B.S.O.
Telephone: (415) 396-2691
Facsimile: (415) 989-4319
Payment instructions:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
ABA 121000248
BNF=Corporate Loan Operations/AC-2712507201
OBI=Ref: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Attention: Corporate Loans SG371
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Operations notice address
6
<PAGE>
BANQUE PARIBAS
as a Bank
Addresses for notices:
(a) Credit notices:
Banque Paribas
101 California Street, Suite 3150
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attention: Robert Pinkerton, Vice President
Telephone: (415) 398-6811
Facsimile: (415) 398-4240
(b) Operations notices:
Banque Paribas
2029 Century Park East, Suite 3900
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Attention: Shirley Williams,
Vice President, Operations Dept.
Telephone: (310) 551-7360
Facsimile: (310) 553-1504
Payment instructions:
Bank of America, San Francisco
ABA 1210-0035-8
Account No. 62902-10150
Account Name: Banque Paribas, Los Angeles Agency
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Operations notice address
7
<PAGE>
UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.
as a Bank
Addresses for notices:
(a) Credit notices:
Union Bank of California, N.A.
400 California Street, 17th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94104
Attention: Kevin Sullivan, Vice President
Telephone: (415) 765-3148
Facsimile: (415) 765-3146
(b) Operations notices:
Union Bank of California, N.A.
(same address as above)
Attention: Norma Sarto
Telephone: (415) 765-2722
Facsimile: (415) 765-3146
Payment Instructions:
Union Bank of California, N.A.
ABA 121000015
Account No. 001-060235
Account Name: Corporate Banking Note Dept.
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Credit notice address
8
<PAGE>
KEY BANK OF WASHINGTON
as a Bank
Addresses for Notices:
(a) Credit notices:
Key Bank of Washington
700 Fifth Avenue, 48th Floor
Seattle, WA 98104
Attention: John H. Brock, Vice President
Telephone: (206) 684-6031
Facsimile: (206) 684-6035
(b) Operations notices:
Key Bank of Washington, N.W. Region Specialty Services
17900 Pacific Highway South, Suite 301
Seattle, WA 98188
Attention: Mary Pease/Vicky Heineck
Telephone:1(800) 297-5518
Facsimile:1(800) 297-5495
Payment Instructions:
Key Bank of Washington
ABA 125000574
Account Name: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Ref.: N.W. Region Specialty Services
Attn.: Mary Pease/Vicky Heineck
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Operations notice address
9
<PAGE>
NORTHWEST FARM CREDIT SERVICES, ACA
as a Bank
Addresses for Notices:
(a) Credit notices:
AgAmerica, FCB
601 West First Avenue
Spokane, WA 99204
Attention: Alfred Compton, Vice President
Telephone: (509) 838-9280
Facsimile: (509) 838-9445
(b) Operations notices:
Northwest Farm Credit Services, ACA
601 West First Avenue
P.O.Box TAF-C-5
Spokane, WA 99220
Attention: Kyle Hexom
Telephone: (509) 838-9337
Facsimile: (509) 838-9364
Payment Instructions:
AgAmerica, FCB
ABA 1251-0829-8
AGAMER FCB SPOK
Ref.: Crown Pacific Participation
Please notify Kyle Hexom upon receipt of funds
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Operations notice address
10
<PAGE>
BANK OF MONTREAL
as a Bank
Address for notices:
(a) Credit notices:
Bank of Montreal
115 S. LaSalle Street
Chicago, IL 60603
Attention: Susan Blackburn, Director
Telephone: (312) 750-3887
Facsimile: (312) 750-3808
(b) Operations notices:
Bank of Montreal
(same address as above)
Attention: Debra Sandt
Int. Officer - Client Services
Telephone: (312) 750-4312
Facsimile: (312) 750-4344
Payment Instructions:
Harris Bank & Trust
ABA 071000288
Account No.134856-6
Account Name: Bank of Montreal
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Operations notice address
11
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
as a Bank
Address for Notices:
(a) Credit notices:
The Bank of Nova Scotia
888 S.W. Fifth Avenue
Suite 750
Portland, OR 97204
Attention: Daryl Hogge
Relationship Manager
Telephone: (503) 222-4169
Facsimile: (503) 222-5502
(b) Operations notices:
The Bank of Nova Scotia
600 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Suite 2700
Atlanta, GA 30308
Attention: Craig Subryan
Telephone: (404) 877-1563
Facsimile: (404) 888-8998
Payment Instructions:
The Bank of Nova Scotia
ABA 026 002 532
Account No. 6102-32
Account Name: BNS-Portland Loan Servicing
Ref.: Crown Pacific Limited Partnership
Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
same as Credit notice address
12
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectus
constituting part of this Registration Statement on Form S-3 of our report dated
January 23, 1996, relating to the financial statements of Crown Pacific
Partners, L.P., our report dated February 27, 1996 relating to the December 31,
1995 balance sheet of Crown Pacific, Ltd., and our report dated May 30, 1996
relating to the December 31, 1995 balance sheet of Crown Pacific Management
Limited Partnership all of which appear in such Prospectus. We also consent to
the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Portland, Oregon
July 10, 1996
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.5
CONSENT OF DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
We hereby consent to the inclusion of our opinion letter dated May 24, 1996
to the Special Committee of the Board of Directors of Crown Pacific Partners,
L.P. as an exhibit to this Registration Statement on Form S-3 relating to the
registration of common units and to the references to our firm in the Prospectus
constituting a part of such Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we
do not admit and we disclaim that we come within the category of persons whose
consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
promulgated thereunder.
DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
By:___________________________________
Senior Vice President
New York, New York
July 10, 1996
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.1
May 24, 1996
Special Committee of the Board of Directors
Crown Pacific Partners, L.P.
121 S.W. Morrison
Suite 1500
Portland, Oregon 97204
Gentlemen:
The managing general partner of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P. (the
"Partnership") is soliciting the consent of the Partnership's special limited
partners (the "SAU Holders"), pursuant to a consent solicitation document dated
May 24, 1996 (the "Consent Solicitation"), to a proposal to amend (the
"Amendment") the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Crown
Pacific Partners, L.P. (the "Partnership Agreement"). The Amendment provides for
the redemption of the Partnership's Special Allocation Units (the "SAUs") in
exchange for a one-time cash payment of $410.00 per SAU or $4,100,000 in
aggregate.
You have requested our opinion as to whether, from a financial point of
view, the Amendment will adversely affect the Limited Partners of the
Partnership in any material respect. For the purposes of this letter, you have
requested that we assume the Limited Partners are as defined in the Partnership
Agreement, but without regard to whether or not they also own SAUs.
In arriving at our opinion, we have, among other things: (i) held
discussions with certain members of management of the Partnership regarding,
among other things, the terms and conditions of the Transaction, (ii) reviewed
certain business and historical financial information relating to the
Partnership, (iii) reviewed certain financial forecasts and other data provided
to Dillon Read & Co. Inc. ("Dillon Read") by the Partnership relating to the
business and prospects of the Partnership, (iv) conducted discussions with
certain members of the management of the Partnership with respect to the
business prospects of the Partnership, (v) reviewed drafts of the Consent
Solicitation, (vi) conducted such other financial studies, analyses and
investigations, and considered such other information, as Dillon Read deemed
necessary or appropriate.
In connection with our review, we have not assumed any responsibility for
independent verification of any of the foregoing information and have, at your
direction, relied on its being complete and accurate in all material respects.
We have not assumed any responsibility for conducting a physical inspection of
the Partnership's properties or facilities. We have not made any evaluation or
appraisal of any of the assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the
Partnership or its affiliates nor have we relied on any evaluation or appraisal.
With respect to the financial forecasts prepared by the Partnership and referred
to above, we have assumed, with your consent, that they have been reasonably
prepared in good faith on bases reflecting the best currently available
estimates and judgments of the Partnership's management as to future financial
performance of the Partnership. Further, our opinion is based on economic,
monetary and market conditions existing on the date hereof.
Dillon, Read has performed and continues to perform investment banking
services for the Partnership. These services include providing ongoing general
and strategic advisory services, acting as placement agent from time to time on
debt securities and serving as an underwriter for the Partnership in its initial
public offering. For such services, Dillon Read has received customary fees. In
addition, in the ordinary course of its business, Dillon Read may trade the
securities of the Partnership, for its own account and for the accounts of
customers, and it may at any time, hold a long or short position in such
securities.
In rendering this opinion, we have not been asked to, and do not make any
recommendation or evaluation with respect to, the value of the SAUs or with
respect to the advisability or desirability of the Amendment.
<PAGE>
Based upon and subject to the foregoing and based upon other matters we
considered relevant, we are of the opinion, as of the date hereof, that from a
financial point of view, the Amendment will not adversely affect the Limited
Partners in any material respect.
Very truly yours,
By:_________/s/ T. Yates Exley________
Senior Vice President
DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
